Page 1


1

-

9

9

4

-

1

9

9

5

Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

PACIFIC IJJIHE RAN UNIVERSI1Y Tacoma, Washington


For Further Information The university is located at South 121 t Street and Park Avenue in suburban Parkland. Office hours are from 8:00 a m to 5:00 p.m. Monday through Frida),. Most offices are dosed for chapel on Monda)', ednesday, a n d Friday from 10:00 to 10:30 a.m. during the scho 1 year, nd on F rid a ys duri ng June, July, and August all offi es close at 12 noon. The university also observe' all l e gal holidays. The University Center maintain' an information desk which is op en daily un t il 10 p.m. (II p.m. on Frida I and Saturday). isitor are welcome at any time. pecia l arrangements for tou rs and appointments may be made through the Admissiuns ffice or the University Re latio ns Office. .

.

'

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ABOUT:

CONTACT THE OFFICE OF:

General int rests of the wliversily, church

The President

. .... ........

.. . ..

.

Area code (206) . 535·710 I

.... ....

..

relations, an d .:ommunit)' relations

Academic policies and programs, faculty

Tbe Provost ... . .. ..

.

... .. .... ....

. ... .... 535·7126 .

...

appointments, curriculum development,

academic advising and assistance, graduate programs, and internati nal study

(,Ileral information, admis.�ion of stud en t s

,

Admissions ........ ...........................

535-7151

publications for prospective tuden ts , freshman �tud nt registration, tr ansfe r and advanced placemen t .

Transcripts of record ,

s

hcdules, and

The Registrar .... ........ .. ..... ........ 535· 7131 .

..

.

reg i st ra tion Financial assistance, scholarships, and ioans

Financial Aid and Scholarship

. .. . . . . . . . . . . .....

. .... . .

.

. ..

Financial management and administrative services

Tbe Vice President for

Fees and payment p lans

Student Accounts ........... ......... . .

Finance and Operations .

'

Campus par king, safety, and i nfo rmatio n

,

counseling and testing,

healt h services, minority affairs,

.

535·7121 535·7107

Campus Safety and Information

Residence ha lls

.

.. .....

535·7161

......... . ... . . . . . .

......

. . ..

535-7441

The Vice President for Student Life . . . . . ...........

.. .. ...

535· 7191

interna tional students, and extracurricular a

tivities

Gifts, bequests, grants, and the annllal fund

The Vice President for Development and University Relations .....

..

Work-study opportunitie ,student employment, and career o pti ons

Career Senius . ....... .. . . . . . . . . . .... .

Summer sessions

SwnmerSessions . ....

.

.

.

Alumni a tivities

.

;;

Campus Minist ry .

535·7459

.. . ..... . 535·7129

....

...

.

.

Alumni and Parent Relations

Worshi p services, nd religi o u life at lhe uni er ity

.

535-7177

...........

.

.

.

..

.. . . ...

...

535·7415 535·7464


........................................................................................... 86 ............................................................................ 88

History

Honors Program Humanities

. ........................................................................... 89

....... ..

Individualized

]'vlajor .... ...

.... .

.... . .. .... .. ...... ......... . . . .

..

..

.

.

.......... .. . 89

. ....

.

Integra ted Studie ........................................................................... 90

. . ... . . .. . 92 La nguag es ....................................................................................... 94 Legal Stud i e s ................................................................................... 97

International Programs

Therapy

Marriage and Family Mathematics

... ............................

. ..... .... . .

.

.

.. .........

..

.

.

........................... .... . ........ ...... ...

98

........................................................................ 99

.

. . . . . .... .

lv!edical Technology

.

.

.............................. . . ........ ...... ... ............

...... 102

ivfusic ............................................................................................ 102 . . ..... ......................... . . . . . .

Natural Sciences Nursing

. .. . . . .. ........... . .. ... .. ........ .....

....... . .

.. . .

.

...... ........... . ... .. .... . . .

.

.. . .

.. . . ..... . .. ..

.

.

.

.. ...

..............

110 110

Philosophy ................................................................................... 117 Physical Education .. ..... ........... .... .....

... ..

.

Physics .

.

. ...

.. .

............ .. .

.

.. .... .....

........... .............

..

119

. ............ ....... ...................................... 124

....... .

Political Science ................................ ...... .................. ....................

125

Pre-Professional Programs .......................................................... 128 Psychology

........

..

.. .

.... . ... ....

.... .. .....................

. ... . . . . . . .

....... ............ 130 .

Publishing und Pri n ting Arts ...................................................... 132 Relil.(io n ........................................................................................ J 33 Sca�·dinavian A r ea Studies .......................................................... 135 Social Sciences .............................................................................. 135 Social Work ... . .... ..... ..................................... ..... .......................... 136 .

Sociology ..................................................................................... 137 Statistics ....................................................................................... 139

\' omen's Studies

...

........... ....

. ...

.

.

................ ... . ...................

.

. ....... . .

141

Graduate Studies Admis si on ...... ..

Table of Contents

.....

................................................. 4

.................... ............................................... .......... 10

Fees .

...........

.. . ... . .. .

.

. .. 15 .......... 1 7

.

.. ......... ................. .......... ..

. . ........

Student tife .... ........................................ ...... . . ......... ............

.

du res .................................................................... 20

Academic Pro

Degree and Course Offeri ngs Academic Strll tur Majors and

........................................

Minors

.

Art

....

..

...

NurSing

..... .. .

.

. ... .

.. ................................. .............. ..... .,

.

.

.......

.

.

.

.

.. .. .. .

.

.

..

. .

..... ... .......

.

.

..... .. . .... ................. ...... .

143

.. ....... .....

...................

. ..... ................................................... .. .

.

.

. ...

148

........... . . . . 1'12

Physical Education ...................................................... .... .. .... .... .. 153 .

Social, ciencc

.

...

. . ....... .. .......... 1 5 4

.

.

.

..

..... . .... . . ...... . ......... .... . . ....... ......

.

. .. . . . ..... . ............. . .. .. 156 . . . . .... . . . .. .... . . . J 56 acuIty . .. ... .. .. . . ........ . ... . . 158 Guidelines .................................................................................... 164 CaIll pll. Map . . ....... ..... . .. .. . . . 167

Board of Regents

..

. . ..... ...

Administrative Offices . .. .. ........... ... ..

. . ....

..... . .

.................... . . ......... 26

...

.

. ... . .

. ..

.

..

. .

.

.

...

.

.

.. ...

. ...

....... .... . ...... .

... . ... . ...

. . ............... . ....

.

.

. ....

................. . .

.. . ... .............. . . ....

.

. ....

.. . . . . . . ..... ........

. . ..................... ............ .......... 27

.

.......... . . ............ . .

28 30 The Arts ............. .. ................................................. .. . . . . .. .... .... . ... 3 2 Biology ..... . . ................................................................................... 33 Bu:ines ............................................... ........ ............ ......... . .... ... .... 35 .hemistry ........ ......... ....... . . .. .. ....... . .... ............... .... .................... . 45 Chin 'e Studies .... ....... .......................................... ...................... . . . 48 .lassies ....... ........ ......................... ............ ... ... ........... . .. . . .. . ... . 49 ollege of Arts and Sciences ......................................................... 49 Communica ion and Theatre ............... ...... ........... ...................... 50 Comp ute r Science ......... . . . . . .. . . . . ..... . . . . . ....................................... . .... 54 Cooperative 'du alion I nt<'rnshi p� ............................................. 57 E rth S c i ences ................................................................................. 58 Economics . ........................................................................ ....... .... 59 Educ a tio n .... .... ............ ......... . ........... ....................... ..................... 6 1 Engin ering .. . ....... ........... ... ..... ............ ... ............... .... .. . . .. . . . ..... 76 Anthropology ..... ..

.

145 Financial Aid . . . . . . ... ..... . .................. ..... . ... . . 145 Business ........................................................................................ 146 Education .......

.

.

.. .......... ............

ion ......................................................................................... 8

Finan ial Aid

. ...... .................... ..................... 142

... .. ..........

Com puter Scien ce ........................................................................ 147

Generallnformation ........................................................................ 4

Tuition and

..

..

The University Admi

. ... . .

widon and Fees ...........

Academic Calendar ............................................ . ...... ....................... 4

Mission Statement

. ...

Poli .ics and 'tand, rds ........................ ........... ........ .... ... .......

.

.

.... ....

......

..

. . .. . ........ . . .... . .........

..

..

. .....................

................................................................................ ........ .......... .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

. .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

English ........................................................................................... 78 English as a Second Language ............. .......................................... 81 nvironmental Studies .................. ................................................ 83 Gl bal Studies

.

.

. . . .... ........ ........................ 84

. . ......... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ...... . . .

The Information contained h ere in retkcts nn accurate picture of PacifIC l.utheran Univer ity at the time of pubLlcalioll. However, lh university serves the right to make nece.ssaf)' ch3nge� in proc�dur > ,policies. c;!Iendar, curricululll, and co�t). Listed In this catalog are course descriptions and .summaries of desrec requirements for majors. minor.;, and other program5 in Ihe Cullege of Arts and �c'iences and the School, of the Art;. Busin 55, Education. Nursing. and Physical Education. Detail�d Jegree re�llJircll1ent . "ften including supple­ mentary sample programs. arc available in the oflic:cs of the individual schoo ancl departlllents. AdVIsing b, tlnl crsity pcrsnnnel inconsistent w ith published stakmcnts i. not binding.


ACAD E M I C

CAL E N DAR S

>­ fVI

> Z ::::J :r: f-

Academic Calendar 1994-95· SUMMER 1994

Term 1.......................................... londay, May 23-Friday, june 17 Term II . . . .. . . . ......... ... . .. Monday, june 20-Frida ,july 15 Workshop \ eek ........................... Mond ay july lS F ri d ay july 22 Term m ................................... Mo nday, jul, 25 ·Friday, ugust 19 ommencement ....... ....... . 10:30a.m., Saturday, August 20 .

. . ...

... .

..

.

.

. .

.

,

-

,

..

.

.. . . ........

FALL SEMESTER 1994

Registration .... ....... ... Saturday, September 3, to M nda" . eptcmbcr 5 Classes BCHin ................................ 8:00a.I11., Tuesday Se p tembe r 6 Opening Convocat ion ............... 10:30a.m., Tuesday, September 6 Classes re5wne Ilt 1 :4Sp. m. . .. .... . .. .. . . . . . ... ..... Friday, ctuber 21 Mid-semester Bre ak Thanksgiving Recess B ·gins. 1 :35p.m., Wednesday, ovember 23 Thanksgiving Recess End s ......... 8:00a.m., Monday ovemb I' 28 Classes End ....................................... 6:00 p m Frida , December <J Mid-year Comm .ncement ...... 10:30a.m., Saturday, December 10 Final Examinations ................................ lv1onday, December 12, to Friday, Dece mber 16 Semester Ends (after last exam) ..................... Fri day, December 16 ricntation and

.

.

,

....

.

.

..

. .. . . ... .

.

,

.

.,

JANUARY TERM 1995

.... . . .

Academic Calendar 1995-96 SUMMER SESSION 1995

Term 1 ....... . ... ..

. . .. . . . ... ... . . . . . .. . .... . Monday, May 22-Frida ,june I Term II ......................................... Mo n day June 1 9 Fr id ay July 14 Workshop Week . . . . . . .... .... . . . . ....... Mon d ay july 17- riday, july 21 1erm II .. ........ ....... ................. Monday, July 24-Friday, August 18 Commencement ............................ 10:30a.m., Saturday, ugust 19 .

.

.

,

.

.

-

,

..

fALLSEMF.STER 1995

Orientation and Registration ............... Saturd ay, September 2, to .

t-,ilonday, September 4 ............................... 8:00a.m., Tuesday, September 5 Ope nin g Convocation ............... IO:30a.m., Thesday, S <!p tem ber 5 Clllsses re ume at J :45p.11l. Mid-semester Break .... . .. . .......... Frida)', October 20 Thanksgiving Recess Be gins . I :35p.m., Wednesday, November 22 Thanksgiving Rec 5 Ends . ... ... 8:00a.m., Monday, Novembe r 27 lasses End ... .... ....... .. .. . . . .. .. . :OOp.m., ri day December 8 Mid-year Commencement ........ 10:30a.m., Saturday, December 9 Final Examinations . . ..... . .... . Monday, Dec mbcr 11, to Fri da y D e cl:m be r 15 eme t rE nd s (after last e.xam) ...... ...... Frid ay, December 15 Class s Begin

. . . .. .

...

.

.

.

.

...

. . . . . . . . ..... ...

.

... .

..

. . . ... ......... .

.

,

. .

.

,

.......

.

.

JANUARY TERM 1996

. . .. . .... .... . .. .............. ........ Tuesday,

january 3 Martin Luther King, jr., Birt h d ay H olida y .... Monday, January 16 lasses End Frid ay January 27

Classes Begin . :.............................................. Tue�da ja nuary 2 Martin Luther King, Jr., Birthday Holida)' . Monda, January 15 lasses End .......................................................... Frida , january 26

SPRING SEMESTER 1995 Registration .. ... . . .. . . ......... .

SPRING SEMESTER 1996

Classes Begin .

.

.

.

. ..

.

.......... ............. . . . . . . . . . . . ........................

..

..

.

.

...

...

..

.

.

,

. ... . .. .. . Tuesday, Ja nuar y 31 .

..

..

.

.

lasses Begin .............................. 8:00a.m., Wednesday, February 1 President.' Day H olida y ... . . . .. . ... . . . Monday, February 20 Spring Break Begi ns ............................. 6;00 p.m., Friday, M ar ch 17 Spring Break Ends .. . . . . . .. . . . . 8:00a.m., Mond ay, Mar ch 27 Easter R ec ess Begi .... .. .. ... . .. .... ... .. 8:00a.m., Frida y, April 14 Easte r Recess End� . ... ...... .... ... . 3:40p.m., ! Ifonday, Ap r il 17 lasse End .. .. ... ....... .. .... . .. . ... 6:00p.m., Friday, May 12 rinal aminations .. . ... ..... .. Monday, Ma)' 15, to Friday, May 19 Semester En (after last exam ............................... Friday, May 19 COnlmen ement ... . .. . . . .. . . . . 2:30p.m., S unday May 21 ..

.

.. . . . . . . .

. .. .

.

. .. .

.

.

... .

. .

.

.

.

.

.. .

.

..

... .

.

.

.

.. ......

...

.

.

. . .. .

..

..

.

.. .

. . .

. ... .

..

.

.

..

Worship Service begins nr

... .

.. ..

9:30a.m.

.. .

,

. .....

,

. ..

)'

Registration . . .. ... . . . . .. .. ... ... .. . . . .. Tuesday, january 30 Classes Begin ... . . . .. ........ 8:00a.m., Wednesda)" January 31 President·' D, y Holiday ... . .. . ... .. . Monday, Februar 19 Sprincr Break BegiI1s . .... . . . . . .. 6:00p.m., F ri da y March 15 , pring Break Ends . .. ...... .. . . . .. 8:00, .m., Monday, March 25 Eilst r Recess Begills . .... .... . . 8:00a.m., Friday, AprilS aster Recess Ends .. ... .... .... . ... 3:40p.m., M on d a y April 8 Classes End .............................................. 6:00p.m., Friday, May 10 Final Exami.nalions .. ... ...... .. Monday, May 13, to riday, May 17 Seme ter Ends (after l as t exam) ... .... . .. ....... . . . Frid y, May 17 , rnmencement . . . . . .. . ... .. ... ... 2:.'lOp.m., unday, May 19 Worship ervice beg ills at9:30a.m. .

.. .

..

.

. ..

.

... . . . . .

.. .

. ...

.

.

..

....

.... ...

. ..

..

. . . . . . . . . . .... ..

.

..

... .

.

..

....

....

.

.

. .

. ....

..

.

......... .

.. . ..

.

,

.

..

.. .

... .

.

.. ..

. . . . .....

....

... . .

.

..

. .

.

..

. ..

..

.

.

.

.

.


G E N E RAL

I N f O R M AT I O N -! I m

ACCREDITATION

The University

Pacinc Lutheran Univer-ity is fully accredited by the

ho ol s and Co llege s

ssociation of

.1S

orthwes t

a four-y ar insti t u ti on of

higher cdu ation. In addition the following programs hold specialized accredi­

-

Mission Statement Long co mmitted to pro-vi in' an ed ucation distinguished [or quality, in the context of a heritag that is Luth e r an and an

envlr n me nt that is ecumenically

hrisr ia n , PL

continu es to

em bra ce its primary mission: the development of knowledgeable per ons ' quip p e d with an lill derstan ding of the human condi­

tion, a critical awareness of hum. ne and 'p iritu al values, and a

-

'ap city for dear and effe tive -eJf-cxpre For all who c ho os e to seek a PI.

ion.

degree, the Univer ity o ffers

opportunity to pur 'ue a variet y of p rogram . of acade m ic worth and excell nee. Its st andards of performau c deman d a finely trained £ ulty as well as highly skilled administrative and s uppo rt .toff. fn its in titutional emphasis on scho lar ship, the

Unive rsity views the lib eral arts as provi di ng the necessary and essential oundation for the te hni 31 training and cduc ation in

the profe. sio ns which modern so ci ety req u ires. The niversity aims to cultivate the in tellect , not for its own sake merely, but tl a tool of conscience and an inst rum�nt for ervicc. Thc iversit), and variety of cultural programs and per­ sonal servi c. off red by the Uniyer ' it y are intended to facilitate this I' sitive dey l opm nt of th stu dent .15 a whole person in order that our students m ig ht function as mem bers of society. In other words , PLO affirms that realization of one's h igh es t pot ntinl as w .11 as fu lfillment of life's purpose .Irises in the joy of service to others. To ai d i t stud nts in sh aring this understnnd­ ing, the niversity see to be community in which there i. a con ti n ui ng and fr uitful interaction be tween what is best in edu ation and what is noblest in

hristian edification.

his delib rate and simultaneous all ntion to the religious dim nsion

the total human experience and to the standards of

cholarly obj ctivity, coup led with cI ar rec gnition of the integrative impulse in each , is the essence of PLU.

Genera l Information mSTORY Pacific Lutheran Un ive rsity was fO lt n ded in 1890 y men and women of the Luthe ra.n

hurch in the Northwest. Th eir purpose

was to establish an institution in wh ic h th ir people could be

educated.

ducntion wa a venerated part

0

the Scandinavian

an d G r m a n tradition. from which thes pioneer came. Til

institution opened

a

Pa cific Lutheran

'Idemy. Gro wi ng in

a junior colle 'C in 1921. Ten yc rs later, it was organized into a three-),eJr normal sc bool which became a colle e of edu catio n in 1939. After I 41, it ex panded as Pacifi Lutheran ' liege until it was reorgatlized as J. u n iver s it y in 1960, re flec ting the growth of both it, professional school· and Liberal arts cor .

stature, PLA became

c z <

tati ns nl! approval>:

m

Busilless - m riean Assembly of Collegiate ch ools of Bll�iness Cltemistry- American , he m i cal Society Computer Science (8.5) - .o mp uting 'cien es A creditation Boar ,Inc. l::ducation- Na ti onal Council for t he A c c reditation of 'Ieacher

-!

Edu..:ation rvtarriage alld Family Therapy - Commission on Ac reditat ion

for M arria ge and Family Therapy Educ a ti on of the American Association for M.lIriage nd Family Therapy Music -

,Hiona! Association of Schools of Music tlrsing- National League for Nursi ng Socin/ Work - ouncil on , ocial Work Education Any current or prospecti'

tuo ent may, upon requ 5t di r e cted

to the president" of6ce, review a copy of the dUCliments pe r ­ tainin' to the university'S various ac reditations and ppnwais. GROUNDS Locat d ill suburban Parkland, PL

has a pi ture que 126-acre

campus, truly representative of the natural grandeur of the Pacift

!

o rt hwe. t.

ENROLLMENT

2,750 full-time studen ts ; 599 part- time stude n ts

FACUlTY 237 full-time facull),; 79 part-time fa cu lty S TUDENT/FACULTY RATIO

J 5.3; 1 ACADEMIC PROGRAM Pacifi Luth eran niversity us s,! 4-1-4 calendar which consists of two fourteen-week semesters brid ged by a four-week January term. ourse c redit is co mp uted by hou r ' . The majority of courses

4 huur . Each undergraduate degree candidate is ex pe cte d to com p let e 128 hour ' with an overall grade point average of 2.00. Departments or schools may set higher gra de poin t requirements. Degree requirements arc specifically Slated in th is catalog. Each student ho u l d become familiar with these requirements and pr pare to meet thelll. are offe red Or

LIBRARY SERVICES The Rol crt A.L. Mort edt Li brar y is th

central multi-media

lea rn ing resource cen er se r ving the entire uni ersil, commu· nity. It colle

ion ar h oused and service pro i d ed in a

modern fuoctional building whi c h has stud, space for

850

st udents and :helving for 500,000 books, periodical>, micro film , and au dio -v is u al materials. The Ii r a ry receives over 2,000 current mogal-ines. journals, and new papers. Tn a ddi t ion to its gen e r al collection of bo ok s and other materials, the lib ra r y ha a special collection devoted to the Scandinavian I mmigran t E xp er i en ce and contains the university and r gional Lutheran church archives. ther resources include the ,urriculum Collection of the School of ducali 11, the microfi che coli cti n of college ca t a lo gs, maps, pam phlets, national nd trade bibliographies, and D-R M indexes. The library is op en (or' [Vice 107 hour' during J. t)'pical we k in a regular t rill. A staff 0 28 full and pan -ti me librarians and assis tan ts offer expert reference, informatiun, and media service .. The ree rence staff provides b ginning and advanced

libra ry instruction for all student .In addition to standard refcren

service, the lib rar y taff also

ffers computerized result of the library's

bibliographic in form a ti on en,ice. A.� th

-<


G E N E R A L

I N F O R M A T I O N

>­ t-

extens ive col lec ti o n of bibli ograph i c to Is, computer acc ' . to

ACADEMlC ASSISTANCE CENTER

o the r col lec t i o ns, and electronic

A g u i di n g p r in ci p le 0 ac a d e m i c assistance activi ties is facilital­ ing stu den t lea rn i n g . The center assists students to learn abou t themselves as learners. Tra i n ed and cer ti fied pen tutor ar e available to: wo r k wi th students individually on course co nten t, facil it ate s ma l l study groups, conduct reviel sessi o ns . de m o n s trat e active l ea rn i n g methods, n d initiate special projects i n conjunction wi t h fa cu lt y.

mail service, students and faculty have ra p id a c e s s to materials which c an be borrowed

>

from othe r l ibraries .

rvi ce is available

to PL s t udents and facult y at St. Mar tin's College, Seat lle n ive r s it y, cattle PadE U n i vers i ty. nd the University of Puget S o u nd . DiIeCl loan

Northwest Collcoe, u.J I t-

o

o o

COMPUTING AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS

C o m pu t i n g a nd 'lelcCOl11munications {'rvices provides c a m pus wide commun ications md com pu t i ng n eeds. The main Offlc.· are locatee! in the so u l hea s t (orner of the lower Hoor of the Mor t ved t Li bra ry b u i ldin g. The facility h o uses a VAX 4700 ' u per mini-compllter and DEC l p h a 3400 com p uter. The Alpha is used p ri ma ri ly for academic pu rposes i n c l u di n g Internet ust:. A l arge computer lab. located in the n iversity Ce nte r, p rov i d e s acces� to the Alpha, LBM - PCs, a nd Macintosh compu ters. This lab is open seve n days a wee dming each term . Additionally, each residence hall room is equipped wi t h a spe ci a l data jack. This al lows stud nt with t h i r own co mputer to connect to the campus data n twork without a modem. Th rough the c a m p u s network, st ud ents h ave access to t h e P LU l i b rar y 's o n- l in e p ub li c access cata l og (as well as others t h rou gh o u t the worl d ) , elec­ tronic mail, and o the r I n ternet research tools. Ea ch residence hall r om is also e q u ipped with a digital t e lep h on e and voice m a i l service.

i e ly of so ftwa re p rograms and programm�ing la ng u ages for the syste ms . The un iversity has a d o p ted sta ndard software including word processing and spread sh ets and Macintosh c o m pute rs, and data bases ane! stat ist ical fo r P software for P s . lnformation rega rding t e l e p h o n e se rvices, co mpute r software standards and p ol ic i es, and Un i ersity en t er Lab hours rnay be obtained by co n tacti ng Computing and Telecommunications 'ervices main office at 5 3 5 - 7 5 2 5 . The i n te n t i o nal , unauthorized entry into a comp ute r system i a crime u n der the laws of the State of Wa shington. omputer secu rity programs an d devic s are used to m anage and control access to p rogra m s and data. In the even o f computer t Te sp a ss, university officials are authorized access to all data and messages a' ociated wi t h the incident for use in its resol u t ion . oice messaging systems fall under the Telecommunications Act which makes ta mperi n g with another pers on 's voic mail or making prank and obscene c a l l s illegal. The u n i vers i ty Irigoro usly pr sec ut s these violations both criminally and via the s tude n t A

ar

are av a il able

o

.

0

Academic consultation w i t h t h e director J.ssures r e s po n s i ve and personal as si s t mce with academic concerns. Approximately one in fou r stue!ents regularly u s es t h e service o f t he Ac a dem i c Assi st an e Ce nt e r. All se rv i ces are fr ee to PLU studC"nts. The office, l o c a t ed i n Ram Lad 1 1 2, is open M o nday th rough Thursday fro m 9 : 0 0 a . m . until 9:00 p.m., Friday from 9:00 a . m . u ntil 5 :00 p . m . , and Su nd a y from 2:00 p.m. until 9 : 0 0 p . m . THE COALITION FOR THE ADVANCEM ENf OF ACTIVE LEARNING

for the Advancement of Act ive Lea rning ( AAL) faculty, ,md alumni organizat�ion dedicated to the promotion of active le a r n i ng i n all aspects of academic life at PLU. A ctive I arnil1g is a p rocess in w h i h learner are i ns p i red to beco me m ore di re c t l y involved i n the educational experience. The coalition cmp hasizes collaborative lea rning. where students tea h each other in a m u t u a l ly s u p p o rt i y e a t m o s p h ere . thereb), enhancing thei.r o w n educational expt'riences. The co a l i t i on has four main object ives: 1 . To p ro m te regular c o m m u n icat i o n ane! the exchange o f materials between i ndividuals involved i n cu rrentl sca ttered active lea rni n activities, a n d develop a cohesive academic u \ t l.lre. 2. To assess frequently and d.ocument ystematically all active lea rning ndeavo rs. 3. To stablish re g u l a r trai n i ng activili ' a nd o t h er i n frastructure supports that will insure sustained i nstitution-wide c h a n ge The Coali t i on

is

a

st u de n t,

and coherence. 4. To

i nclud e studen ts as fu ll pa rtners in the kill-b uil ding and ins titutionalization associated w i t h a dyna mic l e arn i ng com munity.

faculty interested i n the coalition s h o u l d call the Acade mic Assis t a n c Center.

SttldenlS a n d

535-4925

or

conduct syste m .

AFFIlIATE RESOURCES

WRITING CENTER

Center for Public Service

enter. located i n Ram tad Hall , p rovid s a place for tudent to meet with tmined s tu de n t readers to discuss their academic, cr e at i v e , and professional wr i t i n g . Student taff members help writers ge ne ra te to p ics. develop focus, o rgan ize mate ri 1, and darif)' ideas. In a n a tmo spher that is comfortable a nd r m(l ed fro m the classroom selling, stud nt readers a nd wr i ter s ta lk s er ious ly about ideas and w r iting strategies. Mos t sessions are one-h ur meeti ngs, but drop-in s t u d e n ts with brief essays or q u e s ti o n s are welco me. The Wri ting Ce nte r is open Monda), th ro u g h Friday fro m t h e begi n ning of p er i o d two ( MW F 9: 1 5; TR 9:55 ) until 4 : 3 0 d u ring t he day and S u nd ay through F r i d ay fro m 7:00 wltil 9:00 in the

The Wr i t· ing

eve ning.

The Ce nt cr fo r Public Service connects dl

PLU campus to the for fa lilly, staff, and srudents to ser e co m m u n i ty n eds in 3 va rie ty of ways as part of their u niver it I' experience. There are m, ny ways st ude n t s can become involved in service at PL " The Fa mi l y and Chj ldren's e nt e r programs, located on the PLU campus, offer experiences wo rk i ng with c hi l dre n . adults, and senior ci t ize n s through University Ch i ld Car , Ad u l t Literacy, and Se ond Wind. The Volu n teer enter has l is t i n gs of 01' r 1 00 service opportunities on and near the PLU c m pu s . These opportun it ies range [rom o n e- time "Go 'n Do" p rojec t s to longer- term involvement. To find out more about service learning at PLU, call the Center for PubLic S e rv ice at 53 5 - 7 1 7 3 . su rrounding co m m u n ity by p rovidi n g opportunities .


G E N E R A L

KPLU-FM, National Public Radio

SUMMER SCHOLARS

KPLU at 88.5 PM is licensed by the Federal Commu nications

For t he last t hre weeks of July each s u m mer, PLU p resents

Commission to the University Board of Regents.

A member station o f National Public Radio,

music and news seven days a week,

KPLU

PLU

p rovides

24 hours a day, with a

m a i n transmitter from West Tiger Mountain

population centers o f western Wash ington from Bellingham to Vancouver. The Center fo r Social Research is an organized research unit within the Division of Social Sciences. Established i.n 1 976 to study public policy issues, the Center conr Il1ues to offer expertise and support in community research, contract research, fa cul ty/ student research projects, occasional papers, and symposia

--1

PLU offe rs a s ec i a l six-week summer program for high school j u niors and eniors and fo r first-year coil go: stu ents. ailed

the program is de.�igned to ease the transition chool to college by sharpening lea rning sk ills that are

o l l eg e,

from h igh

e.ssential to successful c o m p letion o[

c liege or u n iver ity

a

prog ram. Middle

o llege has both an academic program and

a

counseling and test ing component. A l l st ude nts are thoroughly

kSled a n d evaluated i n privat sessions with regard to th ir

related to social issues. The p u rpose of the Center is to strengthen the connection between university resources and the com mu nity by providing high quality research services and by sponsoring a variety of public symposia.

The expertise o f faculty who specialize in demographics, su rvey research, and research method has been combined with staff expertise in document retrieval, data i n p u t, and report writing to create a valuable commun ity resou rce. Graduate and undergraduate students also participate in [acu I ty/student

reading. WTiring, verbal. and maLhematical skills. In addition, career coun cling counseling i s to order

(0

provided. T he aim of M iddle College

IS

asse

each student's talents and interests i n

provide direction and goals fo r t h e college experience.

The academic p rogram offers a chance to i m p ro ve s p ecific learning skills essential to coli ge slIcce

s.

The classes, o ffered at

several levels i n several disciplines, are for Middle Col lege students

nly, thereby allowing smaLl

lass si].e and close contact

b t\'Ieen students and fa cu lt y. All students take a study s k i l ls course, which serves as

research projects through the Center.

students

ma y select

a

tv ..·o

core of the progra m. In addition,

or

three cours s from a m o ng thos

offered each year. Each student's program is individualized to

The Elliott Press The Elliott Press is P LU's studio-laboratory for the publishing arts. With the Press' large collection of letterpress typ

and

equipment, students design and produce printed texts using the hand-con trolled techniques that flourish today i n the l ively art fo rm known as "fine printing." In addition to its own publishing program, the Press houses a growing coLlection of innovative book works and is a working museum, where visitors may watch and try tbeir hands at the technology pioneered by Gutenberg.

promote max,imum growth.

PROJ ECT ADVANCE Each em p rog ram

t r PLU offers Proj ct Advance,

special enrichment

J

for high school j u n i o rs and seniors. Designed t o com­

plement high school studies, Project Adv an

t:

allm

s tudents to

earn one hOlu of univer 'ity c re d i t and to ex.perience college l i fe

a n d study. The topic of the course is different �ach semester, ,lOd fa l l topics are usually ch osen to coincide with the h igh school

LATE AFTERNOON AND EVENING CLASSES

National Debate To pic. Project Advance classes meet once a week

To provide for the professional growth and cultural enrichment

for six weeks in the l a te a fterno u n .

of persons u n able to take a fu l l - time college course, the u n iver­ s i ty conducts late-after noon and even ing classes. In addition to a wide variety of offerings in the arts and sciences, there are specialized and graduate courses fo r teachers, administrators, and persons in business and industry.

RETENTION OF fIRST-YEAR STIJDENTS The retention of tud e n t s entering as freshman students bas been monit ored since 1972.

An extensive summer school curriculum, of the same quality a s

Fall

t h a t offered d u r i n g t h e regular academic year, is available t o a l l

1 982 1 983 1 984 1 985 1 986 1 987 1 98 8 1 989 1 990 199 1 1 992

qualified persons. I n addition, summer session t}fpically is a time when the facul ty offer innovative, experimental courses which cover a broad range o f contemporary i sues and perspect ives in

many fields. The summer session consists of three discrete four­ the

last week of May. Many courses are taught ill the evening, two nights per week for nine weeks, and Master o f Bus' ness Adm i nis­ tration courses are taught during two s ix-week terms, two nights per week. Designed for undergraduates and graduate students alike, the program serves teachers and a d m i n istrators seeking creden tials and special courses, first-year students desiring to initiate college stu dy, and others seeking special studies offered by the schools and departments. Non-matriculated stude.nts who enroll for the summer session need only s u b m i t a letter of academic standing or give other evidence of being prepared fo r college work.

A complete Summer Sessiol1 Catalog, outlining the c u rriculum

as well as special institutes, workshops and seminars, is printed each spring and is available by calling

hose data fo r the past decade are

presented i n the fo llo wing table: Retention of Entering First·Year Students

SUMMER SESSION

week terms, and a one -week workshop sessioll, and begin

535-7 1 29.

< m

ffice

M IDDLE COLLEGE

Middle

Center for Social Research

'--

or writi ng. For i n fo rmation and applica t i ons contact the

c z

of Special Academic Programs, 5 � 5- 7 1 29.

covers the Puget Sound area and translators cover t h e major

'--

am four credi t s fo r their succ essful

completion of an intensive course ill either t h e natural sc iences

is the only independent university in the Northwest

KPLU

demically gifted h i gh school sophomores and jun iors. Admi sion is competitive, and students

operating a full power N P R station. The

m a

sp cial program, called the Summer Scholars Program for aGl­

professional staff augmen ted by qualified students.

-

I N F O R M A T I O N

To Sophomore Year 77.6%

75.7% 78.5% 8 1 .S°/r, 80.6% R 1 .7% 75.7% 80.9% 77.4% R 1 .3% 79.9%

To Junior Ycar

60. 1 % 59.8°1t) 6 5 .9 % 68.8% 71.1% 65.3% 65.4% 70. 1 % 66.0% 7 1 .1%

To S�uior Year

54.6% 58.2% 58.8%

7.3% 6.2% 64.0% 6 2 . 7% 66.0%

63,5%

-<


A D M I S S I O N >­ f--

a:::

> z .:) LU

I f--

service fee does n o t apply to the student's acco u n t . Make

Admission Pacific Lut heran

checks or money orders payable to PLU Office of Admissio n s . 3 . Transc ript : The transcri p t submi tted m u s t i n c l u d e a l l credits

U n i ve rs i t y welcomes applications fro m

com pleted through the j u n i o r year of high sc hool. I f admis­ sion is offered, a n acceptable fin a l transcript which i n dicates

students w h o have demonstrated capacities fo r su ccess at

1 vel. Applicants who present academic records and perso nal q ua l i t i es which our experience indicates w i l l enable them to succeed at the u n iversity and ben fit fro m the e n i ro n m e n t will be offered admis­ sion. Applicants for admission are evaluated without r e ga rd to sex, race, creed, co l o r, age, national origin, or

satisfactory completion of the senior year and att ainment of a

the baccalaureate

disabling cond ition. Select ion criteria include grad.e point average, cl ass rank, transc rip . t pattern, test scores, and recommendations. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS (Freshmall Stu dellts/Transfe rs)

4.

dip loma must be presented. Recommellda tions: Two recommendations must b e prepared

by princip als, counselors, pastors, or other quali fied persons. The PLU Office o f Admissions will supply the fo rms. 5 . Test Req uirement: A l l e n tering freshman students must submit

scores from either the College Board, Scholastic Aptitude Test ( SAT) , or the American College Te st Assessment (ACT ) . Registration procedu res a n d forms are available at high school counseling o ffices.

6. Personal Essay: Using no more than two page , write an essay on one o f these two topics:

In eval u a t i n g applications the dean of admissions in terprets

a. D iscuss a s i g n i fica nt i n fluence on your personal and

g rade po i nt averages and class rank in relation to the quality o f

intellectual development. This might be an interaction with

t h e cu r r i cul um which the applica n t h a s pursued in high school

another person, a perso nal experience or achievement, an

and at the baccalaureate level. ror example, a ta ndard high

educational experience, or i nvolvement with an issue of

school program i n pr paration [o r college should include the

local, national, or global concern.

fo llowing:

b. What do you consider to be yo ur personal/academicl profess ional goals and obj ectives? How do you expect your

Eoglish: 4 yea rs

* Mathematlcs: 3 years ( a lgebra, 2 years, and geometry, I year)

experience at Pacific Luthera n University to help you

" FoTeign Language: 2 years

achieve them?

Social Studies: 2 years

EARLY ACTION

Laboratory Sciences: 2 years Fine, VisuaJ. or Performing Arls: 1 year Electives: 3 ye rs (selected from the areas listed above, as well as course� i n computer science, speech, and debate. ) *

Millimum Entrance Req u ire m e n ts :

1. Two years of college p reparatory ma thema tics (exc/tlSive of compllter sciel lce) with grades of C or h igher, an approved co u rse al tile baccalaureate level, or demonstrated equ i va le n t

proficiel1(:Y·

2. Two years of one foreign la ngu age in high school with grades of

or higher, one year at the baccala u reate level, o r demoll­

tudents who have n o t satisfied one or both o f these require­ ments may still be admitted b u t must make u p the deficiency as an additional degree requirement. Ad ditional study of both mathematics and foreign lan guage is ad isable fo r certai n areas i n the arts a nd sciences and in some p rofess ional programs. Those who fo llow the above preparatory program w i l l find most c u rricular offerings o f the u niversity open t o them and may also qualify fo r advanced p lacement in orne a rea . S t udents are admitt d to either the fa l l or spring semester. Accep tance to the fal l term carries permission to attend the previ ous summer sessions. Spring a ceptance approves enroll­ ment i n the January term. The fol l owi.Ilg application deadlines ar suggested: Fall Semester-May 1 ; Spri l lg Semester-December 1 5. ENTERING FRESHMAN STUDENTS Application Procedure Students planning to euter as fres hman may submit application materials a nytime a fter comp letion of the j u n ior year of high school. Admission decisions are made begin n i ng December I

u n l e ss a request for Early Action is received. Candidates are notified of their status as soon as their comple ted application has

been received and evaluated. Cred ntials required are: Formal App lica tioll: Submit the Uniform Undergraduate

rrlicatio n fo r Admission to FQu r-Yea r Colleges and n iversitiesin t h e State of Washingto n . Available from high school counselors o r the PL 2.

senior year. Early Action applications must be made by Novem­ ber 15 of the senior year. SAT or ACT scores from the previous May or July a re accep table. Early Action students are given first consideration i n campus housing and fin ancial aid. An Early Action form is available from the Office of Admissions. Students not accepted under the Early Action program may still be considered fo r regular admission. EARLY ADM1SSION Qua lified students i nterested in accelerating their fo rmal

stra ted equivalellt proficiellCY.

I.

High school students who have decided upon PLU as their first choice may be o ffe red admission as early as October 1 of their

Office o f Adm issions.

$35.00 Application/Records Fee: A

$.:>5 fee must accompany the

application Qr be mai led separately. This n o n -refu ndable

education may begin work toward a degree after co mpletion of the j u n i or year or first semester o f the senior year o f h igh school. Exceptional students who wish to emoIl before completing all requi red un its i n high school must have a letter submitted by a recogn i zed school official \ov hich approves early college a d m ission and gives assurance that a high school dip loma will b e issued after completion o f specified college work. Only students highly reco mmended fo r Early Admission will be considered. Gen erally these students rank among the top students i n their class and present h i gh aptitude test scores. Washillgtoll State RUIl llil1g Start Program

-

Accepted students

who have completed courses under the Washington State Running Start Program w i l l be awarded transfer credit. Such courses mu st be described in the catalog of an accredited Was h ington State co mmunity college and must be posted on an official transcript. ADVANCED PLACEMENT OPPORTUNITIES

I.

ollege Board Examillations: Students i n terested in seeking

advanced placement or credit toward graduation through the exa mination program o f the College Board should direct i n q u i ries fo r specific information to the departmen t or school which offers the academic s u bject o f their choice. General i n qu i ries about the College Board program may be addressed to the Office of Admissions.

2. Dep artmel l ta l Exa minatiolls: A number of departments and schools offer placement examinations i n order that students may be advised as to the level a t which they may most advantageously p u rsue

J

given subject. Credit toward

graduation may be given in certain cases, depending on the


A D M I S S I O N -I I

examination 5core and whether the subject matter was not part of the course work by which the high school d i p loma was earn d. Again, inquiries fo r specific information should be d irected to the department or school offering the particular subje t. TRANSFER STUDENTS

Application Procedure -

-

-

-

Students who began their h igher education at o ther regionally accredited colleges or universities are encou raged to a pp ly fo r admission with advanced standing. er 400 stu dents transfer to . the university each year with an averag grade point in exee s of 3 .00 ( B ) . a ndid a te s must have gooo a c a dem i c and personal standing at the i nstitution last attended full- time. Although i t does not guarantee admission, a grade point average o f 2.50 i n a l l college work attempted is usually required fo r admission. For applicants with less than sophomore stanoing (30 semester hours or 45 quarter hours ) , secondary school records and standardized test scores will also be considered. Credentials required are: 1. Formal Application: Submit a U n i fo r m Undergraduate ppli­ fJtion with $35.00 no n-refundable applicatio nirecords fee. 2. Transcripts: Official t ranscripts from all p revious collegiate inslitutions attended must be sent by those i nstitutions directly to the PLU Office of Admissions. OfficiaI h igh school transcripts of credits are necessary if they are n ot listed on college transcripts. 3. Recommenda tions: Two recommendations mu t be' prepared by inst ructors, counselors, pastors, or other quali fied persons. The PLU Office of Admissions provides the forms. 4. Personal E-say: Using no more than two pages, write an essay on one of these two top ics: a. Discuss a significant influence on your personal and i ntellectual devt'lopment. This might be an interaction with another person, a p ersonal experience or achievement, an educational experience, or involvement w it h an issue of local, national, or global concern. b. 'vVhat do you consider t o be your personal/academic/ professional goals and objectives? How do you expect your experience at Pacific Lutheran University to help you achieve them? EVALUATION OF CREDITS

1 . Th e registrar evaluates all transfer records and creates an

booklet indicating completion of any core require­ ments and total hours accepted. Individual schools and d ep a rtm e nt s determine which COUIses satisfy major requirements. 2. Generally, college-level courses carrying the grade of "C" or above apply toward gr ad u ation. 3 . A community college student may transfer a maxi mum of 64 semester (96 quarter) hours of credi t from the two-year institution. 4 . Students completing the direct transfer associate degree from an accredited Wa sh ingt o n State community college before matriculation at PLU will be admitted with junior standing and will have satisfied all general university requirements except for one course i n religion, l ines I or 2 (4 semester hours) and one i n terim course (4 semester hours). (The i n terim course requirement will no longer pertain to students completing degrees after December 1994.) 5. All students must satisfy the ent rance requirements i n mathematics a n d foreign language. 6. To qualify as a degree candidate, a student must take the final 32 semester hours in residence. advising

-

UNACCREDITED EDUCATIONAL EXPERIENCES

1. Credits earned i n u naccredited schools nre not transferable. Students who have matriculated at Pacific Lutheran Univers i t y may petition a department or school to waive particular requirement on the basis of previous unaccredited course

work or may petition a oepartment or school to receive credit by exami nation. 2. The uniwr i t y allows up t o 20 semester hours of SAF liDa nre credit and up to 20 se mester hOUTS fo r military cr dit, provid­ ing the total of the two doe not exceed 30 se m es te r hours. 3. The un iversit does not grant credit for college le vel GED tests. 4. For i nformatio n on the College Level Exam i nation Program (CLEP), refer to the ection on 'redit by E. amination under Academic Procedures. ACCELERATED UNDERGRADUATE REENTRY FOR ADULTS (AURA)

ualified ad u lt s. 30 years of aoe r older, who have not been enrolled in a haec laureate degree program within the last five years, may seek advanced placemen t up ro the j un i o r level through the AURA Program. Those acc�pted i nto AURA are granted one year's provi ional adm issio n , d uring which t i me they must complete 1 2 credits at PLU ( including Psychology 4 0 1 ) with a gra t: poin t avera"c lif 2. or high r. red it awards fo r pri r learn i ng are based upon systematic assessment b a facult ' panel of th(;' adequacy and appro pri. t n ess of know l edge and skills demonstrated in a portfolio p repa red by the student with staff assistan e . re dit awards may not cxc e d 4 8 semeste r credits les a cc e pt a b l e college transfer credits. For details of the URA Program, contact the director, AURA Program, 535-75 18. FORMER STUDENTS

AppUcatlon Procedure Full-time students who have nol been in attendance for over six ye a rs may see I re-admission by obtaining an application for re­ entrance from the ffie.: of Adm issions. Students who have not been in attendance for fewer than six years may re-apply d i rectly

to tile Registrar's Office. 1. Studcn t.- who have not attended the university for a period of up to i" years may re-enter PLU by notifyino the Registrar's Office of their i nten tion to return. Re-enteri n g students must p ro v i d current add ress and degree info rmation and o f1icial transcripts from any other college attended durina thei.r absence from P LU . PI' vious fi nancial obligations to the u niversity must be cleared, and students must have cu rren t health clearance w i t h t h e University Health Services before they may reg is ter. 2. Stude n ts seeking to relll rn to PL more than s i x years after their la t date of ttendance mu s t be re-aomitted (0 the un iversity. An app lication for re - ad mi ss i o n should be submitted to the Office of Admiss ion�, along with ufficial tTanscripts from any other college attended d ur i ng lb peri d of absence from PI. . Students who have bee n dropped for academ ic or disciplinary reasons must identify a facult y memb r willing to act s a sponsor and ad vise r if re-admitted. INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS

AppUcation Procedure

International student, who are qualified academical ly, finan­ cially, and in English proficiency ar e encouraged t join the u niversity commun ity. Information and application procedures may be obtained from the dean of admissions. FINALIZING AN OFFER OF ADMISSION

1 . Medical Requirem e/1t: Before actual enrollment each

new

student must submit a Health H istory OrIn complete with an accurate immun ization record. This infoml a t i o n must be acceptable to the PLU Heal th Services Office. 2. Advance Paymel1t: A $200.00 advance payment is n ecessary i n order to confirm an offer of adm ission. This payment guarantees a place in the ,rudent body, reserves housing o n campus if requ e ste d , holds financial assistance which may

m

c z < m

-I -<


F I N A N C I A L

A I D

have been awarded, and is required before class registration. It

>

w :r: f-

is credited to the student's account and is applied toward expenses of the first se mester. Fall 3RPlicaLlts offered admis足 sion before May I must submit the payment bv May 1 . If circumstances necessitate cancellation of enrollment and the dean 0 admissions i s notified i n writ i ng before May 1 5, the $200.00 will be refunded. The refu n d date fo r the January term is December [5, and for spring semester, January 1 5 . 3 . New Stude1lt Informat iol1 Form: This form includes the application fo r housing and must b e completed by all students and returned with the advance payment.

NOTI FICATION OF AWARD DECISIONS

1 . Award decisions (or freshmen a n d transfer students who meet the Feb ruary 1 completion date will be made in March, and actual notification will be mailed the first week in April.

2. Financi a l aid decisions fo r continuing PLU students are made during April and May. Notifications are sent out beginn ing in May. VALIDATING THE AID OFFER Aid offers must be validated by re turning the signed Offer of Fina ncial Aid. Freshman and transfer students must also submit the $200 advance payment required by the Office of Admissions. This should be done as soon as possible, but must be received by May 1 . No payment is required from continuing students. All students must

omp lete a satisfactory payment arrangement

Financial Aid

with the Student Accounts Office by August

Recognizing that many st u d e n t s who want to attend Pac i fic

Applicants who do not return their acceptance of an award by

Lu th ran Un i vers i t y would be unable to meet all expen ses of en ro ll m e n t from person a l or fa m ily sources, the u niversit

attempts to p rovi d e financial assi stance to all

eligible stu de ms . Any student a pp ro v e d fo r enrollment or c u r re n t l y e n rolled may re q u e s t fi nancial aid. Ap p rox i 足

mately 70% of the un i ve rsity's stu d en t s rece ive help in the form of gift assistance ( that is, scholarsh i ps, talent awards, or grants ) , low i n terest deferred loans, or employment. In many

cases a

fi na n c i al a i d award w i l l b e a combination o f

forms of assi tance. The quantity and co m p o s i t io n of a n award is based up o n demonstrated financial need, academic ach i e vemen t, test scores, and other p e rs o n I talents and i nte r es ts . eed is determined from analysis of the Free Appli ca t ion fo r federa l tudent A i d ( AFSA) , which is a statement of th

e

financial cond i t i o n . Analysis of the PAF ' A d e t e rm i n es an e >.:p ecte d co ntribution fo r co lle ge expenses from the

s t u d en t and p a re n t ( s) or guardian(s) . "Financial Need" is

d efi n e d as the d i ffe rence between total student " pe n ses fo r an academic year and the ex p ecte d studen t/family contrib ution and is a p r i m ary factor i n determ ining eligib i l i ty fo r most available aid. Fi nanci al a sist a nce is av a i la ble to all q uaI i fie d students regardless o f their sex, race, creed, color, age, national o r igi n ,

or

disability.

ree

applicant later decides to reapply, the application will be reviewed with the group currently being processed. Aid, with the exception of College Wo rk-Study and Washing足 ton State Need Grants, is credited to the student's account when all paperwork has been completed. One-half of the award is disbursed each semester. Parents and students are responsible fo r t h e charges in excess of the award. In some cases aid is awarded in excess of direct university charges to help with living expenses. This money will remain o n t h e studen t's acco u n t u n less requested b y the student through the Business Office after classes have begun. Under federal regulations, adjustments to an award package must be made if a t u dent receives additional awards of aid from sources external to the u niversity. In every case, however, the Office of Fina ncial Aid and Scholarships will attempt to allow the student to keep as much of the award package as possible. By treating aid received fro m external sou rces in this way, additional awards from the university's resources can be made to other qualified students. RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES Tbe basic responsibility fo r financing an education al PLU rests with stu dents a n d their fa milies. In addition to expected contrib u t ions from parents or guardians. students are expected to assist by co ntributing from their savings and summer

fo r students who demonstrate need.

Application fo r federal Student Aid ( FAFSA)

by January 3 l . 2. Submit application materials fo r admission by February 15 so as to be o ffered admission no later than March 1 . 3 . Submit a PlU Financial id Application (applies only to tra nsfer stude nts and is available upo n request). 4. Submit a Fi na ncial Aid hnscri p t from a l l p r i o r insti t u tions attended ( t Tansfers o n ly).

COlltil1uillg Stude11ts 1 . Complete a r 揃e Application fo r Federal Student Aid (l'AFSA) by March 1 . 2 . ubmit a PLU Fi nancial Aid Application. An application fo r finaucial aid can be com pleted a l any time, but fa i lure to meet the priority date may result i n a denial of aid even though need is demon. trated. The Financi al Aid and cholarships Office will consider all applic, lIlts fo r any award for which they might be eligible. Aid awards

the reply date specified and who do not complete satisfactory payment arrangements will have their awards cancelled. If an

supplementary to the efforts of a student's family. It is provided

Freshma l/ Students and Tra nsfers omplete a

fo r fall semester

ear n i ngs. Fina ncial assistance from the u n iversity is therefore

APPllCATION PROCEDURE: 1.

1

and by January 1 5 fo r spring semester to hold their award.

a rc fo r

aile year and mOit a re renewable, provided re-application is completed all time, jil/anciai lleed con t i n l les. and satisfactory academic progress is ma i ntained. Aid is /lot all tomat ica lly renewed each year.

Additional rights and responsibilities of fina ncial aid recipients include:

1 . Signing and returning each financial a i d notice received. 2. Declining at any time a ny portion of an award.

3.

Notifying the Office of F i nancial Aid and Scholarships in case of a change in credit hours attempted; a change in marital status; a change in residence ( o ff- campus or at home); or

4.

receipt of additional outside scholarships. Providing a copy of their parents' income tax return (Form

1040) and/or a copy of their own individual income tax return if requested. ACADEM IC REQUIREMENTS/SATISFACTORY PROGRESS The policy of the u niversity is to allow students to co ntinue receiving fin ancial assistance as long as they are i n good standing. To do otherwise could cause a severe hardship o n students who must devote their efforts t o achieving satisfactory grade>. However, no institutional grants will be awarded to students with cumu lative grade point averages below 2 . 00. To be given priority for most types of financial aid, an applicant must be enrolled as a full-time student. For federal financial aid programs, a fQU-time student is defined as any


F I N A N C I A L

A I D -I I

p erso n enrolled fo r a m i nimum of twelve cred it hours or more p r semester. AdjustmCllts ill all award may be made during the year if llIl aid recipient has not eflrolied for a slIfficient 11 Ulnber of credit hours. Howe ver, .each firzancial aid rec ipi e n t m ll s t m a i n - tain satisfllctory academic progress in the course of study h e o r she is pllrHling ill order to (on till /Ie to receive fil1allcial ilss is tall ce awarded by the PLU

'Ifice of Financial Aid and .

cholarships. 1 'he

fol/owing minimum requiremel1ts are expected of each financial aid recipient.' To make satisfactory progress toward a degree, a n undergraduate s tu den t must co mpl e t e a minimum of 24 semes­ ter h o urs of credit each academic year. An dcademic ye a r is defined as the fal l semester, the J a n u ary term, and the pring semester. s part of t he ir undergraduate program, stud nts are required to co m p l e t e two i n te ri m terms (8 hours from courses numbered 300-320 ); junior and s en i o r transfer s t u de nt s need to c o m pl e t e. o n l y one in terim term (4 hours from the co u rses numbered 300-320). (The interim requirement will no longer p e rt a i n to students completing degrees after December 1 994 . ) Graduate students are required to co m pl e t e 1 6 seme t r hours of credit each academic year. For fu l l - t i m e undergraduate students re eiving fi nan cia l aid, t he m axim u m number of credit hour that may be at t e mp ted is 1 7 5 arId the maximum time-frame for completing a baccalaure­ ate de gree is five ye a rs . Even if a student changes his or her major or academic program, only 1 75 credit h o ur may be taken quali­ fy i n g for financial aid, and the maximum time-frame o f five years fo r re ce i v i n g a de g ree is enforced. Some financial aid pro­ grams (e,g., most university gift aid programs and \' a s h ing ton tate Need Grants) allow aid to be awarded a maximum o f fou r academic years. The maximum num ber o f fu ll-time graduate credit hours that m ay be attempted is 48, and the maximum time-frame to c o m p l ete a graduate d e g re e is three years. Provisions to accommodate non- tradit ional, part-time stu­ dents have also been estab lished. Un d e rgradu at e st udents who q u a l i fy for these provisions must complete a m i n i m u m of 1 2 credit hours each a c ade m i c year a n d achieve a degree within a maximum time-frame of tell years ( the maximum number of credits allowable is 350). ra du a t e students w h o q u o l i fy for these p ro v is io ns must complete a minimum of 8 cred i t hours each a ca d emi c year and achieve a degree within a maximum t i me­ frame of seven years (the m ax i m u m number of credits allowable i 56). T h e Registra r's ffice evaluate' t he tra n s cr i p ts of credits s ubm itt e d by transfer students and determines whi h cred its are a cce pt ab l e toward a degr e a t Pacific Lutheran nivc rsit y. Notification of the number of c re d i t s yet to be earned and of the ti m e- fr a m e i n whi h financi.al aid may be awarded is communi­ cated t o s t ud ent s during their first term of enrollment. T h e same procedure applies to all continuing �tudents who have never previously received fi n a nc i a l assi stance. The following grades do not indicate successful com p l e t i o n of academic credit ap pl i ca b l e toward a degree: E g r ad t: s, r ( Incom­ p l e te) , W (With drawal), EW ( Un o ffi c ial Withdrawal, recorded by the registrar), F ( failure) . Any courses in which such grades are re ce i ved are, however, included in the maximum n um b e r of credits that may be a t tem p te d ( 1 75 ) and a re considered to be within the maximum time-frame allowable for achieving a degree (five years). All credits earned by examillatioll, which arc a c ce pted as applicable toward a degree, will b i ncl u d e d in t h e l i m i tation o n credit which can b ' , t t e mp t e d while e l i g i b l e for fi n a n c ia l aid. ourses that arc repeated are also co u n t ed in the l i m itation on credit which can be a t t e mp te d . On ce a co urse has been CO lll ­ pleted sllccessfully, the credit ho urs earned are counted toward the m i ni m u m number of hours which can be taken under financial aid eligibil ity. I f a course is successfu l ly completed more than on e, it i s c ou n t e d only once toward a student's degree req u i re m e n ts and to wa rd the minimum n umber o f hours which can be taken under financial aid e l igi b i l i t y.

The u niversi ty's c u rriculum i nc lu de s very few n o n - c re d i t

courses or courses whose c re d i t ho urs J r e not applicable to a degree, b u t if any such courses a rc taken b)' fi nancial a id re c ip i n ts , the ho urs w il l be i nc l u d ed in the l i m i t a t i on on credits w h i c h may be 3 t lt: m p te d and w i ll be considered w i t h the: t i me­ fra me allowable fo r achie ing a d gr e_ In the event that a student fails t o meet the criteria for sarisfact ry p ro g r ss d u ri ng a p a rt i c u l a r sem ter, he or she \ i l l b pl a c e d on a ca demic a n d fi n ancial aid probation, fa i l u re to rega i n a t i sfacto r y academic status will result i n the ca ncel lation of fi n a n c i a l aid. nce " u n s a t i s factory progress" has been determined. st ude nts re ei e offi i,Il notification. Terminated stud n t s may apply fo r reinstatement by s u b m i t t i ng a letter of petition Lo t he Registrar's O ffice and s e cu r i ng a fac u l ty sponsor. The p e t i t i on a .nd spo nsor­ ship letters are submitted to tbe Faculty Com m i t tee on Admis­ sion and Retention o f S t u den ts for action. Students who are placed on financial a i d probation may petition fo r reinstatement of their financial aid in one of two ways: ( [ ) They may complete one se m e s t e r of ful l- t i me enroll­ ment usin g their ow n financial res o u rces, or ( 2 ) they may suI mit an app al to the Faculty o mmittee on Admission and Retention of Students documenting the unusual c i rcumstances which have made it impossible to make satisfa tory progress d u r ing the se mester in question. Summer sessions may als be used as terms during which II s t uden t on financial aid probation may rega in sat i s fa c tory academic status; h owever, students en ro ll i n g i n s u mm e r sessions for this p ur p o s e must use t h e i r o w n financial reSO UJ'ces and are ineligible fo r financial aid.

lYPes of Aid UNIVERSITY G I FT ASSISTANCE

Regents' and President's SclJ.oiarships are awa r d e d to fres h m e n

in reco"nition of ou tstanding academic achievemt'nt and rvice in h i gh chool a n d in anticipation o f continued excellence at PLU_ Students who meet the foi l wing basic requirement� a re i nv i t ed to apply: admitted by Fe br u a r y 4; 3.7 or h i g h er grade p o i nt average; J [ 00+ S T o r 26+ ACT s co re s' top [ 0')10 of high sch o o l class; and .5. c i t izen o r obtaining itizcnship. The re ge n t s ' scholarship is a full tuition award and the president's scholarship is a $ 5, 000 awa rd. Both are renewable for three ye a rs with 3.3 u n iversity grade point average. Academic Achievement Awuds ranging between $ 2 , 1 00 and 4,000 each are an n ua l ly awarded to entering freshm<!fl in re c ogni ti on of o u t sta ndin g academic achievement in h i g h school and in a nt ic i p a ti n of su p e rior performa nce at PLU. To be a candidate, a student must have a strong high school gr ade point average, usually 3.25 or high r, and receive an offer of admi sion by M a r ch I. Financial need i s not a requ is i te and no o ther a p plic a tio n is required. Renewal fo r a total of six semesters is automatic provided a 3 . 3 grade point v e r ag e i maintained. Alumni Merit Awards" of $[ , 500 are g ive n to fu ll-time excep­ tional s t u de n ts who are 'ons and d a u gh t e rs of PL dl um ni/ae, To be considered, students must be entering [reshm:ln students and h a ve a cumulative h igh school grade point avera g e o f 3 . 5 or higher. Renewal c a n J idat 5 must have a m i n i m u m collegiat grade point average o f 3 .3 to be eligible. Financial need is not a determ i n i n g factor and co mp l et i n of a s p ec ia l application is recommended. Applicants m u st also be o ffered admission by April 1 to be considered.

$ 1 ,500 annually are gr a nte d to twen ty- four (24) st u de n ts who have co mp le t e d 45 sem es t e r ho u rs or more at PLU and are not re c e i vi n g allY other merit Jward. 0 se p a rat e appl ication is re qui r ed . Fa cu l t y will recom ­ mend students to a selection commi ttee who w i l l select rec ip i­ e n t s on tlle basis of sc ho l as t i c achievement, special talents, and un u s ua l service to t h e u n iv ersi t y. Faculty Merit Awards� of

m c z < m

-I -<


F I N AN C IAL AI D >­ fV'1 cr: uJ >

Provost's Merit Awards* of $ J ,750

are g r a.n te d

to o u tstJ. ndi.ng

t ran sfer students each ye a r. To be considered, a st u de nt must ha

e a

3 .6 grade point a v era ge i n at least 45 sem ester hours of

coll�gc level courses and receive a n offer of <ldm ission by

March I . A 3 ,,� grad e point a erage earned a t PL r enew al . No a pplication is neet: sar)'.

Q Club Scholarshjps"

is required for

are awarded to new f res h m en :lnd

t r:lnsfer s t u d e n ts on the basis o f academic achievement and

3.3 grad e p o i n t average

I

fi n a n c i a l need. Freshmen must have a

f-

and test results reflecting high sc h o l a s t i c apt i tude . TraIlsfc r

req u i red to h ave an en t er i ng grade point a erage of 3 . 0 . Renewal req ui res good academic s ta n d i n g , a 3.0 g ra de point avera g e, ti me l y reapplication t h r'ough the FAFSA, and e v i d ence students ar

of ii nancial need.

with fi n a nc ia l nee ' who have exceptional abi. l i t )r in fo rensics, m u si , or athletics. The ca ndidate m u s t make

d ram a, art,

:lrrangcments w i t h the s cho o l o r de p a rt m e n t cone rned fo r an a u d i tion and/or perso llal i.Ilterview. In

tory. A recom mendation

s o m e cases

a ta p e or fil m

from a f.l culry member shou ld

be on fi le before Ln applica t i o n prior i.ty dat (see a p p l i cil tion pro ed u re) fo r a s tudent to be considere d for a Tal ell t A\ ard. Financial ne d is :t requisite fo r i n i t ia l receipt <Ind renewal. University Grants are awarded in combination w i th loans and emplo)rment to students w i t h fi na n ci a l need who dQ not qualify

for scholarship assis tance. I n terna t i o n al ludent rants are restrict d to thost: i n ternat jonal student who have provided lheir own resources for at least one year of attendance. ) ra n t s usually amount to Ie s than one- third of the cost of attendance. Alumni Dependent Grants' of $ 500 are given to fu l l - t i m e

students whose p a re nt ( s ) a ttended or more. To

st udent ( 1 2

PLU (PL ) for two semesters be eligible the alum n i d ep e n den t must be a fu l l - t i me

credit h o u rs per semester) and com p letc an applica­

t i o n in t h e Offi e of F i n a n ci. al Aid , nd Scholarships. Ju ne I is the deadline for request i n g this 'I'ant. Req uests t e C' ived thereafter w i l l be hon ored only as bud eted fu nd s permit.

• NOTE: 1/1 tile evellt 111at tile fun cost of a ttelldalice i s col'ered by merit OR /lo/H/eed bosed

olltside scholarship ossutallce. Imiversify

awards will be exte1lrled ill name 0111)' am/ will 110/

corry a mOlletary value. Ti,,, same will apply 10 Tui/ioTl Exc.lwlIge reciplellts.

NAMED ENDOWED/RESTRICTED SCHOLARSHIPS:

Th following scholarsh ips have been p rov i de d by < l u m n i and friends of the u n iversity to h o n o r and/or m e m o r i a lize l oved ones and to assist worthy students. Also I i

t

are

sc h o l ar hips made

p o s s ib l e by corporations, fou n d a l i o ns, an d trusts. Elig i b i l i l Y fo r man)' of the-e wards r eq u i re co mpletion of the regular finan ­ c. i a l ai d ap p l i ca tio n , attai n m I1 t of sophomore sta nding, and

de Laration o f a major. Further i n formation on eligibil ity is ;lV,

il ble

The

on

request.

ckerlcy Commun icnti ns M ''';t A\vard

Fund

Am rican Lutheran Church-Nurth

Pacific

, r a n t Program for

Fund

cm orial Scholarship

Burzlaff

Cheney Po unda t ion E d uca t i o n al

c h o l a r s hi ps

Chevron Merit Award" Ke n n et h

C h r isto ph rson/Walt r Pi l gr i m E n dowe d Sch ol a r

h i p in

Religion I a r i d gelBethlehem Lutberan C h u rch/Lutheran Brotherhood

E ndowe d Sc h u l a rs h i p

Dorothy Cone Mrmo6al/ Llltheran Brotherhood Endowed N u rs i n g S c h o l a rsh i p

Crest> Merit Award E. /ohl1 aJld Lorene E. Da h l be rg /r. Endowed

Irelle O.

Carl Dalk

cb o la rsh i p

Memorial S c h olarship found

I- I arnld and Frances

S. Dawson/l.utheran B ro t h e r h ood Endowed Nursing

Scholarship Deal Fa m i l y Endowed Scholarship i n the L i he r al Arts Ida

. Davis u n d

Dool ittle femorial S c h o l a r,h i p Capt. W. Larry and Mrs. /'l n ice D. Eichler Sch olarsh i p Fund arl and E t h c l Erickson /Lutheran Brolherhood Endowed Sc h o l an;hi p Leif 'rikson )ch.olarship

,erry and L i nd a Evanson Endowed Scholars h i p /\ l1 t h o n )' r. E)'ring l.iberal Arts S h larship l; a c u l t )' Memorial

cholarship F u n d

fai th Luthera n Church

of Po r t l a nd Scholar. hip F u n d

First I n terst a t e Bank Sc ho l a rs h i p P h rlai n e . and Ke n n eth L. Folson bndowed S cho la rsh i p

ho l a rs h ip ( fllr Norwegian students) L.e. Foss V l lemorial Sc h o l a rship F u c h s feo u n d a t i o n Sc h o l arsh ip Henrietta B u t ton aelz 1 ursing Scho l a r s h i p Fund Bertha Gilbertson Scholarship John M . G il be r tson Founda t i o n Scholarship Edna M . Gorder/l.utheran Broth r h o u d Endowed Education S c h o l a rsh i p james M. G r i b bo n Scholarship Fern R. 'rimm/LUl'hera n Brotherhood Endowed S c h o l a rsh i p Henry Foss

Gulsrud F a m ily Scholarsh i p Haas Founda tion Arnold Hagen Education

ScJ10IaL h i p

Barbara Perry H a l ey 'v{e mo ri a l Scholarship

F r .l nk and Nellie l laley E n dowed Sch o l a r s h i p llar Ha l vo rse n Scholars h i p J o h a n n e ,yfa rie Hansen ndowed Memorial Scholarsh i p Nels Marcus Hansen EndO\ e d Memorial cholarsbip W. H . Hardtke Seminary Stud ent c h o l rsh i p Fund Bri a n Harshman Memorial Sc h o lars h i p

Erl i n g and Clara Haugo Sc h o l a rs h ip Walter A. Heath Charitable Trusl

Vi. H u be r

H u l t g re n

S ch o l arsh i p S ho l a rs h i p

Memorial

ursing

LvI-: and Iris jacob,on Endowed S ch o l a rsh ip

john.,o n / Larson Scho lar shi p gne, Sol�m Johnson/Luthe.ran Brolherhood

ur i n g Endowment

. johnson/Lutheran B rot h er ho od Eclm,rned ur Lng Scholarship T. t. J o h nso n Sr.lLu\Jleran Brotherhood Endowed Sc h o l arshi p l.inda B . Karl. e n Music Sch ol a rs h ip Philip G. and Alice L. Kayser Scholarship F u nd Elizabeth B. Kdly Endowed ho l a rsh i p Anne Kcnsrud Memorial S ch o l a rs h i p Key Ba n k o C Wash i ngron Endowed Sch o o l or Busi ncs Sc h o l a rs h i p Rt' . Karl K i l i a n Ivkl11mial Fund Pearl

I tary Jane Aram Scb ol a rs h i p Fund ward of Excellence (Pacifi Coca-Co la B o tt l in g

Terry I r w i n Scholarship

Judge Bert il E. Jolwson Sc ho l a rs h i p

A n t h ropology Al um n i Award r th ur Memorial

Memorial Vocal Music Scho l a rsh i p

Dr. a n d M rs. W. B. Bums

Ole M. Jennestad Memorial , dlOlarsh ip

A nde rs() n Memorial S chob rsn i p and jean ie nder OLl Sc h ol a r s h ip [' i n ner

lenson Sc h o l a rs h i p

Hed v i "

Clwster Buhl

S . E. Idaho I nce n t i ve Scholarship Fund Disl rict Scholarship

M i nor:ity Stllden t s

Ruth

B r u n ner Memorial

Buchanan 'Fa m i l ' E ndo\ ed ScholarS h i p

Irene

A m eric a n Lutheran C hu rch-Schubrsh i p Jnd

William

Donald A.

'dward

Allen more Registered Nursing Scholarship

Florence

Betty Brown Scholarship

H opp er Memorial

Aid As ociation for Lurh rans S ch olarsh i ps

AIW11Ili Scho\;Jrshir

Agnes Brodabl Music Sc h o l arsh i p

Roger

Need-Based Talent Awards a re granted to full- t im e students

is sat isfa

Richard J. and Olive Lew e l len Blanda u Scholar. h ip a n d Loan Fund Lu t he r & D i l l ie Q u ale Boe Education Sch ol a r�hi p Havana Bradner Memori. I Scholar. h i p j o r u n n B re i la nd Scho l a rs h ip F und

0.)

M a rguer i t e and Wilmer Boer Scholarship

F. Baycr Memori a l Scho larsh i p ,I inorlt)' Scholarship Pa u l M. Bl'l lamy M u si • -holar h i p Bi nd r Mt:ll1orial Sch o l a rsh ip

Don

B. E. R .G.

A l fred and All e Bish op/Lutheran Brotherhood En dowed Sc h ol a rs h i p

IJliam Kilworth Foundation Scholarship Fund

Me lvi n Kleweno Memorial Scholarship


F I N A N C I A L

A I D -I

Kluth Endowmeol [or J J igh Achievers

in

U11etics and Physical

Education

'--

-

Ji mmy Knudsen v l kmorial Scholar hip Gladys iV\. Knutzen f;ndowed S holarsh i p Hilda S. Krnmer Musical Appre..: iation Scholarship Louis and Leona Lamp ' b olars hip forge Lanning Mem riallLutheru n Brotherhood Endowed Scholarship Ehba and E. Arthur larson ursing holarship Ludvig and Clara Larson Scholarship rl.lI1do a nd Myrtle Lee/Luth ran Brotherhood Endowed Scholar hip uy j. and Louise Leesman cholarship LHClLutheran Brotherhood Endowed , cholarship M r. and Mr,. W. Hilding Li ndberg Endowed Scholarship Richard E. and A n i ta H i l lesland Londgren/Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed Scholarship Lulhcr<l l1 Brotherhood Legal R .serve L i fe Insurance Co. Scholarship Lutherun Brotherhood Scholarship Constance B. L on Scholarship james B. Ma ly on Scholarship Joe March inek Memorial Scholarship hll1d Math mat ics cholarship Military Order of the Pu pic Heart Award Fred and �arolyn :vl ills Memorial Scholarship Lila Moe S holar'hip Dr. Richard D. Moe Fndowment for the Arts Kalharine '. Monroe Scholarship Foresti ne \Vis Monsen Memorial Piano Scholarsh i p L d lia n . Morris Memorial Scholarship Murray- Daltielson Management AI ard Gladys Mortvedt Voluntary Service Award Richard p. cil� Memorial Fund corge and Alma Nelson Endowed Scholar hip Fund Harold ,md )'Ivia Nelson Endowed Scholars h i p Lars erland Norwegian Scholarship Milton a n d Hazel Nesvig International Student Scholarship M r \Dd M TS. Gu� H. Nieman Memorial �cholar,hip Margaret i istad Iv\cmorial Scholarship Nan Nokleberg Memorial/Lutheran Dwtherhood Endowed Scholarship rville Nupen Nursi ng S holarship 'lifford O. and Ella L. Olson En dowed Athletic/Music Scholarship Linda Nelson O lsonll.uthcran Brotherhood Endowed Nursi ng cholarship Robert E. Olson Memorial Roger Paetcl Memorial Scholarship Katherine R . Parri�h Memorial Nursing Scholarship .ordon Pearson Memorial Marvin ]. and Ruby L. Pen nington Schobrship Pt'p� i - ola ornpan)' Merit cholarship Mr. and I rs. lester Peter Scholarship (Oregon srudl� nts) Blanche Pflaum Scholarship PL Women's lub ' cholarship PL S Bu iness Scholar hip Nora I. Po nder Scholarship Fund Portland 1\ rea Alumn i . cholarship Presser Foundation Scholarship � uget Sound Bank S ho lal'ship Lyle uasim �cholnrship Anders a n d Emma Ramstad Award Re rcational quipment, In . ( RE I ) Kathryn Ree e Memorial Schobrship Dr. Walter and Joan Redman Schwindt Scholur 'hip i mun <md M arvel Reinbold Scholarship ndowment Charlotte & Lucian Rice ndowed Sch oi arship William O. I< ieke Fndow d Scholarship (Students from ash mere, Leavenworth, and Wenatch�e ) Frank Russell Co mpany Endowed Scholarship Mark Salzman Me morial Marie S heck General Endowed Scholarshi p Johannes and Aleen Schiller Endowment Fund <;EA-HRST Balik Minority Scholar h ip Margaret Shipley Endowed Scholar�hip in Accounting Siqueland o u t h Scholarship ( 'orlll Pacific DistTict Luther eague) killfu;r Foundation Scholarship lames R. Slater Endowed Schola rsh ip lame Slater Biology - R T Scholarship France. orton Smith End owed Scholarship Smith Endowment Scholarship Fund . •

-

-

Haldor 1'. SpolliJeim Scholarship I'und Ethel Squires S holarships William and ,trid Slancer Endowed Scholarship in Engineering Science Dora Stangland Memorial Scholarship Steele - Ree,e 5 holarship EndOl'l m nt Genevieve Sttlberg Endowed Scholar.'hip Em tUa Storaasli Award Tacoma Tiger ' Com m u n j t y Fund Scholar,hip Harvey & Helen Tengc dul Endowed Scholar hip Edvin and Ida Tingelstad Memorial Scholarship Evel y n Tor en Memorial Education Scholarship Tylcr Memorial ursing �cholarship Karl fe r Memorial , dlo l a r ' h i p David tnlel a n d Memorial SdlOl<1rship len Valle Memorial Scholarship WadelHi nderlie Scholarship Fund Ina H. Wake r moria I Scholarship Washi ngton Statt' Automobile Dealers Association Scholarship Western Washington Fair Association ScholarshiJ-l Wick Family/Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed S.:holarshil' Randall Yoakum Endowed Scholarship Ralph and Cell' t.:ne Yoder ;vien1Clrial S holarship Scholarship

Partner ' Endowments

Ankrim/Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed Scholars hip ( E co n o m i c s ) Class of 1967 Scholarship ( Dt'scL'ndants of Class) IV!arv and Dorothy Hanh man Scholarship (Church Leadership/Athletics) Douglas Herland Memorial Scholarship ( rew) Paul Liebelt Scholarship ( Mathematics) Gene and Marian LUlldgaard/Lutheran Brolherhood Endowed Schola.rship (Ath letics) Dr. Maurice and Patricia Skones Scholarship ( Vocal Music) Shi rley Zurtluh/Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed Scholarship ( Business) mest M .

GOVERNMENTAL GRANTS

The Federal PelI Grant Program is a Federal program des i g ne d to provide the " foundation" fo r a financial aid package. [t is i n tended for students with h igh financial need. If the Student Aid Re port (SAR) Y()ll r ceivc i n dicates eligib i l i ty, ,1 1 1 c op i e s sh( Lild be sent to the Office of Financial Aid and S holarships.

Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants (SEOG) are available to stu dents who have exceptional fi nanc i a l need . G ran ts range from $ 1 00 to 4,000 per year. The SEOG must be matched w i th !east an equivalent amount of o t h e r k i n d s of aid (grant, loan, o r > m p loym e n t ) . - l i gibility is determi ned by federal gu iel lines.

Washington SIBte Need Grants are ava i lable to eligible residents of the State o f Washington who attend PLU. These gra nts a re i n tended for students with h iuh need. On the basis of guidelines established by the Higher Education oorci i nating Board, students with s peci fie d need a s computer from the l'AFSA a.r s u b m i tted to the S tate fo r consideration. Present p ro ce d ure does not re q u i r e it separate application. Army ROTC Scholarships are available for (udents in aU isc ip l i ncs and are not based on need. Scholars h ips pay up to 80% of tuition. Books, fees. and s u pp lies are also covered. R cipients also recei e a $ 1 OO/month stipend ( u p to $ 1 ,000 per school yea r). As r fall I l9 l new advanced de ignee cholarsbip recipients also receive additional cholarship aid from Pacific Lutheran niverSity. ROTC scholarship recipients applyll1g fu r t he institutio nal ma tch must also file the Free App l ic at i on for Federal Students .id ( FAFSA ) . Con tact the ffice of Adm issions or Financial Aid for det'l i ls. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT

There

are

�mployment opportun i t i e on cam p us and i n the

com m u n i t ), that can help students meet col lege expens es .

Priority for placement is given to those students ",ho have de m o n s t rated financi I ne d and have been awarded a work­ study el igibility. Over 900 students work on campus each year. The un iversity's a n l111al student payro ll exceeds $ 1 ,800,000. The

I rn c z < rn

-i -<


F I N A N C I A L

A I D

>­ I-

average on-ca mpus j b approx i m a tes eleven hour per IV ek.

FE DERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOANS

and produces around $ 1 ,528 d u r i ng an academic year.

Federal loans are obtained through a bank, credit union, or

II studenl p l a ce m e n ts fo r o n -cam pus an I off-campus jobs

> z

are

h a n dl e d by the Career Service s Office. Actual h i r i n g of

c h ol a rs hi p s . Loan fu nds a re sent

to the un i ve r s i t y by th e lender .

times as vacancies oc ur.

an e n t r a n ce coun. cling session before re c eivin g the first dis­

The Fe d e r a l College

I-

t h e Office of Financial aid and

st uden ts is d o n e a t the be g i n n in g of t h e ,cb o o l yea r und at other mk-Study Prog r a m offe rs o n l y on­

ca mp u employment. To participate, stud nts must be eligible I

savings and loan association o n an appli cation that is certified by

fo r work-study.

The State Work-Study Program o ffe rs onl off-c a m p us work opport u n i t ies with p rofit-making and non-profit mpl o yers. Positions must be related to stude nts' acade m ic interests. 10 participate, st udents must be eligible fo r wo rk-study.

t u dent borrow rs must attend

b u rsement at PLU.

Federal Stafford Student Loan - This program provides two types of loans: subsid ized Stafford Loans and unsubsidized Staffo rd Loans. Su bsi dized l o a ns are

b as e d on financial digibilit)f,

and the Federal government pays the interest while the student is i n schoo\. Unsub. idized loans are not based on financial eligi­ biJity, and the student is re spon s i b l e for the i n terest whiJe i n

school. T h e student may receive a combination of both l o a n s , lip to the a n n u a l maxi m u m : Undergraduate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ' 2,625-$5 ,500

Graduate

. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........

$8,500

he aggregate maximum is $ 2 3 ,0 00 fo r u nderg ra d uate.s,

$65,500 fo r graduates. Repayment o f p ri nc ip aJ is deferred u n til the studen t ceases to be enrolled

at

least half-time. The i n terest rate is v a r ia b l e

on the 9 1 ·day Trea s u ry Bill p l u s 3 . 1 %) with a cap of 9°A,.

(based

federal Plus Loan - This loan i s fo r parents o f a depen dent s tu d e nt . The loan has a variable interest rate ( based on the 52 week Treasury Bill, plus 3 . 1 % ) with a cap o f 1 00/0. Repaymc n t begins sixty

(60)

days after t h e fi rs t disbllr ement, a l t h o u g h a fcw

l e n d e r s wiI.l allow i n t e rest only payments to he made while the student is attend ing school a t least ha l f- li m . Either parent may b o rrm this l o a n fo r a s t u de n t . Max i m u m e l i g i b i l i t y is l i m ited to

the student's cost of attendance less fi nancial aid received.

Alternative Loan Progra.ms - Many reputabl private l e nd ing organizat ions provide fa m il ies with a means to finance a stu­ dent's edu catiun. Most p rivate p ro gram s offer I

w

in terest, no

collateral loans that are based on individual need, credit capa­

LOANS Ma.n)f students inves t in t h e i r fu ture by b o n-owi n g educational fun ds. Low interest, deferred loans make it possible to pay s o me of the cost of ed u cat ion at , later t i me. Loan are ften i ncl u de d with gift assi ·tanee a n d work to form

a

fi nancial aid pa ckage.

Federal Perldns [.oao (fonnerly National Direct Student Loan-NDSL) - E l igib i l i ty is determined by the P LU ffice of ina ncial Aid and holarships fro m the PAF and is based o n need. Mo t loans range between $ 1 , 00 0 and $ J ,500 a n n u ally, and ca n n o t exceed $6,000 fo r t h e first two ye.ars of school, n o r an aggr ga t ' of $ 1 5,000 for an undergraduate d gree. No interest ac rue.s and no payme nts on principal are n ecess a ry until ix

city, a n d school costs. Many al low d e fer m e n t of pri ncipal u n t i l a fter the s tu d e n t ceases full-time enro l l ment T h e O ffice of Fina.l1cial Aid and Scholarships has avai lable a s a m p l e list o f private lenders.

VETERANS AFFAIRS AND VOCATION.AL REHABIL ITATI ON Paci fi c Lutheran nivers i t " academi pro "rams of Study are approved by the Wash i n gto n tatc H igher Education Coordinat­ ing Boa rd's State App ro v i n g Agency ( H ' ' N�AA) fo r enrollme nt of persons eligible to receive educational benefits under Title 38 and Ti tl e 1 0 USc.

Veterans, widows, and children of deceased veterans who wish to inquire about their eligibility for benefits should contact the

month a fte r a recipient ccas to be a half- t i m e stude n t enrolled in an e l ig ib l e insti tution. S i m p l e i n te r est is 5% d u r ing the repaym nt p riod. Up to 1 00% c a n ce ll at i o n is ava i l a b le for tc ach i ng the disabled or in cer ain low ineum area . Rep ayment

Re g i o n a l Office or the Veterans Administra t i o n , Federal 13u i l d in g ,

may be deferred because o f fu rther full-time study or erv ice in

ma king application for benefits. S t ude n ts are required to register

the armed fo rces, VIS

, o r the Peace Corps. Exit i nterv iews are

re q u i red by the Busi ness ( tfl eE' upon l e a v i n g PLU

or

transcripts,

grades, and d i p lo ma are withhe l d .

Nursing Student Loan (NSL) - A � de m l lo a n p rogra m l i mit d to student w i t h need who are accepted fo r enroLlment or a re enro l led in th • S h o ol of Nursing ( usually not before the sopho­ more ye ar) . The NSL has provisions s i m i l ar to the ! erkins Loan. Up to $4 ,000 is available, dependent on federal fu nding. Loans average $2,500. Repayment b eg i ns one year after graduation. Partial o r ful l cancel latio n is possible und r certa i n con ditions.

9 1 . Second Aven u e , Seattle, Washington 98 1 74. Persons wit hin

the

tate o f Was h i n gt o n may t e le p h o n e 1 -800·827- 1 000.

Students should gain admission to the un i ver s i ty befo re at the u n iversity's Ve terans Affairs O ffice before each term to insure contin � o u s rec e i p t of benefits.


T U I T I O N

A N D

F E E S ---1 :r:

pay d irec t l y, for immunizations, l a b work, and p rescrip t ions that

TUition and Fees

are re q u i re d .

f,

The following charts list tuition by credit hour

($4 1 6 un dergraduate and graduate ) .

r

1994-95

Tuition rate (o r hours above 1 6 i n fal l or spring semester

$208.00 per cred i t hour.

is one-half the regular rate or -

FAU

1 6 hours x $4 1 6 per h o u r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... ..

. ..

.

.. .

.

..

....

... . .

=

$6656.00

=

$6656.00 $832.00 $7488.00

Q[

( 1 6 hours x $4 1 6 per hour) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ho urs @ h al f- pr i c e . ... . . . .. . . . . . ...... ... . ..

+

..

. .....

.

....

..

...

..

.

total of 20 hours

=

Unpaid Fi n e s such as p arki n g violat ions and o verd u e l ib rary books will ap pear on the m on t h l y sta ement. Students are encou raged to pay t h es e fines as i .n c u r r d to avoid late fees and handling ch a rge A one-t i me Graduation Fee of $30 is charged to baccalaureate and ma s te r' d gree cand i d at es A fee of $ - is charged to rep l a r<e losl, damaged, or stolen student [D's. This must be paid at Re i s t ra r's ffice. The fee fo r official transcripts is $5 fo r each transcrip t . .

.

SPECIAL INFORMATION ptional student hea l th and a cci de n t insu rance is available th ro u gh an i n d ep e n de n t carrier. A bro c hure is a va i la b l e from the Student L i fe O ffice.

JANUARY TERM

4 hours x $4 1 6 per hour .. .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . :

$ 1 664.00

4 hour x $4 16 per hour . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + 4 hou rs @ half p r i c e . ... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .

$ 1 664.00 $832.00 $2496.00

..

.....

QI

.

........

.

.

..

.

..

.

..

total of 8 hours

Parking permits are fre e and required for all student vehicles. Fa,ilure t reg i ste r may result in a fine. ROOM AND MEALS

Students who are under 2 1 a nd are taking J 2 or more credit hours must live and eat meals on campu s. There are exce ptions:

I.

I f one lives a t hom e with a parent, legal guard i a n, or spouse

2 . If on

SPRING 16 ho u rs x $4 1 6 per hou r . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .

$6656.00

QI

( 1 6 ho u rs x $4 1 6 per hour) .................................... . + 4 hours @ half-price .................................... ........

= =

.

total of20 ho"rs

$6656.00 83 2.00 7488.00

tu rn s 2 1 before October 1 5 (fall semester) or Ma rc h 1 5

( s p ring semester)

3. If one has attai ned senior status ( 90 cred it hours) before the beginning of t11<:' semester A p pe al s may b e addre 'sed to th Re idential L i fe O ffice. Room - Each semester, the ro om charge (double occupa ncy) is $ 1 , 1 2 0 . If a student resides on c a m p u s either fal l or spring semes ter, then the room fee is wa ived d u r ing the Ja nu a ry term.

TUITION BY CREDIT HOUR -

eRE"DII HR.

.

. . . ..

TUITION

1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4 1 6 2 ...... , ........ $832 3 .................. $ 1 ,248 4 .................. $ 1 ,664 5 . . ... . . . . $2,080 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 2,496 7 . . . . ..... . $2,9 1 2 8 .................. $3,328 9 .................. $3,744 1 0 . . . . . .. . . . ...... $4, 1 60 ......

.

.

..

..

... ..

.

.....

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

................. $4,576 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,992 . . . . . . . . . ........ $5,408 ................. $5,824 . . . . . ............ 6,240 . . ............... 6,656 . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... $7,072 ................. $7,488 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $7,904 . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . $8,320 . . . . . . . .......... $8,736

2 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $9, 1 5 2

2 3 . . . . . . . . . . . ....... $9,568 2 4 ............. . . . . . $9,984 25 . . . . . . . . . ..... .. $ 1 0,400 26 . . . . ... . . . ' 1 0,8 1 6 27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1 1 ,232 28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1 1 ,648 2 9 . . . . . . .......... $ 1 2,064 30 . . . . . . .... . . . . . . $ 1 2,480 3 1 ................ 12 ,896 3 2 ................ $ 1 3 ,3 1 2 ..

.

.

..

NOTE: Off Campus Program students pay a program fee (not PLU tuitio1l) specific to the i1ldividual program sites. Contact the Center for ]1Iternational Programs for complete details.

CREDIT BY EXAMINATION

Students who test out of a class (Credit by Examination) w il l b e ch a r ged 25 p erc e nt of regular tuition for that class ( $ 1 04 per cred it hour. REGISTERING AFTER ADDIDROP

Students wh o regi s te r after t h e last day of Add/Drop will be ass e ss ed an administrative handling fee o f $50 for each course

added. Students who drop a class after t he A ddlDro p deadline waive their ri gh t to a refund. COURSE FEES

Some courses require additional fees; they will be added to the tuition total. The class schedule available from the Re g ist rar's

O ffi ce prov i d e s i n formation about any fees that may a ffect an

individual schedule. Music and education students should note: The Private Music Lesson Fee is $ 1 25 for on e credit or $200 for two or more credits per medium.

A one-time Education Placement Fee of $40 i s ch arge d in the

last semester of the B.A.E. program. MISCELLANEOUS FEES

Health Services will ch a rge a student's account, or a student m ay

The rates for s i ngle occupancy of a d o ub l e room are a$ follows:

$ 400 per s e m ester for a s t u d en t who has fewer than 90 credit hours ( se n ior sta n di n g) , or w h o is under the age o f 2 1 by ctober 1 5 fo r faU sem " ter, March 1 5 for spring s e m e st er. The cost is $200 per semester fo r students who meet these c r i teria. Spedal Hou6iog- Needs - Special housing requests may b e ad d res s e d t o the

Res id en t ial Life Office.

A l im i te d number of s i ngle rooms are available at variable ra t e.5 . Lim ited h o usi n g is available d u r i n g wlnter and s p ri ng breaks at a cost o f 9 per d a y A l i m i t e d number of two-and three-bedroom family housing u n i t s are avai l a b le. Rent ranges from $ 1 60 to $400 per mo n th. A $ 1 00 da ma ge deposit is required with the a pplicatio n and a $ 1 00 c le a n i ng d e p o sit is required upon occupan cy. .

Meal Plans - Res idential (on ca mp u s ) students may se l ect from the first three meal p l a ns listed below. Commuter (off cam pels) s t u d e n t s may select from any of the fiw meal p la n s. The c os ts of

the p lan s vary; see below for details.

Meal Plan 1 i ncl u des 20 meals per week (b reakfast, l u n cb, and d i n n e r six day s , and b runch and dinner on Sunday) . FalJ . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . .. 1 ,0 1 8 .00 January . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... .. . . .. .. . . . . . $2 1 2 .00 Spr i n g ...... ................................ " . . ..... .............................. $ 1 ,0 1 8.00 .

.

.

..

.

.

....

.....

..

........

.

.

. .

.. . . . . . . . . .

...........

..

.

. .

....

.

..

. . ....

.

..

......

..

.

T TAL: $2,248.00

Meal Plan 2 a ll ows the choice of any I S meals per week . Fall $9 74.00 January .... ... . ......................... . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . .... ........................ $2 1 2 .00 S p ring . .. .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . $974.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

......

.....

.

. . ....

..

.

..........

.

. .

.

...

.

.

.

TOT L: S2, I 60.00

Meal Plan 3 lets one s e l e ct :lny 10 meals per week. FalJ . . . . .. . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 8 1 3.00 January . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .... . . . . . . . ......... . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .................. $2 1 2.00 Spring ..... ....................... . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .... ................ . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 8 1 3 .00 .

.......

.........

......

......

...

. .

...........

. ...

.. . ......

.

.

TOTA L: $ 1 ,S38.00

m

c z <

m VI ---1 -<


T U I T I O N

AN D

Commut r st ud nts o n e belol

.

F E E S

m

from the p l an .Ibove r select

y cboo

·

Com muler students must contact Food Services each

semester to beg in their meal p hm of (hoi e.

>

Meal Plan

Fall

4

on sisls (I f weekday lunche ti n l y.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$34 1 .00

J an u a ry .. . . . . . . . . .. .. . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S 7 8 . 00 S pri n g ......... . . . . . . .. . . . .. ........... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . . . ...... . ... .... $341 .00 TOTAL: $760.00

L.LJ

Meal Pla,./ 5 lets one select any five meals p e r week.

fal l ....... . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . .................................. . . . . . . . . . $394.00 January . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . $90 .00 Spring . . . . . . . ... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . $394 .00 . . ...

..

...

.

..

..

....

. . .. . . . . . . . .

. ..

......

.

...

..

.

. . .

.

.....

..

.

..

.

..

. ..

.

.

. . . . . . . . ... . . .. ..

......... .

.....

TOTAL: SR78.00 Januur Term Only Room and Meals

.

during the J a n u a ry term only, the room c h a r ge will be 5250 a n d mea l s w i l l co · t $2 1 2 , t' o t a l i n g $462. If a student lives

00

campus

ADVANCE PAYMENT New studen ts

ne d to m a ke a $200 a d va n ce paym nt to co n fi r m their o ffer of admission. The p ayme n t is refundable u n t i l May 1 5 fo r f: I I , D mber 1 5 for the J an u a r y term, and Janumy 15 for spring. Requests for a r fund mu s t be made in w ri t i n g to the Ad mis ion Office. Returning s( lldell t wanting to reserve a room for t he fo llo w in g year must m a k e a $200 advance p ay m e n t The paym e n t w i l l be credited to the fo llowing year's account upon occupancy. The advance payment is 100'Va refu ndable by making a written re qu est to the Re jd ntial L i fe O ffice by July l . A 50% refund will be gra n te d i f the wr i tt e n re quest is re cei ved a fter July 1, b u t by August l . 0 refu lld will be gr a n te d aft r August l . .

Schol rships, gran ts , talent award s, a n d 10:l1lS awarded b y PLU's Offi c e of Financial Aid and Scholarships, and outside id ( from frat er na l orga n izations, h i g h . h lois, c hurch e s , etc.) sent

dLrectly to PLU are c re di t ed to the stu dent's a ccount. Awards over $ 1 00 w i l l b� equally divided between fu l l and January term/ s p r i ng se m esters. wards under $ 1 00 will be applied to o n e semester only. Outside aid will not be , pp l i e d to the account until t h e fu n ds are rec e i ved by PL . NOTE: Because fi"al/cial aid is equally divided between fall and Jamulr}' term/spring semesters, the cost is gellerally Ir ig /re r for tire

mrd eat.s

011

campus.

registersfor a lamla ry tJ!rm course

Perkills and Nursillg St lldell t Loall reci p ients are requ i re d to si n for their l(Jans in the Student Acco u n ts and Loa n D e p a rt m e nt at the beginning

Federa l

Additional fu nds o r benefits from any s o u rce (such as free or partial. room and meals) received or pro m i s ed , before or a fter a student is a wa rd e d aid from PLU, mu t be reported. Actual class re g i tration that pr od u c es a l owe r tuition rate than al1ticipated may reduce a financial aid a,vard. By law, the O ffice of Financial Aid and Sch o lar s h i ps is re q uire d to make ad j u s t m e nts to prevent over awards. Refund and Repa-yment Policy Acoording to Federal DisdosUl'e Requirement

Detailed i n formation on the refund a n d/ o r repayment calcula­ tions may be ob tained through the Office of Financial Aid an d Scholarships. See below fo r g u i d el i n e s .

TITLE IV Refund - If any p rtion of an account was paid with TTTLE-IV Federal Financial Aid, a refu n d will be p rora t e d to each of the financial aid p rograms in the foll ow i n g order: Federal Pamily Educa tional Loan P ro gra m s (FPELP ) , ( Federal Staffo rd, U n s ub s i di zed Federal Stafford), Federal Perkins Loan, Federal Pell Grant, Federal SEOG, other TfTLE IV funds, non -federal a i d ( i nsti tu t i o n a l aid, state aid, and other).

TITLE N Repaymen t - Repayment of fu nds

received from TITLE Financial Aid pr og ra m s may be necessary in instances where fWlds were rec e i ved from an a c co u n t after a l l c h a rge s were satis fi e d . A federal formula will be u se d to determine th e a ppro p ri a te paymen t. Funds that need to be re p a i d will be re t u r n e d to their source in the foll owi n g order: SEOG, Federal Perkins, Pell, o th er TITLE IV, non-federal TITLE IV funds ( institutional aid, state aid, and o ther). IV

­

PAYMENT PLANS

Students must pay at the t i me of registration or be enrolled in an

FINANCIAL AID

la/ruary term/spring semester if one

It is t h e student's responsihilit y to i n form the O ffice of F in a n ci a l Aid a n d Scholarships of any chan ge s in financial status.

of each semest r.

Family Educational Loan Programs

( FFELP) ( th se are Federal Stafford, nsub idized Federal tafford a nd Federal Parent Plus), obtain d t h ro u g h banks and other lending institu­ ti ns, will be appl ied a fter the proper en d orse m en t h y the st u de n t or p a r nt. L1 nds not e n d ors e d w i t h i n 45 da ys of receip t will be returned to the lending instit u tion as defined by federal reg u l a t i on s A 4 percent processing fee is sub tracted from tbe l oa n by the lending institution. .

SLate ofAlaska LoallS mll. t be endo rse d in

the Financial Aid Office h efo r e the fu n ds can b deposited i n t he student's account. Recipie nts of the following fu n d s must go to the Fi nancial A i d Office tu pick up th e i r check. Th check is made paya b l e to the student. Those funds are: Washington S t a t e Need Grant, Wash­ i ngton Scholars, Nursing Conditional, Paul Douglas Sc h o l a rs h ip ,

Educational Opportunity rant, and Futu re Teachers. St udents who ecure part- t ime employment as pa r t of their fin a n c i a l aid (work stud, ) receive monthly paychecks b, sed on work performecL Payche cks may be p icked up at the cashier's window at the B us i ne$s ffi e on payda)t and ma y be applied to u n pai d student accou nt bal an ces.

a p pr ov ed payment plan at the time of re g ist ra t i on . Option 1 - Tho se who pay early may qualify fo r Lute bucks , coupons red e e mah le at the PLU Bookstore. To rece ive Lute­ b ucks, paymen t is due in full by July 29 fo r fall semester and December 22 for the Jan uary t e rm/s pr i ng OtherwLe , payment for Option 1 is due in fu l l by August 15 fo r fal l and January 1 5 for January term/spring. .

Any new student or curren tly en rolled student at PLU whose prior owing balance is paid in fllll and who has an acceptable credit

history with PLU call apply fo r the followillg pia/!:

Option 2 - PLU B ud ge t Plan al lows a s t u de n t to p a y for

a full ye a r of s t u d y over t e n months, i n te re s t free. There is a $50 set· u p fe . To estimate payments, a d d to ge t h er tuition. room, board, and fees fo r the year. Deduct financial aid (exc l ud ing work study and Parent Plus Loans) and divide by 1 0. A payment schedule will be p rep a re d once the payment request form is c o m p le te d and returned witb the $50 set- up fee. An eight m o n th Budgd Pl a n is ava ilahle fo r payments from September to April. A $75 set-up fee is required. Budget Plans are also available for summer only, with a set-up fee of $25 aod fo r fall or Ja n ua r y term/spring only, with a s e t - u p fee of $50. Contact the St u de nt Acco unts O ffice fo r information, or c o m p let e the Budget Plan form. If fi n a nc i a l a id, credit hours, or room and meal cbarges change, the Student Accounts Office should he c o n tac ted fo r a revision of the monthly payment s c h edu l e Revisions due to financial a i d c ha n ges can be made at any time; all other revisions can be m ade a t the student's request or after the add/drop p e rio d .

.


S T U D E N T

L I F E --I I

HOW TO MAKE PAYMENTS Mail payments with statement remittance ,tub to P LU, Box 2 1 1 67, Seattle, WA 98 1 1 1 - 3 1 67, or deliver payments to the PLU Business fflce in the Administration Building, Room 1 1 0, Checks should be made p aya ble to Pacific Lutheran Univer­ sity, The stu lent's name a .n d account number (social security I1llffiber) should be inclu led w it h all payments. A S I S fee is charged on a ll returned c h ec ks. VISA a n d MasterCard are accept ed . An automatic mo n thl y payment may be a rranged w ith the Student Accounts Office. An automatic payment fo rm will be mailed out a t the student's re q u es t ; this will eliminate calling each month to ch a r ge pa ments. No fe e is charged for this service. Please DO 'OT mail cash. A periodically adjusted discount rate will be c h arge d against Canadian currency. Interest and Late Fees Payment Option 1 - A 1 .5% monthly default interest is charged

on balances 30 days past due. Payment Option 2, Budget Plan - Payments

received a fte r t he 20th of th month will be assessed a $25 per month l a t e fee .

Missed Payments

Failure to make minimum mon thly payments as agreed will result in removal from a payment plan and the acco unt will be placed on fi nan c ia l hold. Student a cco u n ts 60 d a ys delinquent may be turned over to an o u tside collection agenc)'. A 40% charge will be added to such a n a c co u n t to cover collection cost.

-

Financial Hold If a student account is past due, it will be p la c e d on " financial hold." Basic u niversity pri v il eges will be denied until the account is settled, including the ability to re gi s ter, receive co p ie s of a transcrip t or diploma, o r cash checks.

Re s id e nc e h a ll and meal refunds will adhere to the tenns of the Residential Life contract. Students who completely wi t h d raw from the univer 'ity wiJI be refunded the semeSler room charge as follows:

< m

• •

After the fifth week of semester: no

--I

• •

Third

refu nd

A pro-rated meal refund will be made for necessa r w ith­

drawal from the university. Meal plan refunds may be considered for meals missed due to working but will not be m ade for a.ny university trips, such as music tours or athletic events. Student requests for a tuition refund related to a wit h d rawa l for medical rcas on s are con. id r d on an individual basis by the vice president for student l i fe. :iuch re q u e s t s require documenta­ tion from a physician or the director of H eal t h ervices . Refund of overpayments or excess fina n c i al aid unds 'armot begin to be p roc esse d until after the last day of the add/drop pe ri o d. Refunds may be re q ue s ted by fi lling o u t , Refund Request Form, which is available in t he Studenr A cc o u n t s Office, or upon a student's written request, At l ea st two weeks must be allowed for processing. Before the beginning of each semester, students a n tic i pati n g a refund may see S tudent Accou n t for i n fo r m ati o n about book adva nces.

Notice of withdrawal must be made in writing to the Registrar of PLU, and received efore the deadlines given above. Or.ti requests will not be considered. Charges w i l l remain on the student's account u n til such n o t i c e i. received.

Medical Hold A " me d i c a l hold" p re vents

a student fro m registering because Health Services has not received the Medical H istory Form or because the student does not have the necessary immunizations.

Rights and Responsibilities

and the use of u n iversity faci lities. Refunds If a student officially drops a single class or completely with­ d raws from the semester during the first two weeks of fa ll or spr i ng semester, a full tuition refund will be given. The Advance Payme n t is not refunded. A ten percent per d ay cha r ge will be assessed for c om p l et e withdrawals du r i n g the th ird and fourth week. No refunds are available after the fo urth week for complete withdrawals o r after the second week for d r op p i n g individual

classes. In the event of a withdrawal from the January term during the first week, a full tuition refund will be given. No refund is avail­ able a fter the first week.

c z

First two week 0 ,'emester: 80% refund week of seme ter: 70% refund Fourth week of semester: 60% refund F i ft h week of semester: 50% refund

Academic Hold The Registrar, Swdent Life O ffice, or Residentia.l Life Office c a n pl a ce an account on " ac ad emi c hold." Registration for classes is precluded until any pending matter with those o ffices is settled.

Upon registration, the student and his or her parents or legal guardian, as the case may be, agree to. accept their re spo n sib il i t y and legal obligation to pay aU tuition costs, room and meal fees, and other s p e ci al fees incurred or to be incurred for the student's educ tion. The u n ivers it y, in turn, agrees to make available to the student certain educational programs and the lise of certain facilities as applicable a nd as described in this catalog. A failu re to pay aU university bills shaIl re l ease the uni ve rs i ty of any obligation to continue to p ro v ide the applicable educational benefits and services, to include st ate me nt s of honorable d is­ missal, g r ad e reports, transc.ript of re c o rd s , diplomas, or p rereg i ­ strations. The student shaH also be denied admittance to classes

m

Student Life The quality o f l i fe cul ti va ted and fo tered within the

th academic is conducive to a creat ive scholarship. It also recognizes

university is an essential compo.n e n t o f

communi ty. The environment prod uced life of vigorous and

that liberal education is for the total person und that a complementary relationship exists between students'

intellectual development and the satisfaction of t h e i r other individ ual needs. Interaction with persons of d i ffering l i fe styles, application of c1assr om knowledge to personal goals and aspirations, and co -curricular experiences are all available and total components time when there

is a

of education at PLU, I n a the

need for mean i n g ful communi ty,

campus facil itates genu i n e relationships a mong members


S T U D E N T

L I F E

>­ I-

of the un iversity fro m diverse religioLls, racial, and cul t u ral

L.W

>

backgrounds. All of lh s rvice a nd faciJitie pro ided a re i n tended to comp! ment the academic program. ' he services provided reflect ch nging student needs, and the opportun ities fo r studen t par t i ci pation include vi rtually al l aspects of the u n i ver ' ity. Individ ual attention is given to s t ude nts' concerns, i nclud i ng a var iety of specific services

ou tlined below.

university re c og n i zes the i m p o rta n ce of non-classroom ac t i v i t i es in providing an educat i o n . The a i m of re s i dent i a l l iYing is to help studen ts gro w perso nal ly, so c i a l ly, cul nu;aiJy, and s p iritual ly. amplls resid nce halls are smalL T h e y a re or g ani ze d i nto com m u n i ties i n w h i h each i n d i v i d u a l cOlln ts as a p e rs on . New knowledge shared with friends in t h e residence halls t a kes on a

ry p r onal m ea ning. Men and wo men of many backgrounds a nd c u l t u re live on campus; t herefore, students i n residence

v

CAM PUS MINISTRY

Pacific l.utheran Un i ve r s i ty by its vc r natur is

<I

pla ce for t he

inter3ction betw en nldies and the h r i . tian faith. O ppo r t un i ­ ties for the m u tu a l celebration of ti1Jt fa i t h on ca m p u s are rich and diverse.

C h ap el worship is held Monday, \' ednes d a , an d Friday

mo r n i ngs d u r i na e<lch semester for a l l \. ho wi h to participat . Th . U n i vers i t y ungregation mee ts in regular 1V0rsllip a n d

celebnltes t h e Lord's S u pper each S u nd ay. Pas toral se rv i ces of the II niversity pastors ar availab l e to aU sr o d en ts who desire them .

Several denomi nat io n . and rcligiQ u . gro u ps hav orga n iza ­ t i ons on campus, u nd th e re a rc n u merous studen t- i niti a ted I3ible s t ud y and fellow hip grou ps. Tht' Campus M i n i s t ry ounci l , an ejected student a n d fa c u l ty commit tee, co o rdi na t es the c activi­ t ie s in a spirit f openness and mutual respect. RBSPONSIBUITIES OF COMMUN ITY LIFE

Within any c o m m u n i t y certain regulatiom are ne essary. Pacific Lutheran Univ rs it y ado p t s o n l y those sta ndards be l i e ve d to be reasonably necessary and admits students with the expecta tio n that they wil! comply with those . ta ndards. All member ' of the

u n iversity co m m u Il i t y are expected to respect the rights a n d i n tegrity o f o the r . Conduct w h i ch is de t ri mental to s t u dents , faculty, staff, o r the u n i versity, or which v iolates l o c a l , state, or federal laws, may be grouods fo r sanctions or fo r dismissaL The university p rohi h i t s the possession or consumption of alco h o l i c beverages o n cam p u s a n d l i m i t s the hours when st ud e n t s may

have visitors o f the opposite sex i n their residence haH ro o m s . The Studel1t Hondbook contains t h e Code of Collduc/ for a l l

students.

ha e , unique op p o r t u ni t y to b ro a d e n their cultural horizons. The univers it y ares about t h e qualiry o f l i f<' o n clmpus. The attra tive and omfortable residence halls en r i c h the qualit), of life and cIlhan the lea rning process. The u n i ve r s i t y o ffer. s t uden t s h igh-quality h o u s i n g o p p o r t u n i t ies i n cl u din g s t u d e n t

l ea de rs h i p experience. fo r mal and i n formal p ro g ra m s , and peer

assoc i a tions. The student go ve. r Il i n g b o d ie$ arc strong and a c t i v e l y participate in cam pus l i ft:.

A s lec t io n of modern, iIItra f ive h a l ls, e a c h w i t h i ts own

t r a d i t io n s ,wd unique advan tages, o ffers students the opportu­

nity to establish a comfo r t able l iving pattern. All halls include inf rmal l o ungcs, s tu d y rooms, re c re a t i o n areas, a n d co m m o n kitchen and la u n d ry fac i l ities. Most of th balls are co-educationaL Al th o u g h t he)! are housed in eparat wings, men a n d women in co-ed h a l l s s h a re l o u nge and rec rea t io n fac i l i t ies and common residence gov m­ m e n t , a n d p a rl i ip a t e j o i n t l y in all h a l l a c t iv i ties . One all ­ women's hall is a ailable for t h o s e women \Vho de si re this ty p e o f l i v ing experience.

Further i n fo rmat ion regardir g residence h a l ls can be obtained

from the Residential Life O ffice.

In addition to housing for s i l1gle s t u d e n t s , the u n ivers i t y

m a i n t ain s a limi ted number of apartments o n campus for famil y

stud

nt housi ng. Two and three-bedroom u n i ts are av ail ab l e .

Application fo r tJlese

,

Re:;ide n tial Life Office.

p ar tme n ts can be made t h ro u g h the

STUDENT ACTIVITIES

Student activities are reg a rd e d as essential fa c to rs i n h i g he r are related to co u rses o f i n s t ru c ti o n such as drama, mu ie, and p h)!s i ca l education; others are con nected ed uca t i o n . , o me

NEW STUDENT ORJ ENTATION New s t ude nt orientation e ndeavors to a s s i st s tudents and t h e i r

fa mil ies with the transition to P LU. The t h re e - d a y fal l program i n t roduces s t u d e n t s to m a n)! d i men s i o n s o f P L l i fe . Fall

orientation includes meet i ng with a fac u l t y a d v i ser, wo rk i ng in

smal l gro ups with other new s t u d e n t s , beco ming acqu a i n ted with c a m p us services, and h a v i n g some rda/ed t i m e with other s t lldents before classes h e g i n . Special activi t i es are also p l a n ned which res p o Il d to concerns of fam i lies of new stu d e n t s . While Ja nu a r y and spring o ri e n t a t ion s 'li T more condensed, they a l s o provide new s t u de n ts w i th a ll in troduction to academic l i fe and c -curricular ac t i i ti es . The u niversi ty co m p l i e s with Sec t i o n 504 of the Rehabilitation

Act and provides reasonabl e acco m modation.s to student with

ha n d i cap s and/or disah i l i t ies. Coordination o f services is h n dled by the o u nseling and Te s t i n g S rv ices. The S t u d e n t Needs A d vo cacy P:tn el provid� an avenue fo r student co ncerns. RESIDENTIAL LIFE

Residen t ial l i v i ng is an i n te g ra l part of the educatio nal pro(ess a t

P LU. The u n iversity requ i res that all single fu l l - l i m e ( 1 2 or more r h o ur s ) tude n t s room and board on campus unless t h e student is living at home with paren t ( s ) or lega l g u a rd i a n ( s ), is 2 1 years o f age or older on or before October 1 - fo r tbe a ademic

semest

1 5 fo r

semester h o u rs ) . All e

more dosel to recreational and s oc i a l l i fe. Involvement in student act ivities provides practical experience ;1l1d at the s a m e time dev e lops an understanding of self in re l at i o n to ot h e rs . Co­ c u rricular programs in Iud ' student government ( A ss o c i ated

'rodent s and Residence H a l l Co u n i l l , sports activities ( va r si t y,

i n tra mural, a n d c l u b s po r t s ) , student media ( newspaper,

yearbook, a r t i s t i c magazine, r a d i o , and t e lev is i o n ) , student clubs and o rga n i za t i n , a nd co m m un i ty service programs o ffered

t h rough the Vo lu.nt er en te r. With over 1 00 st u d en t activities i n w h i c h to become i nvolved, there is s u re to be a t l east ooe which wilt enrich

a

p 'rson's co l l ege x:pcrience.

VOLUNTEER CENfER

ACCESSIBILITY

year and Mar h

As a residential campus, Pacific L u t h e ra n U n ive rs i t y offers students a valuable experience in community l iv i n g . The

'pring s emes te r o r has sen i r statu:. (90

epti IlS t ) thi p licy m u s t be requested from the Res i dent ial Li1'e ffi e rega rdi n g room and the Fo d Service rega rding meals.

P '$ Vol un teer Center, run by st u d e n t s and h o u s ed in the Ca mpus M i n i s t r y Office ( 'C, lower l e ve l ) , seeks to g ive s t u d e n ts the opport un i ty to put t o wo rk their dreams fo r � better wo rl d . Co m m unity organizations request studen t volunteers, o r

tudcnt. d ream u p t h ei r o w n ways of s rv i n g ; the Vo lunteer

Center hdps with t h e coord i na t ion. Class projects, re s i d e n ce h a l l

group

activities, o n e day o r s eve ra l, t h e Vol u n tee r Center cau

he l p you hel p ! Drop by or p h ne ( x83 1 8) and discover how easy it is to ll1ake a big d i ffe re n c e in life!

WOMEN'S CENTER

The Women's Center p ro v i d es services, referrals, and s up p o r t to a l l s t u de n t s , facuity, and staff or the university. The c l i mate o f the c e n te r is such th t aU per ' o n s are valued and e m po we re d to pursue the i r i ndividual and col lective goals. The enter o ffe rs peer-support groups, e d u ca t i o n al resources, a n d prograITlS


S T U D E N T

L I F E -I I

which celebrate the talents and creative expressions of wo men. The Women's Center also is the main sponsor o f Women's Hi tory Month activities held every March. The vVo men's Center is located at 754 S. 1 20th. ADULT STUDENT PROGRAMS The student-run Adult Student Orga n i z ati o n seeks to i d e n t ify the special needs o f students over the age o f 25 and create the support networks that will help adult students succeed. The University Center a n d Multi-Ethnic Resource Center provide administra tive support to assist adult students with orientation

and guidance. The Commuter Lounge, on the lower level of the University Center, serves as a campus h ead q u a rt e rs for many adult students.

Recre a t ionall y, the grandem o f the Pacific Northwest encourages

participation in h i king, camping, climbing, skiing, boating, and swimming. The mosl conspicuolls natural monument in t h e area is Mt. Rainier. In addition to Rainier, the distinctive realms of the Cascade and Olympic mountain ranges and for ' IS of Douglas Fir complete one of the most naturally tranquil environments in th e United States. Students can also enjoy the aesthetic o fferi ngs o f nearby Se at tl e and Tacoma. These city centers host a v ari e t y o f pe rfor m ­ ing and recording arts and provide dozens of galleries and museums as well as u n ique shopping a n d dining ex per i e nces . STUDENT SERVICES Health Services are sta ffed with one nurse practitioner and one physician's assistant. A p hys i c i an is available for consultation and refe r r a l . Services available i nclude outpatient health care, al c o hu l /dr u g referral, laboratory tests, contraception/pregnancy counseling, and health education. All students may use the Health Services. Sickness and Acddent Insurance is avai l a bl e to all students on a vo l u. nt a r y basis. The Health Service strongly urges all students to have me dic a 1 i nsurance. The roup Accident and S i c k n ess Plan offers coverage 24 hours a day, 1 2 months a ye a r, anywhere in the world. T hi s plan is ava ilable throughout the year. A brochure outlining t he program is available from the B us ines ' Office and the Health Services. CounseUng and Te ting Services a ss i t stlldents in coping with developmental issues. Tra ined and ex pe r ie n ce d psychologists, counselors, and a con ulting psy hiatrist otTer individual counseling. Periodically, group COUJ1S ling is aL ' provided. A var iety of i nterest inventories and psychological tests are

--

ava ilable to assi s t students with car er plann ing, educational

MULTI-ETHNIC RESOURCE CENTER The Mul t i - Ethnic Resource .enter ( MRC) s er ves students, facult y, and staff o f color. Po r student , special activities, pe er m e ntoring and advising, lead ers h i p opportunity, and other support services are available. MRC offers a place for students to

adj ustment, and personal p roblems. Coordination o f services t o students with disabi l ities is also available. Food Service, owned and operated by Pacific L ut he r a n Univer­ sity, is available to all students, faculty, staff, and their guests. Students living on campus are required to take their meals in the

available to support special projects and research focusing on

cafeteria. Dinner options are also available in the p i zz a restau­ rant and co ffe e shops. "Grab and Co" items are ava ilable during peak l unch hours. No deductions are made for students eating fewer meals than prev i o u sly contracted for unless a conflict exists due to work. [n case of conflict, a student m u s t contact the Food Se rvi ce Office i n the U ni ve rs ity enter to obtain approval

national race-related issues. The Multi- thnic Resource Center is

for a deduction.

located on the l o wer level o f the University Center.

Residential students are o ffered 3 meal options: Any 20, 1 5 , or 10 meals per week. Students living off-campus are en co uraged to select one of the meal plans o ffered. Students m ay sign up fo r a pion at the Food S erv i ce Office. Students with special di e t a ry req ui reme n ts, s pe ci fic al l y approved in writing by a physician, can in most cases be a ccom­ modated by contacting the Food S er v i c e Regi. tered Dieti t ians. This se rv i ce is p rovided at n o extra cost. The Food Service operates two coffee shops. One is located on low r campus in Columbia Cen ter, and the other is located in the University Center. Only the coffee shop in Columbia Center is open during the vaca tion periods. Visitors may eat i n any of the facilities.

gather for socializing and seekin g information and assistance.

For faculty and staff, the M RC is a location fo r tea ching a nd learning material on the subject of racial and eth nic diversity. Clerical assistance, small uavel grants, and other services are also

CENTER FOR INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS

The Center for International Programs/international S tudent Services prov ides assistance to i n ternational students in adjust­ ing to the u niver s i t y and in meeting both education ( career) and personal needs. Services include airport pick-up, orientation, registration, and on-campus liaison with other u n iversity o ffices. Assistance with i m m igra t i o n and government reg u lat i o n s as well as immigration p ro ce d u re s regarding temporary travel, work applications, and ex te n s ion s of stay is available. COMMUTER STUDENT SERVICES Many students com m u te to the PLU campus. In addition to the university services and programs available to all students, the University Center supports com muter students with a lou nge area, message/emergency locator service, a n d lockers. Prog rams

desi gn ed to address the special needs of com mu ters are spon­ sored through student act iv i ties and com m uter groups like the Adult Student Organization. Students de si r i ng more i nfonnation should co nta c t the University Center Office. ENVIRONS The u n iver s i t y's geographical setting affords students a wide

variety o f both recreational and cultural entertainment o p t i o n s .

Scheduling Services for m e et in g rooms are main tained in t h e University Center. A l l u ni ve rs i ty activities must be scheduled through this office. S heduling student activities is a joint responsibility o f the re qu es ting group, s c hed u l i n g coordinator, and d i rector of the University

enter.

PLU Bookstore is ow n e d and operated by Pacific Lutheran University for the benefit of s t ud e n t s , faculty, and staff. The bookstore sell textbooks and s up p li es that are required or sug­

gested by fac ulty members for their courses. Computer hardware

c z < m Vl -I -<


A C A D E M I C

P R O C E D U R E S

>­ f-

a n d software are ava ila bl ' at educational prici ng. General read­ ing material, suppl ies, gjft items, gr eet i n g cards, and im prin ted w

> z

:r: f-

cl t hi ng a re also sold. Special book orders are " dco me . Career Services' goal is to provide a program of career develop­

ment and l i fe planning. S tudents are assisted i n i ntegT3t ing the ir per�onal alue' and aptitudes with career choice� t h ro u gh .individual counsel in g, workshops. res idence hall p resentat ions, a nd a computerized career guidance program. The o ffice taff assist students and first-year alumni in de e�oping job-search techll iques by providing instru tional videos, company litera­ t u re, an ext nsive career Ii rary of o p p o rtu nities i n specific majors, ind ustry d i rectories, and emp loyment forecasts. Add it ional ly, the offi e coordinates a schedule of r c m i ters fro m i ndustry, bu iness, government, a n d graduate schools. ,arccr Services coordinates ,m d p ro m o t es all part-ti me Jnd full- ti me cmployment opportunities for stud ·nt,. This consist of financial assistance programs such as work st udy, c:unpus and community opportun ities, updated listing o f local jobs, and nation-wide internsh ips and s u mmer employment oppo rtuni­ ties . pecially selected forums throughout the year also b ring studen ts . nd employers to get h e , in order to help tudents t o fi nd work t h a t is bot h fl11anciaily a nd p e. r s o n al l rewarding. GB1EVANCE PROCEDURES

Pol i c i es and pro edures at the university are intended to maint a i n an orderly ducational envlronment co nducive to s t udenl learning and dcvelopm nt. In order to fulfLll institu­ tional responsibiLity and .It the ';,]m(' fol low I T O du re that are fair, consistent, and protective of each person's right.s, a pp ro pri­ a t gr ievance pr oced ures have been es t a b li s hed. If a student has reason to believe that an academic or a d m i n istrative a tion is u nj ust, capricio us, or d iscriminatory, these p rocedures are availa bl e for the student to seek red ress. The Ul1iversity has a te a m of grievance officers t o facilitate the grievance process. The: grievance officers are Cristina del Rosario ( niversity Center Mult i-Eth nic Resour e Center) and Mary Pi per ( D i rector o( Perso n n e l ) . Either of the grievance offi e rs may be co nt acted to recei e assistance. If an officer cannot be reached, messages may be left by c a l l i n g 535-7 1 8 6 . opies of grievance procedu res are avai lable for review at t h offlce of each grievance officer.

Academ ic Procedures ADVISING

The un iver ity expects that all students, at one time or another, will need assistance in p la n n ing academic programs consistent wi t h their n eeds and goals. Both to help students m a ke their initial adj us tment t.o the academic l oa d at PL and to pr o v id e occasional c u nsel throughout their academic careers, the university ha ' estab l i s hed a network of facu l ty advisers and a n Academic Advising O ffice. Faculty Advisers - Al l stl.lden t s e n r l i e d i n degree programs h ave facul t y advisers whose overall resp onsibility is t(> b'lJide academic progress. In their work with individual students, advisers have the assistance o f personnel in a number of st u d e n t services offices: the Academic Adv ising O ffice, the cade m ic A sis tance Ccnter, the Career Services Office, Coun eling and Testing Services, the MlI l ti- Ethni Resou rce Center, t he Campus M .i n istry, the intcrn ational student a dv i s e r, a.nd r e s i de n ce hall d i rectors and resident assistan ts.

Gel/eml Adv isers: At the time of en try, each stude n t is assigned a gener;:d adviser, usually by matching student a nd adviser i n ter­ ests. Students who wish to explore the general curriculum before d e cidi n g on an interest area arc assigned to exploratory advisers. D u r i n g the first semester, an advising file fo r each student is sent to the adviser, and an official record o f a c a d e m i c progress is issued to the studen t.

Major Advisers: Upon formal declaration of a major, students are

assigned major advisers to re p l a c e their general advisers. Major

advisers guide students' progress toward their chosen degree goals. Students are a l lo we d to change adviscrs as may be appropriate or necessary, using a simple adviser change form. Students and adv isers are exp e c ted to meet regular!" tho ugh the actual number f meetings will v,u'y a cco rdi n g to individual need$. M inimally, three meetings are req u ired during the freshman year and one each ye a r thereaft r, th ugh an students are encour aged to meet w i t h t heir advisers as often a seems necessary or usefu l . REG ISTRATION

The no rmal course load fo r full-time students is 13 to 1 7 hours per semester, i ncluding phy ical ducation. A normal student load during the Ja nuary term is four hours with a maximum of five hours. The minimum 'e meste r load for a ful l - t i m e student i

twel e ho urs. 'tudents registering fuJI-time ( 1 2 hours or more) must be fo rmally admi t ted to th e uni ersiry by t h e Admissions Offic . Refer to tb Admission section of this catalog fo r appli . tion pro edures. n ly a student with a "B" ( 3 . 0 0 ) average or h igher may register for more than 1 7 hours per semester w ithout the consent of th provost. A student engage d in mu h o ut si de work fo r self­ support Illa, b e re ·tricted to a reduced acadell1i load. fn he , pring semester, students who plan to return in the fa ll are em;ou ra geu to pre-register. S tud e n t m u s t regi t r for each new semester on the desi nated da and are not officially enrolled u nt il their registration has been cleared by t he Student Accoun ts ffi ce. EARll' REGISTRATION PROGRAM FOR FIRST-YEAR STUDENTS

Well i n advan e of a rrival o n campus for the first semester, all accepted fi.rst-year students are sent regis t ra t ion maLerials. Most stud nt have the opportun ity to work p ersonally with an advi s e r as they p l a n their schedules. A limited n u mber of tlldents register by mail, and their course selections are ve rlfted by a co unselo r.


A C A D E M I C

P R O C E D U R E S -1 I

Ear l y registrat ion fo r new fi rst-year student Qccur. during June o r Tan uary, de p e n d i ng n whether students begin in t h e fall or s pring semes ter. Early registration is coordinated by the fficc. Admission

S t u d e n ts should be

purposes at P LU : Add/Drop: A , ludenl may add o r drop a course a t any time d u ring the first two weeks of class with full tuition refund. in most cases, adding and d rop p i n g can be done throug.h Tel e ­ Registration.

ma ter i a ls , in

Withdrawal:

COURSE SELECTIONS FOR FRESHMAN STUD ENTS

thoroughly acqu ainted I ith all re gistration udi ng the current catalog and special information sent by the Adm iss ions Office. [ t is important also to s t u dy the requirement f ali ac.1dcmic programs in which one may e ventua l ly declare a major. The Freshman Year Program

Life: Irrro Ilcertllinty Ci nd Beyo nd year core provides 3 supp rtively challenging (onteKI in which to begil' t he quest for, and adventure of, a la rg e r vision for life. University education is about more than kill. , though these should be del'eloped t h rou g h active, gui ded use. niversity ed ucal i o n is abo u t liberating students fo r cri tical and co mmitted living. Pa rticul arly al P L U, tbe p u r po,;e of educatioll is to combine \ ell-developed critical capacities with compassiun and vision for service. An edllcation at PLU develops p e r s o n s capable of sustained, reasoned, a nd creative co n ersation a nd cOl1l m itment i n a m u l t i c u ltural, ideologically p l ural wo rld. In add itio n to orientation and ad v i sing programs, the un i q u e comp onents f the fresh man year comprise three courses. n e muM be taken in the s t ude n t 's first semester. Freshman year core requirements m u t be com plet d during the student's fresh­ he Exalllined

The fre.hman

man yea l'.

1 A. Inquiry Seminar: Wri tingfo r Discovery (4 hours) These semi n a rs fo c u s on writing, thinking, s p ea k i ng,

-

m

CHANGES IN REGISTRATION The fo l l ow i ng terms are used fo r registration

and reading. They involve w rit i ng as a way or t h inki ng, of learn­ i n g, and of discovering and o rd e ri ng id eas . Ta ug h t by faculty i n any depar t ment or school, these seminars are orga n ized around top i cs that engage students and facul ty in dialogue and p ro vi d e the o p portunity to examine isslles from a variety of perspectives. I B. Inquiry Seminar: Critical Conversation (2 hours) These seminars involve learning ho\ to participate in the exchan ge of i dea s through the experience of articularing qu es ti o ns, l iste.nLng for mea ni n g and nuance in what ot hers write and say, seeing idea� and p o s i t i o n s in context, arguing, mov ing to consensus, and l ivi n g with corill i ct. Like the I wTi ting seminars, the e semi n a rs are taught by facultl' from various departments and schoo ls . When taught in Janua!')', th\!Se sem.inars arc 4 hours. I e. Fr shmatI !cmwny Term (4 hours) A course that fuLfills one of the other core r quirements ( t i n es 1 -4 and 6 below), designed b ot h for freshman s t u den t s a n d to take advantage of the singl e-course forma t of the January term. The number of credit hOLlIS take.n may vary from year to year, usually within a range of 30 to 3 4 . To complet the 1 2 8 h o llt', required for gradu< tjon with.in fo ur years, an average of 3 2 c re d it hours a year is necessary. 1 . Stttdems are resp onsible fo r selectil1g th e i r courses. Counselor� and f. lIlty advisers are a lways available to assist with planning and t m a k e � u ggestions. 2. Shldents who Me sure of their major shollid be careful to irlcltufe those COliI' I'S which ins/lre completioll of tlrat m ajor within four yea rs. Some departments or schools haw p rerequisite cou rses which must be taken before entering upon th major p rogram itself. 3 . Sludems who are u ndecided avow t h eir major cO llrse of study should tilke the opport lillity to explore optiolls. A good way to begin is to take some cou rses that meet gene ral u n ivers i t }' or core requ i reme n ts while electing several others for e. plora­ lion

of s pe ci a l i n terests .

A student who wishes to d ro p a course after the firsl two weeks of class must o ffi ci a l l y withdraw from the course. To \. ithdmw from a course the student must obtain the instruc­ tor's signature o n the withd rawal for m and return it to th e (fiee b fore the final exami nation week. I f a course ends b e fore the normal e n d i ng d a te of the term, 110 �tudent may '\Ti thdraw af1er th fi nal exa mination has been administered. The grade o["W" w i l l appear on the sllIdent's grade report and tTan� ript, and no tuition wilt be refunded. Unofficial Withdrawa): studen t who fails to withdraw offiCia lly fi'om a course wiB receive an unofficial withdrawal. The grade o f " UW" w i ll appear o n the student's grade report and

Registra r's

transcript.

Medical Withdrawal: Student� may also completel y w i t b draw

term fo r medical re aso n s . The student must p rov i de evidence from a phys ician to the vice president and d ea n fo r student Li fe. The grade of "WM" w i l l a pp e a r on the student's gr ade report <lnd t r a n , a i p t. from a

written

CREDIT RESTRICTIONS Cred it i s not allow d for a ma thematics or a foreign language course l is t e d as a prere q u is i te when taken a ft e r the higher-level w u r se. For example, (\ student who has co m ple te d Spanish 20 I

cannot later receive c red it for , p a n ish 102. WITHDRAWAL FROM THE TERM

Students wish in to withdraw from the term must obtain a withdrawal form from the Offic of the Registrar. IT IS ALWAYS TO TH STUDE '1'S AD NTA E TO WITI-IDRAvV Offi­ C I A I .LY. Stu d e nts <He e n t i tl e d to honorable disl1lissal fro m thl' lUliv >rsity if their record of con d u c l is satisfactory and if all financial o bl igations h a e be n satisfied. RE-ENTERING THE UNIVERSITY 1.

Stu lents who have not attended the un iversity for a period of up to six year may re - e n te r PLU bl' no tifying the Regi strar" Office o f their i ntention to retu rn. Re-entering students mllst provide cu rl' tit address and d eg re i n formation and oftlcial transcripts fro m any other college attended Juring their absence from PLU. Previous finan cial ubligations to the un ivers ity must be cleared, and s tud nts m ust have cu rrent health clearance w i t h the n ivcrs i ty Hea l t h Services before Lhey m< y register. 2. S t u d e nts seeking to return to P LU more than six years after their last date o f attendance must b re·admitted to the u n i­ versity. An application for readmission should be submitted to the Office of dmissions, a l o ng with oiTicial transcripts from any other co llege attended duri ng the absence from PLU. THE GRADING SYSTEM Students are grad ed acco rding to the following A+ '" 4.00 grade points per h o w; credit given 4.00 grade paints per h o u r, credit given A 3.67 grade p o illts per hOllr, credit gi vell A­ 3.3,) gra d e p o i n ts per hour, c redit given B+ 3.00 grade points per h o u r, credit gi ve n B B­ 2.67 grade poill!s per hOllr, credit g iven

desi gnations:

=

=

C-t

=

2.33 J,!rade poims per hOllr,

ralit givell

2.00 grade p o i n ts pe r hour, credit given CD+

D DE -

=

= =

/ . 6 7 grade poinrs per hour, cree/i ! given / . r grade poin ts per h o u r, credit given 1 . 00 grade poin t per hOLlr, credit given 0. 67 grade point p I' /rOllI', c red it gillen 0.00 grade p o i n ls per izol/r, no credi t given

c z <

m

-1 -<


A C A D E M I C

P R O C E D U R E S

>­ f-

Regis tra r's notations:

L.LJ

>

N

=

UW

=

:r: f-

Un offi ci a l withdrawal. recorded by the registrar

The grades listed below are n o t used i n calcu lating grade point averages. No gTade points are earned under these des ignations. H

UJ

CLASS ATTENDANCE

No grade submitted by instructor

=:

Credit given

(honors); used for courses open to high

school studellts. P Cr dit give/l (Passing) F No c redi t given (Failure) No credit gi ven (Incomplete) No credit given (In Progr 5; app lica ble ollly to certaill I I' courses whose work extends beyo/Jd a regular term) o credit given ( udit) AU W No credit give/! ( Withdrawal) W M =: No credit g ivell ( Withdrawal/Medical) =

The u n iversity assumes that all registered students have freely accepted personal responsibility fo r regular class attendance. Course grades reflect the quality of students' academic perfor­ mance as a whole, which normally includes regular participation in the total class experience and is evaluated accordin gly. Absences may lead to a reduction of a student's final grade. In the event of unavoidable absence. students are encouraged as a matter of courtesy, as well as in their own best i n terest. to inform the instructor. Assignment of make-up work. i f a ny. is at the discretion of the i n structor.

ACADEMIC HONESTY Both the value and the success of any academic activi ty. as well as of the ent ire academic enterprise, have depended fo r centuries on the fu ndamental prin ciple of abso l u te honesty. The u niver­

I ncomplete ( T ) grades indicate that students have been unable to

sity, therefore. expects all its faculty and students to honor this

complet their work because of circumstances beyond their

principle scrupul ously.

control.

0

receive credit a n Incomp lete must be converted to a

passing grade w rn- r r

THE FIRS

SIX WEEKS OF THE

Since academic dishonesty is a serious breach of the un iver­ sall y recognized code o f academic ethics, it is every faculty mem­

FOLLOWING SEM ESTER. Incomplete grades which are not

ber's obligation to impose appropriate sanctions fo r any demon­

converted by removal are changed to the grade i n d icated by the

sO'able instance of such m isconduct on the part of a student.

instructor when the I ncomplete is sub mi tt ed. The Incomplete is not intended to be a permanent grade. A n Incomplete does not e n title a student to sir in class aga i n without re-registering. Medical Withdrawal ( W M ) i s given when a course i s not completed due to medical cause. The WM does not affect the grade point ave rage.

I II Progre.

O P } ign i fies progress in a cou rse which normally

runs more thaD one semester to co mpletion. In Progress carries no credit u nt i l replaced by a permanent grade. Any course may be repeated by an unde.rgraduate student. T h e h i gher of the two grades earned is used in computing the cumulative grade point <lverage. b u t credit toward graduation is a llowed on I)' once.

PASS-FAlL OPTION FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS The p,lSS - faii option permits students to explore subject areas outside their kn own abilities a nd to add a b roader range of cou rses without being fo rced to compete with majors who are specializin g in tho

e

areas of study.

1 . The p a . s-C it option is l i m ited to 8 credit hours ( regardless of repeats. pass or fai l ) .

2 . N o t m o re than o n e course ( 4 credit hours) may b e taken pass­ fai l in fu lfillment of general univers i ty or core requirements. or of the option requirement of the College of Arts and Sciences and of the School of Physical Education.

3. The pass-fail option may not be applied to a course taken in ful fillment of a student's major o r minor p rogram, except fo r a first course in the major or minor field that is taken before the student's declaration of a major or minor program.

4. To exercise the pass-fail option. students must file

their

intention with the Registrar's Office no later than the last day of the eighth week. In courses that meet less than the ful l length o f the semester. the pass - fa i l agreement must b e filed b y t h e mid-point of t h e course. 5. In the pass-fa i l option. only grades of A+ through C- will be regarded as "pass»; grades of D + through E w i l l be regarded as "fail.» Pass - fail grades do not affect the grade point average.

EXCLUSIVE PASS-FAn COURSES Departments or chools may ofLr cou rses in which only pass-fa i l grades are given. These cou rses should p u rsue goals p r i marily con

rned with app reciations, va l u e omm itments, creative

achievements, or the l i ke. Decisions to o ffe r exclusive pass-fa i l courses a r e reported to the p rovost and t h i s fact is m a d e known to students before they register fo r these courses. Exclusive pass- fail cou rses may not be used to meet major or university requirements un less they have been app roved a s such by the fa culty. Taking exclusive pass-fail courses in no way affects the student's personal pass-fail option.

ACADEMIC STATUS Most students make normal academic progress; however. some may fro m time to time be notified that they must i m p rove their grades. The following terms are used at PLU to describe such students. Advisers make regular contact with academically marginal students, and monitor their progress closely.

Condit ional Admission: Each year PLU admits a few students conditionally. These students. who do not meet all or part of the admission requ irements, are screened carefully and notified of their special status. They must Limit their first-semester loads to

1 4 credit

hours. i n c luding Psychology 1 10 ( Study Skills) . and are

given special advising.

Midterm Advisory Letters: Wa rning grade letters are sent to students doing "C-» or lower lVork at mid-sem ester. Advisers are sent copies of the letters and will contact advisees who receive them. No transcript notation is made of this action.

Academic Warning: Shldents whose last semester grade point average is below 2.0. but whose cumulative grade point average is above 2.0. are sent notices o f academic warning. No transcript notation is made.

Probation: Students are placed on academic probation with t ranscript notation if their cumulative grade point average falls below 2 . 0 or if they receive two consecutive semester grade p o i n t averages below 2.0. S u c h students must m e e t w i t h the d i rector of advising in the first

1 0 days o f their proba t ionary semester

to

draw up an agreement specifying actions they will take to i m ­ prove their academic performance. I n t h e case of first-semester freshman students with no previous college credits. the proba­ tion notation will be removed from the transcript i f the subse­ quent semester's cumulative grade point average is above 2.0.

Continued Probation: Prob a t i onary students whose probation­ ary semester grade point average is above 2.0. b u t whose cumul ative grade point average remains below 2.0 . may be granted a n additional semester of probation at the discretion of the Com m i t tee o n Admission and Retention of Students. Stu­ dents on co ntinued probation must participate i n the prob ation­ a r y semester p l a n described above under

Probation.

Academic Dismissal: The enrol lment of a probationary student who fa iis to earn a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 at the end of a probationary semester is terminated. A terminated s tudent may a p p ly for reinstatement by submitting a letter of petition to the registrar. The petition is acted on b)' the Commit­ tee o n Admission and Retention of Students. A student whose petition is a p p roved will be readm itted on proba tion and must par tic ipate in the probationary semester plan described above


AC A D E M I C

P R O C E D U R E S -I I

under Probatioll. A � tu de n t whose p t ition is denied may apply again for readmi 'sion after one semester has e l a p se d u nless informed otherwise.

-

Second Academic Dismissal; The enro L l ment of a student w ho fails to e. m a 2.0 c u m u l a t iv e grade po i n t average a ft er rei ns tate­ ment i t e rm inat ed . A dism issed s tu de n t may be rein tated after o n e semes te r if the student presents new evidence of potential 8Gldemic success. PROBATIONARY ADVISERS Probati()nary a visers are as s i gned by the director () advi sin g

with the con ent of both s tu de n t and adv is er. The), work w i t h �tudents in a p robat io na r y sem ester, he l p i n g them to ldentif)' t he problems I hich c o n t ri bute to thei.f p o o r scholars hip. They are

en c ou ra ged to refer students to other offi ce, (Academic Assis­ tance Cen t e r, C o u nse l i n g a nd Te st i ng, etc.) for heJp in making necessar ), adj ust men ts. Freque nt ll1cetinus wi th st ude nts are a n essen t ia l p a r t o f the probationary a dvi se r's rolc. They sho u l d be

fa m iliar with p ol i 'es regarding w i t hdrawal fTOm and re p e t i t i o n o f c o u rs es, the pass-fail o pt i on , a nd incompletes. They hou ld inquire freq u e n ll), bout progrc�s, c o m p a r e intentions with performance, assist wit h $tudy te c h n i ques and use of time, and so l i c i t information from in ·tructors abo u t the s l udents' atten­ dance, participalion, p ro m p tn ess i n s u b m i tti ng work, a n d exam perf rman ce . ELIGmll.ITY FOR STUDENT ACTIVITIES Any regu lady e n mL1ed, fu l l - t i me st u den t ( t welve h ou r ) is eligi ­

ble fo r participation in u n ive rsi t y act ivities. Limitations on a stu dent's activities ba ed upon academic perform ance may be set by indiv idual sc h o ol , d ep a r t m n ts, or organizations . . student on academic p ro b at i o n is not e l i gib l e for certification in inter­ collegiate competition ' and may also be advised to cu rta l l p a r t i ­ cipation i n extra-curricular activities. CLASSIFICATIONS OF STUDENTS

Freshmen: student s who have met e n t rance requirements. Sophomores: st uden ts who havt! �atisfactoril completed 30

laude, magna cum laude, and s u m ma cum laude are gra n ted. A s tu dent must earn an average of 3.40 [or ClIn1 fllUdc, 3.70 fo r magna cum la ude, and 3.90 for summa CllfI1 lil ude. P hys i ca l education act ivities are not incl uded in the determ i n i n g of honors.

Graduation Honors: Degrees w i t h honors of

m in

Honor Societies: EJection to the Arete Society i s

special re o gn i ti on oL st udent', o m m i t m e n t to th ' l i be ra l <Hts t o ge th er wiLh a record o f high Jchievement in relev a n t course work. This academic h on ors society wa organ ized in 1 969 by Phi Beta Kappa members o f the fantl ty. The society' fundamen­ tal p u rpos e i s to e n c o u r a ge and recognize excellent sch o larsh i p a

in the I iberul arts. Elccti ns for the so c i e t y ta ke p l a c e eacb s p r i n g . Both j Wl iors and e n i ors , re eligible fo r ejection, although the qualifi alions fo r e l e c tion as a j u n i o r are more s t r i ngen t . The

faculty fe l l ows of the so iety co n d uc t the el ec t io n after careful review of academic transcri pts according to the following

cr i.teria. ' tude n ts m u s t; •

a tt a i n

3.70;

11

h i g h g r a de poi nt ave ra ge (for sen iors,

n

rmally above

for jun i ors, no rmally above 3.90):

co m p le te I l 0 credit h o u r � i n l i b e ra l stud ies; demonstrate the equiv:lient of two ),ears of college work i n foreign l a ngu ge; and • complete o n e y e a r of co il ge mathematics ( i ncl ud i ng stat i s t i cs or comp uter sc i en ce ) or have taken an eq u iva l ent a m o u n t of h i g h chool math a n d coll.;:ge �cience.

'10 be e l i g ib le for election, t u de nt s m u st have com letcd a m i n i mu m of three semesters in residence at the uni ersity. The un iver i t)' has b a p te rs of a n u mb e r of na tio na l h o n o r soci eties on campus, i nc l u din g the followi ng: • Alpha Ps i Omega ( D rama) • Beta Gamma Sigma ( B usiness) • lu Pili psilon (Music) • Pi a p pa Delta Forensics ) • Om icron Delta E p ' i l o u ( Econ o m ics) • Sig.n a Theta Tau ( N ursing)

h ou rs . Jrmion: s t udents who ha e fu l fiLled l owe r division requirements nd have satisfac: orily c o mp Le ted 6 0 h o u rs. Seniors: stud en t s who have satisfa tor i l y com p leted 90 h o u rs. Graduates: st udents who have met entrance re q u i rem e n ts and h ave been ac cepted i n to the Division of rad ua te Studies. Non-Degree Underg raduates: undergraduJle s tudents who are a t te n d in g p a rt- t ime for a maximum o f 8 sem ster ho urs b u t are not offi c i a l l y admitted t o a degre progra m. No n - D egree Graduates: g r adu a te s tudents who are atte n d i n g p a rt - t i me but are not officially admitted to a d gr e progra m ,

UndeTg.-aduate Fellowship : A l i m i t ed n u mber of Undergradu­

HONORS

t i o n , whe ther from the ollege Level Examination Program o r an)' o t h r ·aminatioll. Excepti o n s to t h i s r u l e for certa i n groups

Honors Program: PL

o ffe rs its u n iversity Honors P r o g ram to

studen e ki ng all academic cha l lenge in cl asses with equaUy c ap ab le peers. I n c om in g new' students and o n t inuing st u de n t i n adva n c e o f their j u n ior year may apply for a co urse of s t ud), that a m i nim u m of twenty credits of h onor s- l evel co u es. Mo t of these cou rses ful fill other gener al university o r major/

i nd u d

m i n o r requirements. The emphasis in P LU's Honors Program is not o n l y on academic competence and c.hallenge, b u t a l so on such pe rso na l q ua li t i e as commitm nt, cari n g, creativity, a n d engagement in co m m m u n i t '. See the HonoTs Program section of

this ca t al o g for further details.

Honors at Entnmce: These ho n ors are c o n ferred at Ope n ing Conv c a t io n on the mo. t highl)' q u a l i fi ed e n teri ng fresh men . ertificate ar m a iled in earl)' May to h igh s cho o l s for presenta­ tion to rec ipients. The gra n t i n g of Honors

at

Entrance reco gnize

outstanding high s c ho o l achievement and anticipat

S sll puior performance at the u n ive rs i t y level. These al ards have no monetary value.

ate f;;:llowships are awarded a n n ua l ly to outsta n d i n g senior

students wi th a view to encouraging re c i p i e n ts to consider ollege teaching as a care· r. An undergraduate fcllow is given a va r i ety of opportu nities to s a m p l e t h e professional life and work o f a facuLt, member in h is o r her major disc i p l i ne . A t u i t i o n credit accompan ies the appoi nt ment . CREDIT BY EXAMINATION (CHALLENGE)

Students

are

permitted, within limits, to obtain credit b)' eX<lmi­

nMion in Ii u of regu lar e nro l l me n t and class attendanc . No mor t ha n 30 s e mes te r hours may be counted toward g ra d ua ­

of students o r progTams may be made, subj e c t to re c o m men d a ­ tion by the Edu c ati on al Policies ommitt t: and approval by the facu l ty. redit by exa m i n a t io n is open to fo r mal l y admi tted, regu l a r status s tu de n t s only and does not co u n t toward the resi d en )' requirement for gra d ua t i on. To r ecei w credit b y exam inat i o n , students must complete a C red i t B I Exam i n a t i o n R cristr, tion Form ava i la blt in t h e Registrar's Office, obtain tht' signatu re of the respe til' de p a r t­

ment cha l r or dea n , and a r ra n ge for the e.xam i n a t i o n with the appropriate i n struc. to r. ' he c o m p l eted fo rm must be returned to the Registrar'. ffice b e fo re the exa m ination is taken . Grades for cred it by examination will be su b m i tted by the instructor a lo ng with a l l other g ra d e - at the end of the term .

CL .EP ge n e r al examinations are given el ect ive credit only. The various s ch o o ls, divisio ns, and de pa rtments d ete rm i n e the speci­ fic liP ubje t exa m i natiuns which may fulfill requirements fo r majors, pr o gr a ms , or gen e ral un i ve rsi ty requ irements i n their respective academic areas. These exa minati ons are s ubject to recommendations by the Educational Pol icies Commit tee and a pp rova l by the faculty.

m c z < m

-I -<


A C A D E M I C

P R O C E D U R E S

>­ fVl

a:: UJ >

J: f-

The m i nimum pas s ing level for CLEP ex amin ations taken at Pacific Lutheran U ni ve rs i ty is tht" fiftieth pe rce ntile . CLEP red i ts granted by other un iversi ties, colleges, and community - o l leges, which arc earned before entrance, are h o n o red by Paciii Lutheran Ulliversi ty. The application of those c redits toward majors, p rogra m." and gen e ral un ive rsi ty req u i r mmts is c o n s ist e nt with school, divisional, and dep art ­ ment p l iei and sta ndard. _ The university does not gran.t credit fo r c o l l e ge level GED tests.

,1

v a ri e t y

f opportunities for i n formal s tudy:

Guest of University Status: Teac h ers and o fficials of other in t i t u t i o ns, visiting s c ho lar s and artist , and other professional

persons who wi h to use university fa cili ties fo r i n dependent study may apply to the provost for cards designating them as uests of the Un ivers i t y. S u c h pel"SOnS, in their use of fa cilities, will defer t o the needs o f s t udent. and faculty members. a

audi ted course by passi ng . n examination set by the i n structor o r t he depart men t . Aud i t fees are the same

as

credit fees.

fo r the privilege. Because regularly enrolled st udents must be required

t

' iri ng

to visit classes are

ask perm ission of the i n st ru ct o r. Visitors are guests

of the cia ses and m ust conduct them elves accordin gly.

Stu dents expecting to ful fill degree requirements WITHIN THE A ADEMI YEAR (incl u d ing Allgust) are required to file an application fo r graduation w i t h the Office of the Regist r a r according t o the following: DEGREE COMPLETION

BACHELOR'S DEADUNE

MASTER 'S DEADUNE

A ug u st 1 9, 1 9 4

lvlay 6, 1 994

June 24, 1 994

De em ber 1 6 , 1994

September 23, 1 994 S e p t e m b e r 23, 1 994 December 1, 1 ( 94

October 1 4 , 1 994

May 1 9, 1 995 There ar

four degree - comp letio n

October 14, 1 994 F ebruary 1 S, 1995

dat s ( t hird summer s e ssi on ,

end of fall semester, J a n u a ry, and sp ring s e m es te r ) . Degre

arc

fo rn1' Uy conferred at August, December, and May commence­

ments. Students w i th January degree dates are

pecled to t ake part in th e December commencement. The actual date of gr ad ua ti on wlll be recorded on t he permane nt records. Stude n t s wlto plan to transfer back to Pacific; Lutheran ni ersilr fo r a degree (math, ph)'si s, en gi neer ing programs) must apply for grad uation befo re or during the first semester of

t h e i r j unior year

so

1.

Completion o f one foreign language through the second year of college level. This requirement may also be sa tisfied by comp leti on of fo ur years of high school study in one foreign lang uage or by sa t isfactory scores on a proficiency examina­

I I . Completion through th fi rst year of col lege level o f a fo reign la nguage other than that used to satisfy the fo reign lan guage entrance requi re ment . This option may also be met by satisfactory scores on a proficiency examination adminis-

t red by the P LU Department of Languages. III. Four semester hours in history, l i terature, or language (at the 20 I level, or at any level i n a language other than that used to satisfy the fo reign language en trance requirement) in addition to courses appl ied to the general un iversity require­ (college algebra o r above ) , computer sc ience, or statistics in addition to courses applied to the general university requirements. High school languages used to satisfy any of the above options must have been completed with grades o f C or h igher. Courses used to satisfy either category of O p ti o n I I I of the College o f Arts and Sciences requirement may not be used to satisfy general un iversity requirements. Any college-level fore ign and any completion of college-level language through 1 02 used to s a ti s fy Option II may also be used to satisfy the Perspectives on Diversity requirement in Cross- �ultural Perspectives. Ca ndidates fo r the B.A. in English, fo r the B.A. in Education with concentration in English, fo r the B.A. i n Global Studies, for the B . B . A . in I n te r nat io nal Business, and for election to the Arete Society must meet Option I above.

GRADUATION

January 27, 1 995

the College of Arts and Sciences (all B.A., B.S., B . A . R c., B . A.P. E . , a n d B . _P.E. d egre es) m u s t meet option 1, I I , o r f I l below:

language course numbered 20 I or above used to satisfy Op tion r

Visiting Classes: Member s of the acaJemic com m u n ity are enco uraged to v isi t classes which i n terest them. No fee is charge given first consideration, persons d

language, or demonstrated equivalent proficiency), ca ndidates in

ments, and fo ur semester hours in logic, mathematics

co urs e is to enroll, with the perm issi on of th instructor, on a non-credit basis_ A n auditor i s encou raged t o r a r ticip atc flLUy in class activ i ties but is n o t held account able for exam ina tions or other written work and does n o t receive a grade. If the instruc tor approves, the course may be entered u p o n the transcript as "Audj t." W i t h the ap proval of the i nstru tor or the depart men t , tbc stu dent may gain cred i t fo r an

Auditing Courses: To audit

language ( two years of h igh school language, one year of college

tion administered by the PLU Department o f Languages.

NON-CREDIT INFORMAL STUDY o encourage l iberal 1earning of a l l ki nd ' , over and beyond enrol l ment in cour � leading towa.rd fo rm a l degrees, the u n iversity offers

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES REQUIREMENTS In addition to meeting the entrance requirement in fo reign

that defici encies may be met before they

leav ca mpus. Attendance a t co mm e n ce m e n t exercises is expccted u n le s s the candidate is exc used by the provost.

INTERDISCIPLINARY READING AND WRITING AT PLU Pacific Lutheran

niversi t y is

a

community of scholars, a

com munity of readeTs and w riters. Reading i n forms the i n tellect and libera tes the i magi na t io n _ Wri ti ng pervades our academic lives as teachers and students, both as

a

way o f comm u n icating

what we learn and as a means of shaping thought and ideas. Our emphasis on l i teracy begins with courses designed to fulfill

the un iversit)' writing requirement, courses in which students learn to use various kinds of academic and personal writing, to read diffe rent kinds of texts more effectively, and to organize the powers o f clear thought and expression. The university's co mmitment to excellent writing is reflected

in the Writing Center, where trained student consultants from a var iety of disciplines help students of varying abilities by reading a n d responding to papers still in draft . A l l fa culty members share t h e responsibility for improving the l i teracy of their students. Faculty in every department and school make w r i t i n g an essential part of thcir courses and show students how to ask questions appropriate to the kinds of reading done in their fields. Students write both fo rmal papers and reports and i n formal notes and essays in order to master the conten t and methods of the various disciplines. They are encouraged to prepare important papers i n multiple drafts. Because errors are a distraction and a s ymp t om of ca reles s ­ ness in all discipli nes, students in all courses are expected to observe tht' conventions o f formal English in their finished work. But literacy is more than correctness. At Pacific Lutheran University reading and writing are part o f the p rocess o f liberal educa tion.


A C A D E M I C

P R O C E D U R E S --I

General University Requirements

a.

in principle as w II as historically, to providing a stro ng l iberal arts b a se fo r a l l its baccalaureate degree program . A cc o r di n gl y, in addition to fulfilling ce r t ain m i n i m um req u i re men ts, all undergraduate students must satisfactorily complete a core curric u l u m .

( 1 h o u rs ) . Normally taken in the second and third years. May in lude approved program of s t ud y abroad. Students s elec t fOUf course ubject to approval of the ISP ,ommitt e. c. II TG 3 5 1 : The Con hI din g Seminar (4 hours)

The u nive rs it y is c o m m i tted,

SPECIFIC CORE REQUIREMENTS - ALL BACCALAUREATE DEGREES

I . The Freshman Year Program

The Examined Life: [lito VI/certail/ty and Beyond

year core provides a supportively chaLlenging context in which to begi n the quest for, and advent ure of, a larger vision for l i fe. University education i s about more t h a n skills, though these should be developed through active, guided use. University education is about l i berating students fo r cri t i c a l and committed living. Part i c ul a r l y at PLU, the purpose of education is to combine well-developed critical capacities with compassion and vision fo r service. An education a t PLU d evelo p s persons capablc of sustained, reaso ned, and creative conversation and com m i t me n t ill a multic ultural, ideologically p lural world. I n addition t o o r ientation and advising p ro g r a m s , the fresh man l'ear is composed of t h ree courses. One of the two sem inars must be taken in the student's first semester. Fresh­ man year core requirements must be completed d u ring the The freshman

student's fresh man year.

1 .

Il1 quiry Seminar: Writ i ng fo r D is co ve ry (4 h o u rs )

focus on writing, th in king, s p e a k i n g, and way of thinking, of learn­ ing, and o f discovering and ordering ideas. Ta ught by faculty i n any department or school, these seminars are organized around topics that engage students and fac u l t y i n di a l ogu e a n d provide t h e opportu nity to exa m i n e issu es from a va rie ty of perspectives. 1 B. 1I1quiry Seminar: Critical Conversa tion ( 2 hours) These semi nars involve l e a rning how to par t i c ip a t e in the exchange o f ideas t h ro ugh the experience of articulating q u es ti ons , listen ing for meaning a nd n uance in what others write and say, seeing ideas and positions in context. a rgu i n g , moving to consensus, and living with con flict. Like the I A w ri t i ng s e m inars, these seminars are taught b y faculty from va ri ous departments and schools. \-\Then taught i n Janua ry, these seminars a re 4 hours. Ie. Freshmal1 Janua ry Term (4 h o u rs) A co u rse that fu lfills one o f the other core requirements ( lines 1 -4 and 6), designed b o th for freshman students and to take a d va n ta ge of the for m a t o f the January term . These se min a rs

reading. They involve writin g a s a

-

-

The lntegmted Studies Program (28 hours) INTG 1 1 [ , 1 1 2 The Idea of Progress (8 ho urs)

Core II:

2. One of lWo Alternative Cores: Core 1 or Core n Core [: The Distributive Core (32 hours)

a. Arts/Literature (8 h o u rs, 4 from each l i n e)

1.

Art, Music, or Theatre

2. Literature (Engl ish or Languages) b. Philosophy (4 hours) c . Religious Studies (8 h o u rs, 4 from each o f 2 l ines) I. B i b l i c al S tudies 2. h ri s t i a n Thought, History, and Experience 3. Integrative and Comparative Religious Studies d. Social Sciences (8 hours , 4 fro m each line) I. Anthropology, History, and Political Science 2 . Economics, Psychology, Sociology, and Social Wo rk e. Natural Sciences, Computer Scie n ce , M a thematics (4 ho urs )

b. Four 200-lcvel t p cou rses

I m c z

rn

3. Mathematical Reasoning (4 b 0 \lIs)

A COlU'se i n m a the m a t i cs o r a p p l i c a t i o ns of mathematics, with emphasis o n numerical and logical re a s on i n g and on using appropriate methods to formulate and s o lve problems. This requirement may also be sa tisfied by the com pl e t i o n ( w i t h at l ea st a B averag e ) or the eq u i vak nt of 4 ye a rs of co l J ege preparatory mathematics ( through mathematical nalysi o r calculus or e q u ivalen t ) .

4. Science and the Scientific Method (4 hours) cour e that tcache th e methods of scien ce , i l lus­ t ra t es its applicat ions and l i m i ta t ion s , and includes a la b o ra­ tory c o mp o n e n t . At least one of th cou rses tal< n to m e t line 4 o r 2 ( ore t , e) must be a cour e i n which the subject is na tur a l sc iences, i.e . . physical or biolo"ical �cience.

A science

5. Writing Requirement (4 hOll rs) All students must comp lete an approved, 4 - cre d it - h o u r

Freshmen sati�fy this requirement th ro ugh the Inquiry Semi.l1ar: Writing fo r Discovery.

writing course.

6. Perspectives On Diversity (6-8 h

urs )

A course in each of t h e following t wo lines. The o n l y 2-hour c o ur s es that can s a t i s fy e i t h e r of th folk1wing l i nes c o mp l tely are the fres h m a n ritical onver ation Semi Jlats ( L B ). a. Altemative Perspect ives (2-4 hours): A course which create an a wa re n e s , nd understanding of diver ity in the Un ited States, d irectly addr ess i ng issues s uc h as e t h n i c i t y, gender, d i sabi l i t y, racism, or poverty. b. Cross- IIltural Persp ectives (2-4 hOllrs): A course t ha t en­ h a nce s cross-cultural understandings through examination of oth r c ult u r es. This requirement may be satisfied i n one of three ways: (i) <1 course focusinT on the culture o f non-Eurl,>-American societies; (ii) a 20 1 or higher- I vel course in a language used to satisfy the admission requ i re ­ ment, or 8 credits in a language not previoll Iy s t u died ; o r ( ii i ) participation i n an appro e d semeste r-lo ng s t udl' abroad progra m . NOTE: 2-4 IWllrs "' 11)' be used 10 jil/jill aI/other core requirem ellt. The I'emaillit'g 4 iJours musl be (I

11 eo

calif e tltat does not

simultu-

us/y fllijill any oIlier core req uiremen t. rllese 4 '","rs may, how­

ever, salisfy a reqllirement ill tlte major.

All jllllior (/lid sell/or

tramfcr stllde rrts sl/OII take olle perspectives

(4 I,oUf5) fl,at do." Hot sil//lllt(lneollsly fulfill Imoll,er core requirement. All other transfcr stlldelltj must meet the 011 diversity corlrse

full perspec ti ves on

diversity reqllirel//C'rII.

7. Physical Education (4 h ou rs) Four different PE activity c o urses, i ncluding PE 1 0 0 . O ne hour of c red i t rna)' be earned t h r ou g h approved sports pa rtic ipa ­ t i o n . All a ct i v i t i es arc graded on the basis of A, Pa s �, or Fail. 8 . Senior Seminar/Project (2-4 h o u rs as d e S i g n ated by the academic unit of the student's maj o r ) A substantial project, paper, practiclIm, or i n ternship tha t culminates and advance the program of an academic maj o r. The end p r odu c t must be p res en ted to an open audience and cri tically evaluated by faculty i n the student's field. for ,e rtain stude nt s, i n terdiscipli nary courses slIch as the In t e gr a t e d S t u di es C o ncl u di ng Se min ar, the Global S t udies S m in a r, or the Honors Program Challenge Sem i nar may fulfill t h i s requirement.

Understanding RegnrdinrAll Reqlliremelm. f'or those lines of ti,e core wlriell refer to academic disciplilles or llI,its, selected courses olltside those ullits muy cou"t for tile req ui rement

whe" IIpproved bot', by ti,e

ullits and by /l,e commiNee overseeillg tlte core requiremellts.

--I -<


A C A D E M I C

P R O C E D U R E S

>­ f--V1

IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE The freshman wri t i n g sem i n a r requirement shall be i m p le me'nted for all fre h ma n students who ent r beginning fall 1 994. The fresh m a n J a n ua ry term requi rement shall be irnp lcm nted for aU fres h m a n students who enter beg i n ni n g fa ll 1 994. ­

u.J

>

The freshman critical conversations re q u i r men t shall b

implemented fo r all freshman tndents who enter beginning fall I f---

1 995. The a l ural Sciences, Com p ut e r Scienc , a ud Math (4 h o u r s) ; Mat h matical Re a s o n i n g (4 hours); and Science and the Scientifi c Method (4 hours) re u i re m e n t s shall b e implemen ted fo r aU freshmen who en te r be gi n n i n o fa l l 1 995, and or all tra n s fe r students who enter begi nning fa l l 1 996.

Degree & Course Offerings

The perspect ives on diversiry requirement shall be imple­ mented for , 11 freshman s t u de nt s who e n te r beginning fall 1 994, 11 junior and senior tran. fer st u d ents who enter b e g i n ni ng full 1996, and aJl o t her tran 'fer stud nts begin n i ng fa ll 1 99 5 . T h e Senior e m i na r/Project requirement 'hall be imple­ mented for aU fresh m a n students who enter b egi n n ing fall L 994, fo r all j u n i o r ;t n senior transler s t u d e n t s who e n ter begiIllling fa11 1 996, and fo r all other transfer . t u d e n t who e nt er begin ning fal l 1 995.

GENERAL REQUIR.EMENTS AND LIMITATIONS - ALL BACCALAUREATE DEGREES: ( .II credit hours r fe r re d to i n lis t i n gs of requi rements are se me ter hours . ) 1. Total HOl/rs m ld Clmrulative PA : A minimll m of 1 2 8 semester h o u r must be com pleted with grade point average of 2 . 0 ( 2 .50 in tbe Sc h oo l s of B u s i n ess and ducation ) . 2 . Upper Di visioll Courses: m i n im u m of 40 se m sttT hours must be completed from cou r s es numbered , 2 I or above. Courses from two-year ins t i tu ti ns are not cons idered u pp e r division regardless of subject matter parallels. At l e a st 20 o f the mi ni m u m 4 0 semester hours o f upper d i v i s i o n work must be taken at PLU. 3. Final Year in Residellce: The final 32 semes ter h o ur s of a student's program m u st be c o m pl e ted in residence at PLU. No tra nsfer credit may be a ppl i e d d u r in g a st u de n t s final 32 h o u rs in a degre e program. ( Sp e c ia l programs such as 3- 1 , 3-2 and i n t e r i m exchange study ar excluded fro m this limitat ion.) '

Major: 1\ major m ust be completed as detailed by ach school or de p a rt m nt. At least 8 semester hours m u s t be

4 . Academic

taken in re idence. 5.

mdes for

Miljor Courses: All courses

counted toward a maj o r

or m i n o r must be completed with grades of C- or h igher and

w i t h a cum u l a tiv e gr a d e po i n t average of 2.0 or higher in those

courses. De part men ts, divisions, or schools may set h i gh e r

gra de requirements.

6. 44 Hour Limit: Not more

t b aJ1 4 4 hours earned i n one

d e p a r tm e n t may b applied to the B.A., B . S . , B.A. P. E. ,

B.A. Rec., or B.S.P.E. deg rees. 7. Mllsic Ensembles: o n- music m aj o rs may co u n t toward graduiltion requirements not more than 8 semester h o u rs in music ens e mb les. 8 . Correspondence/Extensiol1 COll rses: A maximum of 24 h o u rs in acc redited corre ' po n d en c or exten sion studies may b credit d toward deg ree re q uirements. co ntingent on approval by the registrar. 9. .ommulliry ollege CO llrses: A maximum of 64 h o u r. \ ill be accepte d by transfer fro m an accredited community college. II community college our s are tra nsferred as lower d i vi si o n credit. 1 0 . Physical Edt/catioll COllrses: No more than eighl I -hour physical education a c: tivi ty co urses m ay be cou.llted t o wa rd graduation,

1 1 . Fo reign La nguage Requ iremellt: All

c a n d i d a te s

Academic Structure

College of Arts and Sciences Di l'isiO Ii

ofHlol1ll11itie

nol ish

An th ropology

Econom ics

Languages

Ph i l o oph y

Religion

{)ivi"ioll

of L

Biology

History

all/ml Science.1

C hemistry

ol11put�r Science

B. A. P. E . B . A . Rec ., or B.S.P.E, deg rees must co m p l e t e one of three o p t i o ns i nvo lvi ng a foreign l a n gll a ge r pecifiecl alternative. See ti n de r College ofArts and Sciences.

Politi

I Science

Psychol ogy

Social Work and

Marriage & Fam i ly Therapy

Sociolngy

Earth Scienc Engineering

M a t hematics Physics

School of the Arts Art Com m u n ication ond Theatre

Mus ic

School of Business School of Educatiou School of Nursing School of Physical Education Degrees Offered Bach l o r of Arts

Master's Degrees 1aster of Arts in CompLlter

Bachelor of Arts in Ed u ca t i o n

Master of

Education Boch l or of Arts in Recreation

Master of Arts i n Social

Bachelor's Degrees Bachelor of Science Bach dor o f Arts

Bach el or

in Physi 31

f Busi ness

Ad ministratio n Bachelor of Fine Arts

Bachelor of l\,1u i

A p p l ication s

Ar t s in Education Master of Arts in Educa ti o n with I n i t i a l

e r t ification

ciences

M a ·ter of B u s i ness A d mi ni tration

Master of Physical Education

Bachelor of Music Education

Master o f Science in

Bachelor of Sc ience in Nursing

Master

Bachel or of Mmical Arts

fo r I3.A., B.S.,

Dil'isiOl1 o.f Socill1 Sdl'lIcC$

Bachelor of S c ience in Physical Euucation

Scien e of Science in Nursing

- o m p u ter


&

M A J O R S

M I N O R S 0

Minors

Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) Anthropo logy

Anthmpology Co m p ut er Science

A rt

Earth Sciences

P h i l os o p h y

Norwegian

Economic�

E n gl i s h

Physics

C h e m is t r y Chinese Studies

F r en c h

Psychol()gy Re l i g i on

Bi()logy

Classics

Political Science

erman

Scandinavian Area

. m m un ication

His to ry

Broadcasting

H()nors

Interpersonal

Legal Studjes

Social Wo rk

Mathematics

S () c i ol o g y

Music

Spanish

Communication JOllrnalism

Pu b l i c

R e la ti o ns

Studies

Art

Litera t u re

A q llatics

Publishing LInd

CoaciJing

Pritltillg Arts

B u s i ne s s

Writing

Environmental Studies

Comp uter Sc ie n ce

French German

Communication Earth Scie n ces

E c ()(w mi c s

Cross Disciplitlilry

Special

Electr ical Engjneering

BioIOf,,)' Chemistry C om p u t e r

Engineering 'cience

Elect r i c a l

Political Science

Greek

Ps)' hol()gy Public Affa i rs

I n formation Science

R

Lat i n

Socio logical Data

(3-2)

Theatre

Biology Chemistry

Economics En gl i s h

English/Language Arts

COURSE NUM B E RINGS Phy s i cs

German

Political Science

History

Ps)'chology

Journalism

Science So

al Studies

S()ciology

S p a n is h

No r wegi a n

S pecia l Education

Phys i c a l Education

Speech

1 00-200 Lower Division Courses: Open to freshmen and soph omo res ' u n less otherwise restric ted.

300-499

·ppeT Di visioll Co urses: Generally open to j u n iors a n d

seniors u n le

othe rwise speciJied. Also op en to gradu· te

stu d e n t , and may be considered p:lrt of a graduate fJ rogram p rov i ded they are not specific reqn i remen t s i n p re p a ra ti o n fo r

graduate study.

500-599 Graduate Cou rses: No rmally open Lo graduate students on ly, I f, during the last semester of the senior year,

Bachelor of Arts in Physical Education (B.A.P.E.)

for a baccala u reate degree fin ds it po sibl

Physical Education

requirements with

Bachelor of Arts in Recreation (B.A.Rec.) o ncelltrations in:

Administration Health and P i t ness Manageme n t

Programming

Bachelor of Business Administration ( B.B.A.) Concentrat'ions

Acco u n t i n g

in:

M a Jlagement i n f<>rmat- i ()n S)'Slems

Finance

Human Resource

Management

Internati()nal Business

a

a

ca n di d at e

to c omp l ete J I l degre

registration of fewer than 1 6 semester hou r

of u ndergraduate credit, registrat i o n for grad uate cred i t i� permissible, However, the total regi st rat io n fo r und rgraduate requirements and e lec tive graduate credit shall not exceed 16 semes ter ho u rs during the se m es ter. A memorandum stating that a l l baccalaur ate requirements a re being met duri n g the current semester must be signed by the appropriate' department chair or school dean and presented to the dean o f graduate studi

5

at the

time of such registration. This registra tion does not apply toward

Marketing

a higher degree unles i t is later ap p ro ved by the student's adviser

Operations Management

a n d /o r advisory committee. NOTE: Upon tIPI,roval of tlu!ir adviser mrd COlINe instructors, lower divisioll studerlt; may be assigned to upper divisioll courses if prerequisites trave been met.

Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.)

*

Art Commu n ication (Broadcasting, Theatre)

COURSE OFFERINGS

Bachelor of Music (B.M.) Instrumental Performance.

Organ Performance

Theory and Co m p() s i t i ()l1

Most li sted cou r es are o ffered every year. A system of alt mating

Vocal Performance

Church Music

a suring a broader curriculum. The u n iversity res rves the right

Piano Performance

B achelor of Music Education (B.M.E.) K - 1 2 Choral K - I 2 I n s t r u m ental (Band Emphasis)

K - 12 Instrumental (Orchestra Emphasis)

upper d iv isi o n co urses is practiced in some departments, ther .by to modify · p e c i fic

cour e

requiremen ts, to discontinue classes in

which the registration is rega rded as insuffic ient, and to withdraw co urses, EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS

B achelor of Musical Arts (B.M.A.)

Most courses have the va l u e of 4 semester hou rs. Parenthetical

Music

number immediately after the course descri ptions i n d ic a te the

Bachelor of Science in Nursing (B.S.N.)

se mester hour credit given . Other symbols are exp l a in ed a-s follows:

Nu rsing

Bachelor of Science in Physical Education (B.S.P.E.) LOIlCetJtrations

Exe rcise

ill:

cience

Health and F it ness M a n ag e m e n t

Complementary Major G l o bal Studic,s

V1 m 0

G\ V1

French

Lat i n M a t h e m ati c s M us ic

Drama Earth Sciences

;;0

z

W()l11en's Studies

Bachelor of Arts in Education (B.A.E.) A n t h ro p ology Art

c

;;0

Sta t istics

Phil()sophy

Earth Sciences (Ge()logy Specia l t y)

CUllcentra tions ill:

n

m

panish

P hys i cs Psychology

cience

ligion

S()ciology

Mathematics ngineering

QO

A n a lysis

N o n\r-eg i a n

Engi neering

m

0

Recrell f iOtJ

GI()bal Studies

Legal Studies Ma t h em a t i cs

dJlca t io tl

Health P h),s ics

H i st ory

Education

;;0 m

Da n ce Exercise Science

Ch e m i s t r y Chinese S t u dies

Studies

Applied Physics

Ph),s ical Ed u cati() n

Biol()gy

The a t re

C o m p u ter

English

Reading

Bachelor of Science (B.S.)

'--

C)

Majors

Pre - th e ra p y

I

Course offered first scmester

II

Course offcred secol1d semester

I, I I Course offered first mId second semester ill sequel1ce I II COJ-Irse offered either semester

5

Course offe red ill the suit/mer

a/y Course offered i l1 alternate years a/s Course

G

offered ill altematc sum mers graduate progra ms

Course may b IIsed in


A N T H R 0 P O L 0 G Y

l'J Z tr: LI.J u.. LL o UJ V1

"" ::J o U

Anthropology tries to bri ng all of the Though anthropology does look at " s to ne s and bone s ," it also exa m i nes the politics, m ed i c ines, fa mil ies, a rts, and rel i gi ons of peoples a n d cultures in various places and times. This ma kes th e study of a nt h ropology a complex- task, for i t in 'olves aspec ts of many discipl i nes, from geo logy and b iology to A n t h ropo l gy

as a

discipline

world's peo pl e into human focus.

a r t a n d ps ych o l ogy.

of the spe ci fi c a rea thal is studied, the the observation of different people and cultures--stu dyi ng t h e m as th y really are Rega rdless

essen e of anthropology i s w w

i nstead of how p eopl e think they th rough t h i d et a iled

w

o

full pic t u re

are

or should be. It is

r u dy of all people t hat we ga i n the

of what it really means

Anthropology

hum<lD. is co m p osed f fou r fields. Cu ltural to be

or

social anthropology studies l ivin g human culture ' in order

t o create

a cross-cultural un de rs tand i ng of human be hav ­

ior. Archaeology has the same goal, but uses data fro m the

ins of t he past cultures to reach it. Lingu istic a nt h ropology tudies human l a n g u a ge to d i sc over what i t can tel l about tbe h u m a n past and behavior i n the P I' s­ ent. Phy ical a n t h ropol ogy tud ies the m e rge n e and sub­ sequent biological adaptations of h u m a n i t y as a ·pecics. physical

rem,

FACULTY: H uelsbeck, Ch a i r; Brusco,

argano- Ray, Guld in,

KI i n . BACHELOR O F ARTS MAJOR: 3 4 semester h o u rs, i nd u d i ng 1 02 , 1 03 , J 0 1. or

345

t 04, 480, 490,

fou r h o u rs chosen from 3 3 0 to

( peoples courses) , four h()urs c h o se n

from 350 to 465 ( t o p ical courses), and eight additional hours ill a n th ro pology, at least four of which m u s t be abo v 2 1 . MI NOR: 20 'ernest r h o u rs , incl uding 1 02 , 1 0 1 o r 1 03 or 1 0 4,

four h o u rs from cou rses n umbered 330 to 34 5 , fou r h u rs rom courses nu mbered 3S0 to 490, and four additional h OLtr' in a n t h ropology.

DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: In recognirion of o ut. t a n d i ng

wo rk, the designation lVith Departlllelltal /1ol1ors ma t be g ra nte d by vo te of the anth ropology faculty bas on th s t u dent's per� mlance in the fol l o wi n g Jreas: 1 . Anthr pology cou rse w or k : 3 . - m i n im u m g.p.a. 2. Demonstration of active interest in anthropological p roject:. and activities ou tside of c l a s s work. 3 . ampl ti o n of a senior thesis. A paper d es c r i b i n g tnlkp en­ dent research mLlst be conducted under t he supervision of departmental fa c u lty. i \ proposal must be a p ro ve d b y t he facu l ty by the third week of clas of the fal l semester for Ma y and summer gra d u a t '$" nd the t h i rd week of class of the sp ri n cr

semester fo r December graduates.

Exploring Anthropology: Mookeys, Apes, & Humans

I n t roduction to hi l og i ca l a nthropology with

a

spe ial fo cus on

h u man evo lu t t o n , the fossil evidence for h u m a n developmen t,

the role of culture in h u m an evolution, and a co mp a ris on with the' de ve l o p m e n t and social l i fe o f the n o n - h um a n primates. (4) 1 02 Exploring Anthropology: Culture and Society l n t rodu t ion to �ocial·cultural antbropolo

' and cult.ural lin­

guisLics, concentrating on th explora t i o n of til i n finite variety of hwnan en d ea vo r in all aspects of culture a nd ali type of s ociet i es ; from tool-making to language, religion, pol itics, l a w, warfare, fa mily, k i n s h i p and art; trom h u nters and gatherers to i ndustrialists.

(4)

104

Exploring Anthropology! Language and Symbols

Intro d u ction to ant hropological l i nguistic <lod symbol ism. An

overvi

w

of the nature of human l a n guages, i ncluding the

of la nguage; �oul1d

origin

systems , s t r u ctu re and meaning; l a nguage acqu isition; the social co n text o f speaking; language c h ange; non erba l com m u n i al ion; and se� d i fferences in lang u a ge us e. Exp l or at i on f the \ ider i s s u e s f symb o l i c co m mu nication: how symbols order the wo rld and how transactions ill m e a n i n g can be 51:' n ;lS fo rms of s o ci a l a c t i o n . (4)

2 1 0 Global Perspectives: Tbe Wo rld in Change A survey of global issues a ffec ti ng the h u m a n co n d i t i on in a

ra pi d ly ch a n g i n g � nd increasi ngly in terdependent world: modernization and development; eco n o m ic change and i n ter­ national trade; d i m i n i s h i n g resources; w;:'I r and revolution; peClce and j ust ice; and c ul t u ral d i ver i ty. These issues a n' e x a m i ned in a

m ultidi-ci plinary light lIsing cas \! stud ies drawn xo rn non­ Western and Wes tern nations. Em phasis on thr development of a g l o b al perspective \vh ich recognizes human commonalities as II a, d iversity in perccptions, values, and prioriti es. ( referenced with HlST 2 1 0 and POL 2 ( 0) (4) VI'

ross­

220 Peoples o f the World An explonltion of the wo r l d 's cultures through anthropological films, novels, and eyewit ness acco u n t ·. ase studies ch o s n from Africa, ative America, sia, the Pacific, and Eura-America p ro­ vide an i nsider's view f wa ys of life diffe rent from o u r own . (2) 225 Past Cultures o( Wasbington State

Nati

Ameri ans have lived in \ a sh i n g to n State fo r at least the

las t 1 2 ,000 years. This couce expl o re s t he cult ures

f the people

in coas t,d and i nte ri o r Washi ngton begin n i ng with the first no rthwesterners. An exa mi n J t i( n of t h e ways t h a t c ul t u res change through t i m e u ntil the emergence f the distinctive c u l ­ t u res observed by the earliest uropcan visitors to the area. ( 2 )

230 Peoples o f the Northwest Coast survey oC the ways f l i fe of lht: native peoples o[ coastal Washington, British Columbia, and Sout heastern Alaska fr L11 E u ro pe an co nta t to on temporary tinle:.. f speci, I int rest arc the t ra d ition al methods of I shi n g , �rt. , potlatc hes, status sy lenl ! , a n d wea l th and their impact on t h e modern l i fe of the re gi o n .

(2)

330 Cultmes and Peoples of Native North America com p arative s t u d y of a tive l rth Ameri 3n culturcs from their a rr i va l on the ontinent through today. Str s� 011 t r a d i tio n a l societies, th ir history under c olo n iz.lt i o n and their emergence as vit I contemporary socielies. Examination of

.s. Jnd Canadian

l a ws , pol icies, and contlict , i n cl ud i ng la n d all\:! fi hing claims,

issues of sovere i g n t )', a n d r eL i gi o us ri gh t s .

Course Offerings

1 01

1 03 Exploring Anthropology: Archaeology and Preh istory ideas a n d p r ac t i c e of archa.:o logy, used to exam ine tJle sweep of h u m an prehistory from the earliest s to n e tools to the d e vel op m e n t of a g r i c ul t u r e and met a L l urgy a n d to enri c h our u nderstanding or extinct s o cie t ie s . Local arch ae( logi­ cal sites wil l be e:xamineli (4) I n t ro duc t i o n t o the

(4)

332 Prehistory o f North America n archaeological re-onstruction of economic, social, p o l i tica l , a nd re l i gi om l i fe in North America from the time t he first settlers entered the continent d u ri n g th Tee Ages to th� Mound Builders of later times and u l t i m a tely to the first c o n ta c t with Emopeall settlers. (4) 334 Tbe Anthropology o f Contemporary America

investigation of American s o ci a l patterns and p ro b l e ms from a cross-cultural per p ec t i ve; exploration of American so l u t io n s to c o m m on human problems; educatjor1, rdigi n, pol i t ics, fam i l y and concepts of j u sti c e; a determination o f what is u n i que a bo u t the "A merican Way." ( 4) An

designed to give i n s i g h t.


A N T H R O P O L O G Y o

336 Peoples of Latin America Millions of Ame r ic a n s hav n ev e r been n o r t h of the equator. Who nrc th e " ot h e r " A m e r i ca n s ? This survey course fa m i l i a r­ izes the stud 'nt with a broad ra n ge of Latin Ame rican peoples and problems. W h a t remains of t h e g re at Inca e m p i re ? 'vVhat is

l i fe Like in t he Amazonian min forests and in the h igh ndes' Case s t u d i e s and fi l m s as a basis fo r discussioll of theme s r angi ng from v isi on s o f t he supernatural Lo problems of e co n o m ic developmen t. (4)

338 Jewish Culture An ex p l o r a ti o n of Am rican Jewish c a l ture th rou g h its r o ts in the l i feways of Eastern European A sh ke n az ic ]cws and its transfo r m a t i o n in the

n i tI'd S tates. J e wi s h etlm i c i t y and

i d e n t i t y are re la t ed to qu es t i o n s o f as. i m i lation, jewish- e nt i l e relat ions, and cultural persis tence. Emphasis on jewish h isto ry,

re l ig i o n , Literat u re , mllSi , and humor

as

rdle tions of

asic

J wLh u lt u ral t hemes. ( 4 )

343 East Asian Cultures A s u rvey of the cultu res ,tnd pe o p l es of Eastern Asia, conce n t r a t ­ i n g o n China b u t w i t h c om pa ra tiv e reference t o Japan, Korea, as well as eli rences between t h es e nati()[ls a re st ressed. To pic,5 include religion, art, p o l i t ics, h istory, kLIlSh ip, an d econo mics. ( 4 )

and Vietnam. CulturaJ s i mil a r i ti e s

345 Contemporary China n i mme rs il1t l i n to lhe u l tu re and soc iety C the P .opl ''s Republic of Ch i na- geared to 'posi ag the student to the ways o f Lie of on e- q uarter of humanity; con tem p orary pol i t ics, kin ·h.ip, folk re l ig io n , hu m a n relations; p r o ble m s and p rospects of develo p men t and r a pid so c i a l c ha ng e; relati ons with Hong Kong, TaiwH.n, and o t h er soc ielies. ( 4 )

350 Women and Men in World Cultures An overview of t he variation of sex roles and beha iars t h rough­

out th� world; ev ol u t i o n o f s x role ; t h e o r ies of m a t r ia r c h )', patriarchy, mo t her goddesses, i n nate inequal i t ies; i m p a c t o f

E ur o pe a n p at te

ns

in the world; marr iage pJttCfI1$ from

polygyny to p I ya n d r y ; e�alitarianism to fcrnin i�I11.

(4)

metal artifacts; a n a l ys i s of deb r is from food p ro ce s s i n g acti itil's. The class wlll work on t h e a n a l ys i s of materials fro m a rch aeo­

l o g i c a l sites. (4)

m

370 The First Civilizations The o r igin s of agri u l t Ll r e , wr iti ng, cities, and the state in m a n y parts of the wo rl d , co m p a r in g and c o n t ra st i n g the great c iv i l izations of antiq u i ry, in cl ud i ng Me op o t ami a ,

gypt, India,

A� ia, Mes america, a n d SO llth A merica . ( 4 )

c

A study of politics and law th r o ugh the po l i t i cal structures a n d proces e � of tr a d i t io na l and contemporary societies; COLl c ep ts o f leaders h ip , facti nalism and feuds, power, a u r h o r i r y revolution,

wo r l d :

Burma, Pak ista n , the Pacific, Africa, Lat i n

America, a n d N a t ive America.

(4)

z

380 Sickness, Madness, and lIeallh

A cross- cul tural e..xa m i n a t i o n of systems of curi n er p ra c t i ce, and c u l tu ral vi ews of physical and m e nta l illness and health; p r ' ve n t io n a nd he a l i n g ; the role o f religi o us views; nat u re and skill: of cu rer�; defi nitions of disease; variation i n d i s ea se s between c la sse s and e t h n -ic gro u p '; impact of modern m e d i cal

and psychological p rac tit i oners,

(4)

385 Marriage, Family, and Kinship The idea o f famil y has

wid range of 111 3ni ngs and

;\

e

p ress ions

cross-cul t ural l y, but e\fcrywh 're it serves a , fu ndamen tal orga niz.ing p r inciple and ratio nale for rh

allocat ion of valued res()urceS, in l u di ng 1'0\ er and status w i t h i ll domestic groups, and p as o na l and s o c i al ide n t i t ies. Spe i a ' l attention to the e, preSSion of indi id u a l strategi and i n tert'sts in va r iou s dOl11es­ tic con texts. Other to pi c s i ncl ude: the ways in which religion, myth, magic and folklore srrv to a r t i c u lat and conLrol domes­ tic l i fe ; how changing systems o r production a ffect ma r r i age a n d d o mest i forms; hOI." class and ge n de r systems i ntj!rrw ine wi th k i n sh ip , domestic fo rms, and the m e a ni n g of "fam ily." ( 4 ) Anthropology of r el i gio n ; h u ma n i t y's

(

IlCepts of and relari(>n­

Explorat ions of ho� societi s i n N or th Americ;l a n d ,lfo l l n d the

functions tbat re U g i o n s fultill; exploratio n o f r i tu a ls , beliefs, a n d

world have adapted LO t he i r varied human a n d physical em' i ron­

sy�tems o f m o r a l i t y i n religioll� b o t h " p ri m i t ive" and h i sto ri c a l ;

d i fference I1vironmen ts - from the des er t to temperate woodlands to rhe arc ti c to urban neigh­ borhoods. Global patterns o f va r i a t i o n i n life s tyles and s oc ia l opp rtunities wL ll be stres ed a nd uscu for projections of fu t u r e world pa tte rn . K n ow ledge of locat i on s and ma p re ad i n g w i l l be c:m p h asi z d . Prt' requ i ' ite: 102 or consent of in · t ru c tor. ( 4 )

origins t ) [ r l ig i n;

tion, ecolog)', a nd anatomy. The i mportant l ig h t that they can shine OD human phys i ca l and social characteristics is i nve. tig ted as

welJ as their place in an increasingly ho t i l e environment.

xtens ive ob ervation of p ri ma te beh a vior at the zoo is an integral

part

of the course. ( 2 )

An exa m i n a t i o n of the natur

of eth n i c groUpl; in Ame rica and

abroad; the va ry i n g bases of et h n ici ty (culture, religion, tribe, "race," etc. ) ; prob lem,

of gro u p

id en t it )' and b o u nd. r

nance:!: t h n i c symbol ; e thn i c politic ; e t h n ic

and ethnic hu mo r, (4)

m a i nte­

neighborhoods;

365 Artifacts, Ecofacts, and Archaeology L ab oratory i n t rpret at ion of 3rcilae l o gi ca l materials. Tecil­ ll iques used in i n te rp re t i n g past human eco l o gy, techno logy, ;m d e o nomy.

na lytical pr cedu res fo r bo ne, stonc, c.:: r amic, :l nd

s

ience "versus" re lig io n ; the n a t u re of rea lil),.

( Cross - re ferenced wi t h

RELI 392) ( 4)

465 Archaeology: The Field Experience A field ch�s i nvolvi ng the e xc ava t io n of a historic or prehistor i c arc haeo logical site, wilh emph asis on ba5ic excavation skil ls a nd

record keeping, fi el d m a p p i n g , d ra fti ng, and photography. The labo r a tory c ove rs artifact processing and p re l im i n a ry ana ly is. Prereq u isite: 1 0 1 , 1 02. o r 103, or co nse n t of i n structo r. (4) 480 Anthropological Inquiry A11 historic and t h e ma t ic study of the theo retical fou n datio ns of socioc u l tural a n t h r po logy; research methods; how t h e o r , lld methods are u ed to establish a n t hropolo g ical lU1 owled ge . Re qu ired of m a j o rs in the i r j u nior or senior year. all' ( 4 )

490 Seminar in Anthropology

S lected t C l p ic

360 Ethnic Groups

o

onfLi ts o f natio nal and local-Ie el legal 'ystems. Exam p les from a ro u nd the

sh i ps Lo th e supe rn a t u ra l ; examination o f persona.! and gr up

357 Primatology su rvey of the d iverse order of m ammals, the prim at , which in cl udes h u m a n . , Focus o n a wide range or non-buman primates and th ei r evolutionary t ren ds , social behavior, social organ iza­

m

and olha reactions t'O colo nization; law a n d c o n fh ct resolution;

392 God > Magic, and Morals

w i dt' l y

o

375 Law, Politics, and Revolution

354 GeogTaphy and World Cultures: People, Places and Prospects

men ts . Ca.. �es drawn from

(]

in contemporary a n t h ropolog

10

be investigated

through st u d e n t research and con, ullation. Required of majors

in th e i r j u n i o r Qr senior ycar. Pr re q u isi t e f dcpartrne.ntal COIlsent. a/y ( 2 )

I'

ot her students:

491 Independent Stndy: Undergrodu8le Readings Read ing i n sp�c ific a reas

or

iSSli

S

of an thropology under

su p ervision of a fac u lt), me mber. Prerequ i site: departmental consent.

( 1 -4)

492 Independent Study: UndergradWlte Fieldwork S t ud y of spec i fic areas or i s s u es in anthropology through in - fiel d method ' of analysis and research supported by appropriate

CI


A R T

reading under supervision of a faculty member. Prerequisite: 490 cons n t . ( 1 -4)

FACULTY: Hallam, Chair; Cox, Geller, Gold, Keyes, Tomsic. Artists-in-Residence: Berg, Doyle, Wold.

501 Graduate Workshops Graduate wo rkshops in special fields or areas fo r varying periods

The department has sought to min imize prerequisites, enabling students to elect courses relating to their interests as early as possible, but majors are urged to follow cou rse sequences closely. It is recommended that students in terested in majoring i n art declare their major early to insure proper advising. Transfer students' s tatus shall be determined at their time of entrance. The department reserves the right to retain, exhibit, and reproduce student work submitted fo r credit in any of its courses or programs, including the B.F.A. candidacy exhibition. A use or materials fee is required in certain courses.

ancl depa.r t m c n tal

o lJ.J

0:: ::J o U

o f time. ( 1 -4 ) 590 Graduate SeEninar Selected topics a s announced. Prerequ isite: consent of the instructor. ( J -4) 59 1 Directed Study ( 1 -4) 595 Graduate ReadJngs I n d ependent study card required. (4)

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: Minimum of 34 semester hours, including 1 60, 250, 230 or 350, 365, 370, 499, and the art history sequence ( I 80, l S I , 380); 1 1 6 or courses in teaching methods may not be applied to the major. A maximum of 40 hours may be applied toward the degree. Candidates are registered in the College of Arts and Sciences and must satisfy general uni versity requirements, including a core curriculum (Core I or Core U ) , a n d the option requirement.

598 Research Project ( 4 ) U1

o

599 Thesis (4)

Art In t h i s time of rapidly changing concepts a n d an almost daily emergence

f new media, e m p h asi s mllst be pl a ced

on

a variety of experien ces and creat ive flexibility fo r the artist and the d . ign r. tudents w i th p rofess ional con足 cerns mllst be p re pa r d to meet the modern world w i t h bo th techn ical skil ls an9 the capacity fo r innovation. The department's p rogram therefore st r es se s individualized

development in the use of m j nd and h a nd h ighly p ro fe s sio n a l fac ult y well -equ i pped st udios, and a comp re足 .

,

hensive c u rriculum o ffer diverse opportunities for study in

visual arts. Students may choose among a general ized program l ea d i ng to a Ba c h e lo r f Art d gre ; a more specialized p ro gra m fo r the Bach lor of Fine Arts, in wh ich each candidate develops some area f c om p eten ce; or a degree program in art education fo r teaching on several levels. Rece n t g ra d u a tes are empl o yed in a var ie ty of fields. Several have b e co m e establi hed as p a i n t e rs p r i n t m akers, or 'C ulptors; some a r e successful studio p otters ; o thers have gone i nto com mercia! phot graphy o r film a n i m a足 th

,

tio n-even the p roduction of fea t u re films. The television i l1 d u s t ry employs

still

o th e rs. A n u mber a re working i n t h e

d e s ign fi eld as graphic designers, i l lustrators, package designers, or art di rectors in firms around the country, in New York, Ch icago, L o s Angeles, and Seattle.. Alu m n i have been involved in museum work a n d erve on the fac ult ies of v r i o u5 educational institutions, i ncludi ng elementa ry, secondary, commu nity college, and university levels.

Som studen ts go d i rectly from the field of interest.

uni 'ersity into their

tbers find i t desirable and a p p ropriate to

g r ad u a t e school. tany a l u m n i have been acce p ted i n to prestigious g r ad u ate prog i'ams, both in this country and abroad. The various fields of a rt are competi tive and dem a nding in terms of comm itment and effo rt. Nonetheless, there is alwa ys a pl a ce for those who ar xtremely skillful or h i gh l y i magina tive or, ideal ly, both . The depttrtment's program st resse both, att ITI pting to help each student reach that ideal. Instruc tional resources, when coupled with d ed icate d and energetic s t u dent s, h a ve resulted in a n u nusu a lly h i gh perce ntage o f g ra d uat e s bei ng able to

attend a

satisfy their vocational objectives.

BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS MAJOR: Minimum of 60 semester hours, i n cluding 1 60 ; 226; either 230 or 250; the art history sequence ( 1 80, 1 8 1 , 380); 8 add i tional hours in 2-dimensional media, 8 additional hours i n 3-dimensional media, and 4 hours in art history or theory (390, or as app roved by the department faculty); requirements and electives in area of emphasis; and 499 ( candidacy seminar). 1 1 6 or courses in teaching methods may not be included. Candidates are registered in the School of the Arts and must satisfy general university requirements, including a core cu rriculum (Core I or Core I I ) . B.FA. in 2-Dimensional Media Areas of emphasis: a minimum of three courses required in one area. Drawing/Pa inting:

160 Drawing 260 I ntermediate Drawing 360 Life Drawing (R)

365 Pai n ting I 465 Painting I l (R)

Prin tmaking:

370 Printmaking I 470 Printmaking II ( R ) Film Arts:

226 Black and White Photography 326 Color Photography 426 Electronic I maging Irzdependent. Study (may be applied

10

any area):

490 Special Projects (R) 492 Studio Projects (R) ( R ) - may be repeated for credit B.F.A. in 3-Dimensional Media Areas of emphasis: a minimum of three courses required in one area. Ceramics:

230 Ceramics I 330 Ceramics I I 430 Ceramics I I I ( R ) SClIlpture:

250 Sculpture I 350 Sculpture I I ( R) Crafts:

238 Stained Glass 1 2 5 5 Jewelry I

338 Stained Glass II ( R ) 355 Jewelry n ( R )

Independent Study (may be applied to any area):

490 Special Projects ( R) 492 Studio Projects (R) ( R) - may be repeated fo r credit


A R T o m

B.F.A. in Design Requ ired basic seque/lce:

396 Design : , r ap h ics I 4 9 1 Design: Wo rkshop

1 96 D sign I : Pu nda mentals

296 Des i g n n:

Elective cotlrses:

on cepts

398 Drawing: r I l u lr at io n ( R ) 49 ! Design: Wo r kshop 496 e s ig n : GrJphic s I I

1 6 0 D rawing dealing Ivith the basic tech nique �nd media o f drawing. (4) A coursc

( R ) - may be repeated for credit BACHELOR OF ARTS I N EDUCATION: Sce School ojEduca tiolJ. MINOR IN STUDIO ART: 20 s emes t e r h o u rs, including 380, 4 hou rs in 2 -d im ensional media,

4

1 16 Design in the Contemporat')' World An e xa m i n a t i o n of contemporary des.i g n with a fo c us o n trends in advertising, fashi n, a u to mo t i ve , product a n d i n terior design. Inc l u d es a section on color theor y and p e rce p t ion and the. basic elements of design. Requires no artist ic/design b a c kgr o u n d . ( 4 )

hours in 3-dimensional medi a ,

and 8 ho u rs of s t udio art ele tives d r awn from upper d i v i s i o n ou rses in lea h ing methods (34 1 , 440) rna I D o t be applled to the min or. co u rses.

M INOR IN ART mSTORY: 24 semester hou r ' , including 1 8 0 and 1 1 , 1 2 hours in art history/theory eleclives, and 4 hour I n studio electives. NOll- concentration courses ( 1 1 6 ) , practical de s i g n COLI!'. es ( 1 96, 296, 396, 398, 49 1 , 4 ) , and courses in teaching methods ( 34 1 , 440) may n t be appl ied to th min r. PUBUSHING AND PRINTING ARTS MINOR: The Publi h ing and Pr i n t in g Arts m i o or is cross-referenced with the Department of English. See the description of that minor u n d e r English.

Course Offerings

180 History of Western Art I surve)' tracing th development of Western arL a n d arcbit tLl!'e from prehistory to t lC end of the M iddle A ge s . (4) 181 History of Western Art I I survey o f W tern art and a rc h i te c t u re from the Re n a i ssance to the 20th century. (4) 196 De ign l: Fundamentals An i n troduction to de s ig n thro ugh the t u dy of basic tec h n ique.s,

col

r

th eo ry, and comp s iti on.

(4)

226 Black and While Photography A studio class in ph o to gr ap h as an <lr form. Primary COl1centra­ tioll i n basic camera an d darkroom techn iques. Students produce a p o r t fol i o of pr in t s with an emphasi.-; on creative e, 'pression and ex:p rimen ta t i o n . (4) 230 CeranUcs I Ceramic materi al s a n d techniques i n c l u d in g hand-built and whe I -thrown meth ods, cia and glaze fo r m a t io n . Includes a su rvey of c e r am ic art (4)

STUDIO 160 Drawing 196 Design I: Fundamentals 226 Black and White Photography 230 Ceramics I 2S0 Sc.ulpture I 260 Intermediate Drawing 296 Design 11: Concepts 326 Color Photography 330 Ceramics n 34 1 Elementary Art Education 350 Sculpture n 360 Life Drawing 365 Painting I 370 Printmaking I 396 Design: Graphics I 398 Drawing: llJustration 426 Electronic I maging 430 Ceramics ill 465 Pointing 0 470 Printmaking U 490 Special Projects/Independent Study 49 1 Design: Wo rkshop 492 Studio Projects/I ndependent Study 496 Design: Graphics 0 499 Senior Exhibition

250, 350 Sculpture I , n once n tralion on a a r ticular med i u m of s cu l p t u re including metals , wood, o r synthetics; special ectious emphasizing work from tbe human form as well as opportu n i ty fo r mold making and c ast i ng . 250 must be taken before 350; 350 may be taken twice. (4,4)

H ISTORY AND THEORY 1 10 Intl'oduction to Art 1 1 6 D esign in the Contemporary World 180 History of Western Art I 1 8 1 History of Western Art I I 380 Modem Art 390 Studies in Art History 440 Seminar in Art Edw:ation 497 Research in Art History-Theory

33 1 The Art of the Book I St:e En� l is h 33 \ . (4)

260 Intermediate Drawing Drawing taken be yo n d the basics of 1 60. Expansion of media forms, and solutions to compositional 1 roblems. Po sibilit), of p ursuing special ind i v i d u al i n ter sts, w i th pe r m iss i o n . Prerequ i ­ site: 1 6 0 or consent of i ns tr u c t or . (4) 296 Design l l : Concepts An investigation of the. process of c re a l i ve problem s o l v i n g in a method ical and organized m a nn er. Includes projects in a va rid y of d e s i gn a rea . Prerequisite: 1 96 or conse n t o f In truclOr. ( 4 ) 326 Color Photography Exp l o r a t io n of the i s su e s of bo th painters and p ho tograp hers. Students learn to m a ke 0101' prints and pro es color ne.gatives. Includes a h i s to r i c al su rvey of color photography as wcll as per p cc t i es of co n t emp o ra ry artist' . ( 4 ) 330, 430 CeranUcs I I , III Techniques i n ceramic o ns t ru c t i o n a n d experiments i n glaze formation. 3 3 0 mu, t be taken before 430; 430 may be t a ke n twice. Pr req u i s i te : 230. (4,4)

34 1 Elementary Art Education A t udy of creat ive growth and develo pmen t; a r t as s t u di o projects; histof} and therapy in the classroom. (2) 350 Sculpture II

(See 250)

360 life Drawing An 'x:ploration of human fo rm i n drawing media. May be re p e a ted for cre d i t . Prerequisite: 160 or consent of instructor. ( 2 )

m

(') o c v. m o

m


T H E

L.U LL

a VI 0:::

::::J a u

A R T S

365, 465 Painting I, n M d i <1 and tech niqlH!s of p a i n t i n g in il or a c ryl i c s. 365 must be taken be are 465; 4 65 may be taken twice. Pre req u i site : 1 6 0. ( 4,4) 370, 470 Printmaking 1, I I M 't h ods nd !11 dia o f fine art p r i n t m ak i n g ; both h a n d and p h to processes i n vo lv in g l ithographics, i n ta g l i o and screen printing. 3 70 must be taken before 470; 4 7 0 ma I be taken tw i ce . Pre req u is i le : 1 60 or con se nt of instructor. ( 4,4)

of art from 1 9 00 t o the present, with a b r i e f t E u rop ea n a nd A m e r i ca n a n t ece d e n t as they apply to

contemporary d i rec tio ns . (4)

LW LW 0:::

390 Studies in Art H i tory A sel ct d area of i n q u iry, u c h as a hi st or y of American art, Asian art, the work of P i cas s o , or similar topics. M ay be repeated fo r c r ed i t . (4)

o

396, 496 DeSign: Graphics I, II Design and exec u tion a p r i n ted m terials; e m p h asi s on techrLical proc d u res and problems in mass co m mu ni ca t i o n .

496

exp lores advan ed te ch n iqu es w i t h m u l t i p l e color, ty pograph y, a nd oth r complex problems. 396 must be t a ke n b e fo re 496. P re re q u isi t : 160 and 2(6 or conse n t o f instructor. (4,4 398 Drawing: mustration Advanced pro jects i n drawing/illustration. Exposure to new c o n ­ cept and t c h n i q u e s a da p t abl to fine art a n d com me rcia l a p p l i ­ cation . Prerequ isites: 1 60 a n d 196. May bc re pe a ted once. ( 4 ) 426 Electronic imaging An in troducti 11 to omp uter-ass isted photography in w h i c h stu­ dents learn applications, develop aestheti c strategies, a nd e n ga ge the e th i al issues o f this new tec h n o logy. Em p h a si s on

exploration ,lild p rob l e m oiving men t . Pre requi sites: 22

reative

wi t h i n the Maci ntosh e nv i ron ­

and 326 or

co nsen t of i nst r u

tor. (4)

430 Ceramics I II (See 330) 440 Seminar in Art Education f ins t T u t ion in the �econdary sch o o l i n c l u ding a pp ro p ri a te media and CUlTicu l u m d evel o p me n t. a/y (2)

A stud

I

46S Painting 0 (See

( 1 -4)

R e qu i red of all art majors. Students work closely with their advisers in aU p h ases of the preparation of the exhibition. Must m aj o r in art (B.F.A. or B . A . ) , senior status, reasonable expecta­ tion of comp le t i o n of all depa.rtment and un ive rs i t y re qu ir e ­

ments fo r g ra du a t i o n . ( 2 )

School of the Arts The School of the Arts of Pacific Lutheran University is a commun ity of artists dedicated: to provide energies and facilities for the focused refi ne­ ment of crea tive actj vity; to operate in the vanguard of artistic understanding and to assume an additive rather than i m itative position relat ive to that understanding; to p ursue study of both the h istorical and theoretjcal aspects of our creative legacy; to recognize chang in artistic criteria without devaluat­ ing the tradit ional concepts of discipline, craftsmanship, and academic professionalism; to foster activity free from the caprice of the market­ place but, by virtue of its subs tance, not aloof from nor incompatible with practical concerns; to animate and " humanize" the academic climate of Pacific Lutheran University via the creative presence by sponsoring a rich and varied program of events in the arts; and to provide the stude n ts of Pacific Lutheran Univer­ sity an opportunity to experience first hand the unique "chemistry" of the creat ive process. FACULTY: Ba r t a n e n , Acting Dean; Facu l ty members o f the

365)

De par t me n ts of A rt , Communication and Theatre, and Music.

470 Printmakiog II (See 370)

DEGREES OFFERED by the School of the Arts in clude the

490 Special Projects/Independent Study Ex p l o ra t i on of the poss i bilities of selected studio areas , i nc l u di n g xper imen tal te c h n i q u es. Emp h a s i s on dev e lop m e nt of indi­ v id ua l s tyle s , media approaches, and p ro bl e m so lut io ns. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: j u_nior s ta t u s , minimum of two co urses at 200 1 v l o r

program approval by department faculty.

499 Senior Exhibition

be taken in the s t udent's final semes ter. Prerequisites: declared

380 Modern Art The d eve l o p me n t l o ok

497 Research in Art History-Theory A t u t or ial course for maj o r students with research into a p a r ti c u l a r aspect of art h i s t o r y or t he o r y. May be repeated fo r credit. Prerequisites: s en io r status, consent of i n str uc to r, and

above

in affected medi u m with

minimum

2.- CPA, con sent of i n s tr u tor and department chair. (2 o r 4 )

49 1 Design: Workshop A t u tor ial wurse wbi h may dea l w i t h a ny of severa l aspects of t h e d e s i g n tleld wi t h particular emphas is on p ra ctic a l exp erie n c e and building a p o r t fo l i o . (2) 492 Studio Projects/Independent Study A tutoriol program. for s t u d e n ts of ex cept i o n a l talent. In-depth i n d ividu,d investigation of a p a r t icular medium or set of tech nial problems. Only one project per semester may be undertaken. May be r epe a te d fo r credit. Prerequ is i tes: declared major in art, en ior s ta t u s, cons n t of instr ctor, wrillen propo al. program a p p roval by de p a rt m e nt fa c ul ty. Students m eet i n g the above re quir men' but with less than a 3 . 0 CPA in the m aj o r may be 1 quir d to p rese n t addi tional evidence of e l ig i h i l i t y. ( 1 -4)

496 Design: Graphics n (See 39 )

B.P.A. ( B achelor of Fine Arts) i n art and communication and t h e a t r e; the B.M. (Bachelor of Music), the B. M.A. ( B achelor of

M u s i ca l Arts); the B.M.E. ( Bachelor o f Music Educatio n ) . Students may a l s o earn the B . A . (Bachelor o f Arts ) , b u t this degree is awarded t h ro ugh the College of Arts and Sciences.

CandidateS fo r all degrees must meet general u n ive(sity r e q u i re ­

ments and the specific re q u i re m e n ts o f the D e p a r t men ts of Art, Co mmun ication and Theatre, or Music.

For d e t ai l s about the B.A.E. (Bachelor o f Arts in Education) in art, commun ication and theatre, o r music, see the School of Education. For c o u rse o ffe r in g s , degree req ui rem e n ts , and p rograms in the School of the Ar t s , see A rt, Com m u nication and Theatre,

and Music.

Course Offe ring 341 Integrating Arts in the Classro om Methods and procedures for i n t e g r ati ng the arts ( mu s i c , visual, drama, da n c e ) i n the classroom a n d across the curriculum.

Offered for students

p rep a r i ng

for elementary classroom

te ac hin g . Meets state certifi cation re q u i re me n ts in b o t h music

and art. II ( 2 )


B I O L O G Y o m

process, not merely to delivery o f facts. Facts form the

hours required for the B.A. degree. At least 1 2 hours in biology must be earned in residence at P LU. Each student must consult with a biology adviser to discuss selection of electives appropri­ ate for educational and career goals. Basic requirements under each plan for the major are listed below.

fo un ation o f science, but to b e a science student requires

Plan I-Bachelor of Arts: 32 semester hours in biology, includ­

Biology The Department o f Biology is dedicated to the teaching

m

re

than accumulating facts. The biology faculty stresses

gathering inform ation, process ing new information in the context of that already available, retrieving appropriate information, and interpreting observations. To learn science is more than to learn about science: it is to learn how to ask questions, how to develop strategies

i ng 1 6 1 , 1 6 1 A, 1 62, and 323, plus 19 additional hours. Required supporting courses: Chemistry 105 or Chemistry 1 I 5 and Math 1 40. Recommended supporting courses: Physics 125 (with laboratory 1 3 5 ) and Physics 1 26 (with laboratory i 36). Plan II-Bachelor o f Arts-Comprehensive: 36 semester hours

m m

(') o c ;0 (,I) m

in biology, including 1 6 1 , 1 6 1 A, 1 6 2 , and 323, plus 23 ".dditional hours. Required supporting courses: Chemistry 1 1 5, Chemistry 1 1 6, and Math 1 40. Recommended supporting courses: Chemis­ try 3 3 1 (,,,ith laboratory 3 3 3 ) ; Physics 1 2 5 (with laboratory 1 3 5) and Physics 1 26 (with laboratory 1 36 ) .

o

made a part of their thinking: to independently question it,

Plan I II-Bachelor o f Arts-Chemistry Emphasis: 2 8 semester

z

probe it, try it out, experiment with it, experience it.

hours in biology, including 1 6 1 , 1 6 1 A, 1 62 , and 323, plus 1 5 additional hours. Required supporting courses: Chemistry 1 1 5, Chemistry 1 1 6, Chemistry 331 (with laboratory 3 3 3 ) , Chemistry 332 (with laboratory 334), and either Chemistry 32 1 or Chemis­ try 403 ; Math 1 40. Recommended supporting courses: Physics 1 25 (with laboratory 1 3 5 ) and Physics 1 26 (with laboratory 1 3 6 ) .

which might be employed to obtain answers, and how to recognize and evaluate answers which emerge. The department is therefore dedicated to encouraging students to learn science in the only way that it can be effectively

Members of the department faculty are trained across the total spectrum of modern biol ogy, from population biology through molecular biology, and have professional teaching and research expertise with a ful l range of organisms: viruses, bacteria, fu ngi, plants, and animals. The diversity of courses in the curriculum provides broad coverage o f contemporary biology and allows flexible planni ng. Each biology maj o r completes a three-course sequence in the principles of b iology. Plan. ning with a faculty adviser, the student chooses upper division biology courses to meet individual needs and career objectives. Extensive facilities are available, including: herbarium, invertebrate and vertebrate museums, greenhouse,

Plan IV-Bachelor o f Science: 40 semester hours in biology,

i ncluding 1 6 1 , 1 6 1A, 1 62 , and 323, plus 27 additional hours. Required supporting courses: Chemistry 1 1 5, Chemistry 1 1 6, and Chemistry 33 1 (with laboratory 3 3 3 ) ; Math 1 5 1 ; Physics 1 25 (with laboratory 1 3 5 ) and Physics 1 26 (with laboratory 1 36), or Physics 1 53 (with laboratory 1 63) and Physics 1 54 (with laboratory 1 ( 4 ) . Plan V-Bachelor of Science-Research Emphasis: 40 semester

equipped for studies of Puget Sound. Students are invited

hours in biology, including 1 6 1 , 1 6 1A, 1 6 2 , 323, and 495, plus 2 5 additional hours. Required supporting courses: Chemistry 1 1 5 , Chemistry 1 1 6, Chemistry 3 3 1 (with laboratory 3 3 3 ) , and Chemistry 332 (with laboratory 334 ) ; Math 1 5 1 ; Physics 1 25 (with laboratory 1 3 5 ) and Physics 1 26 (with laboratory 1 36 ) , or Physics 1 53 (with laboratory 1 63 ) and Physics 1 54 (with laboratory 1 (4 ) .

to use these facilities for i ndependent study and are

BACHELOR OF ARTS I N EDUCATION: Students interested i n

encouraged to participate i n ongoing faculty research.

this degree develop their biology program through the Biology Department in conjunction with the School of Education. Such st udents should have a biology adviser. See the School of Education section of the catalog for recommended biology courses and other pertinent information.

research microscopy room, growth chambers, containment fa ilities for recombinant DNA research, darkroom, walk­ in cold room fo r low-temperature experiments, electronic instrument room, various research labora tories, a field station located in Manchester State Park, and a boat

Career avenues for biology majors are numerous. Faculty members are committed to helping students investigate career opportunities and pursue careers which most clearly match their interests and abilities. The department maintains a comprehensive career information

MINOR: At least 20 semester hours selected from any biology

fiJe, as well as a file devoted

courses. A grade of C or higher must be earned in each course. Prerequisites must be met unless written permission is granted in advance by the instructor. Applicability of non- PLl: biology credits will be determined by the department chair. At least eight credit hOllrs in biology must be earned in residence at P LU. Consult the department chair for assignment .)f a minor adviser.

to graduate tra ining in the

biological sciences. FACULTY: Alexander, Chair; Carlson, Crayton, DoLan, Gee,

Hansen, Lerum, Lindbo, Mai.n, D.J. Martin, Matthias, McGinnis. BACHELOR OF ARTS or BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR:

The major in biology is designed to be flexible in meeting the needs and special interests of students. Several options for major programs are available. In each plan the student must take the principles of biology sequence ( 1 6 1 , 1 6 1 A, 1 62, 3 2 3 ) . mple­ tion of this sequence (or an equivalent general biology sequence at another institution) is required before upper division biology courses can be taken. Courses not designed for biology majors ( I I ! , 1 1 2, 20 I , 205, 206) cannot be used to satisfy major requirements unless those cou rses are taken before completion o f Biology 1 6 1 ; under no c i rcumstances can more than 8 hours from courses desigJled for non- majors be cowlted toward completion of major requirements. Independent study (49 1 , 492, 495) and cooperative education may be used for no more than six of the upper division biology hours required for the B.S. degree, and for no more than fou r of the upper division biology

Course Offe rings I I I Biology and the Modern World An introduction to biology, designed primarily for non-biology

majors. Fundamental concepts chosen from all areas of modern biology including the environment, population, human anatomy and physiology, genetics, evolution and biological controls. Lectures, laboratories, and discussion. 1 1I (4)

.,., .,., m

Cl


B I O L O G Y

I II Humanistic Bolany

o

:=l o u

An i ntrodu t i o n to t h e b as i pr i nci p le, of b iol o gy with an em ­ p ba i � o n p l a n ts ,l nd their i m pact on p e op le. 1iJpics incl uded are: b a si c pbnt structure an d fu nc t io n ; p oi s o n o us p la n t s ; m e d i c i n a l p l a n t.; foo d pla nts; pro p aga t i o n of h o u se plants; home care of p l a nts; p l a n t identification. I n cl u d es laborato ry. (4)

1 6 1 Principles o f Biology I : Cell Biology Cellular and molecular levels of bi logicaJ orga n i za t ion ; ceU ultra-st ructure and phys io lo gy, Mendelian :tnd molecular genetics, energy t r a n s d u ct ion . I nc l u des l abo r a t o r y. Co - reg i s t ra­ tion i n B i o l o gy 1 6 1 A re qu i re d. and co - registration in C h e m i s t r y ( 1 04 or 1 1 5) reco m me n ded . I (4)

161A

lJ.J u.J

Perspectives in BioJogy

A serie o[ o n e - h o u r s min 3,rs presented by the b i o l og y fa c u lty to int rod uce uegi nning st u de n t s to the b ro ad range of con t em p o ­

rd l'Y b i o lo gy. to the research and p ro fessional i n t er sts of the fa c u l t y, and to the biology p ro g ra m at P LU . Re q u ired

LJ..J

o

biology

m aj o r s

in conjunction with 1 6 1 .

f all

I (1)

1 62 Principles of Biology I I: Organismal Biology An in t ro d u c t i o n to animal and plant tissues, anatomy, a n d

p hys i o l gy, with s p ecia l m ph is on flow r i n g plants a nd vertebrates as m o d e l systems, pins an i nt ro d u ct i o n to a n i m al and p l a n t development. Includes l a bora to ry. Prerequisite: l ) 1 . I I (4)

201 Introductory MicrobioJogy The growth, c on tr o l . phy i o l ogy, isolation, and identification of microorga n isms. espe c ia l ly those which affect h u ma n bei n gs . I n l udes lab o ra to r y. Prerequisi te: CHEM 1 0 5 o r on ' en t of i n s t r uc to r. I (4) 205, 206 Human Anatomy and Physiology First semester: matter, ells and tissues; ne r vo us , endocrine, s ke l et a l , and muscular systems. La b o r a t o ry i.ncludes cat dissec­ t i n a n d e xpe r i m e n ts in muscle phys i ol og y and reHexes. Second scm s ter: c i rc u l a t o r y, respi r a to ry. d ige s t i ve . excretory, and re p ro d u c t i ve systems; m e t a b o l i s m . temperat u re reg u i J t i o n and ·tress. L ab o ra t o r y in lu des c at d i ss e c t ion , p h ys i o l o gy xpcri­ meJ1ts, a n d s tu d y of developing o r g an i s m s . 205 ( I ) p re requ i s i te to 206 ( I I ) . (4,4) 323 Principles of Biology ill: Ecology, Evolution and Diversity

Evolution, ecology, b e h a \' io r, and a systematic survey of life o n earth. I n clud es lab o ra to r y. Prerequisite: 1 62 or consent o f d e p a r t m e n t chair. I (4)

324 Natural History of Vertebrates Class ification, natural h i s t o r y, a n d c o n o mi c i m p or ta n c e o f vertebrates with the 'cep t i o n of birds. Field trips and la b o r a ­ tor),. Pr r equ i s i te : 323 . all' [ (4) 326 Animal Behavior Descr ip t i on , classifica t i o n . cause, fu nction, and develo pmen t of the behavior of a n i m a ls . Lectures emphas izE' an ethological app roa c h to the s t u dy o f behavi r fo usin g on c o m p a r iso ns among species, as well as physiological, eco logical. J nd evolu­ t i o nary aspects of behavior. La b o ra to ry is not r igi dly scheduled and will co n s is t o f a b eh avio ra l investigation of the students' ch o o s ing . Prere q u i s i te : 323 or c o n se nt of i llstru tor. rr (4) 327 Ornithology 'he st u dy of birds w i th emphasis on local s pe c i e s ' des ig ne d for student � ith h bby interest as well a fo r advanced biology students. Field trips. rncludes lab o ra to ry. P rere q uisitl': 323 or co nSe n t of i nstructor. I I ( 2 ) 328 Microbiology The structure, physiology, ge n e t i c s, metab lism, a n d e c o logy o f microorga n is ms. IncluL es laboratory. Prerequisite: 323 or consent o f instructor; one semester organic c he m i str y r c o m ­

mended. II (4)

331 Genetics

Basic concepts i n c l u d i. ng consideration of mol ec u l a r basis o f

gene

e,

ression, recombination, genetic variabili ty, and

cons i deration of cytogenetics a n d po p u l a t io n ge ne t i cs . I ncl u d e s

lab or a t o r y. Prerequisit : 323 [I (4)

340 Plant Diversity and Distribution

sy s te m a t ic introduction to p l a n t d ive rs i ty. ln te ra c ti o n be twee n

p l an t s , theuries of ve" etational d ist r ib ll t io n . Emp h as is on higher

plant ta.x()l1omy. I ncludes laboratory and fie l d t r i ps . Pr requ is i te: 323. II ( 4 ) 346 Cellular Physiology

Deals with ho w cells are fu n c t i o n a l ly o rganized; e n zy m e kinetics

Jnd re gula t o r y mecha n ism ,

b i o c h e m is t r y of macromolecules.

ner y m et ab o l i s m , memb rane st Tucture and fu nc t io n , u l t ra­

as m o d el systems . Prere q uisites: 323 a n d o n e seme tef of organic chemistry or c o n se n t of instructor. I I (4)

struct u re, cancer cells

341 Cellular Physiology Laboralory

A laboratol'y e xp e r i e n ce in t ec h n iq u e s and types of in ' t rumcnta­ t i on often n co u n te r e d in b ioc h em i c a l and cellular research i n cluding animaJ cell culture, cell fractionation, use of ra d i o t r ac ­ ers, biochemical assays, membrane p h en o men a, pec tro ph olo m ­ etry, res p i ro me t r y. tv!ay b lected o n l y by students with a se r i o us interest for t h is type of t ra i n i n g; not req u i re d with 346. orequisit Iprerequisite: 46 or CHEM 403 and con ent o f instructor. I I ( 1 ) >

359 Plant Anatomy and Physiology Higher plant s t ru t U ft: a n d functioll fro m ge r m i n a t ion to senescence, i n c l u d i n g basic a n a t o m y, seed uermination, water rel at ions, res p i r a ti o n , m i ner al n u t r it i o n, p ho t o sy n th e s i s, growth re gu lat o rs , and reprod uc t i o n . I n cludes lab o ra t o r y. P re r e q u i s i t es: 323 a n d one semc " tel' of orga nic c h e m i s t r y. I (4)

361

Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates

h i s t o ry of th e vertebrate bod), ( t h e evol u t i o n a ry story uf the vertrbrates is better known [han any other a n i m a l g ro u p ) a n d a n i n t roduction t o emb r yo l ogy, the s t r u c t u ra l a n d fu n c ­ tional � n a to my of the vertebrate is presente d. I ncl udes labora­ tory dissections fol l o w i n g a systems approach. Mammals are featured p lu s some o bs ervati o n a l and com pa r a tive , tu dy with a human cadaver is included. Knowledge of vertebrate s t r uc t u r e is f practical value to workers i n many fields of bio log y. Prerequisite: 3 2 3 . IT (4) ft

r a

385 Immunology [mmun I gy is the stud), of the biological p ro p e r t i es which enable a n or ga n i s m to reo pond to changes within itself w h en t he cha n ge s represent the p r es e n c e of fo r e i gn s ubstances, either fro m t h e external en v i ro n m e n t or self- i nduced. ,onsideration of the b io l ogy and chemistry of im mi1I1C response: the sp ecifi c i t y of the orga n i m's im mune reactions, the types and roles of ly m p hati c cells. c he m ic a l and functional characteri ·tics of i m m u n o gl ob u ­ lins and com plement, gene t i c control of the immune response, hyper-sensitivity reactions, nd i mmu n o d e fici e nc y diseases. Practical ramificarions r ndud me t h od ' of imm unochemical anal 'Sis <llid clinical ap p l i ca t i o n s. Prerequis i tes: 32 , either 346 or CHEM 403. I (2)

403 Developmental Biology The devel pment of m u lticellular organisms. e m p h a s iz i n g c

l Iu l a r and molecular bases fo r de vel o p men t . M aj o r t op i c s

incl ude fert il ization. early cmbryonic d eve lo pm ent , the o r ig i n o f

ell differenc>s during early development, g e n e t i c control o f de ve l o p m e n t , cel lu l a r d i ffe rentiation, m orp h o ge n e t i c processes, a n d the spec i fication of pa t tern in developing systems. Labora­

tory addresses biochemical and molecular aspects of develop­ merit. Prerequ i si [e: 323. J (4)


B U S I N E S S o

407 M olecular Biology An introduction to mol ecu la r b i o l ogy, e mph as izin g the central role of ON in cnkaryotic cells. Topics include: fou ndations (D st r uc tur e as genetic storehouse, c e n t r a l do g m a of molecula.r biology, recombinant 0 A te c h no l o g y ) ; function (re g u l a t i o n of gene expression, genome o rga n i za t i o n a n d re a rr an ge me n t ) ; fr o n tie rs ( c a n c e r, d e vel opm e n t , evo l u t io n , gene t ic e n g i n e er i n g - m et hodo l o gy, app l ic a t i o n s , t re n d s , i m pli c at io n s ) . Laboratory features an introduction to basic recombinant DNA te chni qu es . P rereq u i s i t e : 3 2 3 . 1 (4) 4 1 1 Histology

of n or ma l cells, tissues, o rgans, and organ systems of vertebrat s . The emphasis is m a m mali a n . T h is study is both str u c tura l l y and physiolo g i c a lly oriented. Prerequisite: 323. [ (4) M i c roscopic s t u dy

A new business curriculum will be implemented beginning

in thjs section. Students who enter the u n iveJ:sity as fresh­ men or sophomores beginning faB 1995 , and

as

j uniors or

seniors fall 1 996, will follow the requirements under the new

-

curriculum. Please refer to the eclion on the new curTi

The m i s s i on of the S cho o l of Busi ness

is

to �timulate

the

development and ongoing i mprovem ent of the whole person a n d co m m u n i t i es we serve by p ro v i d i n g

reI

vant,

innovatiy , and q u a l i t y busi ne"s ed u ation i n the liberal arts p i rit.

4.26 Field Methods in Ecology Sam p l i ng te c hn i qu es and a n a lysis of natural ecosystems. Independent p roj ec t required. Prerequisites: 323 and 424 o r consent of i ns t ru c tor. [[ ( 2 ) 44 1 Mammalian Physiology Functions of p r i nci p a l mammalian organ systems, emphasizing c o n t ro l m ec h a n is m s a n d ho m eo s t a tic re l atio nsh ip s . Human­ orien ted l a b o ra tory includes work i n c i rcu l at i o n , cardiography, psychophysiology, and other a reas . Pre re qu i s i t es : 323 and CHEM 33 1 . Anatomy and biochemistry recommended. I (4) 4 7 5 Evolution

Evolution as a p ro ces s : sou rces of variation; forces overcom i ng ge n e ti c inertia in populations; s p e ci a t i o n . Evolution of genetic systems and of l i fe i n relation to eco lo g i ca l theory and ea r t h h is to r y. Lecture and discussion. 'Term paper and m i n i-seminar req ui re d. Pr ere q u isi te : 323. I a /y 1 994-9 5 (4) 4.90 Seminar ' e l e c ted to p i cs i n b iolo g y based on literature and/or original research. Open to j u n i or and senior b iolo g y majors. ( l ) 4.9 1 , 4.92 Independent Study Investigations or research in areas of special i nterest not covered

by regular courses. Open to qu a l i fied j un ior and senior majors; students should not elect i n depen d e n t study unless they know i n a d va nce the specific area they wish t o inves t i g ate a n d can demonstrate a serious i nterest in pursuing that investigation. It is suggested that the student spend one semester searching perti­ nent literature and writing a proposal ( for one credit hour) and a

s con d semester actually arrying out the project ( for one more credit hour ) . Prerequisite: written proposal for the p roj ect ap­

proved by a fa c u lt y sponsor and the department chair. [ II ( 1 -4 ) 4.9 5 Directed Study

Original ex per i me n t a l or theoretical research open to upper

division s tud e n ts i n t e n d i ng

to g rad u a t e with a Bachelor of Science-Research E m p h a s i s . Requires a written proposal approved by a faculty sponsor and the de p a r t m e nt chair. ( 2 )

n o C ::<J V\

lum for information about changes.

Organisms in relation to their environment, including

4.25 Biological Oceanography The ocean as e nv i ron m e n t for plant and animal l i fe; an introduc­ tion to the structure, dyn am i c s , and history of marine ecosys­ te m s . Lab, fi e ld trips, and term project in a dd iti o n to lectu re. P rereq u i s i t : 23 . II (4)

m

fall 1 995. The requirements and courses listed in this catalog will be replaced by new requirements and c.ourses Listed later

4.24 Ecology

o rg a n is m a l a d a p t a t i on , population growth and interactions, and ecosystem structure and function. Prerequisite: 323. I (4)

--

School of Business

Through competency-based degree p ro gr am s , students

the ess ent i al skills to help busi ness meet the demands o f an ever-chang ing environ ment. Students master the fu nd a m e n ta L of teamwork, com mu nication, t chnology, problem-s lving, in the School of BusL ness de v e l op

leadership, multi-cultural managem nt, and change m a nageme n t to help them becom successful leaders in business organizations and in the comm u n i ty. FACULTY: M cCann, Dean; Polcyn, Associa/(' Dean; Ahna, Bancroft, Barndt, Barnow , Bern iker, Finnie, Gibson, H g tad, K i b be y, Ma c Don a l d, McNabb, C. M i l l e r, Myers, Ramagiia, Sepi c , S um n er, T h ra s h er, Va n \Afyh e , Yager, Zulauf.

professional B ac h e l o r of Business Admi n i s­ t ration degree program i s composed of an upper division business curriculum w i t h a s t ro n g base i n l i b e ra l a rts. To be admirted to th e School of B u s i n e s , a s t u de n t musl: l. Be officially admitted to the university, a n d 2. Have s uc c e s s fu ll y c o mp l et e d 24 s e me s t e r hou rs, and 3 . H ave a minimum cumulative g r ad e point average of 2.50, and 4. Have completed a n d/or be curre n tl y e n rolied in: MATH 128, CSCI 220, CON 1 5 1 - 1 5 2 , STAT 23 1 a n d BUSA 28 1 ; a n d 5 . D e cl a re a m aj o r or m i nor in b usiness. Access to upper division business courses is l i m i ted to students with a cumulative g ra d e point average of 2.50 or above who h a ve met the r e q ui red p re re q ui s i t e s .

ADMlSSION: The

The School of Busine s of Pacific l.utberJn a member of the American s s etnbly of Collegiate Schools of B u s i ne ss . The B. B . A . , M . I3 . A., and accounting pro­ grams are n at i o na l l y accredited by the Accred i tation Co un c i l of the A.A S B . The School is privileged to h ave a student ch a pte r of Beta Gamma S igm a , thl:' national busines. honorary s o c i e t y rec­ o g nized by the AA , B. Pacific Lu theran U n i ve rsit y is accredited re g i o n a l ly by th e Norrhw st Ass o c i a t i o n of S ch ool , and , lleges. AFFI LIATIONS: U n ivers i ty is

DEGREE REQmREMENTS: The Bachelor of B u s i n es s Adminis­

of a m i n i m u m of 1 28 semester g ra d e p oi n t average of 2.50 or above as w 11 as a 2.50 g ra de point average sepa rately ill b u si n e ss courses. C- is the minimal a ccept a b l e grade for business o u rses. At least one-half of the m inimum total de g ree requirements tration degree program c ons i sts

ho urs completed w i t h an over-all

are taken i n fields outside the School of Business. At least 40 semester hours are taken in requir d and electi e b us i n ess

s ubjec t s . A m i n i m u m of 20 semester

t ake n in residence at PLU.

hours in bllsine s must be

B usi n e ss de g ree and concentration re q u i re m e n t s ,ue estab­ lished at the time of maior declara tion. Students with a declared major in busi ness who h ave nol a t t e n d ed the university for a period of three years or more will be held to the busi ness degree requ.ir e men ts in effect a t the time of re-entry to the un iver ity.

o m

z CI V\


B U S I N E S S

z

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION:

Management Information Systems

Required s upporting courses: MATH

o w VI 0:0

::J o u

w w

1 28 or ( 1 5 1 and 230) or ( 1 5 1 , 1 5 2 , a nd 3 3 [ )

E C O N 1 5 1 - [ 52 ( form erly E .ON I S O)" esCI 220 or (CSCI 1 44 , 270, a n d 3(7) STAT 23 1 EeON el ctive ( lipp er div is i o n )

Minimum semester hou r in supporting cour

4 3/3

4 4 4

es:

22

Requ ired business courses:

B SA 230 L,l\v and Society F ina J1Cial Accou nting B , A 282 M an age me nt Acco un t i ng B SA 350 M a n age m e n t BUSA 3 5 4 H u m a n Resource Management B SA 364 Managerial Finance BUSA 370 M a rketin g S y s te ms B SA 4 5 5 Business PoLicy B USA electives ( u pp r divis ion)

4 4 4 4 4

BUSA 2 8 1

o

4 4 8

40 "ECON 130 mny be substit wed Jl! r ECON 152 with llpp roval from tile 'chool of Business. CONCENTRATIONS: A s t ude n t may elect to complete

one or more concentrations within the Bachelor of B us iness Ad m i nis ­ tration program. (Cour cs taken to fu l fi ll concentration requirements \ i ll abo meet genera l B.B.A. requirements.) The conce ntration, whi h is noted on the student's transcript, mus t be com p lete d with at least a 3.00 grade p o i n t average. C- is the m i n i ma l acceptable grade for con entration courses. A mini­ mum o f eight semester hours o f the total req u i red fo r a concen­ tration must be t a ke n in residence at PLU. Accounting

BUSA 28 [ Finandal Accounting BUSA 282 Management Accounting BUSA 380 Ac co un t ing Systems BUSA 38 1 I n te rm e d i , te Pinancial Accounting BUSA 382 Advanced FLnancial Acc o unt i ng BUSA 385 Cost Accou nting BUSA 483 I n co m e Ta" ation BU A 484 Au diting Finance

BUS A 364 Managerial Finance BU A 462 Invest ments BUSA 463 Portfolio Analy is a nd Management BUSA 464 Fi na nc i a l nalysis a nd S trategy BUSA 38 1 Intermediate Accounting or 465 I nternational Finanrjal Ma nagement ECO 352 intermediate Micro Economic Amlysis or ECON 36 t Mon y and Banking Human Resource Management BUSA 3 54 Human Resource M a nagement

llUSA 454 O rg a ni za t i o na l hange and De ve l o p me n t BUSA 457 Productivity a n d t h e Quality o f Work Life 13 SA 458 Advanced Human Re so u rc e Ad ministrat.ion CO 321 Labor Economics International Business

BUSA 340 I n ternational B u s i n es s BUSA 465 International Fi nance BU 'A 474 International Marketing ECON 3 3 1 I n ternational Eco n u mics Two y ars of one college level fore i gn language (or equivalent) Travel and study abroad, ad d i ti o n a l cou rses in o th e r cultures, and international experie nces are recommended.

( ompletion of t h i s concentration also fu lfills the requirements fo r an lnformation Science minor within the Department of omputer Science.)

C C1 144 i n t ro d u c t i o n to Computer Science CSC I 270 Data S tructures CS I '67 Data Base Management BU A 325 Information Sy,tems in Organizations BUSA 380 Accounting Systems BUSA 4 2 1 Systems Design a n d An a l ysi s BU A 428 Seminar in Management I n fo r ma t i o n Sys t e ms Marketing

BUSA 370 Marketing Systems BU, A 47 1 Marketing Research B SA 475 Marketing Management Two of the follow ing:

BUSA 472 Advertising and ales Management BU S A 473 Industrial Ma rketing and Purchasing BUSA 474 International Marketing PSYC 462 Consumer Psychology

Operations Management

BUSA 350 Ma nagement B A 385 ost Accounting BUSA 450 P ro d uc t io n and Operations Management B SA 47 3 Industrial Marketing a nd PurchasiHg MINOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRAT ION: Required supporting co u rses:

MATH 1 28 or ( l S I and 230) or ( l S I , 1 52 , an d 3 3 1 ) ECO 1 5 1 - 1 52 ( for m er l y ECON 1 50)* 'SCI 220 o r ( C S CI 1 44 , 270, and 367)

4 3/3 4 4

Minimum emester boW's in supporting rour es:

16

STAr 23 1

Required business cou rses:

BUSA 28 1 Financial Accounting BUSA 350 Management I3USA 364 Managerial Fina nce BUSA 370 Ma r ket i n g Sys te m s

M inimum seme ter hours in business course s:

4 4 4 4 16

' E CON 130 may be substituted fo r E ON 152 with approvnl from the School ofBusiness. A minim um grade point average of 2.50 in business co u rses is req uired for the millor.

ACCOUNTING CER11FI CATE PROGRAM: The accounting ceItificatc program is av ai l a b l e for students who hold a baccalau­ reate degree (any field) an d wish to compl te the educational requirements to sit fo r the �.P.A. examination. Contact the Schoo! of Business for further i nformation. MASTER OF BUSIN£SS ADMIN ISTRATION:

See Grad uate tlldies.

Course Offerings Courses numbered 1 00-299 are avai l a b l e tu all s t u d ents . Courses numbered 3 2 1 -499 are op e n to stude n ts with junior standing, the required prerequisites, and a 2.50 c u mu la t i ve g.p.a. Courses nu mbered 500-599 a re re se rve d for st ud e n t s in th e M,B.A . prognm 3 nd s tu den t s in u ther PL graduate programs who have an a p p roved field in business. Law and Society A s t u dy of the American legal system and the legal relationships among the natural environment, i ndividual s, g ro u p s, business organizotions, governmental agencies, and the judicial system. Current business and social p roblems are addressed from a

230


B U S I N E S S o

gl ba l p rsp e c t ive with an emphasis on busine s ethics and social r �onsibility. Prerequisite: o phom o rc st a nd i n g. (4) 281 Financial Accounting An in troduction to accou nt in g concepts and pr i n c i p l es . Valuation tbeories in the U. S . compared to those in other nations. Preparation ( manual and o m p u t e r ) and anal)'sis of financial rep rts. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. (4) 282 Management Accounting I ntrod u ction to the use of accoullting data in planning, co n trol , and decision making. Top ics include cost-vo lume-profit relationships, cost ac co u n t i ng methods, management accounting syst m , an d budgeting; s preadshe t appli c a t i o n s; i n ternational a p p l ic a t i ons of performance evaluation systems. Prerequisites: 28 1 ; M TH 1 2tl, CSCI 220 ( o r equivalents) . So phomore standing. ( 4 ) 325 lnformation Systems i n Organizations I n t roduction to the fundamental co n ce p t s of systems and informa tion as t h e y apply to decision- making in organizations. A focus on complex systems and the assumptions, models, and thi nking processes u ed in t heir design an j mana g em e. n t . Ethical and de i.sion-making implications f i n fo rm a t i on systems lvill be e )(plore d . Prerequisites: MATH 1 28, C! 220 (or 1 44) ( o r qujvalents); Junior standing. (4) 340 International Business I n tegrated sfudy of i n te r n a t io n al busines functions, and related concepts , practices, and p o l i c i e s, u s i n g project a nd GJse a n al yses . This is the prin cip al business administration course for students in the Global Stud i es I n te r n a t i onal Trade m inor. Prerequisites: 28 1 , 350; EC N I 5 1 - 1 52, STAT 2 3 1 ; EC N 3 3 1 . (4) 350 Management A c r it i cal ex.amination of the principles and processes o f admini­ stration i n an increasingly international conte>.""!. Management techn i qu es and the functions of plan n i n g, orga nizing, l ead i ng and directing, and controlling are discussed from the class ical, behavioral, and more recen t i n tegrative points of v iew. Induded is the study of concepts a n d ch ar, cteristics related sp e c i fi ca l ly to the o p e r a t ions function. I n t rodu tion to case analysi, and problem solving techniques. Prerequisites: 28 1 , E 0 1 5 1 - 1 52, STAT 23 1 ( may be concurr nt). Junior standing. (4)

-

35-4 Human RcsoUJ"ce Management Detailed exa mination of the behavior of individ uals and gro ups in business organizations, with emphasis on p o l ic i es and practices fo r solving problems. l'undamemals o f person nel! human resou rce procedures in the U.S. nd other countries. International aspects of human resource management will provide insight into the problems o f managing foreign opera­ tiaw. Prerequisites: 28 1 , 350; ECON 1 5 1 - 1 52; ST T 23 1 . (4) 364 Managerial Finance I n troduction to the p rinc i p a l problems. theories and p rocedures of financial management: valuation, financial plann ing, financial statement analysis, capital asset acquisition, cost of ca p i t al . financing st r ategie ( including c api ta l stru ct u re theory and dividend p o licy ) , management o f working capital acco u n ts, and flll,mcial d i me n s ion s of i n ternational t rade ( i n c luding foreign e, c h a n ge risk, c o u n t ry risk, translation gains and losses) . Prere uisit : 2 8 1 ; MATH 1 2 8 , S 1 220 ( o r equ.ivalents); ECON I S I - i 52; AT 2 3 1 . Jun ior standing. (4) 370 Marketing Systems The flows of go od s and services in the U.S. and global econo­ mies; economic and behavioral approaches to the ana l ys i s of domestic and international de man d; th ro le of marketing fu nctions in b u s i n ess and not-for-profit organizat ions. Determi­ nation of a marketing mix: product p o l i c y. pricing, channels and physical d istribution, and m a rke t ing c mmuuications. Prerequi­ sites: 28 J ; M ATH 128 ( or eq uivalent) ; E ON 1 5 1 - 152; STAT 2 3 1 . Junior standing. (4)

380 Accounting Sy terns St u dy of the de si g n , impleme nt a t i o n . a nd operation of manual and o m p u te.rized account i n g i n formation systems. Prerequi­ sites: 28 1 , 282; MATI! 1 28 , - ! 2 20 , (or equivalents ) . (4) 381 Intermediate Financial Accounting Con entrated study of the .onceptual framework of acco u n ting, valuation theories i n the . . and abroad, asset and income measurement, financial statement di closures, and fo reig n currency translation for m u l tinati onals. Prerequisites: 28 1 , 282, 380; M ATH 1 28 , 1 220, (or equivalents). ( 4 ) 382 Advanced Financial A�connting Concentrat d study f equity measurem nt including the accounti.ng aspects of partnersh ips. corporations, and consoLida­ tions. Also includes accounting for multinational corporations and not-for.profit organizations. Prere qu i si tes : 2 tl l , 21:\2, 3 0, 3 8 1 ; MATH 1 28 , CS 1 2 20, (or equival nts). (4) 385 Co t Ac�ounting Development an d an a l ys is of cost i nfo r mati o n for management use in decisi on making, income determination, and performance ev a l u a t i on, using a va ri e ty of co mputer and quantitat ive t e c h nique s. Internat ional i m p lications arising from the use of traditional inventory models. Prerequisi tes: 28 1 , 282; ).I!ATH J 28. CSCI 220, ( o r equivalents); STAT 23 1 . ( 4 ) 392 Internship A p ro g ra m of full-time experience closely related to the student's specific career and academic interests. The student is expected to develop the internship opportunity with a fi rm or o rganization, and the School will provide an i n ternship agreement. This agreement identifies the problems to be researched, ex pe ri e n ce to be ga i n e d, and related readings to be accomplished. Monthly progress rep rts and other measure$ of achievement will be us ed to de tl! rm ine the grade. o t more t h a n 2 hours of credit will be gr a nted for a ful l month of internship, and not more than 8 h o u rs of accumulated credit wil l be granted fo r the i n ternship s taken. The i ntern sh ip must be taken for a grade if used to meet one of the required upper division busine s e le cti ve co urses. Prereq uisites: 2 tl l , 282, 3 50 ; MATH J 28, Cl 220, ( o r equ iv a ­ lents); ECON 1 5 1 - 1 52 ; STAT 23 1 ; one additional course in the st udent's area of co ncen tration. ( 2 or 4) 393 Stu dy Abroad Cr dit is offered for PLU - s p o n so r e d academ i or ex pe rient i al study in other countries. Stu dents may s p e n d a s u m m e r, semester, Janu ary t rm. or full academic year a b r o a d. 42 1 Systems Design and Analysis I n formarion systems an al ys i s and design fo r management decision m a k i n g . E m p h asi s is on the organ.ization of t he s)'stems a n al ys is a n d development proce � . Exercises and case . tudies deal with informalion Jna ly is and with t h logi ca l specification o f a pr ojec t . Prerequisites: 28 1 , 325 ( may be concu rrent ); MATH J 28, eSC! 220, (or equivalents ) . (4) 428 Seminar in Management Information Systems Exp loration o f curr n t topics in the development and use of management i n formation systems and decision support systems. Emphasi. on i n formation systems project which are applicable to fu nctional areas of business or gove rnm e n t . Prerequisites: 28 1 , 282, 3 25, 380. 42 1 ; M TH 1 2 8 (or equiva len t ) ; CSCI 220 ( o r CS 1 144, 270, 3 6 7 ) . ( 4 ) 435 Business Law An i n - d epth st ud y of t h e legal principle · governing busi ness entities a n d commercial transactions. Study includes tran ·ac­ ti o n s governed by the Uniform Commercial Code including sale · , se c u re d transactions, negotiable i n strumen t · and letters of credit, both in tbe U.S. and in international tr;msactions. Among feder al statutes stu died are those dealing with securities. cmpl lyment and antitrust 3S well a s tatc l aws 01] real estate, estates, trLIsts and wi lls. P re re qu i si te : Junior standing. ( 4 )

m

n o c ;;0 V\ o

;0

Z Q V\


B U S I N E S S

z

450 Production and Operations Management

mance. Description of existing equilibrium asset pricing models

S tud y of key concepts, quantitative techniques, and practices

in finance . Prerequisites: 28 1 , 364, 462; MATH 1 2 8 , CSCI 220, (or equivalents); ECON 1 5 1 - 1 52 ; STAT 23 1 . (4)

a pp l ie d by dom

. tic ,w d for ign management to the production

o f good and services. I ncl udes examination of facility design; work design and measurement; quality assurance techniques ;

o v,

and production pl.nn ing, control, and scheduling methods.

3 50; MATH 1 28; CSCI 220 ( o r equivalents); 1 5 1 - 1 5_; STAT 23 1 . ( 4 )

P rerequis ites: 2 11 1 ,

ECO

454 Organizational Change and Development

=:>

Examination of the need fo r change in organizations, u si ng a

o

diagno lic approach and employing appropriate strategies to develop human resources vital to every organization's economic viabili ty. E m ph a s is o n developing the skills o f an internal change agent with kno ledge o f evaluation methods and IIlterventlons

that fa cilita te planned change. Pre re qu is i tes : 28 1 , 350, 3 54; 1 5 1 - 1 52; STAT 23 1 . (4)

ECO

o

455 BusiD� Policy Study of organizationa1 administrati? n fr� m top management . p erspe c t ive . Formulation , nel xecut l on of strateglcs and p olIcies . to integrate all management , n d buslI1ess functIOns organizati onal

o bjectives .

personal

\

10

support of

Implications o f resource ava Jlabillty,

te ch n olog y, and the economy; e d u

tion, re l i g i o n , eth ics, and

lues; social responsibiliry; public policy; and

in te rn a t ion a l relation for top ma nagement deCiSIOns. I n cludes comprehensive case analyses. Required fo r business administra­

t i on maj o r s . Prerequ isi tes : 2 11 1 , 282 , 350, 354, 364, 370; MATH . 1 28, eSC! 220, ( o r equivale n t � ) ; ECON 1 5 1 - 1 5 2 , STAT 2 3 1 . Senior standing. ( 4 )

456 Honors Seminar Integrative capstone experience for senior students in business a dm

i n is t ration . Comprehensive case analysis and field study

d rawi n g on the stu de n t's knowledge of all business fu nctions.

f plans and policies reviewing relevant SOCIal, ethical, r eJ i gi ou s , economic, legal, and i n ternational issues. This c o u rse can substitute for busin 5S p o l i c y, BUSA 455, but reqlmes a higher grade point average. Prerequi ites: 28 1 , 28 2, 350, 54, 3 4, 370; MATH 1 28, �Sc [ 2 20, (or equivalents); ECON 1 5 1 1 52 ; STAT 23 1 . ellior standing. ( 4 )

Formulation

457 Productivity and the Quality o f Work Life E xaminati n of the s o c io te ch n i cal determi na n ts of o rgan i za ­ t i o n a l and i ndi \r id ual productivity, with subsequent exploration of is lIes that affcct quality of wOLk life i n service and manufac­ t u r i ng indu trie .

o m parison o f

�.?

and fo rcign firms and

c u lturcs will provide reasons for dlfte ren ces and

QWL.

III

productiVity

Prerequisites: 28 1 , 3 50, 354, 454; ECO

!

1 5 1 - 1 52;

STAT 23 1 . ( 4 )

458 Advanced Hnman Resource AdDlinistration Detailed coverage of modem h u m an reso urce procedures: job anal ysis, e m p loyee sele c t io n , trai.ning and career development, compensation, safety and health, labor relations. Review of the U.S. legal context of employme n t practices in other coun tries. Prerequisites: 18 1 , 350, 354; ECON 1 5 1 - 1 5 2; STAT 23 1 . ( 4 ) 46 2 Investments Emphasi on co ncept , principles, and issues rela ting to individual securiti es: risk, ret u r n, and va l u ation of bonds, preferred stock, common s toc k , options, warrants, convertibles, and utUIes; determination and teml struct ure of market mterest rates; market transactions st ructu re; ca pi ta l market efficie ncy. Pre r quisites: 2 8 1 , 364; MATH 1 28 ,

S r 220, ( o r equivalen ts);

E ON 1 5 1 - 1 52; S 'AT 23 1 . (4)

463 Portfolio Analysis and Management The i m p lications o f modern i nvc · t1nent t h eor y for b ? nd

portfo l i o management. Emp hasis o n management or II1tcrest rate risk and clientel

proced ures o f managerial finance ( valuation, capital budgeting, planning and control, growth strategies, financing strategies, leveracrc and capital structure theory), as well as treatment of

:

et:

u

464 Financial Analysis and Strategy An extension of t h e conceptual and analytical pri n c i p les and

effects in the bond ma rkets and on

modern portfolio theory and i� i m p l i cation for individual invest ment decis ions . Methods fo r evaluating p o r t folio p erfor-

select d special topics. Context i s b o t h multinational and domestic. Extensive use of computerized financial models and cases. P rereq u i site s : 2 8 l , 364; MATH 1 2 8 , CSCI 220, ( o r equivalents ) ; ECON 1 5 1 - 1 52; STAT 2 3 1 . ( 4 ) 465 International Financial Management Anal ysi s of direct and indirect international investments; i n ternational regulatory environment; international money flows and capital ma rkets; international risk. Prerequisites: 2 8 1 , 364; M ATH 1 2 8; CSCI 220 ( o r eq u i va l ents ) ; ECO

1 5 1 - 1 52; STAT

23 1 ; ECON 3 3 1 ( m ay be concurren t ) . (4) 471 Marketing Research and Consumer Behavior Te chniques a n d uses of marketing research i n t he busi ness

. decision-making process. Emphasis on research deSign, varIOUS

su rvey methods, research instruments, and sampling plans as they relate t o marketing consumer products and services in domestic and international environments. Contemporary behavioral science concepts to b e examined and incorporated in select ed marketing projects. Prerequisites:

28 1 , 370; MATH 1 2 8 , CSCI 2 2 0 , ( o r equivalents); ECON 1 5 1 - 1 52; STAT 2 3 1 . (4)

472 Advertising and Sales Management The role of promotion activities (advertising, personal se l ling , sales promotion and publicity) in t h e domestic and international marketing of goods and services; analys is of target markets; developing market potentials; media selection; designing th �

pro m o t ional message; evaluation and control of the promotIOnal

mix. Prerequisites: 2 8 1 , 370; MATH 1 2 8 (or eqUival e n t ) ; EC O N

1 5 1 - 1 52 ; STAT 23 1 . (4) 473 Industrial Marketing and Purchasing Analysis of the industrial buyin g and selling process i� domestic and In ternational business exchanges; p u rchas1l1g poli Ci e s and procedures; selection of sources of supply, including interna­ tional sourcing; ethical standards; marketing problems of manufacturers and supp liers of industrial goods and services; deve loping and i m ple me nting domestic and gl obal ind ustrial mark et i ng strategies. Prerequisites: 2 8 1 , 370; MATH 1 28 ( o r equivalent); ECON 1 5 1 - 1 5 2; STAT 23 1 . ( 4 )

474 International Marketing Introduc tion to mar ke ting problems and opportun i t ies facing U.S. firms in an i n ternational marketing context. Covered are the changes necessary i n

m a r ke tin g

programs whenever business

transactions cross international boundaries;

the economic and

cultural fo rces that make these c h anges necessa ry. Prerequisites:

2 8 1 , 370; MATH 1 28 ( o r equivalen t ) ; E ON 1 5 1 - 1 52, 3 3 1 ; STAT 2 3 1 . (4) 475 Marketing Management Analytical approaches to the solution of domestic, international, and m ultinational marketing problems. Developing strategies, p l a n n i ng , and admin istering com prehensive marketing p ro ­ grams; u s e o f compu ter models; evaluation J n d control o f marketing operations. Prerequisites: 28 1 , 370, one 400 level marketing course; MATH 1 2 8 ; CSCI 220 ( o r equivalents ) ; E C O N

1 5 1 - 1 52; STAT 23 1 . ( 4 ) 483 Income Taxation Comprehensive study of income tax concepts, regulations, and tax p lanning principles . E.mphasis on individual and bus 1l1ess income taxa tion. Prerequisite: 2 8 1 . (4)


o m

The purp ose is to h e l p prepare the st ud en t for ima gi n a ti ve and

484 Auditing o mp re hm s ive s t ud y of a ud i t ing concepts and p ro ce d u re s ; analysis of risk t h ro u g h tII stud y and eval u a t ion of i n ternal cont[()ls, and th rough the study a n d e va l u at i on of a co u n t balances; report i ng of risk; review of t h e devel pment and mea n i ng of professional resp o nsibil ity and e t h i cs; review of

opera ti o n a l a u d i t i n g . P rerequisites:

be co n cu rr n t ) ; MATH 1 28,

28 1 , 282, 3 80, 38 1 , 3tl2 ( m a y SCI 2 2 0 , (or eq u i va l e n ts ) . (4)

481 Accounting lnformation Sy terns Seminal' onte m p orar y de velop m e n t in a cco u n t i ng sys tems. Topics may

i nc l u de analysis and des ign, controls, a u d i t of comp u t e ri ze d systems, und systems fo r large concerns. P r e requ is i tes: 2S I , 2 8 2 ,

3 8 0 ; M TH 1 28 ,

SCI 220, ( o r equivalents). ( 4 )

490 Seminar

m

550 Organizational Behavior and Environment The s tudy of op en oc iotcchnical sy t ms w i t h i n which a manger must operate. Three m aj o r perspectives are e ncom p as se d : t he e x ter n al o rg a nization e nvi ro n m en t , i n c l u d i n g l egal , eth ica l, soci al , eco n om i c , po l i t ic a l , and international i n fl uences; the organization itself as an e n ti t y ; and the in ternal o rg a n i za ti o n

envi ro n ment.

omparisons w i t h a d m i ni s t rat i v e p ra c t ices i n

oth e r countries Jnd c u l t ures. P rere q u is i t e:

502. (4)

551 Operations Management Seminar I n te n s i ve study f key concepts, prac t ices, and t ee h n iqu e � i ncl u d i n g work-facility-design, pl a n ni n g, sc h edul in g, quality

demand . Pre r eq uis i te : con ent of instructor.

ron t ro l , and m a te r ia ls management and advanced interna t i o n ­

(4)

ally competit ive m anufa c t u r i n g p rac t ices . Organil.a tional i m ­ pacts of pro du ct i o n systems. Case a n al yses used to address com­ plex sit u a t i o ns . Pr requisites: 502, 505, 550;

'0

500, 543. (4)

( 1- 4)

553 Contemporary Issues in Management

501 Fundamentals of Accounting and Finance Fu ndame ntal as su mp t i o ns , p ri nc i pl es, dnd procedures u nderl y­

explora ti on may in l u d e , b u t is n ot li m i te d to, the top ics of

i n g ac co u n t in g; transaction an a.lysis and the fu ndamental ac c o u n ti n g mo del ; ma t c h i n g o f e xpen se s with revenue; measure­ ment and re p o r t i n g of i n c o m e tatemc n t and h al an ce she t

a cco u n t s ; consolidated sra tements; and a cco u n t i n g implications of basic in te rn a t i o n a l transactions. The, retical ,ramework fo r tl nancial deci s ion s ; de c i s i o n theory rela t i e to working cupital

I n ve st igat i o n of the ro l s of m a na ge r s in modern so c iet y. The

co rpo r a te respollsi b i l i ty, e t h i cal issues i n management, the i m p ac t of technological cha n ge on o r ga ni za t i ons and s o c ie t y, and the challenges posed by i n ternational c om p e t i t i o n and

manage m e n t i n n o va t i o ns in other countries. The workshop ap p roac h to these t op i cs combines the use of cases, rea di ng s, discllssions, and . i m ul a tions . Prerequisite: 550. ( 4 )

management, short and i n termedia te- term tl,nancing, c a p ita l inve t- ments and v a l u a tio n , capital structure and d ivi de nd

554 Planned Organizational Change

poliC)f, lo n g - te rm fi nan cin g , and multinational fi n an c i n g and

t ive p roble m s requ i r i ng

investing.

and evaluating changes u n dertaken through systematic p ro gl ams

(4)

502

Fundamentals o f Management and Marketing Principles and p ro ces s es of ad m i n is t r aho n . Techni lies and fun ct io n s of p lann i ng, or gan izi n g, d ir ecti n g, and c on t ro ll i ng . T h e flows of go od s and services in the

conomy; economic and

behavioral ap proa ch es to the ana lysi s of de ma n d; t h e marketi n g function

in business fi rms. Determination of t h e mark ting

mix. An exa m in a tio n of the cu l tura l and econ o m ic im plications

Detailed exami n a t io n of te ch ni qu es or d i ag n o s i ng a d m i n istra­

ha nge, and for p l a n n i n g , i m pleme n t in g ,

of individual, group, and organizational d ev el o pm e n t . Em p h a sis

on t he problem assessment skill> o f i n te r n al change agents and

on interventions aimed at strllctllrai ch an ge s , management

trai n i ng, and career development. C ompa r a t i ve o rg,u1 iz a ti o n devel p m e n t practice i n o t her cou n t ri es . Pr req u i s i te :

550. ( 4 )

555 Business Strategy and Policy An i n tegrated management a pp roac h based on decision-ma king

of i n t erna t ion al busi ness transactions on the management and

anal y sis i n co m p lex ca.

mark ti n g fu nctions of

Adva nced readings and l ib ra r y research in tegrate co ncep ts o f

.S. firms. (4)

505 Management Use of ComputeJ"s

An i n t ro d uct ion to computer s 'stems nd their uses by managers in in d us try. To p i cs include ha rdware c o mp on e n ts of micro and m a inframe systems; concu r rent issues su r ro undi n g computer usage; use o f a pp l ication softwa re to aid i n m a n ager i a l decis i on ­ maki ng ( wor d p ro cess i n g , spreadsheets, data base packages, sta­ tistical packages ) ; a n d elementary p r g r am m i n g t ech n i q u e s . (4)

520 Progromming for Managers Co mputer p ro g ra mm i ng i n cluding bra n c h i ng , looping, s ub s c ri p t s , i n p u t/output, chara c t r manip ulation, su b ro u tines , file man ipulations, d a t a ·torage amI ret r i ev al . Advanced work

with so ftw ar e packages. Prerequisite: 505. (4)

521 lnformation Systems Design Info r ma ti u 'ystcms d ve l o pment processes. Emphasi.s pl aced on the a nalY ' i s a n d d esig n of i nfo r ma t i o n s stems fo r support of manag ment decision maki n g . Ca e s tu d i es and systems d es i g n projects foem on solutions to p ro ble m s of syste ms design. Prerequ isites:

50 1 , 505. (4)

535 Legal Aspects o f the Management Process A su rvey o f feder I and s t a te law affec t in g bu si n es s dec i si o n ­

m a ki n g . A re a s c overe d i nc l u de empl o )fmeo t r l a t ions, consumer prote tion, investor protection, worker p rotect i on , t:nviron­

mental p rote c ti on , and organ izat ion a l and m a n age ri al liabil ity.

s

a nd com p reh ens i ve field s i t u il t io ns .

man a gem en t and bus i ness fu nctions i n cluding co n s i d er a t i o n o f lega.l, ocial, ::lI1d international as pe ct s o f t h e busi ness environ­

ment. Pre re qu isi tes :

55 1 , 564, and 570, 555. ( 4 )

an y o ne of which may be

taken conc u rrent ly with

56 1 Investment Analysis and Management Analysis of the general problem of p o rt fol io management. Emphasis i ' plJced on the appliC<1.tion of inv stment the o r y i n por t fo l io construction a n d risk management. Issues d iscllssed include fu ndamental va l u a t i o n , m a n au i n g interest rate risk, o p t i on pricing, modern portfolio th ry, and c u rrent equilib ­ rium asse t p ri c i n g models in finance. P re requisites:

ECO

SO l;

500, 543. (4)

564 Financial Management Seminar Analysis of op ti m al fi nancial policies. f n ten s i ve i nvestigation o f

the v a.l u t i o n proces ' and i t s resulting i mpa ct on tl r m i n ve s t ­ men t , fina ncing, a n d dividend p o l icies. Discuss ion of the

implicat ions of i n te rn at i ona l fi nancing and in e · ting ac t ivities. Extens ive use of the case m et ho d . Prerequisites: 50 1 , 505,

E ON 504, 543. (4)

510 Marketing Management Seminar In troduc t i o n to marketing s t ra tegy decisions in both domestic and international con texts; m ar ke ti n g resource a l l o c a t io n

decisions in a co mp e tit i ve sel l in g environment; m a r

ting

a l t ern a t ives for both consumer and i ndustrial goo d s and services. Prerequisite :

502, 505; ECON 504, 543. (4)

n o c ;;0 VI m

a p pl icabl e to management of prod uc ti o n of goods and services

Individual studies; readings on selected to p ics a p p roved and s u p e r v is ed by the instr ucto r. Prereq ui s it e: consent of instructor.

'--

m

and soci e t y, domes tic and worldwide. (4)

, em inar on s pe c i fi ca l ly selected topics in business. O ffe red o n

491 Directed Study

-

e t h i cal l y respon ible c it ize ns h i p and le a ders h i p roles in b u s i n ess

o

m

z CI VI


B U S I N E S S

z

o

o u

582 Accounting Information and Control Applications of accounting information, servi es, and systems to management problems. Impact on decision making by interna­ tional acco unting practices. Prerequisites: 5 0 1 , 505. (4)

591 Independent Study Ind ividual reading and studies on selected topics; minimum supervision after initial planning of student's work. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. ( 1 -4 )

CONCENTRATIONS: Students may elect to complete one or more concentrations within the Bachelor of Business Administra­ tion program. Concentrations will be available i n the following areas: Financial Resources Management Profess ional Acco unting Human Resource ManagementInternational Business Marketing Resource Management Entrepreneurship and New Venture Management Operations and Information Technology

593 Thesi Research study to meet Thesis Option requirement for elective i n t h e M .B.A. degree program. ( 4 )

Financial Resources Management BUSA 405 Legal Aspects of Financial Transactions BUSA 3 2 1 Intermediate Accounting I

590 Special Seminar elected advanced topics; offered on demand. (4)

LiJ

One of the following:

fJ!:JM. Bachelor o f Business Admin istration Curricu lum: o

A new business c u rri ulum will be implemented beginning fall 1 995. The courses listed in the 1 994-95 catalog will be replaced t�ntirely by those in this new cu rriculum. Students who enter the university as freshmen or sop homores beginning fall 1 995 will follow the requirements u nder the new curriculum. Students who enter the university prior to fall 1 995, and junior and senior transfer students who enter the university prior to faU 1 996, will have the option to follow the requirements listed i n the 1 994-95 catalog. However, since the current b usiness courses will be replaced by the new curriculum, these students must complete their degree program in consultation with the School of Business to determine appropriate course substitu­ tions. Spec ific requirements fo r degree completion will be determined by formal contract between the student and the chool of Business. These contracts will be completed beginning spring 1 995. BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Reqllired fo undat ioll courses:

MATH 1 28 Linear Models and Calculus, an In troduction or ( 1 5 1 and 230) CSCI 220 Computerized I n fo rmation Systems ECON 1 5 1 - 1 52 Macro/Micro Economics STAT 2 3 1 Introductory Statistics PHfL 325 Business Ethics ( Prerequisite: PI-fIL 1 0 1 , 1 25, or 225/226) COMA 336 Effective Business P resentations ANTH/ H I T/POLS 2 1 0 Global Perspectives Minimum semester hours in foundation courses:

4 4 3/3 4 2 4 4 28

R�luired business courses:

BUSA 20 1 The Business Enterprise in Global Perspective 4 2 BUSA 204 The Foundations of Business Law 2 BUSA 3 0 1 Managing Careers and Self-Assessment BUSA 303 Assessing and Managing Financial Performance (6) or BUSA 202 Financial Accounting (4) 6 (or 8) and BUSA 302 Managerial Finance ( 4 ) 6 BUSA 305 Crea ting and Leading Effective Organizations B SA 306/307 Managing the Value Chain I/II 9 EUSA 405 Legal Aspects of Fi nancial Transactions or BUSA 406 Legal Aspects of Human Resource Management or BUSA 407 Legal Aspects of Marketing 2 o r BUSA 408 International I3usiness Law 3 BUSA 409 Strategic Management Upper division b usiness o r economics electives 6 ( or 4) Minimum semester hours in business courses:

40

ECON 3 3 1 ECON 35 1 ECO 352 ECO 3 6 1

20 sem. hrs. 2 2 4

I n ternational Economics (4) Intermediate Macro-Economic Analysis (4) Intermediate Micro-Economic Analysis ( 4 ) Money and Banking (4)

Twelve semester hOllrs from the following:

12

BUSA 320 Financial Information Sys tems (4) BUSA 322 I n termediate Accounting II (2) BUSA 422 Consolidations and Equity Issues (2) BUSA 423 Account ing for Not-for-Profit and - Governmental Entities ( 2 ) BUSA 424 Auditing (4) BUSA 323 Cost Accounting and Control Systems (4) BUSA 327 Tax Accounting I ( 2 ) BUSA 427 Tax Accounting I I ( 2 ) BUSA 335 Financial Investments ( 4 ) BUSA 4 3 0 Entrepreneurial Finance (4) BUSA 437 Financial Analysis and Strategy ( 4 ) BUSA 438 Financial Research a n d Analysis ( 4 ) Professional Accounting 26 sem. hrs. BUSA 405 Legal Aspects of Financial Transactions 2 BUSA 320 Financial Information Systems 4 BUSA 3 2 1 Intermediate Accounting 2 2 BUSA 322 Intermediate Acco unting II 2 BUSA 422 Consolidations and Equity Issues BUSA 423 Accounting for Not-for-Profit and Governmental Entities 2 BUS A 323 Cost Accounting and Control Systems 4 2 B U SA 327 Tax Accounting I RUSA 427 Tax Accounting I l 2 BUSA 4 2 4 Auditing 4 HUman Resource Management 22 sem. hrs. BUSA 406 Legal Aspects of Human Resource Management 2 4 BUSA 342 Managing Human Resources 4 ECON 3 2 1 Labor Economics 12 Three of the fo llowing (at least two fro m B USA): BUSA 343 Managing Reward Sys tems ( 4 ) BUSA 4 4 2 Leadership a n d Organizational Development (4) BUSA 445 Quality Improvement Strategies (4) BUSA 449 Current Issues in Human Resource Management (4) BUSA 492 Internship (4) COMA 435 Organizational Communication (4) COMA 437 Advanced Interpersonal Communication (4) PSYC 461 Psychology of Work (4) PSYC 450 Psychological Testing (4)


B U S I N E S S o

1 8-34 sem. MS. B SA 408 I n ternational Business Law 2 ECON 3 3 1 International Economics 4 BUSA 352 Managing in the Multinational Environment 4 One of the following: 4 BUSA 353 Comparative Management ( 4 ) An app ro ved area course from POLS, T H , or H IST (4) International Business

One of the following: 4 BUSA 460 International Marketing (4) BUSA 355 Global Operations (4) Option· I o f the College of Ar t s and Sciences foreign language 0- 16 req u ire m ent Q[ one semester of study abroad Marketing Resource Management

BUSA 407 Legal Aspects of Marketing BUSA 468 Ma rket i n g Management One of the following: ECON 3 3 1 I n ternational Economics (4) ECON 244 Econometrics (4)

22 sem. hrs. 2 4

4

Three of the following (at least two from BUSA): 12 BUSA 363 Consumer Behavior and Promotional S trategy ( 4 ) BUSA 365 Sales a n d Sales Management ( 4 ) BUSA 3 6 7 Business t o Business Marketing ( 4 ) BUSA 460 In ternational Marketing (4) BUSA 467 Marketing Research ( 4 ) C O M A 2 7 1 Mass Media ( 4 ) SOCI 3 6 2 Applied Demography ( 4 ) Entrepreneurship and New Venture Management

-

BUSA 405 BUSA 358 B USA 430 BUSA 492

Legal Aspects of Financial Transactions Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurial Finance Internship

22 sem. hrs. 2 4 4 4

Two of the following (one must be B USA): BUSA 323 Cost Accounting (4) BUSA 438 Financial Research and Analysis (4) BUSA 365 Sales and Sales Management ( 4 ) BUSA 371 Operations and Information Technology (4) BUSA 442 Leadership and Organizational Development (4) B SA 467 Marketing Research (4) EeON 371 Industrial Organization and Public Policy (4) ECON 3 6 1 Money and Banking (4)

8

22 sem. MS. BUSA 405 or 406 Legal Aspects ( Financial Transactions or Human Resource Management) 2 BUSA 3 7 1 Operations and Information Technology 4 BUSA 374 Designing and Managing Operations and 4 Information Systems BUSA 479 Implementing Advanced Systems 4 4 BUSA 323 Cost Accou.I1ting and Control Systems 4 One of the following: BUSA 320 Financial i n formation Systems (4) BUSA 445 Quality Improvement Processes (4) CSCI 367 Data Base M a nagem e n t ( 4 ) * * ( p rerequisite: CSCI 1 4 4 )

Operations and Information Tech nology

MINOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: A m i n i m u m of 20 sem es te r hours i n business c ou rs es, including BUS A 201 - The Business Enterprise in Global Perspective. Al l cou rses m u s t be completed with a grade o f - or higher. A cumulative g r a d e p o i n t average of 2.50 fo r al1 courses in the minor is required. At least 1 2 semester hours must be upper division, and at least 8 semester hours must be completed in residence.

m

Course Offe ri ngs for Program Beginning Fan 1995 1 05 Personal Financial Planning and Consumer Law Basic financial and legal deci. ion making. I ncl udes an i n troduc­ tion to elementary conccp in fi nance, economics, law, and onsumer psychology. Topics in lude c are e r planning, budget­ ing, the use and misuse of credit, major p urc h a se decisions, taxes, insurance, and i n v es t m e nts. ( 4 ) 2 0 I The Business Enterprise in Global Perspective I n t egra t ed historical and social systems per pective on the evolution and change of business e n t er p ri s e s sin e the industrial Revolution. Top i c i nclude work fo rc e div e rS i t y, environmental management, g lob a li z a t i on of wor k, th i mp ac t of n e w technolo­ gies, and the e x p an s io n of the regu latory e n v ir o nm ent. ncepts and fra me wo r ks needed to u n d e rs ta n d the c tn pl ex relationships between busi ness, g ove r nmen ts , and the larger society are introduced. (4) 202 Financial Accounting Introduction to accounting concepts and principles. Valuation theories in t he U . . compared to those i n olh r n a t i ons . Preparation and analysis of fi na n c ial reports . ( 4 ) 204 The Foundations of Bwine s Law Dc igned to provide for all b u si n es s hool students a sh are d fo undation in the lega l environment of busi ness, the course covers sources of American law, the s t ru ct u r e of the U court system, alternatives to li t ig a ti o n , and 01 tituti nal guara l I tee applicable in a busi ness context. Also, i n tr od uc t io n to basic legal principles of contracts, t o r t s , intellectual property, a ge n c y, and busi ness organ izations. (2) .• .

301 Managing Careers and Self-Assessment U ing o m p etency-based asse . s m nt, learning cont rac ts, . nd learning teams, students collect feedba k on the i r knowledge levels a n d abilities i n c ri t i c a l per� r m a n ce areas. Each tudent i n terprets this information, i n tegrates i t into a set of learning go a l s , and forms a 5-year individual ized l ea rn i n g p l an which · includes plans for a p o rt fol io of work fro m the business d gree program t ' h owc a se s tudent competenci at grad uation. New career dev e l o p me n t paradigms and critica l competencies needed fo r the 2 1 st ntury are introduced. ' mph a s i is on bridging the g a p betwecn education a n d business, easing organizational entry, and providing m thods for future career management. ( 2 ) 302 Managerial FiDllDce In troduction to the principal pr ob l e ms , th o r i e s and procedures of financial man age me n t ; valuation, IInancial p lan n in ' , fi nancial statement analy is, c a p i t a l asset acquisition, cost of cap i t a l. fi n a n c i n g strategies ( incl ud i n g ca pi ta l SITU t u n: theory , nd divid nd policy), management of working capital a cco u n ts , and fi nancial dimensjons of internatio nal t rade. Pre re q uisi t e : CS r 220. (4) 303 Assesis ng and Managing Financial Performance Study of the o r i gi n s and uses of fin a n c i a l i n formation. Logic, content, and fo rmat of p r i n ipal fI nancial . tatements; n a t u re o f market value a n d t h e ir r l a ti o n s h i p t o va l ues derived fro m a c c o u n ti n g p rocc ss es; pr in c ip l es and procedure. pertaining to business inve t m e n t a tivity and fin a n c i n g str tegies, viewe d from the st a n dp o i n t of fi nancial decision- making, i nve s t i n g , and accountin g theory . nd practice. Prerequisites: s o ph o m o r e s t a n d in g; esc I 220. (6) 305 Creating and Leading Effective Organizations t u d y f organizations in the context of c h a nging i n ternal and ex t ern a l demands and expectations. Explores how t a s k s, processes, individuals, groups, and s t r u ct u re relate t onl' another a nd to effe live orga n izat ional performanc '. Topic s include individual and group behavior, motiva t ion and reward

systems, work d e si g n , communication .lnd p rformance management, decision making, le a de rs h i p , m a n a g i n g h um an

r:n m

o c ;Al V> m o

;Al z C1


B U S I N E S S

w

u..

o

=> o u

w w

ID Lu o

re o u r cs, cultur e , managing dive r si t y, and organizational climate. Emp hasis i, on developing K n o wl ed ge and skills essential fo r ma nagi n g c o n t i n uo u c h ang e at the i n d ividual, tea m, and rgnnizational levcl - . (6) 306 Managing the Value Chain I I ntegra te s ma rket i ng , o p e ra ti o n s, management, management acc o u nting " nd MIS con pt and methods from the persp ec tive of the entire value c re at ion process within a b ust n s e n t i t y. The human, orga nizational, and information technology l i nka ges between mar e t i n g and p ro d uc tion in ma nu fac t LlT in g , service, and not-for-p rofit enterprises are exa mi n ed. Contemporary is ues in manu[a turing such as j u st - i n - t i m e production and total q u al i ty management are included. Product co s ti n g , activity based costing, and a ct i vi t y based ma nagement tools are devel­ oped and used. Prerequisit.: : ophomore st a n d i n g; MATH 1 28 ( or MA H 1 5 1 & 230), EC N 1 5 1 1 1 52; computer s p re ad 'heet competen cy. o-req ui ites: TAT 23 1 , BUSA 303. (4.5) 307 Managing the Value Chain U Continuation of B SA 30 , Managin g the Value Chain 1 . Prerequ isites: Sop ho m o re s tandin g; MATH 1 2 8 ( o r MATH 1 5 1 and 230), C N 1 5 1 / 1 52; computer sp rea d s h e et competency, STAT 23 1 ; BU A 303, 306. (4. ) 320 Finmcial Information Systems Study of the flow of information th rough a n enterpri , the sou rce s and natLl re 0 d oc u me n ts , and t h e controls necessary to insur e the accura y and reliability of i n formation . Prerequisites: CSCI 220, BUSA 303 (or B S 202). (4) 32 1 Intermediate Accounting I once ntrated stu Iy f the co n ce p t u a l framework of accounting, valuation theories, asset and i n come mea urement, and fi nan c i a l statement di clo ures in the U.S. and abroad. Prerequisites: [ 220; B SA 303 (or BUSA 202 ). (2) 322 Intermediate Accounting II Ad d i t i o n a l s t ud y of valuation t h eor y. Advanced iss u es in as set and income mea u re me nt and fi nancial t a te me nt disclosure. Includes evaluation of U.S. po s i t ion s relative to those of other nati ns and in! rnational agenci s . Prerequ isites: CS - '1 20; BUSA 303 (or 202), 32 1 . (2) 323 Cost Accounting and Control Systems A cr i ti al e ami nation of systems for p roduct osting and m anagerial control. ase analyses deal with the bility of a a rie ty of t r ad i t i on a l and non-traditional p rod u c t and se rv i ce costi n g system t achi ve basic o bj ec t iv es f inventof)' valua­ tion, p lanning and operational co ntrol. Emp h a s i s on d evcl o p i ng the skills to cr i t i q u e co t syst ems and to under tand the rclation­ sh i p be twee n COsL syst e m s and production/service o p er a t i o Ils , organiz.ational s tr at egy, and performance evaluati o n a nd co n t ro l systems. Prerequisites: M ATH 1 2 8 (or MATH 1 5 1 and 230); SCI 22 0 j STAT 23 1 ; ECON 1 5 1 1 l 52; B S 303, 306, 307. (4) 327 Tax Accounting I Study of i n come tax con ept s, regul tions and ta."{ planning p r i n ci p l es . Em phasis on in dividual in co me taxation. ( 2 ) 335 Financial Investments I n- dep th exp l o ra t ion of fundamental p ri nc i p l e ' governi ng the 'aluation of p ar ticu l a r securities, and knowledgeable co nstruc­ lion, management, and e val uati o n of p o rtfo l i os . Risk, return, bond and siock valuation, i n tere s t rate d e te rmi na t i o n and c a p i t al ma rket e ffic ien cy are Jmong the topics accorded particular e mphasis . Prerequisites: EC N I S I / 1 5 2 , CSCI 220, B SA 303 (or B S 3 0 2 ) . ( 4 ) 342 Managing Human ResoUl'ces Detailed coverage of personnel/ h u m a n r eso u rc pr cedures in t h e U . . and other countries. arni nation of standard h u man resource fu nc t i o n s: human resource p l a n n i n g, recr u i t m.e n t /

decrui tment, se l e ct i on and placement, t rain ing and career development, performance appraisal, compensa tion a n d benefits, a n d s a fet y/ well ness. Review of changing trategies fo r ful l use of employees in light of ongoing legal and global developments. Prerequisite: BUSA 305. (4) 343 Managing Rewa.rd Systems Detailed examinatIOn of reward system development and pract ic e s , including job analysis and evaluation, d es ign of pay structures, performance measurement, the use of individual, group and organization-wide incentives, and the design and admin istration of e mp lo ye e benefits. Review of legal require­ ments and of i nnovations which i n tegrate reward systems with other human resource practices. Prerequisites: SCI 220, CON 1 5 1 1 1 52, BUSA 305. (4) 352 Managing i n the Multinational Environment An integrated study of global business fu nctions applying the theoretical base of i n te rn atio nal economics to real case situa­ t ion s . The role of international business i n economic develop­ ment and the bulancing of m ul tipl e co mplex and dynamic fo rces i.n the global environ ment. The significance of emerging market and manufacturing o pp ortun i ties as the international political contex.t continues to change. Building global compet i tive advantage fo r all sizes of mul tinational companies and small businesses. Prerequisites: ECON 1 5 1/ 1 52, ECO 3 3 1. (4) 353 Comparative Management With the new opportun ities inherent in worldwide operations, come the c hall e n ge s of managing strategy, organization, and human resources i n a significantly e xpa n de d , complex, and dynamic environment. Cross cultu ral management, co mmu nica­ tion methods, a nd wo rkfo rce divers i ty issu dre examined at all levels. Managing host government policies and political ri s k . Prerequisite�: ECON 1 5 1 1 1 52; ECON 3 3 1 ; BUSA 352. (4) 355 Global Operations Global ourcing and t he dynamics of the manufacturing and lo g istica l processes i n the international arena have resulted fro m re ce n t transportation, technology, and commu nications developments. Issues i n technology transfer and the control of prop rietary knowledge. Overseas investm nt i n c en tiv e s , training, a.nd cross cultural issues. Environmental and other host and home go ver nm en t policy i mpl i c a t i on s are explored . Prerequi­ sites: E ON 1 5 1 1 1 52 ; ECON 3 3 1 ; BUSA 3 5 2 . (4) 358 Entrepreneurship Inten ive s t ud y of i ssu es and c h a ll e n ges associated with start-up, g rowt h , and maturation of a new enterprise. Issues covered in lude topics such as c h a ra c t eris t i c s of successful entrepreneurs, securing capital, managing rapid grow th , leadership succession, and realizing value t h r o u g h the sale or merger of the business. I ncludes exp loration of types of s ma l l businesses such as fam ily owned and closely hcld com p a n i e s . (4) 363 Consumer Behavior and Promotio nal StI'ategy Concepts of consumer beh avi o r to help explain how buyers gain awareness, establish p u rchasing criteria, se l ective ly $creen information and decide. Topics in promotion include target audience defmition, message design, media selection within a budget and evaluation/control of th� p ro mo ti ona l mix. (4) 365 Sales and Sales Management Fundamentals of selling-prospecting, Jctiv ' lis te ning , benefit presentation, objective handling, closing and territory m an age ­ men t_ I ssues s u r round in g management f sale:; personne.l, i nc luding sal bud gets, fo rec a s ti ng, territory design, e m p l oy­ ment of representJ t ives, train ing, motivation, and eval uation techniques. (4)


o m

408 International Business Law An overview of the legal aspects of activit ies i n volved i n

367 Bus.iness to Business Marketing The busi ness ma rketer and busin

s p urchaser relationship is

explored, This reb t io n s h i p is multi-stage

and often protracted, local

Students enco uraged to gain i n - field k n owledge o f how b Lt� i n esses

pply course concepts in marketing to industrial

] 220; ECON 1 5 1 / 1 52;

rial expertise; and resolving i n ternational disp u t es , Prerequisite: B SA 204, ( 2 ) Study of organ iza t i o n a l a d m i n i s tration from the perspective of

exa m i na t i o n of decision support 'ystems, c o m p u terized

st rategic decision makers, fo rmulation and implementation o f

and transaction systems as they

s t rategies a n d policies t o l n tegrate a l l management and bus iness

fu nction i n productive organ izations. The i m plications for

fu nctions in supp ort o f organ izational objectives. I m p l ications

opera tions m a nagement a n d i n fo r m a t i o n systems design,

o f resource ava ilabi l i t y, technolo gy, and the economy; pe rso na l values. eth ics, and social responsib i l it }'; public p o l icy; i n terna­ tio nal rclations; and com p e tit ive condi tions in selec t ing cou rses of action, In ludes comprehensive ca ·e

374 Designing and Managing Operations and

MATH 12

Information Systems Adva nced servic

delivery systems, manufacturing systems, a n d

i n formation systems a s

impacted by high capital i n tensity, t i me­

based co mpet ition , and the co mp et itive effects of t h e global economy, Study of operations and info r mation technolouy co mpet j t i ve st rategy,

as

nd m a u rement and performance of costs

accou n t i n g aspects o f part ners h ips, corporation" and consolida­ tions. Also i ncl udes a cco ll nt ing for m ul t i n a t ional co rpo rations. Prerequisites: M

BU A 303 ( o r BU

bjectives.

Case stud ies and real systems through clas projects p rovide the

bus iness processes, Projects involve the skills of systems de.velop­ fo cus on teamwork, cha nge ma nagemen t, and sys­

tems usabil ity i n the context of service and manufacturing o p e r­ atio n ' , Prerequisites: MAT H 1 28 ( o r M Ann S I and 230); CSC] 1 44 ; EC 1 5 1 1 1 52; STAT 23 1 ; BUS 303, 306, 307, 37 1 . (4) 405 Legal Aspects o f Financial 1i'ansactioDs A Jlalysi� of statu tes, regulations. , nd common law doctrines applicable to the financial m a n agement of the corporation, bank-c ustomer relations, a ·n d debtor- redi t o r relat ions. Exami­ n a t i o n of the law perta i n i n g to commerc i a l p a p e r, fa iled con­ tracts, i nvest m e n t securi ties, and secured transactions, as s e t fo rth in the U n i form Commercial C o d e . To p ics i n clude federal and state secu r i ties law; bankrup tcy; insurance and letters of

and changes in corporate st ructure such as mergers and 4uis itions, Prereq u i s i te: B SA 204. (2)

c redit; a

406 Legal Aspects of Human ResoUl'ce Management A n alys is of starutes, regulations, applicable to human

nd c o m m o n law d ctri nes

resources m anagement. Exa m i n o t i o n of

legal issues encoun tered in the employment re lationship, o pics ioclude federal labor law, coLlecti",'e bargaini ng, workplace a fery, workers' compensation, ret iremen t a n d income security, disc r i mination starutes such as of

Title VII of the

ivil Rights Act

1 964, sexua l harassment, the Americans with Disabi l i t i es Act

of 1 990, and employee privacy rights ( regarding drug testing, l i e detecto r test , and mon itor i n g perfolTnance ) . Prerequisite: BUSA

204. ( 2 )

1 2 S (or MATH 1 5 1 and 230 ) ; CS I 220; 202 ) , 320, 3 2 1 , 322. ( 2 )

423 Accounting fo r Not-for-Profit and Government.al Entities Study of fund accounti ng, including its conceptual basis, i ts institutional sta ndard etting framework and c u rrent p rinc iples a n d pract ices , Prerequ isit 'S:

S 1 220; B SA 303 (or 202 ) , ( 2 )

424 Auditing omprehensive study of auditing concepts a n d procedu res; analysis of risk through the study a n d eval u a t i o n of internal CO I) ­

trois, and through the tudy and evalua tion of ace unt balances; development and mea n i n g of

reporting o f risk; review of the

p rofessional respon s i b i l i t y an d ethics; review of operat iona.l auditing, Prerequisites:

cr 220; B SA 303 (or BU A 2 0 2 ) ,

320, 3 2 l , 322, ( 4 ) 427 Tax Accounting IT on entrated study o f income tax concepts, r gu\,l t ion , a n d tax p la n n i n g p ri n c i p les, Emph asis on b usi ness taxa t i o n , Prerequi­ s i tes:

CSCI 220; BUSA 303 (or BUSA 2(2 ) , 327, ( 2 )

430 Entrepreneurial Finance Financial strategies un ique to the crearion and/or exp a n s i o n o f small, closely - he l d businesses. To p i cs include t h f" determ i n a t io n of capital requirements a n d m i x , searc h i ng for capi ta.l

from

sources such as venture c a p italists, fi nancing r -a p i d growth, and acq u i r i ng com p a n ies. Prerequisites: eSCI

220; BUSA 303 (or

BUSA 302). (4)

437 Financial Analysis and Strategy Intermediate treatment of m a n agerial finance topics, in l u d i ng risk. global markets. capi tal i nvestment, fi n a n c ial plan n i ng, a n d fin a n c i n g st rategies. Emphasis o n development o f decis i o n ­

Analy is of statutes, regulations, a n d common law d o c t r i nes applicable to marketing practices .

a m i nation o f legal issues

enco u n t ered by marketers in dealing w i th consu mers, com p et i ­

marketp lace particip n ts, To p ics include

regulation of competition a n d protection o f creati\! endeavor, regulat ion o f adve r t ising and decept ive or u n fa i r practices, a n d basi

·H

mak ing capab i l i ty through cxerci

407 Legal Aspects of Marketing

to r , and other

1 5 11 1 52;

422 Consolidations and Equity Issues

mJtion systems in terms of their support o f busin ess

a

Prerequisites:

1 5 1 and 230); esC1 2 20 ; ECO STAT 2 3 1 ; BUSA 303, 305, 306, 307. ( 3 )

in op rations, Case tudies used to c r i t i q u e operations and i n for­

ment. w i th

a n al y s i s.

(or MATI-]

Concentrated study of equ i t y measurement including t h e a

basis for exploration of the impact o f in formation technology on

-

409 Strategic Management

syst em, a nd model required to sup p o r t sucb decisions. T h

Prereq u isi tes: MATH l 2 8 ( o r MATH 1 5 1 and 230); CSC] 220; ECON 1 5 1 / 1 52' STAT 2 3 1 ; BUSA 303, 306, 307. (4)

-

trademarks;

technological, transportation or manag

operational business decisions and the i n formation

p l a n n i n g a n d co n t ro l systems

-

resou rces; t h e licensing o f pro esses, pa ten ts o r

exp o r t i ng personal service, such as marketing, financial,

371 Operations and Information Technology: 0

act ivi ties such as

s h i p p i n g a n d i nsurance; d i rec t investment; use of natural

Concepts and Applications The stud

fo rm of business o rganization; the in ter national saks contract; exporting and i m porting o f goods and related

accoun ts, resellers, a n d governme nt al agencies, Prerequisites:

M ATH 1 28 ( o r M ATH 1 5 1 and 230); C STAT 23 1 ; BUSA 3 0 3 , 3 0 6 , 3 0 7 , (4)

o pies inclu de selecting a lega l

conducting a world busines .

sales l a w concepts a s set fo rth i n the Un i form Commercial

Code. Prerequis ite:

BUSA 204, ( 2 )

es

t h a t bll ild resear h a n d

teamwork skills, Prerequisi tes: DCON

15 III 52, esCl 2 2 0 , B U S '

303 ( o r B U A 302), (4) 438 Financial Research and Analysis Seminar course d i rected at current issues and developme nts. In consultat i o n with the instructor, advanced u ndergraduatE' students select a p p rop riate, contemporary topics for research, discussion, and presen tation, Prerequisites: £

ON 1 5 1 / 1 52;

CSCI 2 20; BU$t\ 303 ( o r B SA 302), and at least one upper division B SA p refix elective from the list of F i n a nc i a l Resources Management concentration courses, ( 4 )

n o c

V1

o

." ."

Z Q V1


. B U S I N E S S

<.9 Z

o L.U

o u

L.U L.U

o

442 Leadership and Organizational Development

Experien tial courst' designed to explore the principles of organi­ zation I dcvclopmenL Preparation of students to be leaders in effe live, s 'stematic pbnned change p rograms. Emphasis on new organiza t ional forms, cultural change, and the intervention process. Prerequlsit ; BUSA 305. (4) 445 Quality Improvement Strategies Exam i n ation of h istorical development in qual i ty process i m p rove ments i n American bllsLnesses. Emphasis on recent applications of otal Quality Management and ontinuous Qualiry Improvement necessitate a cLlstomer � u ,1l1d use of p rocess i m p rove ment technique . Extens ive app licati on o f the quality tools, i ncluding statistical p rocess control, that support continuous improvement iTI manufacturing and . ervice settings. P rert'quisite: B S 305. (4) 449 Current Issues in Human Resource Management Sem inar course focused on current issues and developments i n managing human resources. Top ic areas may include HRM's grm ing role in developing o rgan .izational strategy, international human resource management, managing the divers work force, new parad.igms in career development , managing the downside of dOl nsizing, stress mallaho-ement in the 90s, and tra i n i ng strategies for preparing workers for the 2 l s t centu ry. dvanced busloess student , in consultation with the instructor, will select appropriate topics for research and discussion. Prerequisite: B SA 305. (4)

%0 International Marketing I ntrod uction to marketing p roblem and o pport u n i t ies in an i nternat ion al conleA"t. Topics i n c l u Ie changes in marketing programs when busine 's i. conducted acros . int rnational borders and t.he economic and cultural fo rces that require these changes. Prerequisite: junior standing. (4) 467 Marketing Research Tecllniques and uses of market ing research in the business decisio n - making p rocess. Emphasi� on research design, various survey methods, r earch instruments, and sampling pla ns as . they relale to marketing consumer p roducts i n domestic and i n ternat ional environ ments. Pr requisites: STAT 2 3 1 , SCI 220. (4 ) %8 Marketing Management An in teg rated apr lication of marketing mi. :>: concepts in a competitive business si m ulation. Student teams ap ply marketing strat gies to test their group's �kills, develop a busines� plan, and construct an annual report. Prerequ i s ites: MATH 128 (or MATH l S I and 230); C CI 220; £ ON 1 5 l / 1 5 2 ; STAT 23 1 ; B A 303, 3 0 6 , 307, and one upper division marketing course. (4) 479 Implementing Advanced Systems Implemen tation of advanced ma nufac turm ' , information and service delivery systems. Exa mination of project man agement tecl1niques, organizational and tec h nical challenges and appro­ priate designs for implementing organization . Prerequ isi tes: lvlATH I 2 8 (or MATH 1 S I nd 230); S I 220; ECON 1 5 1 / 1 5 2; STAT 23 1 ; BU A 303, 306, 307; BUSA 3 7 1 . ( 4 ) 489 Study Abroad PL -sponsored academic or experi en tial study in o t her countries. Prerequisite: j unior tanding. ( 1 -32) 490 Special Se minar Sem in ar on specifically selected topics in busine s. 491 Directed Study Individualized studie ' in co nsultation with an instructor. P rere qu isites: ju nior stand ing and instructor approval. ( 1 -4) 492 Internship Appl ication of business knowledge in field setting. Credit g ranted determined by hours spent in working environ ment and depth o f project a sociated with the course o f study.

503 Understanding and Managing Financial Resources In tegrated study of f1nancial decision-making variab les (both bo k and market), the relationships among them, a od relevant decision theories/models. Primary perspective is that of the financial manager, rather than the accountant or the external investor. (4) 504 Legal and Ethical Environment of Business Background fo r u nderstandi ng and acting upon the legal and ethical issues decision makers in the busin � world face today; The firs t part of the course pr vides a n overvi w of the main elements of the American legal s stem, especially as they relate to the business world. Top ics in lude judicial pro es and its relationship to the operation of business, avenues of ill pule resolution, the intera tion of busi ness with government regula­ tory agencies, and Constitutional guara ntees applicable in a busi.rress conte,d. The second part of the course sets fo rth th basic legal principles in areas of substantive law o f . pedal i nterest to business, uch as contract law, tort and product l iability, i ntellectual prop rty and computer law, agency, and business organizations. Student as poten tial managers a nd employees relate issues to real-Life situation' and develop a conceptual basis for un derstand i ng the complex relationships between b usiness, government, and global society. (4)

505 Managing Effective Organizations Exam ines how leader manage fou r set of factors to ach ieve organizational cffe tiveness: the organ ization's internal environ­ m nt, by developing competencies in setting direction, commu­ n i cating, motivating, resolving conflicts, clarifying gOJI� and work roies, and developing teams; the orqanization's environ­ mental context, through analyzing orga nization design con t i n ­ gencies and creating appropriate respons s; cultural differences associated with i n ternational operations, as well as h Oille C O U ll t ry diversity; and change, through o n tinuous diagn sis, transition plann i ng and action 'i mplementatio n and evaluation. (4) 506 Managing the Value Creation Process I I n tegration of marketing, research and development, engineer­ ing and design, operation, rnJnagement, management account­ i ng, and M I concepts and methods fro m the per pective of the entire value reati n process within a business. Advanced models and analytical m ethods are introduced to demonslrate how to i n tegrate multiple functions from a v'llue - c reation perspective. Prerequisite : CO 500 , EC N 50 1 , B SA 5 0 3 . ( 4 )

507 Managing the Value Creation Process II Con t inuation o f BU A S06, Managing the Value Creation Process. Prerequl ites: B C O N 500, 50 1 ; BUSA 503, 506. (4) 509 Business Strategy in a Global Context n integr ated study of business strategy formulation and i mplementation under conditions of continuing economic, tech ­ nological, a n d competitive hange. Emp h asizes the d i fferences, simiLarities, opporrun itie , and th reats across the global business environ ment. Explores industry, competit ive, and company analysis and im p or ta nt considerations in developing and su stainmg a competirive advantage. I n cludes advanced readings, seminar d iscussio ns, comp rehensive ca e studi , and a field con­ sulting project. Prerequisites: BUSA 50.), 504, 505, 506, 507. (4) 530 Financing New Ventures Project orien ted class CQvering market research, pro fonna cash n ow proje tions, financial feasib ility simulation with hands on p ro.icct fi nancing applications. D '" lopment of a specific b usiness plan which can be taken to a financia l instit ution. Prerequisites: ECO 500; BUS ' 503. (2)


C H E M I S T R Y

m

535 Financial Iovestments Empha is u n concepts, principles, and issues relating to indi \'idu�I securities: risk, return, and valuation of bo nds, p referred stock, common stock, options, warrants, convertibles, and fu t ure ; determination and te rm struct ure of ma rket interest rates; market transactions st ructure, capi tal market efficiency. P rereq uisites : ECON 500; BUSA 503 . (4) 531 Decision Models and Strategies (or Financial Managers

In -depth examination o f risk-return relationships in the construction/revision of real as et portfolio and associate d financing strategies. Focus i s long-tenn. Primary persp ctive is that of the financia l manager, rather than the accountant or the external investor. P rerequisite: E ON 500; J3U SA 503. (4) 542 Management of Cbange Detailed amination of techniques for d iagnosing opp ortu n i t ies requ iring change. Planning, impl menting, interve n i ng, and evaluating changes. Emphasis on the p roblem assessment skills of i ntern al change agents. Prerequ isite: fl A 505. ( 2 )

-

543 Designing Reward System.s Exploration 0 reward system p h i losophies and strategies in­ cluding con ideration 0 internal consistency, e ternal competi­ tiveness, and alternatives to traditional reward systems. Under­ standing of compensation practices. The role of motiva tion i n developing compensation systems. Prerequ isite: B S A 5 0 5 . ( 2 ) 545 Continuous Improvement Strategies A study of continuou improvement strategies for o(ganizations. Focus on mana 'ing for quality, i ncluding organ i z a tional analysis,

p rocess development, and selection of improvement tools. Strategies for soliciting cmIJloyee involvement. Prerequ isite: BUSA 505. (2) -

549 Coillemporary Human Resource Management Seminar address.ing curre n t is ues in human resource manage­ ment. Topics rna inclllde staffing, health care osts, train ing, team-buildi ng, employee involvement, workplace v iolence, s ubstance abuse, ADA compliance, harassment, and workplace diversity. onsideration of successful strategies of progressive companies. Prereq u.isite: B S 505. ( 2 )

(economic conditions, competition, and intended market) and i n ternal variables such a� resources and company mission . Small s tudent teams will create a new product/service concept and establish a timeIine for its development. Prerequisite: BUSA 506, 507. ( 2 ) 567 Assessing Marketing Opportunities Learning to ident i fy and analy"Zc marketing opportu nities. Understanding market s gmentation, product po ·itioning and p ricing t h rough research analysis. Topics in l u de research design, survey methods, and statistical analysi . Emphasis is placed on being able to identify problems, select appropriate research tools, i nterpret r tilts and convey the resul s to cnd- users of the re'earch. Prerequ isite: BU . 506. (4) 574 Advanced Service and Manufacturing Delivery Systems The course deals with the managerial and operational challenges of advanced service and manufacturing system · haract>rized by t ight i ntegrat ion, short time cycles and considerable variety and scope. l n particular, computerized advanced manufacturing system, JIT, synchf()now; manufacturing, and customer i ntegrat.ed servic sys-tems will be di ·ussed. Such systems will be re iewed as competiti strategies along w i t h the a t tendant organizational implications. Prerequisite: BU A 506, 5 0 7 . ( 2 )

577 Project Management Study of th, un ique conditions, challenges, requi.rements, and techn iques associated with designing and managina major non­ repetitive undertakings. Top ics include the applicability of project management, the reiat-ionship of the project life cycle to the nature of activities and composition o f the project team, project manager roJes, I adi ng the project team, dealing with uncertainty and unfamiliarity, project management structures, managem nt i n formatioll needs and u es, and planning and control tech n iqu . Prerequisite: J3USA 50S. ( 2 ) 590 Seminar Selected advan cd topics. (2-4) 59 1 lndependent Study

Individual ized reading and stud ie�. Minimum superv isio n after i n it ial plan n ing of student's work. ( I -4)

553 Transnational Managemellt Examination of ways in which traditional approac hes to

-

gl balization-multinational adaptation, worldwide te h nology t ra n sfer, and global s ta nda rdi:zation-may be synt h esized into transnat ional stra tegy and p ractice. Emphasis o n analyzing fo reign envil"Onments and political risk, developing and manag­ ing global strategic alliances, i n tegrating and control l ing a c ross borders, leveraging leading-edge pra tices, negotiating acros� cultures, and de eloping glob al competencies fo r functional, country, and top-level managers. Impl ications fo r small as well as for large organizations. Prerequisite: B SA 505. ( 2 ) 558 New Venture Management Examint:s the en lrepreneurial skill · and conditions needed fo r effe til' new busilles start-ups. Specific issues such a the appropriate selection and characteristics of new ven ture leaders and staff, capitalization and tln ancing, market entry, and m nagement o r t ransition chal lenges encoun tered across lhe entire life cycle of the venture are considered using ca e studies and p resentations. ( 2 ) 560 Global Marketing Management

Designing and managing ma rket i n g activities across national bound ri s. Top ics include strategic marketing ph ns , produ t modification or creation for foreign markets, i nteract ing with political players tlnd how cullur , 'eography and ecollomics affec t ma rketing planning. Prerequisite: BUS 506, 507. ( 2 ) 5 66 Developing New Products/Services Study of the proce S requi red for developing a new product or service. 'ome areas addressed include the external enviro nment

Chemistry The history of civi l ization i i nsep a rab le fro m the Ilistory

of ch e mis try. very til i n g t hat occurs in n a t u re-from m e nt a l processes and b e h av io r, to the fu r n iture we l ive a ro u n d , to the tools we llse for work or play, to the prob­ lems of pollution-is chemically based. C h e m i s tr y seeks to u nderstand the fu ndamental nature of matter, the changes in its comp sition, and the ene rgy changes accompanying th ese changes. Use o f t h is knowledge i nfluences o u r l i ves in many p rofo u nd ways. Whether int rested i n the chem i c al profess ion itself, including bioch mist ry, p ol y m e r chemi t ry, radiation che m i s t ry, and other special i t i es, or in chem­ istry i n conj u nction with o t h e r fields llch as busi ness, the social sciences, and the humani ties, st udents will have s u i ta bl e programs available to meet their i n terests at P LU. Divers i t y in career pla n n i ng is a key co ncept i n the chem­ istry dep artment. Programs a re available w ich are broadly applicable to the health, biological, physical, enviro n men­ tal behavioral, a n d fu n d a m e n ta l ch m i c al sci nc s. The ch e mi s t r y d pa rt ment's co u rses, curriculum, faculty, and faciliti s are approved by the American Chemical Society. The s t a ff of seven persons with doctor-

en en

n o c

en

o

en

Z GI


C H E M I S T R Y Vl

ates h as composite exp e rt i se i n v i r t ua lly eve r y field of p u re

BACHEWR OF SCIENCE MAJOR (thre e alternatives):

a nd a pp l i e d ch emist r y. The fac ulty are very active in basic

1 . General - leads to American Chemical So cie t y certification; Ch e mi s t r y 1 1 5, 1 1 6 , 3 2 1 , 3 3 1 , 332, 333, 334, 34 1 , 342, 343, 344, 405 or 450 o r 456, 4 1 0, 4 3 5 , 460; P hysics 1 53 , 1 54, 1 63, 1 64; Math 1 5 1 , 1 52. For American Chemical Society certifica­ t ion, 450 an d e i ther 405. 440. or 456 are required.

and app l i ed rese a rch , and most are also significantly

i nvolved i n the c o mm u n i t y, a pply i ng o w Vl a: ::J o U

thei r exp ertise to

enhanc the qual i t y of l i fe of the cit izens. The department

uses

nu me ro u s scientifi

i n the l abo ra to ries. Such major res ea rch

e q u i p m en t i nclude: 300 MHz

and

i nstruments tea c h i n g

ourier transform nuclear

ma g n e t i c resonan e, Fourier transform i n fra red , u lt ra­ v i o l et , visible, atomic abs o rpt i o n , emission, and ele tron spin resonance spectr m lers; X- ray crystallooraphic d i ffractometer; gas and l iquid chromato g raphs; gas

c hro ma togra h-m a ss sp ctro m et el' ; p re c i s i o n r fra cto­ meter; d ipo lometer; short pa th distillation apparatll ; sci n­

tillation counter;

z

ne refiner; flu o ro m e t er, and C- H - N

a nalyzer. li.J

o

Faculty research projects involving student participation are i n p rogress i n many importa nt field of chem istry.

f t he areas are: polymer structure a n d prop I'ties, c py, toxi c o l o g y of tTibul)rtin, 'ynthesis of h terocyd i c compound , chemjcal cleavage o f l i g n i n , envi­ ronmental m o n i to r in g , structural a n d magn tic st u d ies of i no rg a n ic com plexe$ orga nic ki ne t i c s, photochemical reactions, chara te riz at i o n of fu ngal enzymes, the role of n u t rition in he Ith, and the bi chem i stry of d r u g a tions. some

laser spectro

FACULTY: Swank, Chair; Fryhle, Gid dings, Huestis, Nesset, To nn, WaJdow. Degrees in ch m is try aTe the Bachelor of A rts and the Bachelor of S i en ce for st ud e n t s wi, h i ng t o stru ct u r their u n dergraduate educa tion around fu l l chemistry major. The B.A. p rog ra m is the minimum preparation s u itable fo r fu rther profess ional studies and i s often c o m b ined � i t h ex ten si ve stu d y o r a se ond major in an a l l ied field. The B.S. program i nvolves additional chemistry cour s and 'erves both studen ts guing d i rectly into employment on g r ad u ation and those goi n g to graduate programs. I t L> offered with emphasis in chemist ry, b iochemist ry, or chem ical physics. The fi rst o p ti o n is an A mer i ca n Chem ical S oc iet y certified program, The l a tter two o pt ion s are offered in coopera tion \ ith the biology and p hysics departments fo r stu­ dents w i sh ing to work at the i n terfaces be tween chemistry and biol ogy or p h ys i cs . Stu de nt s con t mpl a ti n g a m aj or in chem istry are invited to discuss their in terests and p l a ns with me mber' of the c he m i str y faculty a t t he earliest poss i b l e t ime. Opportun it ies for h o n o rs work in che m istry a re de crilled below. ' t ndents dec iding t o major in chemist ry should o ffi c i all y declare their intent as SOOn as p o ssib l r and not later than after ha v mg completed Chemistry 33 1 and after consul tation with a fac uIty adviser in tll C che m is t r y de p artmen t. Tr, n sfe r students desiri ng to m aj o r in che m is t ry should consult a departmen tal adviser no lat r than the begin n i ng of their j u n ior year. Ibe o p t i o n requirement of th CoLlege of Arts and Sciences s h o u l d be met by Op tion I, preferably in . er ma n . The ch em istr y department consid rs c o m p u t e r usage to be an i nc reasi ngly i mp o r t nt tool in profes ional an person, I act ivities. Fu rther. laboratory work in the department places consid rabl emph,lSis on compu ter use. Therefore, the dep art­ ment stro ngly rec.omm nds that a tudent planning to major i n chemistry take at l e a s t one two-credit hour course in computer

science. BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: he misLr y 1 1 5 , ! l 6. 3 2 1 , 33 1 , 3 32 , 3 3 3 , 334, 34 [ ' 342 . 343, 460. Re qu i red supporting courses: P h ysi c s 1 53, 1 54, 163, 1 64 ; lath 1 5 1 , 1 5 2 .

2. Biochemistry emphasis: C hcm i s r ry 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 32 1 , 33 1 , 332, 333, 3 3 4, 34 1 , 343, 403, 405, 4 1 0, 435. 460; B i o logy 1 6 1 , 1 62, 3 2 3 ; fo ur ho urs selected [rom Biology 3 2 , 328, 33 1 . 346, 359, 3 85, 407, 44 1 or Chemistry 342; P h y sic s 1 53, 1 54 , 1 63 , 1 64; Math 1 5 1 , 1 32 .

3. Chemical-physics emphasis: C he mi s try 1 1 5, 1 1 6 , 33 1 . 3 3 2 , 3 3 3 , 334, 3 4 1 , 342. 343. 344, 460; P h ysi cs 1 5 3, 1 54, 1 6 3 , 1 64, 33 1 , 332, 3 36, 356; Math 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253. Generalized Chemistry Cnrricnlum for the B.S. DegRe FALL

SPRING

First- }'car (1) Chemistry 1 1 5 Math 1 5 1 Physics 1 53, o r Biology 1 6 1

fo r biochemistry emp hasis ( 2 ) O p tional fo urth course ( 3 ) PE 1 00 or ac tivi ty Sophomore Ch e m i s tr y 33 1 , 333 P h ysi cs 1 53 or Biology 1 6 1 ( 2 ) Tw o addi tional courses

C hem is t r y 1 1 6 M a th 1 5 2 Physics 1 5 4 o r Biology 1 62 ( 2 ) P E 1 00 or ac t i vi t y

ore course Chemistry 3 3 2 , 334 Physics 1 54 o r Biology 1 6 2 ( 2 ) Two additional courses

JUllior Che m i s tr y 34 1 , 343 C hemist r y 32 1 Core Course(s) Elect ives

Chem istry 342, 344 C h e m i s t ry 4 1 0 Core Course(s) El e c t i ves

Senior Chemistry 460

"hem is tr y 435

Electives

Electives

l. Refer to the Division of Natural Sciences sec tion of th i s

catalog

fo r o t her beginning cu rriculum optiOl1S. 2. The depart m en t stresses the importance of t ak i ng p h)'sics during either the freshma n or the sopho more year. This pe rm it s a better understanding of "h emistry Jnd enables a student to c o m ple t e degree requirements with no scheduling difficulties i n the junior and sen i o r years. St udents interested in the Bachelor of Science with hiochemistry emphasis sho u ld plan to take b i ology in t h e alternate year. 3. S t udents d esiring to fu lfill lhe College of Arts and Sciences fo reign l a n gu age requirement under Option I, o r who desire to attai.n or maintain a l a ngua ge p roficiency, sho u l d take a language c o u rs e as p a rt of their optional selectiuns.

DEPARTMENTAL DONORS: In recogn ition of o u tstanding

work the designati n with Departmental Ho no rs may be granted

to Bachelor of Science grad uates by vote of the faculty o f the che m is t ry department, based on the student's perfo r m a nce in

these areas:

l . Course work: The grade point average i n chem i stry courses must he at least 3 .50. 2 . Written work: Fro m the time a student d e c lar es a major in ch e m is t r y, c op ies of outstanding work (<,.g., laborato ry, semina r, and research reports) will be kept fo r later summary eval uation .

3. Oral communication: Stud n t s must evidence ability to com m u n i cate dfe t ively as indicated by the sum of their

participation in class discussion, sem inars , h e l p session leadership, and teach i ng assistantship work. 4. Independent chemistry-related activities: P o sit ive consider� ations include the extent and qual ity of extrac urricular work done i n background reading, in dependent s tudy, and research;


C H E M I S T R Y o m

ass i sti n g in l abo r at o r y p rep a r at i o n . teachi ng, or advising; any other emistry-related employ ment. on campus o r elsewhere; and pa r ti ci p a t io n in c a m p u s and p ro fess i o n al c hc m i s try re la te d org a n i za t io n s . The dep ar t mental h o n o rs d esignat io n wiJl ap p ea r on a g r ad u a t ­ ing chemistry m a jo r's transcript.

33 1 , 332 Organk Chemistry

BACIlEWR O F ARTS I N EDUCATION: S t u d ents i n terested in

sep arat i on , and a nal ysi s

­

this deg re e devel o p their chemistry program t h ro u g h the d e p a r t me n t i n co nju n c t i ll n with the chool o f E d u ca t io n . See School of Educatioll section. CHEMICAL ENGINEERJNG: S t u den t s i nterested i n purs u i ng

stndies in chemical ngiIleering should see the course outline in the EIl�illeerjng s e t i o n of this catalog. The department chair should be c ons u l t e d for assignment of a program adv i ser. MINOR.: 22 se m es t e r hours. i nclu di n g l I S. 1 16. 32 1 , 3 3 1 . 332.

333. and 334. co mpleted with grades of

or h i gh e r.

Course Offerings 104 Environmental Chemistry Basi principles of chemical structure and reactions, with

applications to human activities and the n a t u r al environment. No prerequisite; students w it h o ut h i gh school ch em i str y are encouraged to take 1 04 before taking 1 05 or 1 1 5. Also s u it a bl e for envi ronmcntal studies. ge n e r a l science tea hers. B.A. in ea r t h sci nees. and gcneral un i versi ty core re qu i rem ents or College of Arts and Sciences Option I l l . St u d en t s must meet the univer ' it y en trance requi re me nts i n mathematics before e nro n i n g i n the cou r s e. I ( 4 )

-

105 Chemistry o f Life Organic and b i o ch e m i tr}' p e rt i nen t to ch e m ic al processes in the human organism; suitable for liberal arts students. nursing students. and p ro sp ec t ive teachers. S tu de n ts who have not com p l e ted high s ch oot chemistry recently should take 1 0 4 before taking 1 05. n (4) 1 15, 1 16 General Chemistry Fi rst semester to p i c s include the s t ructure of matter, atomic and molecular t h eo ry. states of matter , nd q u a n t i t ati ve re l at io n sh i ps . Second semester topics i nclude kinetics. chemical equilibrium. thermochemistry. st u d y of the elem ents gro u p ed a cc o rd i n g to the p e r i o d i c table. radio-chemist ry. and inorgani q ua l ita t i ve analysis. Designed primarily fo r students who want to major i n h e m i s t r y, biology. engineering. geo l o gy. or physics. St u d e n ts interested in health sciences should refer to the Preprofessional Programs s e ct i o n of this ca t a l o g. High school c h e m ist ry required. S t u d e nts with no h i g h school c he m i stry or weak math­ e m at i c a l backg r o u nd should take 1 0 4 be o re this courSE'. Coreq u isit e : Math 1 40. Prerequisite: l I S for 1 1 6; I for 1 1 5. II fo r 1 1 6 . (4,4) 2 10 Nutrition, Drugs, and the Individual An i n t ro d u tion to b as i c metabolic i n teractions. g e ne ra l endocrinology. mind a nd body i n teractions, a nd ro les of drugs in mod ifying b io l og i c al and behavioral fu nctions. Nutrition topic l nclude food p rep a ra t i o n . "the balanced meal philosophy," nutritional m yth s , the effect. o f st ress. environmental a n d so c i e ta l in fluences on diet. Prerequisites: one year of h i gh s h o o l chemistry o r e q ui val e n t suggested. Mee ts gen ral univHsi ty c o re req u i rements. I (4) 321 Analytical Chemistry

Chemical methods of quantitative analysis. i n c l u di n g volumetric. gravimetric, and selected instrumental met h o d s. Prerequisites: 1 1 6 and MATH 1 40. I (4)

An interpretation of properties and reac ti o n s of a l i p h at ic and compounds on the basis of current chem ical the or y. Prerequi ite: 1 1 6. Core q u is i t es : 333. 334. I II (4, 4)

a ro m a tic

m

333, 334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory

and con entional a n d modern tech l1iques of synt hesis. of organ ic compound . M icroscale tech n iques. Must a cc o mp a n y 3 3 1 , 332. I II ( 1 . 1 ) Reactions

336 Organic Special Projects Laboratory I n d ividual pro j cts emphasizing 'urr,nt profess ional-level m thods of ' yn thes is and property determinat ion f org a n i compounds. This c o u rse is an alternative to 34 and typically req u i res somewhat more time commitment. Students who wish to p re pa re fo r c areers in chemistry or re l a t ed areas should ap p l y for depa rt mental approval of their admission to tl:tis course. n 341 Physical Chemistry

A study of the rel a t i o n s h i p between the energy content of s ys t e ms , work. <Ind the p hys i ca l and chemical prop rt ies of matter. To pics i n c l u d e classica l a n d statistical Lhermodynamics. thermochemistry. solution properties, and p ha s e e qu ili bria. Pr requ isite: CHEM 1 1 5. MAT H 1 52. P l -IYS 1 54. 1 (4) 342 Physical Chemistry A s t ud y of the physic I properties of at.oms, molecules and i ons. and their correlatio n with s tructure. To pi cs i nclude classical and modern quantum mechanics, b o nd in g theory. a t o m ic a n d molecul ar structure, s p ec tro sc opy. and chemi al kinetics. Prerequisites: CHF,M 1 1 5 . MATH 1 52 , PHYS 1 54. II (4) 343, 344 Physical Chemistry Laboratory Ex p erime n t in th c rm ody n a m i soluti 11 be ha vi o r. and molecular structure des ign e d to acqu ai n t stud nts with instru­ mentat ion data handling. c o r re lati o n s w i t h tbeory. and data mputer usage is en c o ur a ged. Core qu i s i te o r re l ia b i l i ty . prerequisite: 34 1 . 3 4 2 . 343 or consent of instructor re q u i re d for 344. I U ( 1 . 1 ) •

403 Biochemistry An overview. i n c l ud i ng biochemical st r u c t u re, mechanisms o f rea c t i o n s . metabolism, genet i c s . ( nd the biochemi try 0 the c It. Majors are e n co u r aged to take both 403 and 405 fo r . more c o mp l ete un d e rs t a n d i n g of b i o ch e m i s t r y. Also for B.A. majors and n on - m ajo rs i nterested in b io ch em i try as a supporting field of kn o wle d ge . P re req u i s i tes: 332, 334. 1 (4)

405 Biochemistry A study of chemical reactions and slru ttues in Ii ing cells. To p ic. i n cl u de enzyme ki netics and me ch a n i sms f catalysis, metabolism. and biochemical g�netics. Co n ce pt s i ntrodu ed in Physical Chemi try and Bioche! l istry will be applied i n this co u rs e . .Laboratory designed to stimulate c rea ti v i ty and p roble m ­ solving ab i l it i es throu gh thl? usc of modern biochemical techniques. Des igne d fOl- �tudents iIIterested in grad ua te school or research . Prerequisites: 33 2 . 334, 34 1 and/or 342 or p er m is s i o n . 403. I I (3) ­

4 1 0 Introduction to Research

A course designed to introdu e the

st u d e n t to labo ratory resea rch tech niqu e , use of the chemic.al literature. i ncludiJl g computerized l i terature searching, research p ro p osa l a n d report wri ti.ng. Emphasis n th tudent developing and m a ki n g p rogress on an independ nt chemical rC earch problem chosen in consultation with a mem ber of the hem i s t r y faculty. tudent w i J l attend e m ina rs "as part of the ourse requirement. TI (2)

435 Instrume. ntal Analysis

Theory and practice of instrumental methods a lo ng with basic el� tronics. S p e c i a l e m p h a s i s p l a c e d on electronics. spe c t ro ph o ­ tometric, radloch elllical, a n d mass s p e c t ro m et ri c methods. Prerequ i si tes: 3 2 1 , 3 4 1 and/or 342. 343. rr (4)

n o c ;xl

o

m


C H I N E S E

z

S T U D I E S

440 Advanced Organic Chemistry tudents w i l l d e vel o p a re p e rto i r e o f syn th e ti me t ho do l o gy and a ge n e ra l u n dersta nding

o w VI cr:

o u

LU

o

Un iversi ty, Tunghai University, and Zhongshan University) may request that credits earned through these programs

of J v ar i et y of orga n i c reaction mechanisms. Top ics may i n c l u de , for ex a mpl e , syn t h c t i o rg a n i c strategies and design , the , nail' is of dassic and r ent total syntheses from the l i terature, and advanced a p p l ic at i on s of instrumentation i n o rg a n ic chemistry. Prereq uisite: 332. a/y 1 994 -95 II ( 2 )

be counted toward the major or minor. With the approval

450 Inorganic Chemistry Technique of s t r u c t ura l determ ina tion ( l R , UV, VI " N M R, X­ ray, EPR), b o nd in g principles, non- metal c o m p o u n d s , coordina­ tion chemistry, organo metallics, donor/accep tor c o n ce p ts , reaction pathway and bioche mical ap p l i c a t i o ns are covered. Laboratory incl udes sy n t h es i s a n d a n i n- dep t h exp lo r at io n of the p hy sica l p ropert ies of non -metal, o o rdinarion and orga.nome­ tal l ic co m p o u n ds. Prere q uisi tes: 3 3 1 , 332, 3 4 1 ; Co requi si te 342. a/y I I (3)

Guldin, Director; Barnowe, Clau se n , Gi dd i n gs, Hua, Lee.

456 Polymers and Biopolymers A c urse p rese n t i n g the fundamentals of polymer s y n t h es is, solulion thermodynamic p ro p e r t i es, molec ular characterization, molec ula r weight distribution, and s o l ut i o n kinetics. Free rad i c a l , condensation, ionic, and b i op o l y me r s tems are covered, with il lustra ted a p p l i c a t i o ns taken from the m ed ica l, engineering" nd chemical fields. The one-credit l a bo ra to r y exa mining p o ly m e r syn t h es i s t h ro u gh e xp e ri me n ts is optional. Prerequisite: 34 1 ; Corequisite, 342. a/y I I ( 3 ) 460 Seminar Presenta tion by students of kn owle dge g a i n e d by p er s o na l l i b r a r y or laboratory resea rc h, supp leme n te d with se m i na rs by p ractic­ ing scientists. Participation of all senior chemis try m aj o rs is re­ q u i re d and aU oth�r chem is t ry - o ri en t ed tudents are e n co u r ag ed to p art i ci p ate. Sem illar progrnm will be held du ri n g the e n t i re year b u t credit ill be aw a r de d i n the sp ri n g semester. I II (2) 491 Independent Study L i b ra ry an d / or l a bo r ato ry stud)' of top ics not included i n regularly offered courses. Pro p ose d pr oj e c t must b e ap p rove d by dep rtment cha ir and supervisory respo ns ib i l i ty a cc ep ted by a n instructor. May b e taken m o re t h a n once. 1 11 ( 1 ,2, o r 4) 497 Research Exp rimental or theo r tical invest igation open to up p e r division

students with consent of de p a r t m e n t chair. lvlay be taken more t han o n ce. Ge n e r ally consist of an e x p a n de d s tu dy of the research project deve loped in 490. I II ( 1 ,2 or 4) 597, 598 Graduate Research Opm to master 's degree nd idates only. Prerequisite: cons e n t o f department cha i r. I I I (2-4)

p rog r

in and

m

hina

Studies program is an i nterdisciplinary is designed to provide students interested

which a

broad foundation in Ch i ne

h istory, and

,m

opportunity to

and experi mental courses may be in cluded in the major or m i nor.

FACULTY: A co m m i t tee of facu l t y administers

e

foc lls

l a nguag

culture,

on the religious­

of The program requires that major and minor studen ts complete c ursework in at least (hree diffe rent discipl ines: Ch inese l an guage, history, and ant hropology, philosophical world view and the economic stmc ture China.

with optional work in religion, busi ness, and. fo r appli­ cable students, i n tegrat d tudies. t uden ts who participate in t h e university' China exchange programs ( u rren tly a t the Sichuan Union

this program:

re q ui red , 1 2 elective) ; students must take at least one Chinese h i sto r y co u rs e . Required Courses: (24 semester hOllrs) Anthropology 343 - East Asi an Cultures Chinese [ 0 1 - El e m e n ta r y Chinese Chinese 102 - E leme n t a r y Ch inese Chinese 20 [ - Intermediate Chinese Chinese 202 - I n terme d i a t e Chi nes e Senior seminar, p roj e c t , or inte r n sh i p - selected in consulta­ tion with the Chinese Studies program director. (Possible c h o i ce s for a senior se m i nar in cl u de H isto ry 496 a n d , fo r s t u d e n ts in the Integrated St u d i es Pro g ra m , In te grate d Studies 3 5 1 . ) Electives: ( 1 2 semester hOllrs) Anthropology 345 - C o nt e m po r ar y Chinese Culture Bu s in es 340 - I n t e rn atio na l Bu s i nes s" Chinese 3 5 1 - Com p o s i t io n and Conversation Chi nese 3 7 1 - Chinese Literature in Translation H i s tory 338 - M o de r n C h i n a H isto r y 339 - Re vo l u t i o na r y China H isto r y 496 - Seminar: The Third World (A/Y on China ) '" Rel i g io n 1 32 - Re l ig ions of E ast As i a Re li g io n 390 - Studies i n the Hi st ory of Re l ig i o n: P h i l o s o p hic al - Rel i gi ou s Tradi tions of Ch i na (AIY)" I n t e g ra te d Stu dies 35 1 - I n te g r a ted S tu d i es S e mi n a r'

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 36 semester hours (24

MINOR: 20 sem es t er hours (8 re q ui r e d, 12 elective) Required Courses: (8 semester hOll rs in Chinese lmlguagc) Chinese 1 0 1 - El emen ta r y Chi n es e Chinese 1 02 - El e m e n ta r y Chinese (or o n e e q u iva l e n t year of u n i ve rs ity level Chinese, upon approval of th e program director) Electives: (12 semester hours from at least two additional departments) A n th rop o l og y 345 - Co n t em p orary h inese Culture ChUlese 371 - 'hinese Literature in Tr a n s la t i on Histo r y 338 - Modern China H i s to ry 339 - Re vo l u t i o n a r y China Reli g i on 390 - St udies in the H isto r y of Religion: Philosophical - Re l igiou s Traditions of China (AIY)'" •

Chi nese Stud ies Th e C h inese

of the program d irector, selected January-term, sum mer,

••

Business 340 and In tegra ted Stlldies 351 may co unt for program credits only when the illdividual student's course project is foni�ed on China and is approved by the program director. History 496 and Religion 390 may be counted toward program requ irements wizen these courses focus specifically upon China.


C L A S S I C S

C O L L E G E

O F

A R T S

&

S C I E N C E S o

Classics

College of Arts and Sciences

The Classics Progr, m is a coopera t ive e ffort among the

Division of Humanities

Depart ments of Languages, H istory, Philosop hy, Rel igion,

English

and Art. Itďż˝ goal is to unite the " heart of the l i beral arts"

Langu ages

w it h the m i nd , through history and philoso phy, and the

Ph ilosophy

so ul, through rel igion, and to embellish this t r inity of

Religion

themes w i t h the visual experience of art. This i nterdepartmental major requires the completion of 40 semester hours, incl u d i n g at least one year of one of the classical languages and two of the other ( Greek and L a t i n ) . The rema i n i n g courses are selected from the l i s t below i n co nsultation with the program coord i n a tor. CLASSICS COMMITTEE: Snee, Coordinator; Jansen, Myrbo,

Oakman, Pilgrim.

-

Latin 1 0 1 - 202 - Elementary Latin 20 1 -202 - I ntermediate Greek 1 0 1 - 1 02 - Elementary reck 20 1 -202 - I ntermediate A rt I L O - I ntroduction to Art Art 1 80 - History o f Western Art I Art 386 - I magery and Symbol.ism Cla.s ics 231 - lvlasterpieces of European Literature Classics 250 - Classical Mythology Classic.s 3 2 1 - Greek ivilization Classics 322 - Roman Civilization Natural Sciences 20 1 - History of Science Through the Scientific Revolution Philosophy 33 1 - Ancient Philosophy Religion 2 1 1 - Religion and Literature o f the Old Testament Re ligion 2 1 2 - Religion and Literature of the ew Testament Rel igion 22 1 - A ncient Ch urch History Religion 330 - Old Testamen t Studies Rrligion .33 1 - New Testament Studies I ndependent Study .. ourses Selected January-term Courses Students are expected to become familiar with the reading list for that part of the program (art, literature, h istory, philosophy, or religion) i n which their interest lies. The program is designed to be flexible. In consultation with the lassies o m rn i t tee, a student may elect a course or courses not o n the dassic.s cou rse list. A l l core classics co u rses are taught o ut of the Department o f Languages.

m

n o c

Division ofNatll ral Sciences

;;0 l/)

Biology

m

Chem istry

o

Computer Science Earth Sciences Engineering Ma thematics Physics

Z G1

Division of Social Scimces A nthropology

l/)

Econom ics H istory Pol itical Science Psychology Social Work and M a r r i age and Fam i ly Therapy Sociology DEGREES OFFERED: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science MAJOR REQUIREMENT: A major is a sequence o f courses i n o n e area, usually in one department. A maj or should be selected by the md o f the sophomore year. The choice must be approved by the department chair (or in case of special academic pro­ grams, the program coordinator) . Major requirements are specified in this catalog. The qual ity of work must be 2.00 o r better. D grades may be counted toward graouJtion b u t n o t toward a major. RECOGNIZED MAJORS:

Anthropology Applied Physics Art Biology Chemistry Chinese Studies Classics Communication

Computer Engineering Computer Science Earth Sciences Economics Electrical Engineering Engineeri.ng Science ( 3 - 2 ) English French German

Hislory I ndividualized Study Lt'gal Studies Mathematics Music Norwegian Philosophy Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social 'Nork Sociology Spanish Theatre

Not m o re than 44 semester hours earned in one department may be applied toward the bachelor's degree in th College. COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES REQUIREMENTS: I n addition to meeting the E'ntranc requirement in fo reign

language ( two years of h igh school language, one year of coileg language, or demonstrated equ ivalent proficiency ) , candidates i n the College of Arts and. Sciences ( all B.A., B.S., B.A.Rec., B.A.P. E . a n d 8.S.P.E. degrees) must meet option I , I I, o r In below: I. Completion of one for e ign language th rough the second year of oaege level. This requirement may also be satisfied by completion of fou r years of high school study i n o n e foreign


&

C O M M U N I C A T I O N

u.J u..

o u.J Vl 0::

::l o U

u.J u.J

u.J

o

T H E A T R E

la n gu age or by satisfactory scores on a proficiency exa m i na ­ t i o n a d m i n i tned by t h e P LU D e p ar tm e n t of La ng u a ge s . I I . Co m p l e t i o n thr ) ugh the first year of college level of a foreign la ng u a ge other than that used to s a t i s fy the fo reign language entrance require ment . This o p t i o n may also he m t by s a t i s fac to r y scores on a proficiency exa m i n a t i on a d m i nis­ tered by the PLU Depart ment o f La ng uage s . m . Four sem ster hours in history, literature, or l a ng u age (at the 20 I l e vel , or a t any l ev e l in a l anguage other th a n lhat used to s atis fy the fo re i g n language entra nce requirement) in ad d i t i on to courses a pp l ie d to the ge nera l u nive rs i t y re qui re ­ ments, and Four emester h o u rs i n logic, mathematics ( c o l l ege a l g eb ra or above), co m p u t e r science, o r statistics in a dd i t i o n t o courses ap p li e d to the ge n e ral u.niversity requirements. High school languages used to s a t i � fy any of the above opti ons must have been com ple ted with gra des of 0 [' h i gh er. Courses use d to satisfy eitb r l i n of O p t i o n ru of the C o lle g e of Arts a n d Sciences requirement may not be used to satisfy ge n t'r a l u n ive rsi ty requirements. Any coUege-leve.1 fo reign language cou rse nu mbered 2 0 1 or above used to satisfy O p t io n 1 and any completion of collegel-ievel language t h ro u g h 1 02 used to satisfy Option II m a y also be used to atisfy the Pe rspe c t i ve s on Di ers i t y requ i re me n t in 'ross-Cultural Perspectives. Candidates for the B.A. in English, for the B.A. in E d uc a t i o n with concen tration in E n gl is h , fo r the B. . i n Global Studies, for the B.B.A. in Intern. tional Busi ness, and for election to t h e An�te Society m u s t meet O p l i n I a bove.

Communication an� Theatre The faculty of the Department of Communication and Theatre is co m m itted to

a

p h ilosop h ical perspect ive o n

commun ication a s t h e process

by which shar d under­ the use

standings are created between audiences through

of symbols. I mplicit within th is understandi.ng is agree­

the assumption that people i n t era ct with one of achieving outcomes, and that this i n teraction is accom p lished through a variety of ment upon

a nother fo r the p u rp se m edi a .

Te ac h ing must balance the

wi th s p ec i fic skills

s

ne

d to p repare st udents

com m u ni cators with the n ed to

locate the learning o f those skills in the broader context of the liberal arts traditi o n . We strive to produce students

who h ave mastered the competencies deman ded in their field of communication s t u dy. We also endeavor to i nsure that o u r s t u d e n ts h ave an appreciation of a l l aspects of the co m m u nication spectrum as well as a broader u n d e r s t a nd ­ ing of the proces. by which shared m eanings are created. Wi t h i n the Depart me nt of Co m m un i cati on a nd

Thea t re , five d istinct, yet interrelated areas f hu man communication may be explored: broadcasting, i n ter per ­ sonal communication, j o u rnal ism , public relations, and t h ea tre . Students m ajoring in any of these areas articulate and te t th ei r ide, , d

clop their indi 'dual abilities, and

gain comp tenc in variou

trateg ie fo r impr

ving

e ffe tive communication. They acq uire knowledge and skills t hai apply to nearly every sp ecl of their pr i

ate and

p u bl i c l ives. areer p rosp ects for students trained in co mmuni. cation

an d theatre are excellent A p e r s o n' s ca reer may ultimately

t u rn Ollt to be quite d i ffe ren t

from what was originally

anticipated,

a

of course, bu t i n

rapidly changing world,

certai n fu ndamental skills and resources are necessa r y fo r

adaptation and

tlCC

S5.

As the work enviro n ment in the

coming decades beco mes increasingly oriented toward

wil l be critically important for student to have the abil ity to com mu 11icate clearly and effectively, both orally a n d i n w r i t i. n g . Those who maj o r o r minor i n one of t h e co mmu nication a r t s w i l l be fa r a h ea d commun ications, i t

of their contemporaries who n e gl ect to prepare fo r the world o f tomorrow. FACULTY: Inch, Chair; B a r t a n e n , Becvar, Ewart, Harney, Parker, Rowe, Spic .r, Wil. on.

CORE REQUIREMENT: Only

the fol l owing courses fro m

Commu.nication and T h ea t re may b used to m e e t the gene ra l u n i vers i t y c o r re q u i remen t in the a r ts: 1 5 1 , 1 60, 162, 163, 24 1 ,

358, 359, 363, 364, 458. COMM UNICATION CORE SEQUENCE:

Broadcast, journal­ ism, in terp e rs on al communi ation, and public relations m aj o rs must take a n initial core of courses as follows: 1 23, 27 1 , 283. NOTE: 123 and 271 mus t be taken i n the sequence l i s te d . T h ey cannot be taken co n c u r re n t ly. DECLARATION OF MAJOR: S t u d en t s who want to d e c l a re a

major with an e m ph a s is in b roa dca s t i ng , interpersonal communication, j o u r n a l i sm , or p u blic relat i o ns : commun ication

I . Will, at the time of de cl a ra t i o n , have a c u m ulative grade p o i n t average of at least 2 . S . 2 . Wi l l have successfu lly co mp le te d the Communication Co re ( 1 23, 2 7 1 , and 283) with a gra de p o i nt average of 2.5 or h i gh e r. Transfer students will be given the opportunity to pa ss a pre-test on material ta ught in 1 2 3 , 27 1 , and 283. BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJORS: M a x i mum

hours in any of the areas

I.

of 40 semester

of concent ra tion:

Broadca5tillg - req uired co u rses: 1 23, 27 1 , 283, 373 , 374, 378,

and 38 1 , plus 1 2 ad d it io na l

300 and 400 level after consultation w i th ad­

h o u rs from

comml.l.lli c ation c o u rses elected

Requ i red s upporting areas: 4 h o u r s each in econom ics, 8 additional hours i n one of those are a s . S t u d e n t s must earn a grade of B in 283 or have the instructor's permission i n order to advance i n the sequence. 2. Interpersonal CO/'ll l l1ullicalion - reqllired courses: 1 23, 2 7 1 , 283, 328, 330, 437, pIns 1 6 ad di ti o n a l hours from 300 a n d 400 level communication courses selected after consultation with adviser. 3. Jo urnalism - req uired co u rses: 1 23 , 27 1 , 283, 380, 38 1 , 384, 480, p l u s 12 ad l i tional hours from 300 and 400 l e ve l co m m u n ica­ t io n courses selected after consultation with adviser. Re q u i re d s u p p o r tin g areas: 4 hours ea h in ec no m i cs , history, and p o l i tical sc ie n ce plus 8 a d d i t io nal hours in one f those areas. S t u d e n t s mu t earn a g rade 0 B in 283 o r have the instructor's permis:ion in o rde r to advance in the se qu e n ce. 4. Public Re.latiolls - reqllired cou rses: 1 23, 2 7 1 , 283, 385, 435, p lu s 20 additional hours from 300 and 400 level communication co ur sel ec te d after consultation with ad iser. 5. Theatre - Acti ng/Directi ng Emphasis - required cou rses: 1 5 1 , 1 60, 2 25 , 250, 352, 357, 363, 364, 425, p l us 6 hours from com­ munication a nd theatre courses in consultation with adviser. 6. Theatre - Design/Tecfm ical Emphasis - req u i red co u rses: 1 5 1 , 1 60, 225, 250 o r 454, 352, 3 5 6 , 363 , 364, 425, 452 or 453, plus 6 hoLUs fro m c o m m u n ication and theatre cou rses i n co n s u l ta ­ tion with adviser. viser.

h istor y, and p ol it ic a l sc i e nc e p lus


C O M M U N I C A T I O N

&

T H E A T R E o

All candidates for the B.A. degree must satisfactorily complete a formal internship of I to 8 semester hours under the supervision of a faculty member. Students may register for Communication or Theatre 225 o r 425 o r may register for ooperative Education 3 76 or 476. [n the latter case, regular Cooperative Education guidelines must be followed. Internships do not count as part of the 40-hour maximum in any of the areas of concentration. In addition to requirements l isted above, candidates for the B.A. degree must meet the option requirements in the College of Arts and Sciences. BACHEWR O F FINE ARTS MAJOR: At

least 54 semester hours

in any of the two areas of concentration: l . Broadcasting - required co u rses:

1 23 , 2 7 1 , 283, 373, 374, 378,

and 38 1 , plus 26 hours selected in consultation with adviser.

2.

Theatre

-

Acting/Directing Emphasis - requ ired co u rses:

123,

1 5 1 , 24 1 , 2 5 0 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 7 , 3 3 , 364, 454, plus 1 8 hours selected

in consultation with adviser. 3. Theatre - Design/Technical Emphasis - required courses: 1 5 1 ,

225, 250 o r 454, 352, 356, 363, 364, 4.25, 452 or 453, plus 1 8

hours selected i n consultation with adviser. Al l candidates fOf the B.F.A. degree must satisfactorily complete a formal internship o f ! to 8 semester hours under the supervi­ sion of a faculty member. Students may register for Communica­ tion o r Theatre 225 or 425 or may register for Cooperative Education 376 or 476. In the latter ca.\ie, regular Cooperative Education guidelines must be followed. BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: See School of Education.

MINORS: J . In terperso nal Com m u n ication: 20 semester hours, including 1 23 , 437, plus 12 hours from 300 and 400 level communica­

tions courses selected in consultation with adviser. Public Relations: 20 semester hours, including 1 2 3 , 2 7 1 , 283, 385, plus 4 hours from 400 level communication courses selected i n consultation with adviser. 3. Th ea tre : 20 semester hours, including 1 5 1 , 1 60, 24 1 , 250, plus 4 hours from commun ication and theatre course selected in consultation with adviser. 4. The Dance Minor is cross-referenced with the School of Physical Education. See the description of that minor under

2.

Physical EdzKatioll.

5. The P ubli s hil1g and Printing Arts lvIiI/or is cross-referenced

with t he Department of English. See the descrip tion of that minor under English.

Course Offe ri ngs: Communication

123

Communication and Theatre: A Way of Seeing,

A Way of Sharing

Introduces the study of communication and theatre. An over­ nature of human communication; theatre as a distinct communication form; the systematic analysis of com­ munication by scholars. Usc of a critical perspective rather than a historical one. St(ldents learn how to use critical tools to ex.amine communication in various forms, including interper­ sonal contexts, theatre, television, film, and print. Introduction of the research and reasoning tools necessary for people seeking a career in a communication field. ( 4 )

view of the

225, 425 Communication Practlcom One

semester hour credit may be earned each semester, but only

4 semester hours may be used to meet university requirements.

Students put classroom theory to practical application by individually completing a project relating to an aspect of communication. An instructor in the area of interest must approve the project and agree to provide gu idance. I I I .

234

m

Introduction to Research in Communication

The tudy of methods of gathering, interpreting, and evaluating data in the study o f human communication. Both quantitative and quali tative research methods. ( 2 )

271

Media Literacy

Introduces the critical study of media and their effects by discussing three elements ( f media literacy: understanding the techn ical nature of media and providing rudimentary knowledge of their operation; understanding the media as an industry and how the profit motive affects production, presentation and consumption of media; and understanding the effects of mediated messages on individual and collective behavior. ( 4 )

283

COlRmunication

as

(4)

See

The Book in Society

English 322. ( 4 )

322

Publishing Procedures

324

Nonverbal CommllDication

See English 322 ( 4 )

Focus on the nonverbal aspe.cts of communication within the framework of interpersonal interact.ion. Prerequisite: 123 or consent of instructor. ( 2 )

326

Group CO.D1D1llDication

Survey and analysis of small group communication theory and research. II (4)

328

Argumentation

The study of reason-giving in social decision-making. Analysis of the genres, forms, and techniques of arguers. Particular emphasis is given to studying academic, legal, and public policy debates. 1 ( 4 )

330

Public Speaking

Focus on a variety of speaki.ng situations and presentational methods. Topics vary according to the skill level of course participants. Pote ntial topics include audience analysis, technical reporting, using visual aids, and persuasion. Open to both majors and non- majors. I I I ( 4 )

333

Foundations o f Communication Theory

An introduction to the theoretical concepts and research tools of interpersonal Jnd mass communication research. Prerequisites: 1 2 3 , 2 7 1 , or consent of instructor. I II (4)

334

o

Process: Speaking and Writing

Introduces ,"riting and speaking as distinct yet interrelated parts of the communication process. Class divided into tlVO gTOUpS; each group will spend half the semester in the writing s minar and the other half in the speaking seminar. Writing seminar introduces copy formats and style rules for writing in communi­ cation-related careers. Students complete a number of diverse writing assignments to appreciate the mechanics of writing and the role of audiences. Speaking seminar introduces the basic techniques of public speaking. Students complete several types of speeches to learn basic skills such as to p i c selection, research, organization, audience analysis, and delivery. Prerequisitf.: 1 23.

32 1

n o c

Gender and Communication

Attempts to analyze and u nderstand the reiatioIlsbip between gender and communication behavior. omparison and contrast of male and female communication styles, s-irnilarities and differences in language usage, interpersonal dialogues, group discussions and listening in personal and professional a renas. Analysis o f the impact of gender-based communication i sues such as assertiveness and aggre�sion, power a.nd conflict resolution, dominance a.nd in terruption. ( 4 )

Z Q


C O M M U N I C A T I O N

&

T H E A T R E

V1 19 Z cr: w

o LU V1 cr: :::J o u

335 Intercultural Communicat.ion Workshop Design ed to a cq u a i n t tudents with tJl<" i n ll u en ce of cul t u r al backgrounds, pe rc ep tua l s ,terns, social o rgan izatiol1, l3Jlg uage,

435 Organizational Communication C mm unication systems and studies within formal organiza­

and nonverbal messag� in i nte rcu lt ural commullication.

directive o m m u n ication a related to dlM lnels, structures,

I nte rcultural experie nces o utside the cI

stJtus, involvement., moral , a n d leadersh .i. p . Prerequi s i te: or consent o f i nstructor. ( 4 )

LU

arranged and

likely to intens 'Iy i nvolve them with someone from another culture.

(2)

Focus on theory and research of i n for mational and

436 Persuasion Anal ysis and t:v,ll ll at io n of t he dim ensions

333

of p e rsua sio n in

communicaLion empha i zi ng contemporary theoreti cal models

Busine

and resea r h. I n estigaLion o f how re earch and model may be

co m m u n i cators must present t h e i r ideas cl arly a n d

pe rsuasively; i n formation

co n duct

effectiv i n fo r ma tion gath ering :lnd

g i v i ng i n tcr"iew

j and understand t h e significance

of communication in the (J[g nizationaJ cont :\ t. F

us o n the

of om munic ati o n pro esses in orga nizational se tt ings

and opportu n i t y t o develop s p eci fi c c o m m u n i c a r ion skil ls. Through re ad in gs, discussion. observa Lion, experien e, and (!

ai lla t io n, �tudents will be introduced

10

p ub lic sp ea k i n g tech ­

niques used in i n formative a n d persuasi e I:o n t xts, i nte rv i ew i n g

o

'.

336 Communicating in Business and the Professions

natur LU

s s ro o m nre

will be re qu i red . I ntended Cor those whose work or l i fes t yle is

tion

st rategies, and the role of l isten i ng.

(4 )

E lements of audio prod uc t io n, an alysis of program de ign, scrip t i n , a nd p roduction tools and tec hn iq ues . Lecture and c

n ent of ins t ructor. (4)

374 Video Production p r o du c t i o n tools and tech niqu es. Lc tur

and laborato ry.

28 or consent of instructor. (4)

378 Broadcast Journalism Techniqu s of broadcast j ou rn ali s m. App l ic a t i o n s of news g a th er i n g , wr i t i n g , and rep o rti ng in a broadcast context. ews and f a t llre assignments using broadca:t eq u i p ment in the field and s t ud io. Prereqllisite: 3 7 4 .

s

· t t i ng s . Prerequisite: 333 or consent

uf

(4)

437 Advanced Interpersonal Communication The study of the theories, concept�, and applications of com m u ­ n i c a t io n a t the dyad ic leve l . How people i n tera c t at this leve l and how the q u a l i ties of those inte ractions i n fluence t h e i r com m u n i ­ cation competence a n d success. Prerequisite:

333 or consent of

i nSL ruc tor. ( 4 ) T h ro u g h case studies, students exami ne current is ues in pub lic relation

r ese a rc h

(4)

and p r a c t ic e .

mphasis on researdl models,

issues m a n ageme nt, i n fluence o f orga n i z a t i o n a l culture on the

p ub lic relations fu nction, and p u bl i c relations management. Prerequ isite:

Ana lysis a n d app lication of program design, wri till g a n d Prerequisite:

i nst r u tor.

438 Advanced Public Relations

373 Audio Production

laborato ry. Pr 'req u isile: 283 or

applied in contemporary

. 85

or consent of i n s truct o r. (4)

439 Intercultural Commwlh:ation Analysis of ontempo ry t heory and res<.:arch ( n the effects of a variety of c u l t u ra l variables on wm mun ication among peop le. The i n flu e nc e of cu l t u ra l backgrounds, perception, social organi­ zation, langllage, a nd nonverbal aspects of llle�sages in intercul­ tural setti ngs. I n t e r c ul tural xperience. o u tside th required.

c la s sr oom

Prerequisire: 333. ( 4 )

440 Conflict and Communication

380 Newspaper Editing, Layoot, and Design

Unde rstJ n d ing of the role played by co m m u n ica L i o n in t he

election ,1Ild editi ng of news copy ilnd headl ine writ i n g. Selection, izing, a nd cropping of photos. FuncLions of l ayo u t .

rea t i o n , managemen t, a.nd res o l u t ion the theories of p ro m in en t

c

of human confl ict. U e of

n llkt and peace s holars a n d s igni­

Princip l es o f n e wspaper design a n d their practical applications.

fica n t case studie to develop a method for b e t t er u nde csl.wd lng

P r- �eq ui s it : 283. ( 4 )

th

381 Media Law and Principles a p pl i cat i o n of law i o new gat he ri ng, pu bl ish ing, and broadcas ti no. (4)

450 Workshop in Effective Public Speaking

The theory and

384 Advanced News lUporting Rep f t i n g of p o l i t i s an d pol ice, c urts and other govern me ot,1 1 fu nct ions, invest ig, Live repo r t i n g Jnd \V'Titing. Blend of fi eld t rips and wri t i ng e x.ercises. Prereq ui si t e :

283. (2)

385 Introduction to PubUc Relations t h e the ory, research. ond practical as p ects of p u b l ic relatIOns. Prob lem - solv in g tow'ard creating shared u nder­ I n troduct ion l

standings between profit , nd n o n - profit organ izat i ons ,lOd their variou s const i tuencies. S t rong emphasis on w rit i n g. Prerequisite: Com pletion

f communication core ( 1 23, 2 7 1 , 283 ) ,l nd a grade

of B- or higher . in 283 or c nsent o f i n struct

r Il (4)

co

m me n t ar i es fo r

newspapers and broadcast. FUOCLion of the editorial and editor i al pages in the news media . Prerequ i s ite : 283. ( 2 )

3 90 Ethlcs i n Communi(:ation Starl ing from basi princi ples of moral phi losop hy, students e. plore e th ic JI issues invo l ing those engaged i n communica­ tions prof i o ns, 'U h as journal ism, p u b l ic re l a ti o n , broa.d­ cas t i ng and advert isi ng, both from the stan dp oi nt of the individual and from that f the professi o n . Clas ' discussion centers on

C:lSe

uf conflict. ( 4 )

udience analysis, topic selection, organ ization of i d ea s fo r

various audiences, t y p es of speeche" use of v i s u a l aids, a n d ddivery. Designed for b th novices and those w h

h ave had

some e.xpcrience as speakers. A week-l ng series of lec tures, discus. i n . , rcadlng , exercises, and practical a p p l ieati ns to h Ip participants become m o re com fortable and f ectivc as speakers. ( 2 )

475 Advanced Media Produ(:tiou P rod uc in g , s cri p tin g, d i r ec tin g , p rforming and e va l ua t i n g so­ p h ist icated audio and video program m ing. Prere q u isite:

374. ( 4 )

48 0 In-Depth and Investigative lUporting Gr o u p repo rting in deptb on a sin 'de issue. Students select the subject, organize the staff, rtsearch a.nd inteJl'i

w,

provide

illust rations, edit copy, and lay out th e completed work. Sub­

388 Editorial Writing Research and w r it i n g of edit rials an

r.

nat ure and resolut i on

studies as students leam

to

recognize eth ic:l1

diJem mas and c rea t e 5trategies fo r dea lin g wit h t h e m . II (4)

mission of the s t udents' work t tion. Prerequisit

5:

380, 384. ( 4 )

TIle Ma5t fo r possible publica­

485 lnuadisciplinary Perspectives in Communication A semi nar to acquaint se ni o r Ie el c m m u n i ca t i o n majors with the relat io nship of commw1ication theory; maSs communica­ tion, and theatre as pans of the d i sci pli ne of human co mm ul1.i­ cation. Limited to 1 6 students who h,we c o m pl e te d

the b u l k of

t hei r major re quire m ents . Discussion of research a n d philo­ soph ical issu es o m Olon to t h e t il ree

a rea

. Student co mplete a

resea rch paper covering 'orne application of th nature o f co mm unica tio n .

(4)

i n t radiscipl i n a r y


C O M M U N I C A T I O N

&

T H E A T R E o m

49 1 . 492. 493 Special Studie in Co mm unication [ nvc ligat i on or research in a rea l)f opecial int resl n o t co ered by reg ul a r courses; open to qual ified j u n io r or sen ior students. sludent should not b gin registra l i n fo r i nde p e n dent u n t i l t he spccifi

tudy

area or investigalion has been approved by a

departmental sp o n sor.

( L A)

Course Offe rings: Theatre 1 5 1 Stage Technology Basic t heo r y and p rocedu re of all backstage leme n ts in the theatre, cost umes, scenery, p rop ' , l igh ts, m ake up, d nd manage· melll . l ( 4 ) 1 60 Introduction to Theatre f theatre.

ous ffshoots ( e . g. , film, t e lev i si o n, rock con c erts ) th ro ugh a ud i nee p a rticipation and personal contact. D velo p m e n t of h ei g hten ed ,lware.n ss and

f w h M makes for good theatre.

(4)

162 History of American Film oneent rate.s on the devel pm e nt and growth of the motion pic t u re i n the U n i ted S tat es fro m 1 895 to the prese n t . Em phasis o n the filin d i recto r, whose implementation of t1lm t e c hnique formative artistic force in the c i nema.

Socie ta l i n fluences such as eco nom ic facrors, p u b l ic att i t u de s

and m o res , and p o l i t icaJ positi ons refl cted in the nit d St':1tes thro ugh o ut the past 75 years, wh ich pnwidc the fi l m media with s ha p e and t hemat ic focus, wi l l p rov ide parallel p o in t . of ference.

(4)

Concentrates on the develo pment and gro\ th of inte r n at ion.11 film. Societal i n fluences such as economic fac tors, public artitudes a nd mores, and political p osit i ons reflec ted i n the

world throughout the past 75 years. (4)

225. 425 Theatre Practicum One semester h o u r credit may be e::t med each seme ter, b u t on ly 4 semester h o u rs may be used to meet u nive rsi ty requirement . St u den put classroom th e o ry to p ractical a p p l ication b , ind ividually completing a project rel a t in g t o an aspect o f th ar re. An i n s t r uc t or i n the area of i n t r Sl must a pp rove the project an d agree to p ro v ide guidance. I I I 24) Oral Interpretation of Literature The art of co m m u n icat.ing the essence of a piece of literature t o an audie nce; i nterpreting i t expe rie ntially, logically. a n d emotional ly. I n d ividual an d group perfo rm a n ce. I r r (4) 250 Fundamentals of Acting tors

and a ct resses, their nalural

and learned ski l ls; exercises i n memo ry, imagination, and observation; i m prov isatio ns and sce nes from m od er n pia

s.

(4)

35 1 Stage Makeup Special ized w ork in planning a n d , pplication of tech ni ques from sLr a ig ht makeup thr ugb aging, three d i men i o n a l , and spe ial effects, ( 4 )

352 Stage Management All of the fac e ts of ma n agi ng a th ea t ri c a l production: pl annin g , cheduling, rehe..1 rsal process. documenta tion, and i n terpe rson a l rel ationsh ips.

(4)

356 Stage Ughting Stage l ig hti ng fro m th de ve l o p men t f electric ity and lighting in lruments t the complete design of l i gh t ing a show. l I ( 4 )

'--

250. (4)

H ct i n g

theory.

358 Advanced Acting Study f the work of an a c tor; c h a racter analysi. and e mbo d i­ ment, u$ing scenes fro m plays; i nclu d es styles 0 acting as ddined by b is tor ical period. Prerequ isite: 357. II (4) 359 Acting for the Non-Actor Study of the acto r's craft and the implementation of theaI' . Spe ifically designed or those wh o h. w:. n o u ri sh ed a curiosity to explore the art of d t ing but have b en i n t i m id a t ' d by a la k of

Em p hasis on individuaJ awaren ss and i nterest. th ea tre m ajors or

minors. (4)

01

open to

n o c ;;0 VI m o

363 History of the Theatre: Aeschylus Th rough 'furgeniev healre as it evolved from ils primit ive ori in th ro ug h re pr esen tative soc ieties; dent ree e, R o me , Rcnai sance, Modem E u ro p an, and A m rica n . Fmp hasis on rcJigioli , phl losophical, and p o l i t i ca l t hought as rcHeeted i n the dra m a of eacb period.

I (4) 364 History of the Theatre: Ibsen Through to the Present (See desc rip t ion for 363. ) I l ( 4 ) 452 Scenic Design Developml?fl t of art ist ic and techn ical ab i l i t i in the field of sc e n ic desip,n incorporating ma ny periods and style as well as 453 Costume Design

Development of l1[tistic and r chnical • bi L ities i.n the field of cost u me design incorporatin g h is tor y, patterns, and ren de r­ i ngs. 4 )

454 Play Direction The ro l l' of th director, h istorical ly and c r i t ically; an intcn. ive s t udy lhat L bOlh p racl ieaJ ;1Jl d theorerical in its approach to the art of the play di recto r. Study of many diffe rent d ire cting philo­ soph ies. Ea h student i.s requir d to direct scenes from plays rep resen tati ve of a l l periods of theatre h i to ry. A final p rojec t , cons i ' l ing of a contemporar,

cene, w l l l c tl l l llinate the cours

Prerequis i tes: 1 5 1 , 250. a n d j u nior st.uus. n

4)

458 Creative Dramatics Designed t

acquaint the st u de n t with m a t riab, techniques, and

t heor ies of creative dramatics. St udents partic ipate i n creative dr am at ics. intended for el me n t ar y a n d j u n ior h igh school teachers or pro pecti e teachers, theatTe n'laj ors, reLigious

l eade rs, , outh and camp o nnselo[s, day c , re workers, soc ial and psychological wo rker ' , a nd commllnity theaLre leaders i n terested in working wilh children. �

(4)

49 1 , 492. 493 Special Studies in Theatre rnve tigati 11" or rc carch in area of spcc i a l interest not c vered by regu l aJ' courses; upen to q u a l i fi e d j u n ior or senior students. A st ud e n t h uld n o t begi n regist ration fur independent study un t i l the eaG area o r i nve tiga, ion has been appr ved by a depa rtmenta l sponsor. ( 1 -4) 596-598 Research in Theatre For graduate shldents

o n ly.

Z GI VI

pr par, t ion of model , r en de rin g, and draft .i ngs. (4)

1 63 Diitory o f the Foreign FUm

An examinat ion of the work of a

by the actor, ,ll1d exam i n tion of current

those w h o have never p:lI'ticipaLed in any thea t rical endeavor.

Exposu re to th e atre and its num

r

m

k nowledge or pr i or ex pe rie nce. I n troduction of act i ng t h eory to

Study of botJl p ra ct i ca l and theoretic, 1 a peets

and theory erve5 as th

m

t h e modern theatre , e m p hasis o n t h e i m p o r tance of play ana lysis

Prerequisite:

596-598 Research in Communication For graduale students o n J }'. ( 1 -4)

1 ' ppreeiation

357 intermediate Acting. Tbe Actor At Work Study of the Jetor on taday's stag . Work on the a naJys is 3 11d p erfo rma n ce o f the m ode r n rea l istic play. P r ac t ica l experience i n the art of the actor t h ro u g h performance of scenes from pl ays o f

( 1 -4)


C O M P U T E R

S C I E N C E

1 5 2, 245, 230 (or 3 3 1 ) . Students should begin Computer Science 1 44-270 and Mathematics 1 5 1 - 1 52 as early in their program as

Computer Science Computer science deals with t he t he o ry, design, and ap p l ic a t io n of co m p u t i ng systems and the study

o

cr: ::J o u

of the

stori n g an d mani p ula tion o f data a n d i n formation . The core study of computer science b ro a dly divides i n to six

general areas: so ftware design, p rog ra m m i n g l a n guage Conc.epts, algorithms, data structures, computer elements

a nd arch itecture, a n d theoretical foundations. The

gram at Pacific Llthcran University provides

a

pro­

b ro ad base

core o f fundamental mat rial in each o f these areas. The program stresses analysis and design experiences with

substantial lab o r atory work, including software develop­ ment. I n addi tion, st u dents are exposed to a variety of

o

progr, m m i ng languages a n d systems. Students can choose from a n u m ber of upper level courses which insure a depth of kn owled ge i n t h e c re material as well as a n under­ s ta n d in g o f current develo pments i n the fteld.

The Bachelor of cience degree in computer science has

been ac red i ted by the Computer Science Accreditation Commission of th Comput i ng Sciences Accredita tio n

Board, I nc.

FACUlTY: Edison, Chil ir; Beaulieu, Blaha, Brink, C. Dorner, Hauser, Ro senfeld, Spillman. BEGINNING C LASSES: There are several beginning level classes in computer science designed for students with variolls needs: Co mpu rer Science 220: This is a o urse for all students wishing a n introduction to the computer and applications of software packages. Comp uler Science 1 44: This

is the first course in the computer science major and is a course i n Pascal programming. Students majoring in computer science, engineering, mathematics, most scienc.es, and the management information systems concentration in business, will choose this course as their beginning course. Compl/ter Sciellce 1 1 0, 2 1 0, and 1 1 5: These courses provide stu­ dents other opportunities for gaining experience with c mputers and their applications at an in troductory level. COMPUTER EQUiPMENT: The program is supported by PLU's AX b2 L O/6220 cluster computing ystems, along with approximately 40 IBM -PC microcomputers, which are available for general student use. In addition, the department operates a lab which contains eXT and SlJN workstations, M DOS and M cintosh microcomputers, an HP 9000 sy ·tem, and an 1 ntel hypercube. COMPUTER CAREERS: >[aduates with computer science degre s have a wide r, ng of career opportunities open to them, includ ing software development, sy tems analysis, hardware development, database management, computer product sup­ port, education, and applications programming. C OMPUTER SCI ENCE MAJOR: Students majoring in com­ puter science may choose to earn either a Bachelor of Arts degree or a Bachelor of Science degree. The Bachelor of Arts program is the minimum preparation suitable for further professional study and i s often combined with extensive study or a second major i n an allied fieid. The Bachelor of Science is a strong, scientific degree which contains additional courses in computer sci nee, mathematics, and science and serves both students going dire tly into employment on graduation and those going into graduate programs. Both degrees are based on the same core courses: Computer Science 1 44, 270, 380, 486, Engineering 346, Mathematics 1 5 1 ,

possible. BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: At least 2 6 semester hours of computer science including 1 44, 270, 380, 486, ngineering 346, a second computer language ( 240, 242, 243 or 343 are sug­ gested). The remaining hours are fro m computer science courses numbered above 329 (excluding 449 ) . Engineering 446, 480 and 4 8 1 count as computer science courses. Up to 4 hours may be substituted from Math 3 4 1 , 345, and 346. Required supporting: Math 1 5 1 , 1 52, 230 or 3 3 1 , 245. BACHELOR OF SC IENCE MAJOR: 40 semester hours in com­ puter science plus 30 hours of supporting co llrse in mathemat­ ics and science. The 40 semester hours of computer science must include 144, 270, 343, 375, 380, 486, Engineering 346, and 14 additional credits of approved elective courses, one of which . must be from 367, 420, 436, 444. Elective courses submitted for approval are to be selected fro m the computer science courses numbered above 329 (except 449 and 5 0 1 -509 ) , Engineering 446, 480, 48 1 , or hours from Math 34 1 and 346 not co un ted toward the 30 hours of required supporting courses. The 30 hours of supporting courses in mathematics and science must include: 1. Math 1 5 1 , 1 52, 245, 230 (or 3 3 1 ) , 345 (or 3 4 1 ) . 2. A minimum of L 1 hours of approved Science/Quantitative Methods which includes a year's sequence of a laboratory science (Physics 1 5 3 - 1 54 with 1 6 3 - 1 64, Chemistry 1 1 5 - 1 1 6, Biology 1 6 1 - 1 62, Earth Sciences 1 3 1 - 1 3 2 ) and two additional science courses. 3. The remaining hours, if a ny, may be chosen from any math course numbered above 329 (except 446 ) or any natural science/quantitative methods course. The Bachelor of Science degree in Computer Science has been accredited by the Computer Science Accreditation 'ommission of the Computing Sciences Accreditation Board, Inc. MINOR IN COMPUTER SCIENCE: Computer Science 1 44, 270, 380, and Engineering 346 plus a second computer language. Required supporting: Math 1 5 l or 1 28. MINOR IN INFORMATION SCIENCE: Computer Science 1 44, 270, 367, Business 2 8 1 , 325, plus 4 hours from Business 282, 364, 380, 42 1 , 428, 487. Strongly reco mmended: Computer Science 242 or 243. SECONDARY TEACHING MINOR: See description under School of Edllca tion.

ELEMENTARY TEACHING MAJOR: See description under School of Education.

STATE ENDORSEMENT REQUI REMENTS: See desc ription under School of Edllwtion. MASTER OF ARTS IN COMPUTER APPLICATIONS: See Graduilte Sl!Idies. MASTER OF SCIENC E IN COMPUTER SCIENCE: See Graduate Studies.

Course Offerings A grade of C or higher is strongly recommended in all prerequisite courses. 1 1 0 BASIC Introduction to interactive computing, branching, looping, subscripts, functions, input/output, subroutines and simple file techniques in the context o f the BASIC language and system development. Not normally taken by computer science majors. Prerequisite: high school algebra. ( 2 )


C O M P U T E R

S C I E N C E o

1 1 5 Introduction to the World of Mathematics and Computers (Math 1 15) A . t u d y of mathematics

and comput(:'[s in the modern world with a wide variet}' of a p p l icat i o n s and a historical perspective. This class is d es ign d fo r students without e. teosi e k n o w le d ge of ma th e ma t i cs , bllt who want to acquire a 1 asie understanding of the n a ture of mathematics and computers. o t i J1 t e n d e d for majors in scien o r mathematics or co mputer science. ? me BAS! and/or LOGO p rogr a m mi ng is in clud ed. PrereqllJslte: two years of college p repa ra to ry mathematics or equivalent. I I I (4) 144 Introduction to Computer Science n i n t ro du c t i o n to c o m p u te r scien e i n c l u d i n g algo r i th m de­ s i g n , st r u c t u red p ro g ra m m i n g , nu merical!no n - n u �1eri al ap pli ­ cations and use of data files. The Pa sca l programmmg language viII be u ed. Req uired fo r computer science major and minors. P reTeq u is i t : MATH 1 40 or MATH ! 28 o r e qu ival e n L I Il ( 4 ) 1 99 Directed Reading up e r v i s e d tudy of to p i c s selected to me e t the individual's n e ds o r in te re ts, p r i mar i ly for t u d en ts awarded adva nced placemenl in Lompllter scien . . Admission only by de p artmen t invitation. ( 1 -2)

210 Introduction to Computerized Information Systems I n t r od u c t i o n to comput rs i nc l u d ing o p erat i n g systems, w ord p ro ces sing , spreadsheets, an d database management. Examp[ �s on I BM PC's. S tu d en t s cannot take both 2 1 0 and 2 2 0 for credit. Prerequisite: TH 1 2 8 or 1 40 or e q u iva len t . (2) 220 Computerized Information Systems I nt r od uc tio n to co m p ll t e rs and their usc i n cl u d i n g manag ment i n fo r m a t io n systems de velop men t, telec mmunications, operating systems, spreadsheets, g raphi cs , and dat.abase m a n ag e­ ment. Exa m p les on I B M P 'so Students will demonstrate u e of a word prec s or. (Additional class sessions on word pr ces s i n g are available, if n ee ded . ) Students cannot take both 220 an d 2 1 0 for credit. P re re qu i s i t e : MATH 1 2 8 o r 140 o r equivalent. I " (4) 240 FORTRAN Programming An accele rated i n tro d u c t i o n to the FORTRA p rogr a m m i ng lan­ guage. Study of the r u l es of s t a te me nt � r mat io n . Topics include input/output, co m pu ta t io n, b ranching, l oo p i ng , Ck 'lta types, and su b p rogr a ms . Numeric and non-numeri p ro ble m s will be solved. S o me previ o us e xp e r i e n ce with programming is recom­ m e n d ed . Pre req ui si t e : MA' H 1 2 8 or 1 40 or e qu ivale nt . a/y ( 2 ) 242

COBOL Programming

Presentation and a pp lica t i on of

the COBOl. p rogra m m i ng

l a n gu a ge to business p ro b l e ms. P rere q u is i te: 1 44, J 1 0, 220, or

co n se n t. of i nst r u c t o r. aly I I (2)

243 C Programming A wo r ksh op in the C p ro g ramm in g language for expe ri e n ed p rogrammer of other h i g h - l e vel l a n gu ages . P re req UiSi te : 270 o r equ i va le n l k n ow le d g e of a high level p ro g r a mm m g language. 243 an I 343 c a n n o t both be taken for c red i t . n ( L ) 270 Data Structures Conti nuation of Pascal programming tech niques and a s t u d y o f data tructure i n c l u din g linked Ii ts, trees, queues, stacks and graphs. A pp l i c a t i ons o f t hese forms to sorting, searching, � nd d a t a storage will be made. P rer equ i s i t e: a g rad e of C - o r h Igher i n 144. I II (4) 322

Microcomputers in the Classroom

Introduction to the use of microcomputers in edu ational s e tt i n g s . To p ics : 1) The computer as a teacher t o o l us i ng word p ro cessi n g , s p rea d s h e e t, and grading p ro gr a ms , 2) Computer a s si s ted instruction, 3) Softw r evaluatio n , 4 ) Integratmg software i n to the c u rri ulum, 5) o pyr i ght laws and public

domain software, and 6) S o ftwa re cu rrently used in education s e t t i n gs . Pre or co-requisite: EDUC 2 5 1 or 253. Does not co u n t to ward degre e s in co m p u t e r science. ( 2 ) 330

Introduction to Artificial lnteUigence

An i n t ro d u c t i on to c o n ce p b of artificial i n t e lli g en c e , i n c l u d i ng expert ystems, natural l a n g uage proc ssing, image u n d� rst a n d ­ i n g, and p ro bl em solving techniques. The AI programmmg language L I S P will be taugbt and use d in several p roj ec ts . P r e re q u isi t e : 270, Math 2 4 5 . a/y 1994-< 5 I (4) 343

Modeling and SimuJation

.

367 Data Base Management An i n t ro d u c t i o n to the fu nd a me nt a l concepts necessary for the d e s jgn , use , and implementation of d a t a ba s e systems. The . hierarchical and network models J re exa m r n e d . and the enttty­ rela t ionshi p and relational models a re studied in d e t a i l . The cou rse includes a major s m a ll -g ro up pr ject. P re re q u i s i te : 270. I I (4) 375 Design and Arullysis of Algorithms Basic data structures rev i ewe d and applied to the a.mlysis o f p robl e m s associated w it h s e a rch in g , s o rt i ng, str i n g , a nd . m i n i mal paths. Stud ' of the comp l ex i t y and s t o r ag e reqUIre­ m e n t s of the algori t h m s . SI: f t p-down and s t ructur d programming. Prerequisite: 270, M ATH 2 4 5 . 1 (4)

Compuler Organization

C o m p u te r assemhly language applied t� v a r ious proble:ns. Top i s i n c lude data forms, instruction formats, a dd res s 1 l1 g � I. Jl k­ : i n g , macro d efi ni t i o n , and computer a r ch i t e c t ure . PrereqL11S Ite:

270. Strongly reco mmended: ENG R 46. (4) 385

Computer Architecture

and o p e ra t i ng of large co m­ p u ter systems. Top i cs i nc lude data representation, memory s t ruc tu re, lIO processing, multi-p rocessing systems such as p a ra l lel , p i p eline, and st ac k ma,:hine'. Exa m pl e s of the a rc h itec­ ture of 'e er al l a rge 'ystems ,u'e an n l yze d i n cl u d i n g TI AS " ray and Intel Hypercube. Prerequisite: 380, tvlATH 245. ( 2 ) An introd uction to the structure

386

Computer Networks

An i n tr od u c t io n to computer networks and computer commu­ nication. Topics include s ys t e m topology, message a n d pa cke t swit hing bus s t r uc t u re s and data-link t ra nsm i s s i o n . P re req u i ­ site: E 346. all' (2)

GR

391 Prob lem

m m

n o c

m

o m

.

An appl ications stru tured programming co u rse solVIng varrous problems. S tat i st i cs , d a ta st ru c t u re s, ma th em a t ic al mo de l i n g , simulation, documentation, a.nd te a m p ro g r a m m r n g t e c h n I ques will be applied. Pr re< l u i s i t es: MATH 245, S 1 2 70 and ei t he r MATH 345 or MAT H 34 1 . a/y IT (4)

380 Assembly Language and

AJ

Vl

Programming Language Concept

A study and co m p ar is o n o f feat u res fo u n d in d i fferent c om p u te r l a n guage s . Im p e ra t i ve ( including ) , object-oriented, fu nctional, and declarative 1 ::ll1g ua ge s will be stud ie d . Programs WIll be written in severa] of the l a ng u a"cs . P re req ui s i t : 270. II (4) 34.8

m

Solving and Programming Semina.r'

This course is designed to impro e a d v a n ce d problem solving

and programming skills, including advanced d a t a struct ures. A "oal o f the co urSE' is p a rti c i p a t i o n in the r e gi o nal ACM pro gr a m ­ ing comp e t i t i o n . P IFail o n ly. S tudents may take th is course more than once. P r ereq u i s i t e: 2 70 or consent of instructoT. ! ( I )

4 1 2 Computer Graphics A study of the tec h ni q u es and t he o r y used to generate computer graphics. Both two-an d three-di mensional r e pr ese ntat io n s will be co vere d incl uding g e om e t r ic transformatIOns, wr n d o w l llg, hidden surfaces and r en de r i ng te hniques. C o u r se work i nclu de s s e ve r a l p rogr am min g assignments p l u s a p roj ec t . P rereq u i s it e s : 270 and MATH 230 or 33 1 . a/y 1 994-95 (4)

z Cl Vl


C O M P U T E R

S C I E N C E

420 Softwo.re Engineering An e ng i ne ring approach to the development of large software

exchange, but terfly, n-cube, and Moebius. Prerequisites: 270, MATH 245.

f. Genetic Algorithms: A survey of the field of genetic algorithm,

his course i nclu des a major small-group

proj ect. Prere q u isite: 270, MATH 245. a/y

1 994-95

II (4)

the'cou rse explores their general structure, the i r ma thematical fo u ndations, their implementations and applications.

The use

f the computer to reco gnize patterns in data. To p ics

cr:

incl ude a r t i ficial intelligence. cluster analysis algorithms,

:J

lear i llg algorithms, and pattern processing. The course incl udes major sma ll-group project . Prerequisites: 270, MATH 245.

o

a

u

aIr n

Prerequ isite: 270. g . Robotics: An i ntroduction to the design, opera t i o n , and applicat ion of robots, covering issues in robot cinemat ics and robot vision. Prerequisites: 270 and ENGR 346. h.

(4)

LU

The de elopment of AI 'ystems which operate at the level of c.

Prerequ isite: 3 3 0

o

sllch (4)

pert yst m develo pment tool

or

con 'ent o f instruc tor. a/y n

as

OPS 5 .

associative memories u s i n g artificial n e u rons and t h e design of

processi ng systems, i n teracting systems, multi- programming systems, storage management techniques and resource control.

In addition, the cou rse includes an analysis of the deadlock file ystems.

he course includes a major

small-gro u p project. Pr requisit e:

380, M ATH 245. 1 (4)

449 Computer Science in the Secondary School Methods and materials in secondary school computer science tea h ing. LOGO, t o ward aly

a

PILOT,

etc., may be considered. Does not c o u n t

m a j o r i n comp uter science. Prerequisite: 1 44 .

1994- 95

n (2)

of programm ing language s. To pics including sca nni ng, parsing, object code, run-t ime machine structures and o p t i mizatio n .

380, MATH 245. a/y 1 994-95 ( 2 )

tudy of the theory of comp utation. Tu rn ing mach i nes, formal

langu ages, recu rsive theory,

compiexit)', N P-co mpleteness, and

the halting problem may b e consi dered. Prerequisites: 270,

245. a/y (4)

486 Senior Semino.r u nde r the supervision of a faculty member. Discussion o f the for good tech nical. co m m u n ication. S t u dy of the

social i l 11pli ations of comput ing. Prcrequi ites:

e n ior computer

science major or consent of d partment chair. n

(2)

490 Seminar i n Computer Science Selected topic from the list be low or topic of current in terest in the di c i p l i ne.

(l

a. Fa Lll1 Tolerant

) omplll illg: An i n t roduct ioll to the methods of

fau l t detectioll and location in digi tal systems and to tech­ niques fo r the reliable design of comp u t i ng systems. Prerequisite: EN .R 346. b. Co mpute r Secu rity: The study of the prote tion of data and progra m

a c es '

to com puter system. To pics include data

encryp t i o n , code breaking techn iques, acc€'

S

controls and

i n ference controls. Prerequisite: 270, MATH 245. c. Parallel Programmillg: An intro d uction to the theory and

ed in the design of p a rallel programs including imp lemen tation on several machines. Prereq uisites: 270,

techniq ues

u

MATH 245. d. Object-Oriented Design and Progra m m ing: Th eory, methods, ,lDd appl ication of techniques fo r usi ng objects and object­ o r iented languages for solv i n g progra m m i n g problems. Prerequisite:

small, easily manageable u n i ts; and th en p u tting together th ese u nits to form a complex solu ti o n . Problems modeled after those appearing in the ACM progra mming competition. Focus on building a large vocabulary of data structures a nd on com­ b i n i ng data struct ures and algorithms to fo rm a complete program. Prerequisite: 270 or equivalent.

). Graph ical User Irl terJilce Development: Techni ques

fo r writing

programs using graphical user interfaces for Microsoft Windows. Includes object orie nted i n t erface packages and a study of inheri tance a n d polymorphism of objects. Students

270.

Prerequ isi tes: 270 and an i n troduction t o objects.

49 1, 492 Independent Study Prerequisite: consent of department

chair. ( 1 -4 )

The student becomes involved in an o n go i ng research project in computer science u nder the supervision of a faculty member. Prerequisite: consent of i n s tructor. ( 1 -4)

503 Workshops in Educational Technology Workshops designed to expand teachers' knowledge about the

Written Jnd oral presentation of a top ic of i n terest by the student

needed

classes of problems; learning how to dissect problems i mo

495 Computer Science Research

475 Theory of Computing

kil l s

=

commensurate with their abilit ies and backgro u n d .

An i n t roduction to the orga n ization, specification, and analysis

MATH

Algorithms + Data trllct u res Programs: Harrressing the Po we r of Computers to Solve Pro blems: Developing the necessary skills

use avaiJable visual compiler tools and complete a project

455 Compilers

Prerequisite:

neuron-based learning system . Prerequisite: 270. I.

to use computers fo r solving complex problems . Identifying

444 Operating Systems An i n t roduction to computer opera tion including batch

problem and basi

the theory and operation of

t h e brain, models of neural systems, i m plemen tation o f a

h u m n e:pe rt. St uden ts will t'xplorc the st Tucrure of expert sys­ tems and use an

Neural Networks: A course in

neural co m p u t i n g systems covering the neural structures i n

438 Expert Systems LU

of the

packages. 'Lopics include soft ware requirements defin ition,

436 Pattern Recognllion Vl

Parallel Processillg Topologies: A survey of several

standard supercomputer archi tectures including shuffle­

st ruct ured programming, oftware design, specifications, a n d software tes t i ng.

o

e.

application of new computer and related technology in educa­ tional setti ngs Does not count toward degrees i n computer science. ( 1 -4)

520 Advanced Digital Design Continuation of topics from Engineering 346. The design of digital control s)'stems, asynchronous circu its; digital signal pro­ cessors; digital filters; t i m i n g considerations; use of com p u ter­ aided design tools. Prerequisite: E

GR 346, MATH l 52 . (4)

538 Expert Systems Req u i res students to generate an expert system, in addit ion to covering topics of 438. Prerequ isite: 330 or consent of instructor. aly (4)

544 Advanced Operating Systems Continuation of top ics in 444 leading to the development of an operating system. Emphasis on the i n teraction be tween the hard­ ware struct ure and the operating system; operating data struc­ tures; and operating system security. Prerequisite: 444. II ( 2 )

570 Mathematics o f Computer Science The techniques of proof commonly employed in computer science (constructive, induction, and recurrence relations), scht'd u l i ng problems, sets, relations, po sets, gramm ars. co mput­ abilit)" selected topics fro m algorithmic graph theory; proba­ b ilistic and approx i mation algorithms, groups and fin ite fields (applications to coding theory and cryptography), and Completeness. Prerequ isite: 3 7 5 . n (4)


C O O P E R A T I V E

E D U C A T I O N

I N T E R N S H I P S o

580 Microprocessor Development Systems e velo p m ent of software on 8 and 1 6 b i t microprocessors; mi roprocessor applications; interfaci ng; microprocesSQr o rgani­ z tion; i n terru p t s t ructures. Prerequisites: 380 , ENG R 346. ( 2 )

tions with its commun ity. Empl yers deri

586 Graduate Design Seminar ri tten a n d oral p resen tation of a topic of interest to the stude-llt under the uperyisioll of a faculty member. Discussion of methods and tech n iq u e s appropriate to the discipline and s t u d y of the social i m p l ic a t io n s of comp uting. Stud nrs may not recei e re d it for t h i s course i f they rec e ive credit fo r 593, Thesis. Prerequ isite: Full graduate s t a n d i ng and the completion of t least onc g r a d u J t e level course.

service to the co mm u n ity.

590

Processing Topologies. Genetic Algorithms, Robotics, eural Networks. Algorithms + Data Struc t u res = Programs, Graphical U,er I n t rface Development. A re e a rc h project is required. Pr re qu i s i te : raduate standi ng. ( 1 -4 ) 591 Independent Reading and Research Individual re a di ng and reseal' h on select top i c. I n tended fo r advanced gra d ua te students. Minimum super i s i on afte r i n i t i a l

p la n n i n g of student's p roj e c t . Prereqnisite: c o n se n t of depart­ me n t . ( 1 -6) 593 Thesis Reseal' h st udy to meet thesis option r eq u i r m e n l for M. . o r M .S. degree. ( 1 -6)

Cooperative Education Internships Cooperative education as s u m e s t i nal

an

that cperiential learning

a pp ro p r iate compo nen t of any q u a l i t y eel u a-

program. Though

i t shares this assumption with

other experiential lea rnin strat gies such a s fieldwork

eral resp cts. to an duca ­ tional work experi nce ea rly in their academic caree rs and weaves oppo rtunities fo r work and learning t hro u gho u t

placements and practica, it di ffe rs in se

Cooperative ed ucation intro d u es studen

their un dergraduate pro g rams . rather t h a n concentrating on practical course

work at the end. As the name suggests,

cooperative education represents a systematic co perat ion between the Ll n i ver ity and a variety

community.

of employers in th

A lthough the program's ca reer- related advan tages are bviolls, its main benefits are educational. Students ga i n

an appreciation of the relati nship between theory ami ap p lication , and may learn, both early and fir t-hand,

about new developments in a particular field. Cooperative

education provides t imel y and e A'te nde d

opportunities for

developing communication skills orally and in writ i ng. A cooperative education p rogram can enable st ude n ts to become aware of opportunities t

cont ribute creatively to

p resen t - d y society. and employers benefit as well. The u n iversity develops stronger and m o re creative connec-

the chan gi ng djmen sio n of wor k in The u n iversity

more

tan tly, the partnership pro

ides

a

unique o p p o r tu n ity for

empl oyers to part ici pa te in an im port nt educational

FACULTY: Martinson. Director; P he lp s . Progra lll Manager TWO MODE.L S: Th

oop e ra t ive Education

Pro g ra m accom­

modates both p a r t- t i me and ful l - time work modes. Pa r t-time work whi h allows t ude n ts the (lpportu n i t y to tak on -campus co u rs es co ncurren tly is l a b e led the "Par al l el Model." A fu l l - t im e work experience fits under the "Alter na t ing Model." fn most cases , students wi l l fo llow on e or

Graduate Seminar

Selected topic of current i n t r �l. Pos ible top ics i n c l u de Mo de l ing and Si mulation , Comp uter rc h i tec tu re , o m p u ter Networks, Com p uter raphics, Software Engineering. Pattern Recognition. C mpiler fmple men ta tio ll , Theo r y of omputing, F au l t To lerant Computing, Comp uter Se cu r i t y, Parallel Pro­ gTam ming, Object-Oriented D e s i gn and Programming, Parallel

can be

e

efficient device fo r t rain i ng a nd recruit lng. More impor­

the other, but some d ep ar t ­ deve l op seque nces th a t com inc both parallel and a l te rna l i n g w rk modes. Full- ti me �>ummer \ ork, for exam ple, wo uld be Gssified a s an alternating coopera tive educatilm e x p erien ce , and many summer j b provide for 1 arning t h a t relates to . tudents' aca­ ments or schools may

demic

obje

tives.

TH E PROCESS FOR STUDENTS� In order to be eligible for a d mi ssion i n to the

oopcrative Ed uc at ion Program a s t u de n t

mLlst have co m p l ete d 30 se mes t e r ho urs and be in good standing. Students who wish to part icipate apply to ei lhe r lhe o-op Office in Ramstad Hall or to a o-op fa c u l t y coordinat{ r OT spClnsor -e r v i n g lhis function in sp ec ified depa rt ments. divi­ sions, or sch oo ls. Both written application and pe rs o n a l in ter­ view are req u i re d i n order to determine eligibility, terms for p l a ce m e n t, areas of intere t, academ i c requirements. and kinds of po si t i o n s available. Stud e n t s are resp onsi ble fo r their learning activit ies during thei r co op erat i ve ed u c ati on position. Each s t u de n t must seek out and a rra nge for . :ldemic supervision from a facult)' coor­ d i n a t o r or sponsor. Fa c u l t y ar re pOllsihle for in s u ri n g that the work ex pe r i nee p ro vi des appropriate l earn i ng opportun i ties for helping to establ i sh the l e a r ni ng agre 'J11mt. and for dete r m i n i n g a grade.

Le a rn i n g is fac i litated lhrough : ( I ) use of a " Learn ing Agreemen t"; ( 2) completing all academ ic project; ( 3 ) periodic contact \ ith the fac u l ty s ponsor ; (4) atte nda n ce <It one work­ shop dur i n g th work eA1' rien ; and ( 5 ) an o n-sit up rv i,or wh o a cep ls the res ponsibility to fu nc t i on in 3 resource rol e. The learn ing agreemen t , de eloped by each t uden t with the ass i sta nce of a faculty p nsor, Ii ts I arning objectives w i t h measura ble lndicators of learning, a n d also incorpo rates su pp leme nt ary re o urces such as read ing ma ter ials a n d pa r t ici ­ pation in wo rk-related trai ning sessions. The le a r n i n g agreement is sig n ed by the student, the faculty p on � or, the progT<1nl d i rector, a n d the wl1rk sup rvisor. each of who m receiv

s a

copy.

between the fac u l ty spo nso r and the student lTl ust be suffi ienl to allow the p o nsor to erve a a r 'ource and provide academio.: supervision. Typ i lIy, lhis C3Jl be a co m p l ished d u ring one or lWo s i te Visits. tudents in a "paralld" ooperat ive educa­ t i o n program m ay a r range to OJ et wit h tit po n so r on campus. Those i nvolved in "alternutlng" programs some d istance fro m ca mpus may m ainta i n conta t t h ro ug h p�riodic p h o n e c nfer­ Contact

enct's, when s i te visits are impract ical. Employers are re sp o n s i b le

10:

( 1 ) provide pport unitles

fo r

s t ud e nts to ach ieve lheir learn in g obj ective within tb li mi t of th eir work s ettings; ( 2 ) help stu_denls develop skills re l a te d to t h e c o n te.'l.tual a peet. of the work world ( such a, re l at ions h ips with co-work rs ) ; and ( 3 ) facil i tate �tudents' integr t ion in to t h e ir work serting so that t hei r em pl oyment p roves valua b l e a n d p rod u ct i ve.

m m

o c

m

o " " m

""


E A R T H

S C I E N C E S

Students are required to register for al least onc credit hOUf a o-op p osi t io n Throughout a n undergraduate academ i c career a student rna}' reeei e , maximum o f 1 6 semes足 ter h o u rs o f credit i n cooperative education. a fter acceptin g

or: w

o

.

A su p ervis ed edu ational ex perience in a work set t i ng. Requ ires lhe completion of a Cooperati ve Education Learning Agreement i n consultarion

o

wi t h

a fac u l ty sponsor. ( 1 -8 )

A s uper vised educational experienc in a work etting providing for advanced level of responsibiLity. Requi res the completion of a Cooperative Education Learning Agreement in consultation with a faculty s pons o r. ( 1 -8 )

w UJ

477 International Work Experience a fo reign e ttin g. I eq uire s completion of the International ooperativc Education Agreemen t , completion o f a clearance checklist, and a n approved plan of reporting in consultation with a fa culty sponsor. ( 1 - 1 2 )

A sup rvised educational ex per ie nce in

o

.

cycle. Early declaration of majors or minors in earth sciences wilJ facilitate development o f i ndividual programs and avoid scheduling conHicts.

BACH ELOR OF SCIENCE ( GEOLOGY) MAJOR: 40 semester

476 Work Experience 0

u

scheduling of courses. The department strongly recommends

also notice that upper division courses are o ffered on a two-year

376 Work Experience I

Vl or: ::J

The department's programs remain Hexible, allowing fairly easy that all students complete Math 1 40 o r higher before enrolling in 300 level and higher courses i n earth sciences. tudents should

Course Offe rings

UJ

FACUITY: Foley, Chair; Benham, Lowes, Whitman; assisted by Huestis.

hours; course. include: 1 3 1 , 1 32 , 323, 3 2 4 , 3 2 5 , 326, 327, 329, 335, and 425, plus two from 328, 330, 334, 3 4 1 or 3 50; a t least 2 hours in 490 o r h i gher. ecessary supporting courses include: Chemistry l I S , 1 16; Physics 125, 1 26 ( 1 3 5 and 1 36 labs) (or Physics 1 53, 1 54 and labs); Mathema tics 1 5 1 . 1 52 or COl11put('f Science 2 2 0 . Biology 323 and additional cou rse are recom足 mended when paleontology i s a major i n terest.

BACHELOR 01' ARTS MAJOR: 32 semester hours; courses include: 1 3 ] p lu , t least two lower division from 1 32 , 1 3 3, 202, 222; two courses fro m 324, 325, 3 26, 327, 329, and two courses

576 Work Experience I I I

from 3 2 3 , 3 2 8 , 334, 335, 34 1 , 350; 2 credits from 490 or higher.

A s up erv ised educational experience at the grad uate level. Req uires c o m pl eti o n o r a ,oopera tive Education Agreement in consultation wi th a faculty sponsor and the student's grad uate

Reco m mended: one course fro m either 330 or 42 . Re qu i red

program adviser. 0 - 4 )

suppor ting courses include: Chemistry 104, 105, or 1 1 5, 1 1 6. O p t io ns reflect a student's i n terests and are discussed with an adviser.

BAC HEWR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: See

School ofEduca tion.

MINOR: 20 se m e s ter hours of courses in earth sciences,

Earth Sciences

excl uding January term courses, completed with grade of C or

Earth Sciences explore the c o mpone nts of the physical un iverse from humanity's e" isti ng habitat t

the fo unda足

higher. Rt:quired: 1 3 1 and at least three u p p er division courses.

tions of the earth, and beyond to the planets and the stars. A prog ra m of studies in these fields acquaint. students

Course Offerings

with their physical world and provides perspect ive on

An introductory course dealing with the h u man geologic habitat,

1 3 1 Physical Geology

hu ma n deve.lopment in t i me and spac . Environmental

are app r oached through the earth sciences,

both at present and as it has devel o pe d through time; materials

problems als

of earth (and lunar) crusts , their derivation through major earth

which imparl

a

realistic appreciation o f soc i et y 's depen足

dence o n eart h's physical resources. In providing ' uch a perspective, the depart men t fu l fills

the needs of a variety of students seeki ng to broaden their liberal arts

education, a nd also p ro vides more specialized

knowledge in supp rt of several fields, particularly for minor or major tud ies lead ing to careers i n resources and

environ men tal management o r scien tific re earch.

ituated be tween the Olympic Mountains and the Cascade Range, the depa rt me nt

is idea ll y located to

examin e geologic and marine enviro n ments. Field trips are thus

a

routlne part of many co urses .

Graduates in earth sciences hold po itions in the Natio nal Park Service, the U.S . Geological Su rvey, oil a n d m i ni ng gro u ps, and geot chll ical e ng inee ri ng , as well as d ucati on . The demand for qualified graduat s i n pollu-

ti

n

management and g

otechn icaI applications continues.

Most fields requ i Te post-graduate degrees, and to this

end, a number of PLU graduates have p u rsued master's and d octoral programs at maj or universities.

processes and fo rmation of ,urface features

- with

emphasis on

their significance to cultural development and c i ilization; laboratory study of rocks, minerals, and geologic mapping; field trips are arranged. I II ( 4 ) 1 32 Historical Geology A squel to 1 3 1 which concentrates on earth history, particul arly the for mation o f the

orth American continent: sed.imentary

rocks, fossils, and st rat i gra p hic record are related to tectonic upheaval and growth; field trips are arranged. 11 ( 4 )

1 33 Environmental Geology Study of the geologic environment and its relationship to humans, with emphasis on geologic features and processes that create hazards when encroached upon by h u man activity, including earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, landslides and avalanches, and solutions to problems created by these hazards.

II 1 994-95 ( 4 ) 202 General Oceanography Oceanography and its relationship to other fields; phys i ca l , chemical, biological, climatic, and geological aspects of the sea; field trips. 1 , n ( 4 ) 222 Conservati.on .of Natural Res.ources Principles ilnd problems of p ublic and pr iva te stewardsh i p of our resou rces with special reference to the Pacific Northwest. I I I (4) 323 Mineralogy Crystallography and mineralogy, both ore and rock-forming minerals. Prerequisites: 1 3 1 or consent of instructor. ( 4)


E C O N O M I C S o m

324 Igneous Petrology Applied and theoretical'study of the genesis , nature, and distribution of i g neous rocks, at microscopic to global scales. Emphasis on rocks amI p ro cesses onVashington volcanoes and intrusions, with many examples from elsewhere. Prerequisites: 1 3 1 , 326, or consent of instructor. aly II ( 2 ) 325 St.ructural Geology The form and spatial relationships of various rock masses and an introduction to rock deformation; consideration of basic prace ses to understand moulltain building and continental form a tion; laboratory emp h a sizes practical techniques which enable students to analyze reg i o n al structural patterns. Prerequisite : 1 3 1 or c ons e n t of instructor. aly 1 1 994-95 ( 3 ) 326 Optical Mineralogy Th ry ami practice of min ral s tud ies using the petrographic microscope, including im mers i o n oil techniques, production of lhin sections, and determination o f m i ne r al by means of their o p ti c al p r operties. This provide an i ntrodu c tion to the broader subject of petrography. Prerequisite: 1 3 1 or consent of instructor. aly I (2) 327 Stratigrapby and Sedimentation Formational pri n c i ples of surface-accumulated rocks, and their i ncorporation i n the stratigraphic record. This subject is basic to field mapping and structural interpretation. aly I ( 3 ) 328 Paleontology A /iyst matic tudy of the fossil record, combining principles of evolutionary development, paleohabitats and preservation, with pra tical experi e nce of sp e c i men i d ntification. These studies are fundamental to the understanding of stra t igraphy and the geologi time scale. aly J ! 994-95 (3) 329 Metamorphic Petrology nsideration of the mineralogical and textural changes that rocks undergo during orogenic episodes, i ncluding physical­ chemical p a r a mete rs of the environment as deduced fro m experimental studies. These include both " regional " and "con­ ta tn me t amorp h ism , metamorphic facies, rock fabrics, the role of fluids, and metasomatism. Prerequisites: 1 3 1 , 3 26, or consent of instructor. aly II ( 2 )

341 Energy and Mineral Resources for the Future

A survey of the world's energy and m ineral resources comprising the raw materials of industrialized societies. Studies include geological occurrence, global distribution, and quantities of such reserves; also, their fundamental technologies and economics, as well as the political framework in which they are de veloped. a/y I ( 3) 350 Marine Geology

Study of the 70% of the earth beneath the oceans, focusing on the extensive dis cover i es of the past few decades. Emphasis on marine sediments, sedimentary processes, plate te.ct nic processes, and the h istorical geology of the oceans. Laboratory lise of sedimentological and geophysical techniques to investigate selected regions of the oceans. Prerequisite: 1 3 1 , 202, or consent of i nstruc to r. a/y II (3) 425 Geologic Field Mapping Combining a survey of regional field geology with a series of local mapping projects, this co ll rs e introduces field techniques of geologic map-making. Included are traversing and data assembly, map construction, section me a s u reme nts , structural 3mlysis, and chronological synthesis. Graphics techniques are also covered. Prerequisites: previous geology courses and consent of instructor. S ( 5 ) 490 Seminar ( 1 -2) 491, 492 Independent Study (I -4) 493 Seminar i n Tectonics Reviews of books and journal articles dealing with various aspects of large-scale movem nts of the earth's crust. I I ( 1 -2) 494 Seminar in GeocbemIstry Reviews of l itera ture on the chemical aspects of sed i ments, magmatism, metamorp h i s m, lithification, andlor hydrothermal systems. I ( 1 -2) 496 Seminar in Economic Mineral Deposits Selected readings on the nature, origin, 0 cu rrence of, and exploration for concentrations o f metallic and industrial minerals in crustal rocks. lass discllssions will be held twice weekly. I ( 1 - 2 )

330 Survey and Mappi.ng Principles Introduction to techn i q ue s and instrumentation o f basic s urvey­ ing and carto g rap hy. Incl ud es leveling and transit t raverses, baseline meas ure ments, and triangulation; also, appli c ations of aerial photos and their interpretation for geologic m apping. Techniques for compiling geologic data and construction of geologic maps are a mong the essential skills covered. a/y I I (2)

497 Research ( I -4)

334 Grouodwater The origin of g roundw ater, flow in aquife rs, groundwater resource eva luation and development, wells, water quality, i n cl ud i ng poll ution, and geothermal resources. Emphasis on problems with groundwater in the Puget Sound area, with additional examples from diverse geologic environments. Prerequis i te: 1 3 1 o r consent of inst r uctor. aly II 1 994-95. (3)

large eno ugh to cover." - RALPH WALDO EMERSON

335 Geopbysics ' tudy of the physical nature of the earth, the propert i es and the processes , employing techniques from seismol )gy, heat flow, gravity, magnetism, and electrical conductivity. Emphasis on understanding the earth's formation, structure, and plate tectonics processes as well as geophysical exploration techniques. Laboratories include data collection in the field , p rocessing inte rpretation , and modeling with emphasis on app lications of co mputers to geophysical problems. Prerequisites: 1 3 1 , one semester of calculus, physics ( high school level or above), or consent of instructor. aly II 1 994-95. ( 3 )

Economics " Want is a growing giant whom the coat of Have was /lever

Economics is the study of how people establish social a r ra ngements fo r producing and d ist ribu t ing goo d s

and

services to sustail1 and enhance h uman l i fe. I t s main

objective is to determine a wise use of l i m i te d conomic reso u rces so that people receive the maximum possib l e

benefit at the lowest cost. The economics discipli ne mbraces a body

of tech­

n iques and co n cept ual to o l s that are useful for under­

analyzing our com pl ex economic system, Career avenues fo r graduates are numerous, since their

standing and

understanding o f the economy and their p roblem -solving

and th inking abi l it i es are applicable to a wide range of activities in busi ness and/or government. FACULTY: Nugent, Chair; B rue, R. Jensen, M. M i l l er, N. Peterson, Reiman, Vinje, Wentworth.

m m

n o c ;;0 Vl m

o m ;;0 z CI Vl


E C O N O M I C S

1.9 Z

o u.J V1 tl<!

:::J o U

u.J u.J

o

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: (A) M i ni m um of 38 s em es t er h o u rs, incl u d i n g 1 5 1 , 1 52, 3 5 1 , 3 52, 486, 1 2 h o u rs of e lec ti ves in ,-,ce no m ies, 4 h o u rs sel cled fro m S tat istic s 2 3 1 or M a the ma t i c s 34 1 , a n d 4 ho u rs se lect ed from E co n o m i c s 244" 343 ( if not used as e..:onomics elect ives), B us in ess 2 8 1 , M a t h e m a t ic s 348, or up to 4 hOUT in co m p u te r scienc . (B) A gr ad e point a erage of 2.50 in all cla ss es included in the 38 semes ter hours t ow,ud the major. With d ep a r t m en t a l app roval, E o n m i cs 1 30 rna be ubs t i tu led for Ec on o m i cs 1 52 for p u rposes of maj r and m i n or requirements.

For s tu d e n t s planning gr ad ua t work in e c o n o m i cs or

b usin ess, a ddit i o na l math p r pa rtit io n will be necessary. For specific cou rses, consult yo ur major adviser.

HONORS MAJOR: Outstanding studen ts mny ch oo�e to p ursue gra du at ing in e c o n o m ics w ith honors. in a d d i t i o n to meeting all other m aj or r quireme nts, i n order to be granted departmental honors a student must: ( A ) have an overal l u niversity grade point average o f 3.5 or b tter. ( 8 ) take fo u r hours beyond the s ta nd a rd major in 495, H nors The�is ( tudcnts apply fo r adm i ssi o n to this co urse in the seco nd semester of their j lI1ior ye a r. TIle de pa r tmen t grants adm ission to 495, Honors Thesis, based on the st u de n t's prior work I n eco n o m i cs and til q ua lity of the ge nera l resear h prop osa l . ) ; (C) p rese n t the result� of the work completed ill 495, H n o rs Thesis, at a mee t i ng of O m lCro n Delta Ep s i l o n ( the econo mics ho no ra ry) . MINOR: 22 se me ste r hours , i n cl u d in g 1 5 1 , 1 5 2 , 3 5 1 01' 3 52, a n d 1 2 add it io n a l hours of electives, 4 of which may b� in statistics. ECONOMICS HONORARY: The d ep ar tm e n t offers member­ ship in Omicro n De lta psUon, the I n ternati on al Economics Honorary, to qualified majors. For specific criteria, see any departm ental faculty memb e.r.

BACH1!WR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: See Ed'lea l ion.

School of

Course Offerings 130 Global and Environmental Economic Principles What is the " correct " amount of polluti on? What i. the value of

an an c i e n t cedar tree? What docs pop m u s ic have in co rn m n with ' uto p roduc ti o n? Micr -economic princi p les are used .. . •

to an alyze these a n d other

nv ironment. l and g l obaI issue.s.

Analysis of p u b l ic p o licy a nd private behavior; a p p ro p r iate pricing, r sour e v a lu a t i o n , taxes ,I nd subsidies, trade pol icies, su s ta inabl e develop ment, and income growlh an d distribu t i o n . Students annot take b o t h 1 3 0 and 1 5 2 for c red it. (4)

1 5 1 Principles of Macroeconomjcs This c ourse i n tro d u ces st uden t: to the economy as

whole and

j i s ues such as inflation, unemployment, eco n om ic growth, o n d i n t e rn at i o na l trade. These and o t h e r issues are a na l yz ed by stu dy ing the household, busi ness., go ver n men t , and i n ternational 'e lors. M a n y alternat ive planation.:, for the economy's pe rfo r m a n ce will be exa m i ned . ( 3 ) ma o r

1 52 Principles o f Microeconomics

The COllL e i n tr o d u c es st uden ts to th

tudy of e con o m ic

decis io n making by firms and individuals. Ec onom ic to Is and co ncept s such as m a rk e ts , s up ply and d mand, and efficienc y are

\ age and price determinatio n, inco me d istribu tion, environmental protection, and global p ro d u cti o n . ( 3 )

applied to cont m p o ra ry issue ' in l u d i n g

244 Econometrics I n t ro d u ctio n to the methods and tools of econometrics as t he bas is fo r a p p l i e d res arch in eco n o m i cs. Specification, estimation an d testing in the classical linear regression m o de l . Ex:tensions of the model and applications t the a n aly s i s of e c o no m i c data. Prerequisite: STAT 23 1 or e q u i v a l nt. (4)

321 Labor Economics Analysi of la b r markets and labor mar k e t issues; wag deter­ m i n a ti on ; i nvestment in h u m a n capital, unionism and co llective b a rgai ni ng; law and p ub l i c p o l i cy; liscrilllinalion; l a b o r mobili ty; earnings i nequality, u nempl lyment, and wages a n d in flation. Pr requi s ites: 1 3 0 or 1 5 2, or c n sen t of i n s t r u c to r. (4) 331 l ntemational .Economics

Regio nal and internat io na l pecialization, com p a rative costs, i n ternational payments and exchange rates; national p o l icies which promote or reo t r i ct trade. P rerequ isi tes : 1 3 0 o r 1 52, or

c o n sen t of i ns tr u ctor. ( 4 )

34) Economic Development: Comparative Third World Strategies nalysi of the t heo re t ic al framework fo r d evelo p m e n t with appl i c3 t i or ' to a l t e rn a L i v ecoll()mic d"velopment strategies used in the newly e mergi n g dev loping co untries. E i11phasi � on comparison betw en countries, a sessments of the re l a t i ve i mpor t a n ce of c ultural valu s , h i s t o r i c al exper ie nce, and govern­ mental p oli cies i n the devel o pm e nt process. Prerequisites: 1 5 1 o r consent of instr u ctor. (4) 343 Operations Research Quantitative methods fo r decision probl ms. Emphasis on l i near progra mming and other d te r rn i n is tic models. Pn: rcquisit c:

STA ' 23 1

or

equ ivalent. ( 2 )

345 Mathematical Topics i n Economics An i n t roduction to basi applications of mathem� t ica l t Is u ed in economic n nalysis. Topics i n clude ' i mp le l i near models of supply and demand, single and rmdtivariable maxim ization m dels, a nd linear cliff renc and di ifen.'lJtial e q uat i on model of eco n o m ic growth. Prerequisites: 1 30 or 1 5 1 or 1 52 , or consent of i nstructor. (4) 3 5 1 Intermediate Macro Economic Analysis ational income determ ination i n cl u d i n g po l icy i mplications w i th i n the inSli t u tjonal framework of the U . S . ec n o m y. P rerequ isi tes: 1 3 0 � )f 1 5 2 , and MA'T'H 1 28 or 140 o r 1 L (4) 352 Intermediate Mic1'o Economic Analysis

Theory of consumer beha v io r ; product md fa ctor pric 5 u nder co n d i t i o n s of m o nop o l y, competi t ion, and i ntermediate markets;

wel fare economics. Prerequi ites: 1 30 or in s t ructo r and

I{ATH. 1 2 8 , 1 40,

r

1 5 2, o r co nse nt of

l r l . (4)

361 Money and Banking The nature and rol e of money; monet:lry theory; tools and

implemen t a t ion of rnonetary p ol i cy ; regulation of i ntermed i a r­

ies; ba nking activit)' ill financial m a rke ts ; internalional conse­

quences of mel constraints on m o n e ta ry p o licy. Prere qu isi te' : 1 5 1 , 1 52, or consent of instructo r. ( 4 )

362 Pnblic Finance Public ta xa t io n and expen diture a t all governmental levels; the in cidence o f taxes, t.he p ub l i c d e b t and the pr vision f pu b l ic goods such as n a t i o na l defen 'e, edu cat ion, pLlre air, and waler. Prerequisites: I l , 1 5 2, or cons nt of instnlctor. (4) 37 1 Industrial Organization and Pllblic Policy An analysis of the st m ctu re, (o n d u c t, and perf; rmancc o f AmericJn i n d u s try a n d Pllblic p o l ic ies that fos te r anJ alt r industrial s tructure and behavior. Topics i nc l u de the eco nomics of firm size, m o t i va t i o n s of the fI rm, co ncentration , m rgers, patents, an titrust, p u bl i c utility regulation, public enterprise, and subsidizat ion. Prereq uis ites: 1 5 1 , 1 5 2 , o r c o n se n t of

instructor. (4)


E D U C A T I O N o

381 Compuative Economic Systems An a n al ysi.s a n d comp a r ison of con temporary eco n o m i c system s . Tile course i ncludes exam i na r i o n o f t h e c a p i t a l ist, m ixed a nd central ly planned modeb, i nclu d i n g an histor ical perspect ive . The ec nomic ystems of selected co u n tries w i ll :tl�o be s t u d i ed . Prereq u isites: 1 5 1 , 1 5 2 , or c o nsent of in t r u e t o r. (4) 3 99 Interniliip

A resea rch an d writ i ng

project i l l

c o n nect i o n wiLh a s tu de n t 's

a p proved off-ca mpus acti vity. The p r imary gO:ll is to ga in i n sight i n to appli ca t i o n s of th� ideas a n d methodo l o g j �s of eco n o m ics.

P rerequ isites: sophomore s t a nd i ng plus one c o u rse i n econ om i cs ,

f t h e depa rlment .

an.d consent

(1 -4) to

The

to

clwol o f

Education offers

p rogram s of study leading

modern t i mes; e mphas is on

the p riod fro m Adam Smith to J.N! . Keynes; t h e classica l econo m i sts, the �oc ia l ists, the marg i nal ists, t he neoclass i ca l economists, and t h e Keynesian s. Pre requisite: 35 l o r 3 5 2 ( may be take n onclJrrently). (4)

adm i n istrat() [s, and personne l in special education. The curriculum is de igncd to provide graduates wi th a blend ing of the l i beral arts and a variety of p r act i cal exposu res to guided field experiences begi n n ing early i n the e d u ation.aL sequen ce. The faculty is co m m itt ed t o the development of educational person nel sensit ive to th� n urses,

em i nar tn economic problems a n d

p o l i c i es with emphasis on

encll U ragi ng the student to i n teg r a te problem-so l v i ng method­

ology with tools of eco nom ic analysis. To p ic ( s ) selected by class pa rticipan ts :ll1d i nst r uct o r. Prereq u i s i te: co m e n t of i nst ructo r.

( 1 -4)

FACULTY: I3 r i ckel l , Act ing Deal1; Reisberg, Acting i\:;sociale

T h e School of E du ca tio n is accred i ted by the

Association of Schools and Col leges, a n d the Was h i ngton S t a te

B oa rd uf Edu cat iu n for

the pr�paration

of e lemt:I1tary a n d

se c o nda r y teac hers, p r inc i p a l s , program ad m i n istra tors, speCIal

education teacher�, and guida nce co u n e l o rs , w i th the Master of

rts in Education the h ighest deg ree approved. The acc reditation

Progr,lIllS fo r the p rcparati()n of school ad mi n i s t rators a n d

toward the convers i o n , renewal , o r reinstatement o f teac h i ng

fac u l ty

mem bers. Research p ro posa l and t o p ic develo ped by t h e st u de nt in t he j u.nio r year. A p p l icat io n to enroll is made in the second

junio r year. I'rer"q u is i t e : economics maj o r and con sent of the depa rtment. ( 4)

se mester of tbe

500 Applied Statistical Analysis

An i n tensive introduction

to s t a t is t i cal

methods for g rad u ate

students who have n o t p r·eviously taken i n t roductory stat i stics. Emph sis

un

the appl icatio n

si tua t i o n . Top i

of i n fere n t ial stat i s t ic,; to CorH...Tetc

include measu res of IOl:;1tjon and vari a t i o n ,

proba bi l it y, esti m a t i JU, I yp o thesis tests, m : d regress io n .

(4)

Gradu ate workshop� in spec ial fields or a re a :; fo r varying period o f time. ( t -4 J

504 Economic Analysis and Policy Decisions Basic ecor\o mic c o n cep ts applied t

· c h o o l librariallS a re ava i lable. The S c h ()o l o ffers course\ o r k

po l icy fo r m a t i o n Jnd

operur i ng dec isio ns i n a gl o bal framework. ( 4 )

543 Quantitative Methods

con epts of prob ab ility, sampling, statistical de ci si o n theo ry, li nea r programming, and ther determi n istic mode l s applied tu ma nager ial problems, Prerequ i ite: ';TAT 2 3 J or 341 . ( 4 )

The

5 90 Graduate Seminar

rega rd i ng t hese programs is available from the d i rector o f graduate p ro g r a m s i n the S c h o ol o f E d u c a t i o n

( 5 .3 5- 72 7 2 ) .

ELIGIBIUTY REQUIREMENTS POR PROFESSIONAL STUDIES: S tudents seeking to register for

d u c a t i o n 302 or ft)r

Educati onal Psychology 26 1 /Edncl1tion 262 mus t a p ply to the School of Educa t i o n , in o rder

to

recei ve

a

t a l l y card fo r regis t ra ­

t i O D . O ffic ial t r a n s c r i p t s of all col l ege/un iversity wo rk, writing

scores I11 US't be s u b m itt ed t o t h e S ch o ol of Ed u ca ti o n by the fi rst Friday in Oc tober o r March before being adm itted t o the School of Educa t i o n and allowed to en wll in e d U C at io n courses the fo ll ow i ng term. Requirements i llciluie; 1 . Evidence of ve rb a l a n d quantitat ive a b i l i t y as iU ustrated by one of t h e follow i n g t e s t SCl.lfes : · d . S chola st ic p t i tu d e Test (SAT) Verbal 425 o r a bove; Total 9 [ 0 o r above" b. Wash ington P re-CoLlege les t ( WPCT) or ( TETEI') Verbal 48 o r above; Total 103 or aboveh c . Amer.ica n College

Test Assessment ( ACT)

Verbal 20 o r above;

o m p osite 2 3 or above'

This reLlll iremen l may be wai ved for persons who have completed a bac a la u reate degree; or who have completed two o r more year> of col/ege le.vel courselVork, have demonst ra ted competency through co llege level courscwork, alld are over the age of

591 Directed Study ( \ - 4 )

595 Gradu.ate Readings Independent study card required. (4)

599 Thesis

of

Literacy Ed1. 1cat i o n , and S p ec i a l Educatio n . f nfom1 a t i o n

Sekcted top ics as a nn o unced . Prerequ isite: consen t of instr uctor. ( 1 -4 )

598 Research Project ( 4 )

School

Nu rsing sec t i o n o f t hi s catalog. T b e School of E d u c a t ion offers gradu.l te degrees i n Classroom Te a ch i n g , Educa tion a l drn i n is t ra tion, Educati o n al Psychoiogy,

sa m ples , and o ffi c i al doc u mentation o f co l lege adm i ssion test

5 0 1 Graduate Workshops

-n -n

at to na l Council

cert iGcates. ror p reparation of s(ho o l n uriies, set:

more

Vl

G . ,lelson, P. O lson , Owens, R ickaba u g h , \ 'e n two r t h , C. Will iam s, Ye tter.

495 Honors Thesis one \)f

c

Leitz, L ewis, Minetti, Mosher, M u ld e r,

Pr requ. isite: co nse nt of the department and co m p le t i o n of ei t h er 3 5 1 or jS2 . ( 1 -4) Indepe nden t researc h s uperv i .ed by

o

Dea/!; Baughman, Chu rney, Ford, G e rl a c h , Glasgow, La mo reaux,

gives I'LU gradua tes reciprocity w i th man y oth er st ates.

49 ) , 492. 493 1odependeol Study

n

o

fu r Accred i ta t i o n o f Teacher E d uc a t i o n ( N ATE ) , tilt: Nort hwest

490 Se:mi.na.r

rn

certi fication for e leme n t a r y a n d se c o n da r y teachers,

varied i n dividual needs oC learners.

4 86 Evolution of Economic Thought con o mic t h o u ght from a ncie n t

School of Education

twell U

(4)

ty-fi ve.

Test score. req w rements { I re subject to clwlIge.

2. Sophomore st a n d i ng

3. 4. 5.

a rc set

(30

by the State of Wash illgto II a nd

or more

umulative gr:1de point average

sem es te r hours)

( PAl

Psychology l O l : grade of : or h igher E nglish

1 0 [ : grade o f C o r higher

of 2 . 50

Vl


z

o w Vl =:J o u

w w

Application forrm and procedu res fo r admission to profes­ sional tudie.s in e du cat i on are available from the School of Education. Students who do not m e e t a l i th e re q u i reme n t s may exercisc the appeal process fo r a dmi ss i o n to Education 302 o r Educatil)I1al Psychology 261 IE d ucat i o n 262. Admission a p p ea l proce forms are available from an adviser in the School of

semester ( 1 5 qu ar t e r) hours within the seven years preceding application for the initial certificate. The recency requirement does not apply to individuals who are seeking the continuing cer t i fi c a t e ( WAC 1 80-79-06 5 ) ( 3 ) 3. An individual m u s t complete t h e renewal ap pl ic a ti o n fo rm and send i t to the School o f Education, with the $ 1 5 renewal

Educa t ion.

fee (check made payable to Pacific Lutherall University). 4. An individual must haY(' a copy of his or her I n itial Certificate

All st ud e n t s

a d m itted to Education 302 or Educational Psychology 26 l /Edu a t i o n 262 ar admitted provisionally to a program of professional stll d i e s, ubject to co nditi o ns and procedures id enti fi ed in the Elementary/Secondary Initial Level Certification Handbooks, available in t.he School of Education. Con t inuation in the program of professional studies is s u bj ect to ontinllOus asse ment of student development and performance.

BAE and/or CERTIFICATION REQUIREM ENTS: S tuden ts

become cand idates fo r certification when they have successfully completed the fo l l o w i ng:

1 . All course work with a cu mulative grade point average of 2 . 5 0 o r above.

2 . Professional Education Sequence fo r elementary or secondary tea h i ng . 3. An app roved teaching major(s) or concentration(s) (see requirements as l isted under Academic Preparation).

4. All courses i n educn tion and i n major and minor fields with !!Tades f or higher ( fo r secondary education, B-or higher required in education c o urs e s ) . 5. Ac h i eveme nt of pro ficiency in w r i t i n g a n d m a t h s k i ll s . 6. A n t h rop ol o gy 2 1 0 / H is t ory 2 1 0 or Anthropolog)' 1 02 fo r se c o n d a ry teachin g and A n t h ro po l o g y 1 02 for elementary teaching. 7. ·o u r e w o r k or cour es on t h e issues of abuse, as app roved b), the S c h o o l of Education (SPE 480). 8. A student teach i ng experience. Students must complete all necessary procedures b, the last Friday i n October for fal l st udent teaching or the last Friday in November for spring student teaching. 9. A valid first aid card. -

TEACHER CERTIFlCATION

Initial Teaching Certificate: S t ud e n t s who successfully complete a progra m of p ro fessi on a l studies in the School o f Education, a nd who meet all related academic requ irements for a degree or a certificate, will be recommended by the School o f duration fo r a Washington initial teach i ng certificate . Additional state re­ quirements for the certificate include a Washington S tate Patrol ch '(k, an FBl fingerprint check, and a passing score on state entry-to-practice tests. Information regarding all state require­ ments and procedures for certification is available i n the School o f Education. State requiremetlts are subject to immediate charrge. Students should stay in close contact with their School of Education advisers for updates ill p rogram or applica t ioll requirements. Initial Teaching Certificate Renewal: Under state regu l a t io n s in effect at the p u b l i ca ti o n o f this catalog, the I n i t i a l Cert ificate is v al id for fo u r years, a n d may be ren ewed for an additional three years by m.:eting th fol l owi n g requirements:

1 . In o rd e r to be e l i gi b l e to renew or h av e an i n iti al certificate reiss ued, an individual m u s t have completed all coursework requirements fo r continuing certification or have completed 10 s m ster ( 1 5 quarter) hours of study since the issuance of lhe MO. T RECENT initial certificate i n the ro l e for which renewal or re i s s ua n c e is being sou g ht (WAC 1 8 0-79-065) ( 1 ) (a). The i n d ivi du a l must also meet the re c e n c y req u i r em e n t described below. In some cases the same c re di t s m ay a p p l y to both the re n e wal / re i ssuanc re q u i n:ment and the recency requ i re m e n t 2. T n order to b e e lig i ble t o obtain, renew, or ha ve an initial certificate reissued, t h e individual must have c o mp l e t e d 1 0 .

.

on file in the School of Education.

Converting to the Continuing Cutificate: At the t i m e of

publication o f t h is catalog, state requirements include: 1. 30 semester hours o f upper division or g r adu at level p ost­ baccalaureate s tud y. 2 . 1 80 d ays of full-time teac h i. n g , of which 30 days must be with

the same employer. 3. T\vo endorsements. 4. C ou r se wo rk i n issues of abuse. Alth ough the master's degree is no longer required, any School of Education M A degree can be used to meet the academic re­ quirements for the continuing certificate. Other means by which the School o f Education can help persons meet continuing certi ­ fication requirements will be considered a s the)' become known. ELEMENTARY PREPARATION General requirements: In addition to the ge.neral university and core re qui re m en t s in all curricula, certain specific requirements

i n general education must be met.

1. An th ro p ol o gy 1 02, Ex plo ri ng Anthropology; Culture and Society ( recommended) or Ant hropology 2 l 0 / H i s t o ry 2 1 0, Global Per spect ive s or the equivalent must be taken. 2 . Biology 1 1 1 or another Life ciencc course must be taken. 3. Natural Sciences 1 06 o r another physical science course must ,

b e taken.

4. Mathematics 223 or equivalent m u s t be taken. A year course in one laboratory science may be s ubs t i t u t e d by those who have adequate background fro m high c h oo l in the other science area. Professional Education Sequence, Elementary Program:

SPED 1 90

E xcep tio nal Children and Adults, 3 hours (no p r e requ i si t e) EDUC 253 hild Development and S c ho ols 4 hOUTS ( 2 . 50 GPA and sophomore status r�q ui red ; pre re qu i si t es : ENG L 1 0 1 and PSYC 1 0 1 ) EDUC 3 2 2 General Methods, Upper lem e n t a r )" 4 hours or EDUC 324 General Methods, Eleme ntary, 4 hours ( Prerequ isites fo r all eneral M e th o d s courses: 2.50 G PA, j u nior standing, EDUC 253 o r 3 2 1 , ap p li ca t io n screening and a cc e p ta n ce into the School o f Ed u cat i o n) EDUC 42 1 Teachers and t h e Law, 1 hour. EDUC 430 S tu d e n t Teaching Primar)" 1 0 hours ( s in gle) or EDUC 432 S t ud e nt Teaching, Upper Elementary. 10 hours ( s i n gl e ) EOUC 434 S tud e n t Teaching, Elementary, 8 hours (dual) ( For Student Teaching a GPA o f 2.50 and senior slanding are requ i red a lon g with posi tive field evaluations from EOUC 253 and EDUC 322-4. Prerequisites: EDU 253, 322-4, 325, 3 2 , 408, 4 1 0, and 4 1 2 and m e t h o d s i n art, music, and p hysic a l ,

,

.

education; all cond itions to full admission met;

EOUC 435

s a tis fac to ry writing, spelling, and math sk ill s . ) Professional Seminar, 2 hours (must b e t aken c on c u r re ntl y with EDUC 430 or 432)


E D U C A T I O N o m

Professionalized Subject Matter ( 16-20 hoW's required of aU elementary candidates):

EDVC 325

Re ad i ng in

EDV

M a th e m a t ics

the El e m e n ta ry , chool ( 4 ) in the El e m e n t a ry School ( 2 ) E D U 408 Language Arts i n the Elem e n ta r y chool ( 2 ) E D C 4 [ 0 Science/Health i n t h e E l e m e n ta r y School ( 2 ) E C 4 [ 2 Social S t u d ies i n the El eme nta ry School ( 2 ) ARTD 3 4 1 El e me n ta ry A r t Education ( 2 )

326

or

ED 457 MUSI 341 PRED 322

Th ' A r t s , Med ia and Tech nology (2) Mu s ic in the E l eme n t a r y School ( 1 -4 ) Phy ' ical Education in t h e E l e m e n t a r y School ( [ -4)

Professional Education Sequence, Elementary Program (New Program, beginning Spring

1995):

SPED 200 Individuals w it h Sp e c i a l Needs ( 2 ) EDU 302 Human Learning: Growth and D evelop m e n t ( 3 ) ED VC 3 0 3 Fi el d Observation ( [ ) EDU 3 5 7 Media a nd Te c h n o l o gy i n K-8 Classrooms (2) ED 358 P ra ct i c u m I ( [ ) EDUC 400 Topics in E l e m e n ta ry Education: C l a s sro o m Issues a n d I ns t r u ctio nal Strategies (3) EDUC 40 1 Practicum U ( l ) EDUC 406 Mathematics i n K- 8 Education ( 3 ) ED 408 L i te ra c y in K - 8 E d uc a tio n ( 3 ) EOU 4 1 0 Science/Health in the Elementary School ( 3 ) E D U 4 1 2 Social Studies in t h e E l e m e n tar y School ( 3 ) E O V 4 3 0 Student Teaching i n K - 8 E d u c a t i o n ( 9 ) BDU , 43 5 Topics in Elementary Education: Cl assro o m Prac­ tice in the Context of Educational Foundations ( 3 ) SPED 4 9 9 Tea c hin g for Individual Diffe re n c - E l e me n t a ry ( 2 ) ART 341 Elementary A r t Education ( 2) �

and MU 1 34 1

Music

i n t h e E l em e n t ar y School ( 1 -4)

or

SOTA 34 1 PHED 322

I n t eg r a t i ng Arts in

the C l assroo m (2) Physical Education i n Elementary S c h o ol s ( 2 )

SECONDARY PREPARATION

In addition to the gen e r a l u n i ve rsi t y requirements in all curricula, certain sp e c i fi c requirements for ge n er a l education must be me t. 1 . Anthropology/History 2 1 0, ,Iobal Pe rs p e c t ive s ( recom­ m e n d e d) o r Anthropology 102, Culture a n d ociety, must

General requirements:

be taken.

2. Co m p u t e r Science 322, M icroco m p u t e r s in the Class ro om , must be taken ( P h ys i c a l Education and Music Education d eg ree majors excep te d) 3. Minimum grade requirements include a c u m u la t ive grade p oi n t average of 2.50 for the fol low i n g : a. Entrance to p rofessional equence. b. r o l l m en t in any course in professional ed ucation. c . raduati n and/or ce r t i fi c a tio n 4. Grad es of C or h igher in the foUowing: a. All courses in maj o rs a n d m i n o rs b. English 1 0 1 , Psychology [ 0 1 , Anthropology/History 2 1 0 or A n t h ropo l og y 102. e . C mputer Science 3 2 2 . .

.

.

Professional Education Sequence, Secondary Education

( minimum of 30 semester hours):

EP

Y 26 1

Human Re lat ion s De vel o p m e n t ( 3 ) ( P rerequisite: Ad mission to the sequence)

EDUC 262

Fo u n d ations

of Education ( 3 ) ( Prer quisites: se q u e n c e and c o n c u rren t enroll­

Ad mission to the

in EP 'Y 26 1 ) bservation ( [ ) ( Prerequisites: Admission to the se q ue nce and concurrent enrolment in

ment

EDUe 263

S c h o ol

EDUC 2 6 2 )

EPSY 3 6 1

Psychology for Te ac h ing ( 3 ) ( P rereq uisi t e: EPSY 26 1 )

Tea chi n g for I n d ividual Differences - Seco ndary (4) (Pr requ isi tes: ED UC 262/263, EPSY 26 1 ) ( Not req u i re d for sp eci a l education maj ors or minors) EDUC 44X Subject A re a Metbods ( 3 ) ( P rerequ isites: RDUC 262/263, EPSY 26 1 , 36 [ , SP E D 362) E D C 4 6 1 General Teac h i ng Methods - Se ondary ( 3) (Prerequisites: EPSY 2 6 1 , E ue 262, concurrent enr l Imen t in E V � 462) 4 12 Teacher Assisting - S e c o n da ry ( [ ) ( Prerequisites: ED PSY 2 6 1 , EDV 262, co nc u r re n t nrollment in DVC 46 1 ) EDVC 468 St udent Teac h i ng - S e c onda ry (9) ( P rerequisites: EP Y 26 1 , 36 [ , ED C 262, 263 , 46 1 , 462, SPED 362, senior s ta n di ng, cumulative PA of 2.50 or h i gh er; a valid fi rst aid card must b<: on tile before student t ea c h i ng place men t can be fi nalized)

SPED 362

m

n o c

o ,., ,.,

Recommended Sequences:

Ulldergraduate StudellL,

EPSY 26 1 , EDUC 262, 2 6 3 ..... _ ..... _._ ... _._ . . . . . ... . . . . . E PSY 36 1 , SPED 362 .. . ,................ EDU 4 I , 462, 44X . . .. .. . . EDUC 468 .

..............

.....

.

_

.

_.

.

...

..

..

..................

.....................................

..

.....

. ..

.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . . .......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. .... .

7 7 7 9

hours hOll.rs h UTs h O Llrs

GradrllJte Students (with B.A./B. S. degrees)

EPSY 26 1 , EDUC 262, 263 .... . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. ... . . _. 7 hours EPS 36 1 , EDUC 46 1 , 462, SPED 362 . .... . . . .... .. 1 1 bours EDU , 44X, 468 ...._ ........................ . . .. . . . _ [ 2 h urs . . . . ._ . .

.

.

.

.

.

.

......

.

...........

.

.

.

.

....

.

..

.

.

.

... . .._.

..

..

ACADEMIC PREPARATION: A

major fro m those listed must in a s eco nd academic area is strongly recommended. ( Students do not major in education). Teaching majors are o ffered in the following areas: an thropo l o gy, art, biology, cheIDi ·try, drama, earth sciences, economics, E n gl i s h , French, German, h i s t ory, j o u rn a li sm , language a rts , mathematics, music, Norwegian, p hys i c a l e d u c a t i o n , p hy s i cs , p ol i t i cal science, psychology, ci nee, social studies, so c i o l o g y , Sp a n ish , a n d speech. M i n o rs o n l y are ava i l a b l e in Chinese, o m p u ter science, health, and Lat in . The m aj o rs and m i n o r in the ele m e n t a r y and secondary ed u c a t io n program ha e been rev i s e d because of changes in the Wa sh i n g ton Adminl 'trative Code_ Except in th e ar as o f EngUsh/ l a n g u a ge arts, science, a n d socia.! s tudies, the e l emen t a ry maj or fulfills areas o f s t u d y re q u i red b)( the State for endorsement. ee an education adviser for c urre n I i n fo r m a t i on . n of a

be co m p leted . "o m pl et i

teaching m aj o r/ mi n o r

PREPARATION FOR SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING:

preparing for sen ior hi g h tea c h i ng mllst com pI te app [()xima ly 3 2-69 semester hours in the ac a dem i c rea i n which t h ey plan to tea c h A minor i n a s e co nd te ac h i n g area is recommend d. Students may also find i t advantageous to their c aree r goals to 1 ) develop skills i n one or more coaching areas i n res p o n se to Title IX legislation, 2) d velop com petencieli in s p ec ial education in response to federal sp ecia l educalio n le gi s l a t i o n , and 3) deve l o p p ro fi c i enc i n one or more la ng uages, part i c u l a rl y Spanish and Asian l a n g u a ges In all cas s, stud nts must discuss their program \ i t h an adviser from the Sc hool of Student

.

y

.

Educa tion.

PREPARATION FOR K- l 2 TEACH I NG: Students preparing for

K - 1 2 teaching in art, m usic, foreign l a n gu a ge , or ph ys i ca l education must have student t e a c h i n g cx p t'T i en c c and co u rse ­ work in m eth o d o l o gy on b o t h tl1e el e m e n t a ry a n d s e ' ondary levels. De t a i led i n fo r m ati on r e ga r d i n g K - 1 2 certifica tion is ava i l a b l e in the School of Education offic�. A S c h oo l of Educa­ t i o n adviser is required in addition to an adviser in a r t, music, or p h y si ca l eJucation_

Cl l/)


E D U C A T I O N V1

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MINOR: Students p r p a rin g for cr:: UJ u.. L-

o \JJ V1

ekmcn tary da� room teach jng s h ou ld chootie one of the

followinu op t i o n s: Cra -Disciplinary Studies ( 1 2 hours required) Seled 12 110111"5 from;

pee h

Child D evel o p me n t

eography

SPED

o U

Reading Endorsement E U 408 Language Arts I II th Elcrnentu l· Y S c h o ol ( 3 )

w cr::

c

EDUC 5 1 1

The Acqu i,itio I1 a n d Developme.nt o f L a n g u age and

U terncy (2 ) Strategies for Language/Litera y Development i. n

Clas EDU

513

EDU C

538 528

WUC

E D C 529

(2)

Language/Literacy Development: AS$ e s s me n t and

I nstruction (4) Strategies for Who l e Li ter a c y [ nstr u t ion ( K - 1 2 ) C h ildren's Literature in K-8 Curriculum ( 2 ) "

Ad ole cent Literature i n the Secondary

urriculum (2)--

�D C 503 On ElcCli � (2) � May

rooms

umpus Wo rks h op s

in Education (2)""

subsritllte ENGL 364 or eqll ivi/lent 4-hour childnm's litera­

Mathematics 1 2 h o u r In mathematics req u i red ( p o ss i b l y i n cl u d i n g computer science) , se lected i.n co ns u l t a t i o n with chool of E d u ca t io n adviser.

SPECIAL EDUCATION (K- 12) : The 32 semcster h ur t e ac h i n g maj o r and 1 8 ernestel· how· minor m u s t be taken in conj u nction with an academic teac h.i ng major. S tudents comp leLing this

m'ljor aJ o ng w i t h

the req u i red professi()nal edu ation

fo r iemcntary

secondary teachers will be rec o m mend d fo r

s

queoce

a.n end rsement in speciaJ educat ion . Stu dents n o t m aj o ri n g in e.,''(c useci fro m the r q u i. re m e nt s of t aki n g

educa tion may b

Ed ucation 302

or Educational Psychology 26 1 /Education 262.

Major (26 hours minimum) I/eqltired Co ltrses

P ED 1 90

(minimum 0/21 hours);

ceptional Chil d re n and Adults ( 3 )

I n t roduct ion to Learning D isabil i l ic� (3) Introduction to D evelop me n tal D i s a bi l i t i es ( 3 ) Introduction to Beha i or Di orders (3) SPED 393 SPED 9 8 Assess m ent in Special a n d Re med i a l Education( 3 ) Pract i cu m in S p ecial Educarion ( 2 ) PED 399 Curricu l u m and T n s tr uct i on fo r I .earners w it h PED 407 Special Neecb (4) Elective 'ourscs (m inimum of 5 flours); PED 1 9 1 O bser at ion in pe ial Educalion ( i ) SPED 296 E d ucat i n g the Physic" Uy Ch.d lenged a n d Med ica lly ragile ( 2 ) I ntro d u c tion ro Language Dev elo pme n l and S P E D 395 D isorders ( 2 ) P E D 290 Pill

390

SP ED 403 SPED 408

SPED 475 PE 479

SPED 480 SPED 490 SPED 492 PED

494

Parcnt/ Profes · janal Partners h i p in

1 90

pecial

SPED 3 9 S P ED 407

Ed uc lion (2) Career and Vocational Ed u c at io n for t u d en t s with S pec i al Needs (2) Supervising Para-Pro� sionaJs a n d 'olunteers ( l ) Spec ial Tech niques i n Rea lt i ng (4) Issues i n hild Abus and Neg l e c t ( I Early Learning Experiences for Spe c i al Needs Ch jldren ( 2 ) Medlods o f Teachlng arly Child h o od Special Education ( 2 ) Computer A ppl ic a tion i n pe c ial Educat ion (2)

Excep tional C h i l d r e n and Adu l t s ( 3 ) I n t roduction to Learning Disabilities ( 3 ) Assessment in Spec i a l and Remedial E d u c a t i o n ( 3 ) Practicum in S p e c i al Education ( 1 ) u rr i c u l u m and I n � t r u c t i o n for Learners with Special Needs

(4)

Elective CO l l rses (m inimum of 4 hours); S PE D

2 '16

Educ a t i ng the Ph ),s i ca l l ), C hall e n g e d and Medically

SPED

390

Fragil e (2)

SPED

475 480

490

Introduct ion to De e lop me n ta l Disabilities ( 3 ) Introduction t o Behavior D is orders ( 3 ) I ntroduction t o Language Development an d Disorders ( 2 ) Pra tic u m i n S pec ia l Education ( I ) Parent/Professional Pa rtnership in Special EducatiQn ( 2 ) areer a nd Vocational Education for Students with Sp e c 1 a l Need (2) n p ervising Para- Professional a n d Vol u n teers ( I ) Issues i n Child Abuse and Neglect ( I ) E a r l y Le a rn i ng Experiences for S p e ci a l Needs

SPE

494

C o mp u t e r Ap p l ic a t i on i n S p e c i a l Education ( 2 )

S P D 393

S PE D 395 SP D 399 SPED 403

SPED 408

t u re course for EDUC 528 a/Jd the ch ildre/l's litera ture eleclives.

r

Student Teac h i n g i.n El mentary Sp e c ia l Education (6) 'tudenl 'Ii a c h i n g i.n S e con da r y Sp e c ia l Education (6)

Minor (18 hours minimum)

SPED 2 9 0 S PED 398

Special Edllcation ( I 8 hour ' required) (see l i s t i ng fo r Mi n or lU Jder Special Ed uca t i o n K- 1 2)

w

438

Reqllired Courses (minim u m or 14 h o u rs);

Spec ial Educat i o n

cr:: ::J

EDUC 5 1 0

SP ..

SPED 439

Computers in Education

Children's Literature

Student Teaching ( required - minimum of 6 hours):

SPED

S PE D

hi l d ren

(2)

Please notc; Special Educa t ioll 1 90 is a prereq u isite to A L L special educa t ion coursework. Edll ClJ t ion 302 or Educat io/lal Psychology 26 11Educa tio l1 262 is 11 prereq u isite for A L L 300 or 400- level Special Edllwtioll courses. Silidenls 'lOt /I1ajoring in education may be excused from this

requirement.

EARLY CHILDHOOD - SPECIAL EDUCATION See Gradul1te Studies, llBRARY LEARNING RESOU.RCE SPECIAUST: Preparation of School Librarians ( 16 semester hours) Students interested in p rep a ri n g for l he responsibility of administering a school l i b r a ry may meet slIgg ' s t e d stan dards through the fo l lo wi n g p ro g r a m : Prerequisite; ED C 253 o r EPSY 26 1 /EDU , 262, or t e a c h e r certification. Req l./ired;

EDUr: 506

Fo un d a t i o n s of School T . i b r a r y Media M nagement

EDUC 507

EDUC 508 EDU

509

EDlIC 537 EDUC 538 E D U C 555

enter

(2)

Princ ip les of In fo r m a t io n Organization, Retrieval, and Se rvi c e (2) Pr i nc i p l e s of I3ibliographi A n a l ys i s and C o n t ro l (2) Fo u n d a t ions of Collec t i o n D eve l o p m ent (2) M ed i a and Te c h no l o gy fo r School L i b ra r ), M ed i a 'pecialists ( 2 )

S t r a teg i es fo r Wh o l e Literacy I n s truct i on ( K- 1 2 ) ( 2 )

'Lu riculum Development (2)

Electives - o n e a/ the following;

EDUC 528 Children's Litera t u re i n K-8 C urri c u l u m (2) ED UC 5 2 9 Adolescent Literature i n the S e con dary Cur r i c u l u m (2) E D U C 4-6 Storytelling (2) PRINCIPAL'S AND PROGRAM ADMINISTRATOR'S CERTI F ICATE: Preparation programs l e adi n g to c e r t i fi c a t i o n at the Ini t i a l and ontinuing l e v e l s fo r sc h o o l and district-wide program adm i nistrators are available through the S c ho o l o f Educa t i o n . Specific requirements for the certificates are


E D U C A T I O N o

ide n t i fied in h3ndbooks a va i l ab le u pon re qu est.

Master's degrees

L n educ a t i o n a l a d m i n i t r a t io n are described in the Graduate Studies sec t i on o f

this c a t a l og .

CERTlFJCATION REQUlREM ENTS FOR SCHOOL COUNSEWRS AND SCHOOL NURSES: E d uca t io n a l Staff Assoc i ate certification fo r school counselors o r for s ch oo l nurses is i n di v i d u al l y desi Tn ed t. h ro ugh a P ro fe s s i o n a l Educa t ion Advisory Board, con s i s t in g o f a sc h a u l district, related p ro fe s sional associ a tio n s, and Pac i Jic Lu t h e ran Uni ersit)'. Fo r i n form a t io n reg a rd i ng counselor certifi a tion, contact t h e School o f Educa t i o n . or i n fo rmati o n regard i n g school n u rse certifica­ tion, contact rhe: Sch o o l o f Nursing ( 53 5-8872 ) . ­

Teaching Major/Minor Requirements ANTHROPOWGY

1 ) C ul tur a l A n th ro pology, 2 ) P hy s i c a l An t h ro p o l o g y, ) A rc h a eol o gy. Secondary teach i ng m ajo r: 32 sem est e r hours required. Anthropology 1 0 1 , 1 02, 3 54, 480. 4 hours from A n t h ro p o l og y 220, 230, 330, 3 3 6 , 345. 4 h o u rs from Anthropology 2 1 0, 350, 360, 375, 380, 392. 8 hours fro m A n t h ropology 1 03, 3 3 2 , 365, 370, 465. Secondary teachillg m i n o r: 20 s em ester h o u r s requ i red. Anthro­ p<)logy 10 1, 1 0 2 . 8 h o u r s from An t h rop o l ogy 2 1 0, 2 20, 2 3 0, :1 30, 336, 34 5, 354. 4 h o u rs from A n t h ro pol o g y 1 03 , 3 3 2 , 365, 370, 465. Ele mentary teaching m ajo r: 24 semester h ou rs requ i red . A n t h ro p o l ogy 1 0 1 , 1 02 , 354. 8 h o u rs fro m Anthropology 2 1 0, 220, 230, 330 , 336, 3 4 5 . 4 hours from An t h ro p o logy 1 03, 3 3 2 , 365, 370, 'l65. Sta te clldorsement req u i remen ts:

ART

Siale endorsement req u i re m e n ts : 1 ) A r t history or c r i t i c i s m , 2) Aest h e t i cs or ph i l o sophy of a r t , 3 ) D r aw i n g , 4 ) Pa i n t i n g , 5 ) Scu l p t u re, 6 ) Instru c t i o na l methods i n a r t . K- 1 2 t ea ch ing milJor: 32 semester h o u r s re q u i r ed . A r t 1 60, 226,

230, 250, 365. 8 ho urs from Art 1 96, 2 5 5 , 3 2 6 , 355, 370. 4 h o u r s from Art 1 1 0, 1 80, 1 8 1 , 380. Art minor: 24 semester h o u r s req u i red. Art 1 60, 250, 3 6 5 . 4 h o u rs from Art 1 96, 230, 255, 326, 3 70. 4 h o u rs from A rt 1 80, 1 8 1. 4 bours fro m A r t 1 1 0, 380. £lem rztary teachirrg major: 24 ,em e s ter h o u rs req u i red. Same as art minor.

BIOLOGY State endorsement requiremen ts:

I ) Genetics, 2 )

Ecology o r

evolu t i o n t h eor y, 3 ) B o t a n )', i n luding l a b o ra tor y experience,

4)

Zoology, i n clud i n g lab(lrator experience, S) Laboratory management and safet y, 6) Science te ch n o lo g y and s o c i e t y or b ioeth ics. Secondary teilching major: 4 1 semester h o u r s r e q u i re d . B iol o g y

1 6 1 , 1 62, 32 3 , 340. Biol ogy 20 1 or 328, 424 or 475, 324 o r 326, 3 3 1 or 346 or 407. 4 hours of electives fro m Biology 205 or above. Requ ired supporting: h e m i st ry 1 05 o r 1 1 5. Seco nda ry tellching minor: 25 emestcr h o u rs required. Biology 1 6 l , 1 62 , 323. 8 hours o f electives from B i o l o gy 201 o r above. Requ i red supporting: C h e m i s t ry 105 or 1 1 5 . Ele m e n tary teaching major: 25 se m e s te r h o u r s requ i red. Same as secondar y teac h ing m inor. CHEMISTRY State endorsement req u i re me n ts: 1 ) Orga n i c c h e m i s t r y, i n c l u d i ng lab r a lOry ex p e r ience , 2 ) Inorganic c h emis t ry, including laboratory experience, 3 ) A n a lytic chemist ry, i n clu d i n g l a b o r a t o r y experience, 4 ) P h ys i c al c h e m i s try, S ) Lab o ra t o r y managemen t a nd safety.

Secondary teaching major: 54 semester h o u r req n i rcd.

C h e m i s t ry 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 32 1 , 33 1 , 332, 333, 334, 34 1 , 342, 343, 344, 403. Re q u i red supp o r t i.ng: M a t h 1 5 1 , 1 52, Physic; 1 53 , 1 5 4, 1 6 3, 1 64. Secollda ry teachillg minor: 26 semester h o u rs req u ired. C h e m i st r y 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 2 1 0, 3 3 1 , 332, 333, 3 34 . 4 hours [rom C h e m i st ry 3 2 1 or 403. Elementary teaching major: 24 semester h o u rs req u i red. Che m i str y 1 4, LOS, 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 2 1 0. 4 h o u rs o f electives h'o m Earth S c i e n c e s . State endorse ment re q u irelllents: 1 ) 'vVr i t i ng/co m p o s i t i o n in the de s igna t e d fo rei g n l a n g u a ge ,

2 ) Conversation i n t h e de�ig­ nated fo re i gn l a nguage, 3 ) Read i ng in the dc� i gna t d fo reign language, 4 ) H i s t o r y and c u l t u re of the designated fo reign l a n guage . S econda ry teachillg minor: 24 s e m e s t e r h o urs requi red, C h i nese 1 0 1 , 1 02 , 20 1 , 202, 3 5 1 , 3 7 1 . Elementa ry teaching maj or: 24 semester h o u rs req u ired. Same a s s eco n d a r y t e a c h i ng m i n o r. COMP UTER SCIENCE State endorse ment requirements: 1 ) Co m p u t ers and society,

ol11puter software, 3 ) Data stnlctures, 4) Assem b l y 5 ) S tructllIed p ro g r a m m i n g i n BASIC o r logo, 6 ) S t ructured p rogram m i n g ill o n e of th e h igh kvel l a n g uages: LISP, C, Pa cal, P RO L G , FORTRAN , PL 1 , Small lalk, C B L, M od u l a 2, FO RTI-I, R P Seconda ry leaching m illOr: 24 semester h o urs requi red. C o m p u ter Science 1 44 , 270, 322, 3 80, 449. Req ui.red s u p p o rt ­ i n g: Math 1 28 or 1 5 1 . 4 h o ur s from Comp uter Science 1 1 02 1 0 o r 220. Elemellta ry teaching major: 26 semester h o u r s . Same as second ­ ary t e a c hi n g minor, plus 2 h ou r from S p ec i a l Education 494. 2)

language,

DRAMA p ro d u c t i o n , 3 ) Theatre h istory

2 ) T heatre

or history of d rama, 4 ) Creative dra ma , 5) Theatre di re c t ing . Secorldary teach ing major: 32 sem e s t e r hours requ i red. Theatre 1 5 1 , 1 60, 24 1 , 250, 3 5 2 , 357, 363 or 364, 454. Secon dary teachillg m i n o r: 20 semester hours re quire d . Theatre 1 5 1 , 250. 4 ho urs from Theatr 1 60, 363, 364. 8 h o urs from T he a t re 3 5 J , 352, 454, 4 58 . Elementary teaching major: 24 semester hou rs req u i red. Theatre 1 5 1 , 1 60, 250. 8 hours from Theatre 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 454, 458. 4 h o u Ts of elec t ives. EARTH SCIENCES Stale endorsemert t re q ltiremellt5: 1 ) Physical geology, 2) H i stori c al

ge o l og y, 3 ) Environmental geo logy, 4 ) Oc e a n o g ra p hy, 5 ) A s t ro n o lll Y, 6) Meteorology. Secolldmy reach ing majo r: 45-46 s e me st e r hours r equ ire d . Earth Scien es 1 3 1 , 1 32 , l 3 3 or 202, 222, Natural Science 206 ( A st ro n o m y ) , Me te o r o l o g y. 1 2 - 1 3 ho urs from Earth Sciences 32 3, 3 24, 32 5, 326, 327, 3 2 8, 330, 3.1 4, 34 1 , 3 50. C h em istry 1 04 Of 1 1 5. Physics 1 25 , 1 35 . 4 hours from M a t h 1 40 o r higher o r o n e cou rse fro m C o m p u t er S c ience 1 1 5, 1 44 or 220. Seco nda ry teaching m ino r: 2 0 semes te r h o u rs l-eq u ired.. Earth Sciences 1 3 1 , 1 32 , 1 33, 202, 222 , alma] S-:iences 206 ( Astro no m y ) , Meteorology.

E lem en ta ry tea ching m ajor: 24 s eme st e r h o u rs required. Same as se co n d a r y teach ina m i nor w i t h 4 add i t i o n a l ho urs of earth

a� the 300 level o r higher. Select fro m 323, 324, 3 2 5 , 326, 3 27, 3 2 8 , 329, 3 3 5 , 2 5 0 .

sciences el ec t i ve s

n o c V) m

CHINESE

State wdorsell1fnl req uiremell ts: 1 ) Acting ski lls,

Cl

o m

Z Gl


E D U C A T I O N

rL

o

o u

L.W L.W

ECONOMICS

GERMAN

1 ) Macroeconomics, 2 ) Microeconomics, 3) H istory and/or deve! pment of economic t h ou gh t . Secol/da ry teach ing major: 32 semester hours required. Economics 1 3 0 or 1 5 1 - 1 52, 3 5 1 , 352, 486. 8 h ours from Economics 343, Statistics 2 3 1 , Math 341 , Business 2 8 1 , or an elective i n co m p u t e r science. 8 h o u rs o f electives in economics, 4 ho u rs of which may b e statistics and/or including Economics 399, 490, 49 1 , 492, 493 for variable crewr. Secondary teaching minor: 20 seme ter hours required. Economics 1 30, 35 1 . 352, 486. 4 hours of el ec t ives in economics, which may i n lude statistic . Elem e n ta ry teaching major: 24 semester hours re qui re d . Same as secondary t e achi ng minor w i t h 4 additio nal hours of elect ives in economics or statistics.

1 ) Writing/composition i n the des i g nat e d foreign language, 2) Conversation i n the desig足 nated foreign l a ng uage , 3) R d i n g i n the des i gn a te d foreign language, 4) History and culture of the d es ignate d foreign l a ngu a ge . Secondary teaching major: 32 semester hours required beyond German 1 0 1 - 1 02. German 20 1 , 202, 3 2 1 , 322, 3 5 1 . 352, 42 1 , 422. Secondary teaching mi'lOr: 20 semester hours req u ire d beyond German 1 0 1 - 1 02. German 20 1 , 202, 32 1 or 322, 3 5 1 , 352. Elemen tary teaching major: 24 semester hours re q uire d beyond German 1 0 1 - 1 02. German 20 1 ,.202, 32 1 or 322, 3 5 1 , 352. 4 hours from upper d ivis ion German e le ct ive.

State endorsemen t requirements:

ENGIlSH

1 ) American l iterature, 2) Eng l ish litt:rature, 3 ) Comparative l i te ra tu re , 4) Ling u i s t i c s or s tructure of language, S ) Writ.ing/composition. Secondary teaching major: 32 semester hours required beyond English 1 0 1 . English 24 1 , 2 5 1 , 252, 327 or 328, 403 . 4 hour of a period, 4 hours of an author, and 4 hours from En glish meeting the comparative requirement ( English o ther than American or British). All majors must present two years of o ne foreign la n g u a ge at the coJIege level or show equ ival ent pro ficiency. Secondary teaching minor: 20 semester h o u rs required b eyo n d English 1 0 1 . English 24 1 , 2 5 1 or 252, 327 or 3 2 8 403. 4 hours from E n gl is h 2 1 6, 2 1 7, 2 1 8, 23 1 , 345, 364, 365. Elementary teaching m ajor: 24 semester hours required beyond English 1 0 1 . English 24 1 , 2 5 1 or 252, 328, 364, 403. 4 hours of electives in English.

State endorsement req uirements:

o

ENGLISH/LANGUAGE ARTS State endorsemellt ,揃eq uiremellts:

1 ) Drama, 2) Speech,

3) Journalism. 44 semester hOlIrs required. E nglish 24 1 , 2 5 1 or 252, 327 or 328, 403. 4 hou rs from En g L i sh 2 1 6, 2 1 7, 2 1 8 , 23 1 , 365. 8 hours in speech from Communication 1 23, 328, 330, 436, 450, Theatre 24 1 . 8 hours i n drama from Th ea t re 1 5 1 , 250, 352, 458. 8 hours in journalism from Communication 283, 380, 38 1 , 388. Elementary teaching major: 24 semester hours required. English 24 1 , 2 5 1 or 252, 327 or 328. 4 hours from English 403, Languages 200. 4 hours from English 364, 365. 4 hours from Communication 1 23. 330, 450, Theatre 24 1 , 458. Secondary Teaching major:

FRENCH

State endo rsement req u i remen ts: 1 ) Writing/composition in the

designated foreign l a ngu age, 2 ) onversation i n the desig足 nated foreign language, 3) Reading in the designated foreign lan g u ag e , 4) Hi.story and culture of tbe designated fo re ig n language. Seconda ry leaching major: 32 seme ter hours required beyond French 1 0 1 - 1 02. French 2 0 1 , 202, 3 2 1 , 3 5 1 , 352, 42 1 , 422, 43 1 or 432. Secondary teach ing minor: 20 semester hours required beyond French 1 0 1 - 1 02. French 20 1 , 202, 3 2 1 , 3 5 1 , 352. Elementary tea ch ing major: 24 seme ter hours required beyond French 1 0 1 - 1 02. French 20 1 , 202, 32 1 , 35 1 , 3 5 2 . 4 hours from

uppe r division French elective.

State endorsement requiremCil ts:

HFALTH

1 ) Substance use and abuse, 2 ) Well ness and illness, 3) Nutrition, 4) Human physi o lo gy, 5) Safety education. Secondary teaching m i nor: 16 semester hours required. He,l llh 260, 270, 292, 295, 32 1 , 323 , 3 25, 327. 2 hours o f elec t ive s p p roved by heal th coordinator. Elementary teaching major: 24 semester hours required. Same as secondary teaching m i nor, and 10 hours of electives in healt h education. Sta te endorsement req u iremen ts:

mSTORY

1 ) Wa s h in g ton State or Pacific Northwest h ist o ry and government, 2) United tates hist or y, 3 ) World, Western, or Pa c ifi c Rim h i sto ry or civilizations. Secondary teaching major: 32 semester hours r quired. 8 hours from His tory 2 5 1 , 252, 2 5 3 . History 1 07 or 1 08, 460 or 46 1 , Senior Seminar. 4 hours o f electives from non-Western h i sto ry and 8 h o urs of upper d i v i s i on electives i n his t o r y. Secondary tea ching minor: 20 se m es te r hours required. 4 h ou rs from History 25 1 , 252, 253. History 1 07 or 1 08, 460 or 46 1 . 4 hours of electives from non-Western h istory and 4 h ou rs o f upper division elect ives i n h is t ory. ElemClltary teaching major: 24 semester hours required. Same as secondary teaching minor. Anthropology 3 54. St.ate endorsel/l ent re q llirements:

JOURNALISM tate elldorsement requirements: 1 ) News and feature writing, 2 ) Copy editing, 3) News production, 4) COP)' makeup and

design, 5) Legal rights and liabilities o f the p ress. 32 seme rer hours required. olllmunicarion 1 23, 27 1 , 283, 333, 380, 3 8 1 , 384, 388. 4 hours o f electives. Seconriary teaching m i nor: 20 semester hours required. Communication 1 2 3 , 27 1 , 283, 380, 38 1 . Elemerz ta ry te a ch ing major: 24 semester hours re q u i red. CommunicJtion 1 23 , 27 1 , 283, 380, 3 8 1 , 384, 388. SecOIldary teaching major:

LATIN

1 ) Writing/composition in the d es i gn a ted foreign language, 2) Conversation i n the desig足 nated foreign language, 3) Reading in the d es ign a ted foreign language, 4) Hist o r y and cu l t u re of the d es i gna t ed fore i gn l a ng u a ge . Se con da ry tea ching m inor: 24 sem es t e r hours regui red. Latin 1 0 1 , 1 02, 20 1 , 202. Classics 250 or 322. 4 hours from upper division Lat i n elective. Elementa ry teaching major: 24 s em e st e r hours required. Latin 1 0 1 , 1 02 , 20 1 , 202, Classics 250, 322. tate elldorsement req uirements:


E D U C A T I O N o

MATHEMATICS

PHYSICS

State endorsement req!liremen ts:

I ) Mechanics, including laboratory experience, 2 ) Electricity and magnetism, including laboratory experience, 3 ) Light and sound, including labora­ tory experience, 4 ) Thermodynamics, modern physics, or astronomy. Secondary teaching major: 42 semester homs required. Physics 1 53 , 1 54, 1 63 , 1 64, 223, 33 1 , 336, 35 1 , 354, Math 1 5 1 ,

1 ) Euclidean geometry, 2 ) Non­ Euclidean geometry, 3 ) Differential calculus, 4 ) Integral

-

calculus, 5) Discrete mathematics (a combination of at least two of the following: probability, statistics, combinatorics, business applications, logic, set theory, functions ) . Secolzdary teaching major: 4 1 semester hours required. Math 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 203, 245, 3 2 1 , 33 1 . 4 hours o f electives above 342, o r Computer Science 320 or above ( not M a t h 446, not Computer cience 322 ) . 4 hours from Math 3 4 1 or 433. Required supporting: Computer Science 1 44, Physics 1 5 3 , 1 63 . Secondary teach ing minor: 22-24 semester hours required. Math 1 5 1 , 1 5 2 , 32 1 , Computer S ience 1 44. 2-4 hours from Math 230 o r 33 1 . 4 hours from Math 245, 3 4 1 , 433. Elemen tary teaching major: 2 4 semester hours required. Same as secondary teaching minor with additional elective hours in mathematics, if necessary. MUSIC

Slate endorsement req u irem en ts: I )

-

Score reading, 2 ) Music theory, 3 ) Music history and/or culture, 4 ) Conducting, 5 ) Instructional music, 6 ) Instructional methods i n general music. K-12 Teaching Major (music specialist): See the requirements for the degree Bachelor of Music Education ( B. M . E . ) , as listed under Music i n this catalog: B.M.E.. - K- 1 2 Choral B.M.E. - K- 1 2 Instrumental ( Band Emphasis) B.M.E. - K- 1 2 Instrumental (Orchestra Emphasis) Elementa ry teaching major: 24 semester hours required. Music minor ( see requirements listed under Music in t.his catalog) , plus Music 34 1 .

NORWEGIAN

---

State endorseme n t req u i rements: 1 ) \A/riting/composition in the designated foreign language, 2 ) Conversation i n the desig­ nated foreign language, 3 ) Reading in the designated foreign language, 4 ) History and c ulture of the designated foreign language.

3 2 semester hours required. Norwegia n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2, 20 1 , 202, 3 5 1 , 352. 4 hours from upper division elective i n Scandinavian culture and 4 hours from upper division elective in Scandinavian literature. Secondary teaching m inor: 24 semester hours required. Norwegian 1 0 1 , 102, 20 1 , 202, 3 5 1 . 4 hours from upper division elective in Scandinavian culture. Elementa ry teaching major: 2 4 semester hours required. Same as secondary teaching minor. Secondary teaching major:

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

I ) Care and prevention of student injury, inCluding first aid, 2 ) Kinesiology, 3 ) Exercise physiology, 4 ) School physical education, sports, or athletic law, S) Sociology and/or psychology of sports, 6 ) Instructional methods in physical education for the handicapped, 7 ) Instructional methods in physical education. K- 12 teach i ng major: 5 3 semester hours required. Biology 205, 206, Health Education 2 8 1 , Physical Education 277, 283, 2 8 5 ,

State endorsement req!l irements:

286, 287, 288, 322, 326, 3 2 8 , 345, 478 , 480, 484, 486.

K-12 teaching m inor: 1 9 semester hours required. Health Education 2 8 1 , Physical Education 283, 2 8 8 , 322, 328, 334, 345. 6 hours from Physical Education 285, 286, 287. Elementary aCildemic major: 2 3 semester hours required. He<1lth Education 2 8 1 , Physical Education 283, 288, 322, 328, 3 34, 345. 8 hours from Physical Education 285, 286, 287.

State endorsement req uirem ents:

1 52 , 2 5 3 .

Secondary teaching m i rz o r:

2 5 - 2 6 semester hours required. 10 hours from Physics 1 2 5 , 1 26, 1 35 , 1 3 6 o r 1 5 3 , 1 54, 1 63 , 1 64. 7-8 hours from Physics 205, 223, 33 1 , 336, 34 1 /347, 3 5 1 or Chemistry 34 1 , Physics 354, . atural Sciences 206. Required supporting: J\'lath 1 5 1 , 1 5 2 . Elemen tary aCildemic major: 2 5 - 2 6 semester hours required.

n o c V1

o

Same as secondary teaching m inor. POLITICAL SCIENCE

I ) American government, 2 ) I nternational relations o r studies, 3 ) Comparative govern­ ment or political systems, 4 ) Political theory. Secondary teaching major: 32 semester hours required. Political Science 1 0 1 , 1 5 1 . 8 hours from Political Science 345, 3 54, 3 6 1 , 363, 364, 368, 3 7 1 , 372, 373. 4 h ours from Political Science 23 1 , 3 3 1 , 3 3 8 . 4 hours from Political Science 3 8 [ ' 3 84, 385, 386, 3 8 7 . 4 homs from Politic�l Science 2 1 0, 325, 326. 4 hours of electives i n political science. Seconda ry teaching minor: 24 semester hours required. Political Science 1 0 1 , 1 5 1 . 4 hours from Political Science 345, 354, 36 1 , 363, 364, 368, 3 7 1 , 372, 3 7 3 . 4 hours from Political Science 2 3 1 , 33 1 , 338. 4 hours from Politica.! Science 2 1 0, 38 1 , 384, 3 8 5 , 386, 3 8 7 . 4 hours from Political Science 325, 3 2 . Elementary teaching m aj or: 24 semester hours required. Same as State endorsement req uiremen ts:

secondary teaching minor. PSYCHOLOGY

I ) Human behavior, 2) Learning theories, 3 ) Developmental psychology, 4 ) Interpersonal psychology. Secondary teaching major: 32 semester hOllrs required. Psychology 1 0 1 , 242, Statistics 24 1 . 4 hour from Psychology 342, 348. 4 hours from Psychology 352 and 444. 4 h o urs from Psychology 325, 354, 462, 464, 27 1 . 8 hours of electives in psychology. Secondary teaching minor: 24 semester hours required. Psychology 1 0 1 , 242. Statistics 2 4 1 . 4 hours from Psychology 342 �48. 4 hours from Psychology 352 or 444. 4 hours from Psychology 325, 3 54, 462, 464, 47 1 . Elementary teaching major: 24 semester hou.rs required. Psychology 1 0 1 , Statistics 2 3 1 , Psychology 22 1 , 352, 444, and 8 hours of electives determined in consultation with elemen­ tary education adviser ( suggestions include Psychology 342, 348, 350, 440, 450, 453, and specialty courses offered through the departmen t).

State endo rseme n t reqllirements:

• .

SCIENCE

endorsemen t requiremCllts: 1 ) hemistry, 2 ) Physics, 3 ) B iology, 4 ) Earth sciences. Secondary teaching major: 63-69 semester hours required. B iology 1 6 1 , 1 62, 323, Chemistry 104, 1 05, Earth Sciences 1 33 or 222, Physics 1 25 , 1 26, 1 3 5 , 1 3 6 or Physics 1 53 , 1 54, 1 6 3 , 1 64. 8 hours from Earth Sciences 1 3 1 , 1 32. 4 hours from 300 State

or higher. A minor is required i n one of the following: biology, chemistry, earth sciences, or physics. Elemen ta ry teaching major: 24 semester hours req uired, including 8 hours in life science, 8 hours in physical science, and 8 hours of electives.

z C\ V1


E 0 U C A T I O N V'I

ID Z

SOCIAL STUDIES ulte

W LL.

o w V'\ <r :J

elldorsemcllt

re1l uiremcnts: 1 ) E co no m i c. ,

1) . n t h r opo log y,

. 0 iology, o r psycho logy,

) eograpby, 4) Po l i t i ca l sc ie nce. SecolJdar teaching mojor: 44 se m es te r hours req uired. A nth ropology 3'i4, Economics 1 30, History 107 or L 08, 2 S 1 or 252 or 153, 460, Pol it i cal Science 1 5 1 , SOclolo gy 10 1 , 4 hoors i n non- We.-; te rn hi tory, 4- ho urs of upper d iv i si o n p o l it i ca l

dellct', 8 t ours of upper d.ivisi n electives chosen from two

o f the following disci p li nes: anthropology, econ om ics,

U

w

psychology,

w

u.J o

SIIltt! elldorsement rcqtl irem�llts: 1 ) Pu blic �l'eaking . 2) Deb a t e, 3) G roup procc:s" 4) i n t erp rsona l communi ation. Secondary teach ing major: 34 semester hours requi red. C mrnuaication L3, 2 3, 32 , 32S, 30, 33 , 435, 4 36 . Secolldary teachillg m illor: 18 �emestf'r ho u rs re q u ired . Communication 1 2 3 , 326, 328, 330, 333. ElenWlltrll')' leachillg majM: 14 s e m c. ter hours req u i red . Same as second ry teac hi ng minor with 6 additional h o u rs o f el ec t i es.

psyc hology, or so · o logy.

Elementary l(!(IciIing /Ilajor: 24

sem.:ster hours re q u ired . A n r h rop o l ogy 3 54, H istory 25 1 or 252 or 253, 60. 4 hours rom E- fistory 1 07 o r l O R or llQll-WcstE'J'n h ist ory. 8 hours of electives frOlD a nt h ro p o logy, ec o n o m I CS , pol i t ical s ience,

o

SPEECH

or so iology.

SOCIOWGY

State en orsemen t re q uirement : 1 ) G r up b 'havior, 2) S o c ia l i nstitu ti o ns , 3) !>ocial p ro ces s , 4) Theory and his to ry of sociology.

Secondary teaching /'IIajor: 3 2 sem

ster hours requi re d .

So i ol ogy 10 1 , 396, 397. R hours from �oci ology 240, 336,

381i, 440. 8 hours fr m Sociology 330, 3� I , 380, 39 1 , 4 1 2, 44 4 h o u rs fro m So ci o lo gy 234, _60, 395. SeeUl/dary reach ing m inOT: 20 seme s te r hour requi red. S oc i o l og y 1 0 1 . 396, 397. 4 h o u rs from Sociology 3 0, 336, 3 5 1 , 3 1\0, 39 1 , 4 1 2, 443. 4 h o u r from Sociolog 234, 240, 33 , 386,

Course Offe rings 253 Child Development and mools I ntroduction to th e n a t u re of scllO(l1 and teaching i n contempo­ rary s o iet)', overview of human development with s p e ci a l em ph as is on int llecruaJ, soc i a l , emotional, and phys i c a l devel o p men t o f e l e me n t a ry age c h il d ren ill a sc ho ol se t t i n g . Wee kl y p u b lic school observa tion require d with s t u lents respol l sib le for t he i r own tra mportation. Pren:quisi tc::s: ENGL 10 I , PSYC l O l, sop h o m o re stand i ng, 2.50 PA, w r i t i n g a nd malh ski l l asseSsmen l. (4) 262 Foundations of Education Intro d uction to t eaching; h i sto r ical , p h i l o ·ophical. social, pol i­ tical, �t h i ca l and legal fO lJndari( ns. Fe d tra l a n d state I gi s la t ion fo r spe cia l pop u l a t i ons . Prerequ isites: £NGL 1 0 1 , PSY [ O J , te-t s .ores, sophomore ta ndi ng , c u m u l a t ive G PA of 2 . 5 0. (3) ·

3 95, 4 40.

263 Schoo] Ob ervation raded obse rvatio n in schonLs. Concurrent with 262. ( I )

in soci logy.

302

Eleme n ta ry ret/ching major: 24 seme te r hours required. Same a s s<:: concl. ry tea h i ng m inor \ itb 4 ad d i t io n a l hourl> of dec t ive.

SPANlSH

State wdorsemelll

req uir merzls:

des ign ated fore ig n l a n g u age ,

I ) Wririn g!co mpo : iL io n i n the 2) Conversation in the desig­

3) Reading in the de ign a t e d foreign language, 4 ) Hi s to ry and culture of the des ignaled fo reign

nated fo reign la n g u age , language.

Seconda ry teachillg

minor: 32 se mest er hours

Spanish 10 1 - 1 02.

req u i re d bey n d Spanish 10 1 , 202, 32 1 , 32 2, 35 1 , 352.

8 hours from Spanish 42 1 , 422, 4 3 1 , 432. Secondary teaching millor: 20 scnlcstcr h o u rs req u i red beyond Spa ni sh I O J - 1 02. Span ish 20 1 , 202, 32 1 or 32 2 , 35 1 , 352. Elementary teaching maior: 24 semester hours requ i red bcyond S p an i h

Human Leaming: Growth and Development

Overvie IV of theories of h u ma n devel op men t em p h a izing

10 [ · J 02. panish 20 1 , 202, 32 1 , 322, r l , 352.

SPECIAL ED UCATION del i er

ler n a t i e system and strategies for special educa t ion, ) S t u de n t

issue in

�e .ial

State elldo rse m el l t re q uiremCllts: I ) �x

p t i.onalily, 2 )

assess ment a n d ev,t luaLiCl n, 4) P ro ce d u rl , ! and substantiv e legal

education, 5)

I mtructi(

nal me th ods in s p ec i al

educa t io n.

K- /2 teachillg major: 32 s meslcr h o urs requ ired . . pe c i al Ed uca tio n 1 90, 290, 390, 393, _ 98, 3 9, 407. 5 h U t · from

Sp e c i a l Ed ucation t 9 1 . 2l o, 395, 403, 408, 475, 479, 480, 4'.10, <l92. 494. Majors m ust al. 0 r gi ste r fo r 6 hours of spe� j ,l.i education student teac h i ng (SPED 43R o r 439 ) in ad di t i on to 8 h o u rs of elt:ment3ry or secondary stud nt te,\Ching ( EDU 434 o r 466). peeia l ('du car io ll fIlillor; 1 8 s e m e ter hours requ i red- Sp ecial Educarinn 1 0, 290, 398 99, 407. 4 h u rs fr m Spec ial Educ<l­ t ion 296 , 3 90 , 3 93 , 3 95, 3 99, 40 3 , 4 0 8 , 475, 480, 490, 494.

i ndiv idual cogni tive, l i ng u i st i c ,

s(iCio-cllltural,

lhe

emotio nal, and

physical development of h rld re n , nd ado les cent in ,\l1d o u t of sc h o o l . COUTS ellperiences provide opp r t u n i t i es to connect develqpmental th eo ry with curre n t pracli e a n d to consider age­ appropriate and pedagogical ly ound approaches 10 foster l ea rner' co n t i n ued 'fOwth. I n itial course in l ementa r y Ed uc at io n certiucati,) n program; p et m i s i o n r quired. ( Conc ur­ re nt w i t h 303. ) (3)

303 Field Observation Observation of tl e deve l o p me n tal natur of growlh in learners in various e n i ngs i nc l udi n g K-8 sch ols. E m p has i s on the de elopment of t he sk i l l s of observat i o n and info r m a l assess­ ment. ( Co ncurrent with 302.) ( l J 32 1

Human Development

Emotional,

so

ial, i nte llec tual, and physiological development

from infancy th ro u gh adolescence.

A weekly fo ur - h o u r observa­ tion i n the public school is requ i red. ( Ind ividually assigned.) t u d e n t s re o ns i b l e for t h e i r o w n transportatioll . P re r quisitcs: PST' 1 0 1 , EN GL I O t , junior st an ing. 2.50 G PA . ( 2 -4) 322 General Methods - Primary Co mp eten ies w i l l be d v loped for teach ing in grades K-3, w i t h observation and part i c i p a t i o l l in pub lic school�.

2 5 3 r 32 t , 2.50 GPA. (4 )

Prerequ isit

s:

323 General Methods - Upper Elementary Compete n ci es w i l l be developed fo r teach i n g in grades 4-6, with obs.:.r a tion and participation in p u b l i

253 or 32 t , _ .50

s

hoo b . Prerequisites:

PA. ( 4 )

324 General Methods - Elementary 'ompeten ies will be de e lo p e d for te :lc h i n g in grades K­ Exte nded xperience a n d participation in pul lic school class­ rooms will be provide d. rereqlli�ites: 253 or 32 1 , M TH 3 2 3 , and concurrent enrollment i n courses 325, 3 1 6 , 408, 4 1 0, 4 t 2 . 2.50 GPA. ( 4 )


E D U C A T I O N o m

325 Reading in the Elementary School Tea ci 1 i n g �ding in e l em e:n ta r g ra des, i n c l u d in g modl'm a pp ro ac hes. m a ter i a l , meth ods, tec.hniques, procedures, an I some d i agn o is of reading d i fficulties. Prerc q u i . ites: 322-324 o r oncu rrently w i th 322- 324. 2.50

-

PA.

(4)

326 Mathematics in the Elementary School Ba, i mathem. t ica l skills and a b ilit i es needed by t 11e eleme ntary

school teacher. recent developmen ts and m a t eria ls . Prerequi it s: 1 5 3 , MATH

23

r \!<juivalent. 2. 50 · PA . ( 2 )

341 Philosopby of Vocatiorutl Education Objectives of high school b u s i n ess education progra m , t h e b usi n ess curri . u l um . layout and facilities l a n n ing , t h e evalua­ t io n of b usi n ess teac her and comp tence for business llccupa­ t i o ns . Examination of informati n resources and c u rre nt

Ap p l i c at i o n of rese arc h finding and p ychologica.l p r i n c i p les to lie teach ing of typing. Pre re q u is i te : a dvanc ed l" p i n g . (2)

343 Methods o f Teaching Bookkeeping A pp l i c, tion of rese arc h findi ngs a n d p ycllol ogi c a l p r i n c ip les Lo tlle teaching of bo okkeep i ng. P re re q u isi te : J;USA 28 1 . ( I ) 344 Methods of TeaclJ.ing General Business Subjel:ts A ppl ica tio n o f research fi nd i ng � and p sychologi cal pTinciple to the tea ch i ng of ge n eral b usi n ess, consumer econom ics,

eco n o m i cs , b us i nes law, b u sine s m, thematics, and bu i ness comm unicat ion s subjects. Prerequisites: ECON 1 5 1 - 1 52 and BU A 2 8 1 . ( 1 )

345 Methods of Teaching Secretarial Subjects A p p l i CA t io n of res t:a rch findi ngs and psy h ol ogi al p r i n c i p le s to the te a ching of sho rt ha n d , office pr ac tic e , . imulation, word p rocessi n g , and r IJ.ted subj crs. Prerequisi tes : ad

a.lld adv, need horthand. (:� )

an

ed typi n g

way

of fa-'!itating

learner

e mpowerme nt. Opport w. l ities to practice the o p n 3t io n , a p p l ica t ion, and i ntegration o f a va rie ty f current tech nologic i n classrooms w i l l be pro v ided . Prerequisites: EDU 302, 303.

'--

with

3 5 8 , 406 , 40 8 . ) ( 2 )

s

and participation in an assigne d p ub l ic hool das ro om. Prer ·q ui ites: ' D C 302, 03. (Concurrent

with

35 7, 406, 40, . ) ( 1 )

400 Topics i n Elementary Education: Cia sroom Issues and Instructiorutl Skategies Considera tion of current lheory i n to p ractice as pe rt i nent

to

effective tea r u n g and learni ng, in l u d i n g la sroom man. ge­ me n t, organization of class room environments, and meet ing the needs of d iverse learner::.. ynthesis and app l i , t i o n of content [rom previous an d c u rrent methods cou rses i n c l u d i n g l esson p lan ni ng, role of refl ec tive p ractice, pedagogi al ph i l os op hy and belief systems, and evolving deCi n i L ion of tea c h i n ' and lr<l rn i ng.

E m ph asi s on self-evalu tion. a na lysis, and ritiquc of the development o f p ersonal te.)Cn ing s t re ng th . Prerequ isites: 302, �03, 357, 3 58 , 406 , 4 08 . (Concurrent with 40 I , 4 1O , 4 1 2 . ) (3 )

40 1 Procticum n c.lctended expe rience <md participation i n an a sig n ed p u b l i c

school elas room fo c u s ing on appl ication

\

i l l be empl yed to expl

rc

i n terac tive c urric ul a [rom an e nvironmental p oi nt of view. Issues

of n ut r i t ion and h ea lt h will a lso be addre sed. Daily and long

range lesson

p lan n i ng and ev alu at io n techniques w Ul be

pmcti ed as lie relate to scie nce/heal t h education . Pre requ i ­ site�:

302, 303, 357, 358, 406, 408. (Co ncurrent w i t h 400, 40 ] ,

(3)

3 1 2. )

4 1 2 Social Stndie in K-8 Education Foclls

on

stud ies

d raw i ng con nect io n s between the content of �ocial

urn ula and u1e

lived experiences of h u man lives.

Course content i n cl udes i n ve ti ga t i on of i

sues re l ated to de moc r at ic values and hel i e & , a live citi zmcy, multicult ural i s m . R l o ba l perspectives, and t h e e rnri ro n rnent. Daily and l o n g range lesson p la n n i n g and e val ua t i o n tec h n i q ues will be p racti ced as they re late to social stud ies educa t i o n . Prerequ isites: 302, 303, 357, 358, 406, 40 . ( Oncurrenl with 400, 40 1 , 4 1 0 . ) ( 3)

42 1 Teachers and the Law

430 Student Teacbing io K-8 Edocati.,n Teachi ng in classrooms of local p u b l ic schools un der the di rect su perv isi o n f cI D ol of Edl! .ation fa cu l t y and L sr t acher. . Prerequi i les: 3 0 2 , 303, 357, 358, 406, 408. ( oncurr n t with

435.) ( 9 )

432 Student Teaching - Upper: Elementary (Single)

358 Practicum I Extended experi.en

f ontent m t h ods

cou rses. I ncludes c o ll ecti o n of video lessons. Prerequis i tes: 302, 303, 357, 358, 406, 408. ( Conc ur ren t with 400, 4 1 0. 4 1 2.) ( l )

m m

n o c ;;0 VI m o

(Con current with 357 , 358, 406.) ( 3 )

A brief study of s tu de n " parent ', a nd teach ers' rights and re­ with 'ome emp has is on th q u estion of l iabil i ty. ( I )

[ medi3 in tod y's s ciety a n d it� a

as

sponsibili ties

357 Media and Teclmology i n K..s Classrooms

( Concurrent

Lesson pL n n i ng and evaluat io n tec h n iq u es will be practiced they relate to literacy educ at ion . P rere q uis i tes : 302, 303.

prohle m -sol v i ng tcc h n iq ue

342 Methods o f Teaching Typing

Consideration of the role

408 Uteracy in K-8 Education Participation ill the development of ap prop r iate curricular st rategies and instw c t iomll m et hods fo r su p p o rti ng me d i ver s ity of learners' lan guage/l iter,lcy growth. Daily and I ng range

4 1 0 Science/Health i n K-8 Education Strateg ies for t ea c h in g science by using inquiry methods and

t ho ught in b usi n l'ss educ at i on, cooperative edu cat i on, and d is tri b ut ive education. ( 2 )

p o te n t ia l in the l ea r n i n g process as

406 Mathematics in K-8 Education Explorotioll of mathematical pr i n c i p l es and practices consistent with CTM curd ulum �t anda rds. Emphas i . on d m on t rati ng lhe use fu l n ess of math i ll a va r i e t y of real-world c t t in gs and a cross curriculu m areas. Practice in m thodo lo!!y, p l a n n i n g , and a e sment as d vel op men tally 3ppropr iate or l ea rn 'rs. Prerequisites; 3 02, 3 03 . (Concur rent with 357, 358. 408.) (3)

11 ac hing in cia' roo 111 S of local p u b l ic s h(,oL� under the d i rect superv ision o f School of Education fa u lt y a n d lassro m t nch rs. Prereq uisites: E D U 25 1 or 32 1 , 323 or 324, 32 .. , 326, 408 , 4 ] ( ) , 4 1 2, art, m u sic, a n d physical education methods. 2 . 50 PA. 'o ncurrent enro l l ment in 42 . ( I O)

434 Student Teaching - Elementary (Dual) Desi gned [o r p er so n s who do dual st u d en t teach ino. Ten weeks of teaching in cJas, room�

of I cal p u b l i c schools

1 nder

the d i rect

superv ision of Sc h o ol of hducation faculty and classroom

32 1 : 32 2 . 323 , r 324; ,LOd ic, and ph sical ducation Concurren t e n ro l l me n t ill 435. ( 8 )

teach ers. Prerequ isitcs : EDUC 253 or

325, 326, 408, 4 1 0 a n d 4 1 2 . a rt, metllods.

2.50 C PA.

filU

435 Top ics i n Elementary Education Classroom: Practice in the Context of Educational Foundations School-baseu exp e r ie n ce s w i l l be e x p l o red i n the co ntext of the histo rical , soci o- cul tu ra l , p liti . l , lega l, fina nc ia l , thi al, and ph il osophical foundatio ns of edu arion. Student teachi ng

ex peri e nce s w i l l be s h a re d and a n a lyzed to enCOllra"t! rhe Ll nder­ st�Il1d.iJ1g of bwader educat ional issu es. P rereq u isite s: 302, 303, 3 5 7 , jS8, 406, 4 0 8 . (Concu rrent \ ith 430.) ( 3 )

m ;;0 Z G1


E D U C A T I O N

436 Alternate Level Student Teaching - Elementary

468 Student Teaching - Secondary

A ourse designed t< give some knowledge, u nderstanding, and

Teaching in public schools under the direc tion of classroom and

study

university teachers. Prereq uisites: 262, 263, 46 1 , 462; EPSY 26 1 , 3 6 1 ; SPED 3 6 2 ; senior standing; cumulative GPA of 2 . 5 0 or

f children. subject m a tter fields, and materials in the

tuden t's alternate teaching level plus student teaching on that level. Students who have completed secondary preferred level o

student t a hing should enroll in this course. (6)

higher. ( 9 )

473 Parent-Teacher Relationships

LU

437 Alternate Level Student Teaching - Secondary

V)

A course d�signed to give some knowledge, understanding, and

relationships. Emphasis on effective communication skills.

a:

study of children, 'ubject matt r fields, and materials in the

Special education majors and teachers examine relevant p lacement processes and parent needs. ( 2)

:::J

student's alternate teaching level plus student teaching on that

o

lev J St ude nts

u

student teaching should enroll in this course. Independent study

\

ho have completed elementary preferred level

card required. ( 6 ) LU LU cc

485 The Gifted Child A study of the gifted child, characteristics and problems, and school procedures designed to further devel opment. G (2)

44X Subject Area Methods I nst rucr i onal strategi es, long and short range plann ing, curricu­ lum and other co nsiderations specific to the discipli nes. Prerequisites: 2 2, 263, EPSY 26 1 , 3 6 1 ,

o

Issues and skills important in conferencing and parent-teacher

SPED 362

496 Laboratory Workshop Practical course using elementary-age children in a classroom s i tuation working out specific p roblems; provision will be made for some active participation of the u n i versity students. Prereq­

440 Art in the Secondary School ( 3 )

uisites: conference with the instructor o r the dean o f the School

444 Engllih in the Secondary School (3)

of Education.

445 Foreign Languages i n the Secondary School ( 3 )

497 Special Project

446 Mathematics In the Secondary School ( 3 ) 44 7 Science i n the Secondary School (3) 448 Social Studies In the Secondary School (3) 449 Computer Science in the Secondary School ( 2 ) 456 Storytelling

Prerequisite: consent o f the dea n . ( 1 -4)

501 Workshops Graduate workshops in special fields for varying lengths of time.

( 1 -4 )

A com b i n a tion of discovery and practicum in the art of story­ telling. I nvestigates t he values and hackground of storytelling,

the various types of and fo rms of stories, techniques o f choos ing and of telling stories.

Individual study and research on education problems or additional laboratory experience in public school classrooms.

ome o ff-campus practice. Demonstrations

and joint storytelling by and with instructor.

(2)

457 The Arts, Media, and Technology Students use a variety of techn iques, equipment, a nd materials to explore ways of seeing and expres.s i ng how they see and experi­ en e their environment. Exploration of ways to incorporate these

tech niques i n to the classroo m.

om puters, video cameras, book­

produ tion, models, an imation, cartoons, photography, and

503 On-Campus Workshops in Education O n -campus graduate workshops in education for varying lengths o f time; enrollment subject to adviser's approval.

505 Issues in Literacy Education Initial course required fo r all students i n the master's program i n li teracy educ ation. Overview o f h istorical and current theo ry, practice, definitions, a n d research in language and literacy acquisition a nd development in and out of schools. D i scussion of p ssibilities for program involvement, projects, goals, and collaboration. Required of any track option selected. ( 2 )

posters, along with the s ta nda rd fare o f tape recorders, slide

506 Foundations o f School Library Media Center

shows, movies, film strips, and overheads are manipulated as

Management

media to express a view o f the world creatively. ( 2 )

46 1 General Teaching Methods - Secondary Skills and under tandings related to deci ion-making, instruc­ tional techniques, evaluation and testing, classroom manage­ ment, and discip l i n e. Prerequ isites: 262, 263; concurrent w i th

462. ( 3 )

462 Teacher Assisting - Secondary G u ided ins t ru ctional assista nce and tutoring in schools; con tlnent with 46 1 . ( 1 )

466 Sludent Teaching - Secondary ( D ual) Designed for persons who do dual student teaching. Te n weeks of teaching in the public schools u nder the direction and super­ vision of classroom and u n iversity teachers. Prerequisites: 262,

46 1 , and EPSY 3 6 1 . 2.50 GPA. May be taken concurrently with 467. ( ) 467 Evaluation Evaluation of school experiences; problems in connection with devel opment, organization . and admin istration of te ts (stan­ dardized and teacher- made ) . Required o f fifth-year students. Prerequ is ites: student teaching or tcaching xperience; 262, 253,

EPSY 3 6 1 . May be taken concurrently with student teaching. G (2)

Functions of the school Library media center with part icular emphasis on the roles and responsibilities of the school library media spec ialist within instructional and administrative arenas. The taxonomies of school lib rary media center management including the planning, del ivery, and evaluation o f programs. ( 2 )

507 Principles o f Information Organization, Retrieval,

and Service Exploration of a broad range of data and i n formation in primary and secondary sources, including document, bibl iography, full­ text, statistical, visnal, and recorded formats. Access p o i n ts and strategies for effective i n formation retrieval in print, media, and electronic resources. I n formation interviewing techniques, instructional strategies for library media center i n formation resources, and local, regional, and national i n formation networks. (2)

508 Principles of Bibliographic Analysis and Control The orga n ization and strllcture of a broad range of information formats with an emphasis on tlle analysis o f standard b i blio­ graphic components prescribed by nati onal bibliographic databases. Techniques to construct bibliographic records using national stand ards, inclu d i n g MARC ( Mach ine Readable Cataloging), AACR2 (Anglo-American Cataloging Rules, Second Edition), and the Dewey Decimal Classification System. The selection, generation of data, and maintenance of electronic b i bliographic database systems. ( 2 )


E D U C A T I O N o m

-

509 Foundations of CoUection Development Th e p h il os op h ica l ba es and parameters of collection develop­ me n t in the $ ch oo l l i b r a ry media center. TechrllqUl'. for comm u­ n ity a n a l ys i s, collection evaluation, and collection m ai n te na nce. B i bl i o g ra p h ic resou rces for sele lion of materials w i t h sp ecia l I: m pha si s on the cri t e ri a for evaluation of p ri nt , media, and e lec t r on i c formats. The acquisition p rocess fo r instructional materials in t h e K- 1 2 sys t e m . A major c m ph a . i is the an a l ys i s of a school l i b ra ry media cen te r's s u pp o r t of school/district curricular go a ls and objectives. ( 2 ) 510 The Acquisition and Deve10pment o f Language and Literacy

of how young children acquire their fus t l a n gu a g e and what they kno ,s a result of th is l e arnin g. Emphasis o n the relationships among me a n ing, function, and form in l ang ua ge a cq uisition as well as the rel at i onsh i ps between c og n i t i o n a nd l an gu age and their p ar a llels to li t er acy acqui s i ti on . The basis fo r promoting a school environment that maximizes l a n g u age learn­ ing/teaching p o te n tial. Prerequisite: Literacy Foundati ns. (2) [nvestigation

529 Adolescent Literature in the Secondary Curriculum Gen res in ado l es cent l itera ture a n d e xp lora t ion of s t ra t e g ies fo r i n t eg r a t i on of young adult materials across the middle and se co n d a ry s h o ol curriculum. Current issues and trends in adolescent literatu re and pro fess i o n al resources available for t e a ch ers and li b r a r y m ed ia s p eci al i st s to evaluate and s el e c t app ro p ri a te literature.. Tec h niq ues fo r i n t ro d uc i n g adolescent literat ure into t h e cl a s s ro o m a n d l i b ra ry media center. ( 2 ) 530 ChUdren's Writing Cu rrent t he o ry and p ractice In the te a c h i ng and learning o f w r i t i ng i n el e m en ta ry class ro om s . I mpl em e n tat io n s tr a t e gi e s , including the importance of models and demonstration, the p l a ce of talk and d ialo gu e in the teachi ngllearning pr o c e ss , the usc o f con ferencing and response, a p p r op r i a te d e ve lop m e n tal spelling expectations, the role of chi.ldren's l i ter a t u re , a nd w ri t i n g across the curriculum. Particular em p h a s i s on a pro cess a p p ro ac h and the s et t i ng up of a Wr i ti ng Wo rkshop based on current research. ( 2 ) 5 3 7 Media and Technology fo.r School Library Media

5 1 1 Strategies for Language/Literacy Development in

Specialists

Classrooms

The m a n a ge m en t of

The d ve l o p men t a l nature of l i te ra cy

learning w ith em p hasi s o n t h e vital role of l a n g ua ge and the interrelatedness and interde­ p en den c e of li s t e.n i n g , s p e a k i n g , rea d i ng, and w r i t i n g as l a n guage p roce sse s. Em ph a s is on d e vel o pi n g strategies for p u t ti n g an understand. i ng of l a n g uage acquisition and devel op men r into e ffec t i e cl a ss ro o m practices that will promote co n ti n u al , successful tea ch i n g a nd le�J.[ n i n g. Focus on stages of literacy development i n read i ng and writing th ro ugh the e l eme n t ary gr a des . Prerequisite: 5 1 0. (2)

5 1 3 Lan guage/Literacy Development: Assessment and Instruction

variety of strategies and tools fo r student ' d evelo p men t in re adin g , writing, l i s te n i ng, and s p ea k i n g . Em p h as is on a broad ra n ge of p os s ibil i t ie s i n a ss e ss me n t , evaluation, d iagno si s , and instruc­ t i o n a l im p le m e n ta t i o n . To p i cs includ an overview o f test ing resources 'lI 1 d their app rop r i a t e use, the use o f p o r t fol io s, techniques for observa tions/ane dotal records, experiences with m i s c ue a nalys i s, and the t eac hi ng and learn i ng o f appropriate i n tervention s tr ategi e s to pr om o te the d eve l o pm e nt of readers and writers at a ll levels. The major cour e project includes a sessing a render, developing a profile of a p p ro p r i a t e reading s t ra te g i e s, and des i g nin g and im p le m e nt i n g an instructi nal p l a n to help the reader develop e ffective, efficient reading 5trategies. Prerequisit ': 5 1 0; highly recommended to be taken at t h e end o f t he tTa k seq ue n ce . ( 4 ) Understanding of a wide

asse ss in g a nd fac i l it a t i n g

5 1 5 Profe sional Seminar; Continuing Level, Teachers The preparation and sha ri.ng of selected top ic s related to t h e minimum generi s t a n da rd s needs of the individual par ticipants. Requ ired for the continuing level certification of te a c h e rs . (2) 516 Teacher Supervision develo p me n t of supervisory skills fo r te ac he rs who work w i th ot her a du l ts in t h e classroom. Supervision o f student t e a c h ers, cons u l tants and resource sp ec i a l is t s , paren t volunteers, classified aides, and peer and c ros s-age tutors. ( I ) Identification and

528 Children's literature in K-8 Curriculum I n ves ti g a t i o n of genre of contemporary ch i l d r en 's literature and d e ve l o pm e n t o f a pe rs on a l reper toire for e l a s room u s e . urrent issues and trends i n child ren's literature a nd pro fessi o n al resources available [o r teachers dnd library media specialists to evaluate and select appropriate literature. Possibilities fo r the i ntegration of l i t er a tur e as c u rr ic u l ar text to nhance/extend K-8 urriculum. S t ra tegies include the use of l i ter ature cirel s, writing, a nd fiction and non-fiction in the co n t e n t areas. Tech­ niq ues for i n troduci ng children's literature into t h e c lass room a n d lib r ar y media center. ( 2 )

media and tech n olog y services in the school library media cen te r, the function a nd op era t i o n of media eq u ip ­ ment and materials used in school lib rary media cen te rs , and the trends and issues invo l ved in media and technology. Spec ia l emphasis on emergil1g t ec hnol og i e s used in K - I 2 in s t r u c t i o na l programs ( C D - ROM, interactive video, distance le a rn in g , co m p u te r tec h n olo g i es ) . ( 2 ) 538 Strategies fOT Whole Literacy Instruction (K- 1 2) The use of l a n g u a ge as a tool for learning across the curriculum, and the roles of l an gu age i n a l l kinds o f tea c h ing and lea rn i n g in K - I 2 c l assroom . lrategies for readi ng/writing i n content areas, thematic teaching, t opi c s tu dy, and i n t eg rati n g curriculum. The concept of i n formation li t e r a c y and models of i n s tru c t ion with emphasis on Wash i n g to n State Information Skills Cu r r ic u l u m Models. (2) 544 Research and Program l!valuation K now'l ed g e of eva.l ua t i o l 1 techniques, i n cl udi n g p o r t fo l io s, and of research design; a b i l ity to interpret educational research; to i d en t ify, locate, and acquire typic a l research and related litera­ ture.; to usc the res u l ts of research or ev a l u a t io n to propose program changes and w ri t e grants. ( 2 ) 545 Methods and Technique of Research

Seminar in research methods a nd t e c h niqu es in education with em p hasis on des i gn i n g a research p roject in the student's area of interest. Required fo r M .A. Pre re uisites: dmission to t h e gradu a te program; 544; minimum of 24 s emes te r hou rs of coursework leading to the M . A.; consultation wi t h student's advist'r. ( 2 ) 550 Educational Administrative Theory Introduction to the role and fu nction of the p ri n c ip al sh i p with emphasis o n team building and in t� rpe rs o n a l p ro fess i o n a l

re la ti o n sh ip s and ethi al decision-malting. Prerequisite: Admission to the g rad u a te program or p e rmi ss i o n of gr a d u a t e adviser. ( 3 ) 551 Educational Law S tudy o f con t em p o r ary

federal, state, and local statutes, to p ublic and p ri vate schools (K- I 2 ) . Prerequis itE's: Admission to the g r a du a te program; 544. ( 2 ) re gu l a t ions, and case l aw and their a p p l i c a t i o n

552 School Finance Local, state, and federal co ntributors to school fi nance, its phil o ·ophy and development; the de ve l op m e n t and administra­ tion of a s hool b u d get. Pre re q uis i tes : Admission to the gra d u at e program; 544. ( 2 )

m m

!1 o c

m

o m

z Cl


E D U C A T I O N ,/)

W L1-

o UJ.

553 SchoolJCommunity Relations

587 History o f Education

K n ow ledge and skill d e ve l opm e n t for co mmun ication patterns

A study of grea t men and women whose lives a n d w ri t i n gs h ave

in the c hou l s etti ng a n d with a ss oc i a te d agencies, including

sh a p e d and c o n t i nu e to s h a p e the ch a ra cter of American ed u c at i o n . Emp h as i s on t ra c i n g the interdisciplinary a n d d i ve rs e an tecedents of American education. (3)

medical, legal, and . 0 lal s e rv i c es , as well as with students, parent , and s t ,. fI Prerequis ite: Ad m i s s io n

to

the g ra duate

program. (3)

589 Philosophy o f Education

554 Seminar i n Educational Admi nistration The p re p a rat i o n and � h ar i n g of selected p res e n t a t i o n s related to needs of i n di v idu I p a r t i c i pa nt s . Req u i re d for continuing certi­ fi ca t i o n of principals and program administrators. Re gi s t r a ti on mu t take p l a ce in t11 fa ll semester and participation w i l l be

Types of curriculum o rg a ni z a t i ns, pro gra m s and techniques o f

5 90 Graduate Seminar A workshop fo r all Master of Arts c a nd i date s i n the School of Education which p rov i des a for u m fo r exchange of research i d ea s and prohlems; ca nd i d a t es should re gi s t e r fo r t h i s seminar for ass ist a n ce in fu l fi ll i n g re q u i rements. No c red i t is giv e n , nor is

curriculum deVelopment. Pr re q u is i t es : Admissions

tuition asse -sed.

contin uo us fo r the

academic year. ( 2 )

555 Curriculum Development w u.J

LU

o

Ph ilosophical and theoretical fo un dations of Ame ri ca n educa­ t i o n as wel l as the social p h i l o s op h y of g ro w in g diverse popula­ tions in the K- 1 2 s c h o ols . ( 3 )

ual p ro g ra m ,

544. ( 2 )

t o t h e grad­

556 Secondary and Middle School Curriculum A variety f facets of secondary a nd middle school p ro g ra m s : fi na nce, cu rricuJum, d i s ci p l i l1 , val u a tion, cia · ' roo m manage­ ment, the b asic e du cat io n bill, l eg i s l a t i ve changes, and sp ec i a l educat io n. Develo p men t o f secon da ry and m iddle schools from their begin nings to lhe present. C r i t ica l issues i n the education

cene tod ay. ( 3 ) 558 lnstrnctiona1 Supervision D ifferentiated mo d el� of s uper v i ion, i n cl u d i n g tech n iq u es in cl inical su p erv ision, tea ch er evaluation, djsciplinary act i o n and d i s m issal. Prc.requ isites: Adm ission to the graduate program,

544 550, 553 . ( 2 ) 559 Personnel Manqgement K nowledge and skill development in working with pe rs o n n e l

595 Internship in Educational Administration S tud e n ts

\ ill regi ' t er for 2 s em es t .r hours iJ1 ea c h of two semesters. I n te r n s h i p in educational admi n istration joi n t l y p l a nne d a n d su p er vi sed by the School of Education and public and/or p r i v a t e school Jdrni n i s t ra tors in full compliance with s tate re q u i rem en t s . Prerequisites: A d m i ss i on to the gr adu a t e program or to the c re d e n t i a l i n g progra m; co m p let i o n o f educational adm inistration concentration; con s u l tati o n with adviser.

(2, 2 )

596 Graduate Seminar S t u de n ts reg i st e r fo r 1 se mester hour in each of two semesters. Profe ss i on a l seminars are scheduled and p re s en t e d by ca n d i ­

dates, their u n ive rs i ty p r o fes s o rs, and p ro fess i o n a l colleagues in t h e s c h oo l s i n p ar t n e r sh i p . P re re q u is i t es : o m p l eti on o f coursework in ed uc at i o n al a d m inistration concentration. (2)

issues , inc! u di llg legal p r i n c ip l e s in h i r i n g , firing, i n -ser vi ce and staff de e!opment, tt p p o rt services, and contract n egot i at i o n . Prerequisites: Adm iss i on tu the graduate program, 544, C 0, 5 5 3 . ( 3)

597 Independent Study Proj ect s of v a r y i ng length related t o educational issues o r co n c e rn s o f t h e individuaJ p a r t i ci p a n t and approved by a n approp riate fa c u l t y m e m b e r a n d the de a n . ( 1 -4)

562 Schools and Society Individual and cooperative study of the socio-cult u ral and c ultural, p o l i t i c a l , l egal, historical, a n d p h i l o so ph i ca l fo unda­ t i ons of current pr acti c es of c h o o l i ng in America. E mp h a s is on t h e cu rrent status f sc h o o l s and the e va l ua t i on of t h e i r past, presen t, and fut u re. P re re qu i s i te: d m i ss i on to the MA/Cert Program or co n se n t of i n s t r uc to r. ( 3 )

598 Studies in Education

563 Integrating Se.minar Students work co o p era t i 'ely and i n d i v id u a l ly to i n t e g ra te educa­ tion cou rsew rk, field e xper i en ce , ' nd individua.l p er spec tive throughout the MA/Cert program. Focus on current i s s ues in­ cl u d i ng child abu�e, multicultural and d i v e rse populations, l a w,

teacher collabora tion. Pre requisi te: Admission to the MA/ ee r t program. ( I ) 568 Internship in Teaching Internship in classroom s e t t i ng s. Fourteen weeks o f tea - h ing

under the direct u p e rv i s ion f co op erat i n g teachers and u n i ersi ty u p e rv iso rs. es i g n e d for stu d e n ts in t h e MA/Cert p ro gr a m. (6)

585 Comparative Education Comparison

nd invest igation of materials Jnd c u l t ural systems

of edu ca t io n t h rough Qut the world. E m p ha s i s on a p p ly i n g

kn wledge for g rea te r underst anding of the diverse pop u l a t i o ns i n the K- J 2 ed ucat iona l ystem. ( 3 ) 586 Sociology o f Educadon

Viewi ng th' due ti nal syskm as a complex nd c h a nging social institution. mphasis 0 1 1 va l u e orientations from diverse ll a m a n p op u l at i ons and their impact on K- 1 2 e d u cati o n a n d educa t i o n al issues. (3)

A rese a rc h paper

r project on an e d u cati o n a l issue selected

j o i n tl y by the student an d the g r a d u a te adviser. Prerequ isites:

Admission to the graduate p ro gram ; 544, 545; m i nimum of 26 hours o f co u rse wo r k l e a d i n g to the M.A.; c o n s u lta t i o n with the student's adviser. ( 2 ) 5 99 Thesis

The thesis p r ob l em will be chosen fro m the candidate's major field of concentration and m ust be app roved by the ca n d i d ate 's gr a d u a te commit tee. Candi lates are ex p ect e d to defend their thesis in a finJI oral e xa m i n a ti o n conducted by t h e i r committee.

( 3-4)

Educational Psychology 26 1 Human Relations Development St u dy a n d l ab o ra to r y experience in the d e velop m e nt of h u ma n relat ions s kills , especially the core skills o f hel p i ng needed t o fa ci l i t at e problem-solving and personal academic "fo\\'th. P rere q u i s i t e s : _llG 1 0 1 , PSYC 1 0 1 , test scores, s o p ho m o re s t a nd i n g, cumu lative GPA of 2.50. ( 3 ) 36 1 Psychology for Teaching

PrIncip les and research in human de vel o p me n t and le a r n in g , es p e c i a l l y r e lated to t ea c h i l l g and to the ps 'chological growth, re la ti o n s h i ps , and a dj u s t men t of individual . P re re quisi te s: EDUC 262, 263; EPSY 26 1 . ( 3 ) 368 Educational Psychology

Principles and research in human learning and thei r i m p l i ca ti o ns for c u rr ic u l u m and i n s t ru c t io n . Prerequ isites: EDUC 2 5 1 , 2 5 3 .

(4)


E D U C A T I O N o rn

501 Workshops J radua e work hops in sp ec i a l fi elds for va ryi ng lengths of t i me.

( 1 -4) 5 1 2 Group Process and the Indiyjdual .A bUfllJn i n t e ra c t i o n laboratory to facilitate the exp l o r a t io n of the se l f con cept th ro ug h the mechanisms.of interpersonal i n teractions and feed bac k . Emphasis placed all [he J c q u i s i t i o n of s k i l l i n self-exploration, role id en t i fi ca t i o n , and climate-making.

G (2) 535 Foundations o f Guidance The oeus is on develop i n g ;tn u nder t a n d i n g M t he . rvi es and p roces es available to assist i n dividuals in making pla ns and d ec is i o n s a co rd i n g to their own l i fe p a t t e r n . , (4)

570 Fieldwork in Counseling and Guidance A culm inating p nlct iCl.lI'n of field exper i en ce in schools o r agencies u si ng h e o r y, skills, a n d techn iques p re v iolls l y lear ned. A va ri e ty of work exp e r ien ces w i t h both indi i du als and g ro u p s . Stud e n ts incorporat cons ulw tion exp · ri e n fo l low ing t he Ad l e r i a n model.

(4)

575 Mental Health I3a 'i c m e n t a l healLh pri n c i ple as related to i nterpersonal relat ionsh ips. oc us on sel f- u nde rstan d ing. Laboratory experi ­ ences

as

578 Behavioral. Problems Adlerian co ncep t s provide the basis for observation) motiv a t i o n , modification, a n d l i fe s t yle as �ss ment. Sk ills for assist in g p eopl e in developing responsib i l i t y for their 01'\111 behavior. L abo ra t o r ex pe r ie nce as arranged. ( 4 ) The chara ted ·tics of xcepti o nal stude n ts and the co u n sel or's

exper i e n ce as arranged. G ( 2 )

ro le in de a ling with a

555 Pract:icum In addition to t h o se s kills lea rned in B eg i n n i n ' Practicum, learn and practic va riou counsel ing approaches, skill s aDd tech­ n i q u es with individuals frol11 d i ve rse populations in co m m u n i t y or various sc h o ol settings. I n add i ti on to university fa c u l ty, there w i ll be on- site supervision by co u n s e lo rs . Prerequ isites: E P S Y 550 a n d 5 1 . ( 3 )

5 60 SecondllrY Smool Practicum Guided i l15 t r uc t i o n a l assistance a n d t u to r i n g i n s ch oo l s ;

583 Current Issue in Exceptionality

variet)! of p robl ems t h ey may I a c. Lea rn i. ng di abilit ie , m ot i ona l pro blems , physic, I p r o b l e ms ,

and the g ifte d st udent. . G

( 2·.j )

597 lodependent tudy Projects of varyi ng I ngth rel a ted to educational i s \\es or co n cern s of the in d i v i du a l p articipant and appro ved by an app r op r i a te facu l t)! member and the dea n . ( J -4 ) 598 Studies in Education A r search p a per or p roje ct on an educa tional i

slie selected j o i n t l y by the ·tudent , nd lh� gratluate advi er. [t will be r viewed by the stu de nt\ gra du a te co mmittee. ( 2 )

5 99 Thesis

The thesi s problem w i l l b cho en from t.he c a nd i d a te' � major field of co n ce n tr a t i o Jl and must be appro ed by t h e ca nd idate's graduate commi ttee. Ca n d i d a t are e:.. -pecte d to defend their t h � is in a final o ral ex ,l m i natio n condu ted b y L heir committee.

(3-4)

concu rre n t with 4 6 1 . D es i g n ed fo r t h e MA/Cert program. ( I )

56 1 Basic Relationships in Counseling A s tu dy of the theory, proce

, techniqu es, and characteristics of

the cou n se l in g rel a t i o n s h i p . A basic co urse

the

for M.A.

stude n t s in

o u nse l i ng amj G u id a nc e p rogra m. ( 4 )

563 Practicum in Group Process and Leadership

A h uman i n teraction l aboratory which expl o res int rpersonal o pe ra t io ns in groups and fa c i l i ta t e the devel pment ( f . elf­ i n s i g h t ; emphasis on leaders hip and d evel o p men t of ski l l in diagno ing i nd i v i d u a l , group, and o rganiza t ionnl b e h av i o r patterns and i n fluences. S t u d e n ts will co- faci l itate a labor tory gro u p . Prereq u isite: E P SY S l 2 . ( 2 )

565 Advanced Human Development A c o m p a r a t i ve study of human developmeIlt at various levels through o bs e rv a ti on a l assessmen . using non -standardized i n st ru m en t s: e.g., s o ci o me t r i c ales, a u to b io graphies, interviel s, interaction a na lys i s, and o t her appropriate measurements. A pr a cti c u m ( a m inimum o f one h o u r each week) is rC 4uired in a s ch o o l or a p p ro p r ia t e agen cy. P rerequisite: Fifth year or g ra du at e status. ( 4 ) 566 Advanced Cognition) Development, and Learning The study of p r i n cip l es and current thought a n d research i n cogn i tion, developmen t, and learning. pplication to the o rga n i za t i on , p l a.n n ing , and de l iver y of instruction. Pre re q u isi te: Admission to the MAl ert program o r consen t of i n str u c t or. ( 3 ) 569 Career Guidance

A study of careers, the o ri es of choice, a n d gui d ance te c h n iq u es . (4)

rn

(') o c

arran aed. ( 4 )

536 Affective Classroom Techniques E x p l o ration o f va r i o u s techn. iques designed to fa c il i ta te under­ standing of self and ot hers; methods for wo rk i n g with s t u de n t s . Prerequ �ite: s t ude n t t e a c h i n g or g ra d u a te status. Laborato ry 550 Beginning Practicu:m Learn and p r act ice t h e basic coun el i n g k i l l in , s t r uc t u re d and cI ely � up cr vi s e d envi ro nmen t. Learn t h ro ugh ro le-plays, o bs e r­ vation, cou nsel ing cl i e n ts and feedback via p eers , in st Tuct o r, cl i e n t s , t ranscriptions, audio a n d v i deo tap s. Cl ie n t s us d in th is practicum \ ill be re l a t i vely h i g h fun c t i o n i n g and w i l l usu al l y be ecn in an obse r va t io n room. ( 3 )

:;u rn

Special Education 1 90 Exceptional Children and Adul1s IntmduC lioLl to the needs a nd clla ractc ris lics of excep tiona l ch ildren a n d d u lts. Federa .l a n d state l e g isla t io n , rurr nt issues) and prac ices ( f ot'l i ve ri n g serv ic�s to i n d i Iduals with disab i l i ­ ties. Prerequ is i te for a l l special educa t i o n coursework. Requ ired

for all elem entary ed ucation m'ljors . ( 3 ) 191 Observation in Special Education Observation in specia l edu catio n s et t i n gs in u1e local area. ( I )

200 lodividuals with Special Needs Introduction to th need a n d characteri tic. of i nd i v i d (Jals witb spechll needs. Federal and state legislation, carrent i ss ues, a n d s e r v i e d e l i e ' syste ms wi l l be iJ Iud d. Pr re qu isi t f r all SPED and E l e m e n tary ertifie, t io n cou rsework. ( 2 ) 290 Introduction to Learning Disabilities Overv iew of the field of lea rn i n g disabilitic:" inc l u d i n.g co n ce pts, assessment and i nslru lional pr�l t ic e. . Pr requis i te: EDUC 25.3 or EPSY 26 11EDUC 262 o r consent of iru.tru tor. (3) 296 Educating the Physically Challenged and Medically Fragile The cour e focuses on meeti n " t h e psychological, soc i a l , a n d educational needs of i nd iv id uals w h o are pl1ysi ally Lhallcnged an d}or medical1y fra 'ile. An o ve rv iew of the most common m e d i c a l p rob lems a n d necessary modi. fication o f c u r r ic u J u m a n d i ns t r u c ti o nal techniq(Jes. (2 )

m

o ..,., ..,., m

z Cl


E D U C A T I O N

ISITE POR 300/400 LEVEL SPE ,1AL EDll ATl ON : EDlJ ' 302 or EP SY 26 l 1 ED C 262 or consent of in lru ctor. Studen not majoring in ed ucat io n may be exc us e d from this req u i re m en t.

NOTE: P RERE

w

o

V) oc :::l o U

cator.

and the

legal a n d p rofess ional responsibilit ies of the e d u ­ ethods fo r teaching personal safety will be a d d r sset'!o ( 1 )

melhods fo r working effect i ve ly with ex(c pt ional le arn rs i n

485 The Gifted Child

regu l ar class rooms.

A st u dy of the gift d ka rn er's characteristics and needs. Focus on

(4)

instructional pro ce du res designed to fu rther de v elo p m en t .

390 Introduction to Developmental Disabilities study of the emotio nal, social, p h ysica l , and mental

haracter­

isti s o i ndiv iduals with developmental disabilities, i n cl ud i n g

methods or a:

e

si ng and teaching from medical, p ychological,

of v i ew. ( 3 )

393 Introduction t o Behavior Disorders Examination of c u r rent p rob l em , and i Slles

as

t bey rel at e

to

the

in str uction and management of learners with b havior disorders.

o

and adolescents. Includes identification and re portin g proce­ du res,

362 Teaching for Individual Differences - Secondary Curric u l u m mod i fication and teaching and man a ge ment

social, and educaLional points w

480 Issues in Child Abuse and Neglect Scope and p ro blem s of child ab u se , n egl e ct , and fam i ly violence, i nclu d i n g behaviors exhibited by abused and neglected ch i l d ren

i n cludes tudy of b ehavi o r a l and academic characteristics of tbis p o p ul a t i o n . (3)

395 Introduction t o Language Development and Disorders I n t rodu tion to l a n g u a g e diso rders, asses m e n t , and i n terven ­ tion. Focus on th eor i es ot l anguage development and normal language a cqu i si ti o n . (2) 398 Assessment in Special and Remedial Education Study of a variety of i n formal and formal a ssessm e n t tests and pr .e d u res. C u r r i c ul u m - b ase d assessments, systematic class­ room

observation, n orm - r f, re n ce d test , task analysis, and

r i ter ion- referenced tests and p ro ed u Tes are examined. fncludes the role o f a ss e s sme n t i n e l i gi b i l i ty and program p la n n i n g .

(3)

Exp erience with children alld yo uth who have p ec i H I needs. 1 hour credit given a ft 1" s uc ces ful co mplet i o n o f 45 clock hours and specific course c o m pet e n c i es . Prerequisite: SPED 290 or con ent of i n�tructor. ( 1 -2 )

403 Parent/Professional Partnership i n Spedal Education Methods fo r communicating effectively with p a rents of special n eeds children. (2)

407 Curriculum and Instruction fod.earners with Special Needs

F

cus

on teaching aC<ldem ic, social, and ad a p t ive skills to

l ea rners with pe ial needs . I ncl udes writing individual educa­ ti on pla ns, da t a based i nstruction, tas k an a lys i s , and i nstruc­ tional sequen ing, Prerequisites: eneral Methods, SPED 290, or co nsen t of iI'll tructor. ( 4)

408 Career and Vocational Edllcation for Students with Special Needs

Focus

on career ed ucation curricula, assessment, l i fe

adj u stm ent,

and v oca ti o n a l instruction fo r learners with speci al needs.

rnc1ud

S

ommu nity t ra ns i t i o n

490 Early Learning Experiences for Special Needs Children I m p l i c at i ons of normal and atyp ical c h i ld d eve l op m ent fo r the learning process. ( 2 ) 492 Methods o f Teaching Early Childhood Spedal Education Ea rl y childhood methods, materials, cu rriculum, and tech niques fo r te a c h i n g children with spe cia l needs. Prerequ isi te: SPED 490 or consent of i nstructor.

programs, su pervised work and

l iv in g arrangements, and a ssess me nt of occupational ski l ls. ( 2 )

438 Student Teaching i n Elementary Special Education 1eaching in specia l educ, tion programs u nder the direction and

super isi o n of school and u niversity personneL 8 we eks . Prerequ i si t : consent of i nstructor, (6)

439 Student Teaching i n Secondary Special Education

(2)

494 Compute.r AppUcation In Special Edncadon An i n t roduction into the appli ation of computer te c h n ol o g y for learners with special needs. Focu

on current issues and uses of

computer tech n o l ogy including co m p u t er assist d i nstru ction, so ftware eva l u a tion , p u p i l and data manage m ent , and assi s t ive

devices. (2) 499 Teaching for Individual Differences - Eleme ntary Des ig n ed to give pre - se .rvice teachers skills and k n owle d ge i n the areas of asse sment, instructi on, and management of lea rners

with spe c ia l needs. Prerequisite: 200. ( 2 )

50 1 Off-Campus Workshops in Special Education ff-campus graduate workshops i n special education fo r v a ry i n g

lengths of time.

399 Practicum in Spedal Education

(2)

( 1 -4 )

503 On-Campus Wooohops in Special Education On -ca mp u s graduate works ho p s in pecial e d uc at i on fo r varying l e n gth s of time. ( 1 -4) 513 Language/Ute.racy Development: Assessment and lnstrllction See Education

5 1 3.

520 Teaching Spedal Needs Students in ElementaTY Programs In tToduction and o ve r view of se r v ic e s for special ne e ds students in ele me n ta ry programs. Includes proced u ral anJ substan tive le ga l i!>sues in speci a l education, p rogram modi fication, and classroom management . ( 2 )

521 Teaching Special Needs Students In Seconda.ry Programs I ntroducti on and overview of services for special needs students in sec ondary programs. I nc ludes pro edural an d subs t a n ti ve

l e g al issues in spec ial ed ucat i on , program modit'ication, clas room rnanageme.nt. (2)

and

522 The Role of Health Professional. in Special Education T h is cou rse i n t roduces health p rofess i on a ls in the school to learner wit h p eci a l needs, To pics include roles of parents as weI! as medical concerns, e ar ly interven t ion, tea m ing , substance a b use, and suicide prevention. (3)

523 Educational Procedures fO T Students with Learning Disabllides Des i g ned for students i n the Master of Arts of Education: Class­

Teaching in special education programs u n der the di re cti on and sup rvision of school and u n iversity pers o n n eL 8 wee ks . Prerequisite: co n sen t of i ns t r u cto r. ( 6 )

concepts in characteristics, assessment , and instructi onal

475 Supervising Para-Professionals and VoJllDteers

pract ices. P re r equ isi te: Admi sion to the tvl A/Cerr program. (3)

Em p hasi s on th vo lunteers in t h e

e ffec tive munagement of para-professionals and

classroom. ( l )

room Teach ing - ·e r t i ficat ion. An i n troduction into.teach ing procedures fo r students with le a r n i ng disab il i t i es. Includes


E D U C A T I O N o

524 Educational Procedures for Students with Developmental Disabilities

Designed for s t u de nts i n t h e Master of A rt s in Education: Class­

room Te aching - .ertification. An examination of the emo­ tional, s o c i a l . ph ys ic a l , a n d me n ta l characteristics o f individuals with developmental disabili ties. Includes asse sment an d instruc­ tion fr m medical, psychological, social, and educational view­ poi n ts . Prerequisite: A dm i ss i o n to the MAICert program. ( 3 )

525 Procedures fo r Students with Behavior Disorders De'i 'ned for students i n the M as ter of Arts in Educatio n: Class­ room Tea ch i ng - Certi fication. An exa m i na t i o n of i nst ru t i o n al a nd ma n ag em en t pr o ce d u res fo r learners with behavior d i s orders. Includes s t u d y of a ca demi c anel behavioral character­ istics of these students. Prerequ.isite: Adm i s s i on to the MAleert program. (3) 530 Current Issues in Assessment Current issues i n the u - e of as essmen t i n fo rm ation for making ed u c a t i on al decisions about students. P rerequ isite: SPED 398 or conse nt of i n st r uctor. ( 2 ) 53 1 Severe and Profound Disabilities Introduction to the physica l , soci a l , and ed u c a ti on needs of indiv i d ua l s with severe and profo u n d disabilit ie .(2) 532 Education and Training of Individuals with Severe and Profound Disabilities I n -d ep t h study of e d u c at i o n al pre sc r i p ti on and pro g r am mi n g for learners who are severely and pr o fou n d l y d i s a bl ed. Emp ha s i s on t e ac hi n g str at egie s and c u r r i c u l u m modifi cation as they apply to this po p u la ti o n. ( 2 )

-

533 Current Issues in Developmental Disabilities urrent issues rebled to t h e education of i n d ividuals with dev e l op me n ta l disabilities. Prerequisite: SPED 390 or con s e n t of instructor. ( 2 ) 534 Current Issues i n Behavior Disorders Current issues rel a t ed to the education of individuals w i th behavior disorders. Prerequisite: SPED 393 or consent o f i n tructor. ( 2 ) 535 Current Issues in Learning Disabilities Current iss ues related to the ed u c a t io n of i n d i v i du al s with learning disabilities. Prereql l is i te. SPED 290 or c on s e n t of

instructor. (2) 537 Current Issues in Language .Disorders u rrent issues and a p p ro a ch es in assessing and remedia ting children with language disorders. Prerequisite: S PED 395 o r consent o f instructor. (2) -

538 Current J sues in Early Childhood Special Ed ucation u r re nt issues rel a te d to y o u ng ch ild ren wi t h s p ec ia l needs. Prerequis ite: SPED 490 or co nsent of i nstructor. ( 2 ) 539 Administration o f Early Childhood/Special Education Programs I n -depth s t u d y of the admini tration of early c h i l d h o o d pro­ gra ms with e m p ha si s o n r e me d i a t i o n t chnique and transd isci­ p l in ar a pp roa c h e s. Prerequisite: SPED 538. ( 2 )

540 Early Intervention Programs Current practices in medica l , t h e ra p e u t i c , and e duc at i o n a l intervention t ec h n i que s used i n the reha b i l i tation of special needs children from birth t o age six. ( 2 ) 54 1 Assessment o f Infants and Preschoolers se of appropriate tools and procedures in diagnosing and e va l u a ti n g yo u n g c h i l d re n 's n eds, lead i n g to relevant educa­ tional p ro g r am m i n g . Prereq uisites: SPED 492, 540. ( 2 )

568 Internship in Special Education I n terns h i p in sp e c i al education set ti n gs. o u rt ee n weeks o f teaching un der t he d i re tion and supervi-ion of cooperating teachers and u n iversity super isors. Designed for students i n the M A /ee rt program. ( 6 ) 570 Applied Behavior AnalysIs for Teachers A s u r vey of the principles a n d tech n i ques of a p p lie d behavior a n alys i s . I n d u d '5 behavior mod ification and its e t h i c I pplica­ l ion, elf- co n t rol techniques, cogni tive bcha\'i r mo di fic a ti on , organization and resea rch design. (2) 575 Introduction t o CoUaborative Consultation I n troduction to the principl . and pra c t j c e $ of ;l. con ' u1ting teacher model in special ed ucation. Foc u s on instructional del ivery approp riate fo r p rov i d i n g di re c t and indirect sc r v i learner w i th spec ia l needs in mainsLream classes. ( 2 )

o c ;;0 m "

to

Special Education Emphasis on the i n t er p erso nal skills necessary for the co nsu lt i ng

teacher in special ed uc::Iti n. The COUIse will e xplor th e

variables involved in develo ping cooperation b twee n profes­

(2)

588 Administ ration o f Special Education Programs I nvestigation of e isting special ducation drni n ist ra tive un its, pupil placement procedures. s tudent st affi n gs, p rogram reimbursement procedures, and federal fu nding mo de l s . ( 3 ) 590 Research in Special Education Review of cu rrent research on e lec te d t pics in speciJl ed u c a ­

tion. ( 1 ) 591 Research in Early Childhood/Special Education A combin a t i on of organized c ursework and i n d� pe nd en t study i.n early chil dhood/sp cial education. ' p ec ia lized . tudy in a s e l ec t ed topic. Pre.requi si te: PED 4�0 or consent of instructor.

(1) 592 Research in Learning D isabilities A co mb i n a t i o n f orga n i zed coursework and indepelldent study in early l ea rn i n T lis, bilitie�. Spe ialized st udy in a _ e le c t d topic. Prerequisite: SPED 535 or consent of instructor. ( 1 ) 593 Research in Behavior Disorders A c o m b ina t i o n of rgan i z� d course \lork a n d i ndepe nde nt study in beha i r dis rders. , pec i a l ized study in a selected t o p ic. Prerequi ite: S PED 534 or consent ()f instructor. ( I ) 594 Research in Developmental DisabUJtles combination of o rga n ized u rse \ ork and independent s t ud y in developmental disabilities. Spe i al iud study in a e lected topic. Prer quisite: SPED 533 or p e rm i s ion of i u st ru tor. ( I ) 595 Special Education: Internship Projects of varying le n gt h rel a ted 1 0 t rends a.nd issues in s peci al educa ion and ap p roved hy an a p p ro p ria t e faculty member and the dea n. ( I -4) 597 Independent Sutdy Pr oject s of varying le n gt h r L a t d to lrend .md issue5 in special education and approved by an app ropriate facLllr)' me mber and tJ1e dean. ( 1 -4) 598 Studies in Education A res ea rch paper or project on an educational i sue selected j o i n t ly by the s t ud en t and t he gradu ate a d v iser. It will be reviewed by the studen t's g rad u a te committee. ( 2 ) 599 Thesis

the candi da te' maj o r cand idate's graduate co m mit tee. Candidat s are expecte d to defen their

The thesis problem wi l l b e hosen from

field of co n c entr a t i o n and mu t be approved by the

t h esis in a finaJ oral exa m i nation conducted by the i r comm i Lt e.

(3-4)

(')

o

576 Communil;ation SkiUs for CoUaborative Conswtation in

sional ed u c a t ors .

m

m Z Q


E N G I N E E R I N G V)

seeks t o balan ce' the sruden l's knowledge ) ( current ngineering

Engi neering

practice with an understanding of the underly ing sci nee and

w

Engi neering,

o

ach ievements, i n c l u d i n g t h e pyr am i d s of ancien t

a

p r ac t i c a l art and pro fessi o n, is

more tha n

50 centu ries old. Its he ri tage boasts a vas t s pectrwn of

V) cr: ::> o u

w

w

o

[esopotamia (2000 B. . ) , the Colo e u m f R o me (75 A.D. ) , n d m ore recently, the 1 6 - megabi t random-access me m o ry chip ( 1 990 A.D. ) . E ngineering us e s mat rials a n d k n o w l ed g e from s ien c e a n d mathemati 's w i t h e p e r ie n c e , i ma gi n a t i o n , rea t ivi t y, and inspiration to p ro ide be n efi t to our daiJy l ives . At t h e same time, engineering must be pract i ed � ith an appropriate awareness and concern for it p te n tial adverse effects on hu man bei n gs and the env i ron m en t . The engineering code of eth ics s t at es the urpose f en gi n eer i ng - "to safeguard l i fe, he, Ith, and prop rty and to promote the public welfare. ' Th goal f engi neer i n g ed u c a t i on a t Pacifi c Luthera n Univer ity is to combine the s kill s o f m a t h e m a t ic ' , the k nowledge of scie nce, a n d the te ch n i qu e s of eng i n ee r i n g design, along w i t h an appr ciation of the broader areas of h u man i n te r .st and c o n c e r n , to p ro d uce competent and resp o n ­ sible engineering. PLU's programs in e n gi n ering provide a stl!ong base in mathematics, physics, and en gi ne ring. Such a fo u nda­ tion will enable PLU g rad u a t s to adapt r adilr to fu t u re c h ang es in te c h n ol o gy. PL p ro gra m s are based on th e premise that the engi neeri ng profession requires l i fe-l ong learning. I n the development and i m pl m e n ta t i o n of technology, engi neers are responsible for project co nceptualization, design , study, t esti ng , o n s trudion , and main tenance. Such proje c t s u s u a ll y i nvolve economics, personnel man­ agement, and administrati on. ften tech n ical p roj ects require comm uni cation with peers, m a na ge rs , and g ov ern ­ ment rep resen tati ves. PLU is uniquely quali fied to educate e ng i neers for sllch resp nsibiJ i t ies because i t combi nes t chnical cour es with the l i be ra l arts cur r icu l u m . The 0 partment of Engineering offers four-year Bachelor of . cien ce (B. S . ) degr e pr gra m in El ectrical Engin ering and C o m pute r Engineering. The d e partme n t also offers a five-year 3 - 2 or duaJ -degree program wh ich leads to a B.S. i n Engineering Science from PLV and an engineeri ng degree fr om a second i n stit ution. t the second inst i t ution, the e n g i n e e r i n g spec ialty may be chosen frol11 a variety of engineering d isc i p l i nes. Cl 'ely asso c ia te d with t hese three p rog ra ms is a B . S . i n Applied Physics. This program offers concen trati ons in Mech a n ical E ng i n eer i n g and Electrical En g i n er i n g . S t uden t s i n terested in an engineering d gree p rogram should co n t a c t a memb r of the e ng i nee r i ng fa culty fo r assis t a n ce and advice. FACULTY: Up to n, Chair; Gutmann, H<1l1ei.scn, MacGinitie, S p il l m a n .

engineerin g design pri ncip1

Eledrical Engineering

a

tudy in electrical c i rc ui t s , devices,

sy terns, and electro-optics. The curriculum involves a tial component of both cia

substan­ sroorn and laboratory experience. I t

ri ng

A typ i c a l electrical engilleering progr, m is as follows:

Freshmall

Soph omore

Jllllior

enior

Engineering 1 3 1 , 1 3 2

Physics 1 53, 1 54, 1 63, 1 64 Math matics 1 5 1 , J 52 Engin eeri ng 24 5, 246 Mathem atics 253 Physics 354 omputcr Science 1 44 Te.:: hll ic al elecr ive Engineering 345, 346 Physics 3 3 1 hemistry 1 1 5 Technical decth'es ( 2 ) Engineering 4 4 5 , 446, 49 1 Te hn i c a l el c t i

e

MlNOR IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING: Engineering 1 3 1 , 1 32 , 245 , 246. a nd 345 or 346; Physics 1 2 5, 1 2 6, 1 3 5. 1 3 6 o r Phy s ics 1 53, 1 54, 1 63, 1 64; Physics 354; Mathema tics 1 5 1 , 1 5 2, 2 5 3 ; o m p u t r Science 144 or 240. Computer Engineering Compuler engineering i s

� r

lalivel}' new el1!,rineering specialt)'

that h a s grown o ut of rapidly e vo l v in " m icro- and mini, co mpu ter technology.

h e c u r r i ulum c

n

is! of es se nt i a l and

advanced element from computer s c i e n ce and elect rical engineering, developing both hardware Electi\'

5

permit concentration i n

a n d so ftware expertise. areas sLlch as in tegrated c i rcuit

d es i g n , microprocessor app lica tion s . computer d e si g n , applica­ tion softw re development, and arti 6cial i ntell igen ce.

B.S. MAJOR IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING: "ng ineer ing 1 3 1 . 1 3 2 , 24 5 , 24 , 345, 346, 49 1 ; Mathem atics J 5 1 , 1 5 2, 253, and t'ither 245 or 3 3 1 ; Computer Science 1 44, 2 70, 380; Physics 1 53, 1 54, 1 63 , 1 64; tech n ica l electjve - 1 3 hours from Engineering 445, ·146, 480, 48 1 , 492, Cu mp uter Science 348, 67, 375, 3 8 5 , �44, 455, Mathematics 3 5 6 , Physic, 3 3 1 , 332, 3 54; technical electives must i n c l ud e fo ur hOLlrs from Physics 354, Mathematics 356. A t ypic a l compuler engineering program is as fol l ows: Freshman

Engi neering 1 3 1 , [ 3 2

Ph ysic s [ 53, 154. 1 63 , 1 4 M a tlkrnatic 1 5 1 , 1 52 Computer

Sophomore

Science 1 44

En gin eer i ng 245, 246, 346

Mathematics 253

JlInior

· n g i ne er i n g 345 mput r S ie nee 380

Math matics 3 1

number of oreas of spe ifie i n terest. Electrical i n c l u des

keep pace

U I , 1 3 2, 245, 24 , 345, 346, 44 5 , 446, 4 9 1 ; Ma the ma ti cs 1 5 1 , 1 5 2, 253; Physics 1 5 3, 1 54, 1 63, 1 64, 33 1 , 354; omputer Sc i e n ce 1 4 4; Cnemistry 1 j 5; te c h n ic a l electives - fo ur h o u rs [rom En g i n ee r i ng 2:>3, 2 3 4 , 333, 334, 434; one nurse from 1athemat­ ics 230, 33 1 , 3 5 , Physics 223, 332; eigh t addi t ional hours fro m upper clivi i n engineering or appro ved physics or co mp uter s c i e nce cou rses.

engineering ed uca t i o n and t11t' en gi n ·eri ng profession. I t e nginee.ring at P I .

to

B.S. MAJOR IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING: E ngi n

o m p u ter Science 2 70 P hys i cs 354

E l c t ri c al engine�ring i the l a rgest single discipline withi.n

en compasses

, allowing gTad uatcs

w i th evolving technology.

Te c h n i ca l elective

Snlior

Tech nical electives ( 2 )


E N G I N E E R I N G o

Engineering Science

'--

-

The degree ill engineering science is awarded in the 3-2 Engi­ neering p rogram. The 3-2 o r du al -degree prog ra m con. ists of three years nr i n t roductury s c ience and engi n cE'ri ng at PLU fol lowed by two years of study at a secon d school offering a

de i red engineering specialty, re ul ting in one degree from each institution. The 3- p r o g ra m is appro p r i.lte fo r studen ts interested in a wide variety of engineering disci p lines including m chanical, c h em ical. civil. at:ro n a u tical and other . PLU has fo rmal 3-2 agree ment s with Col u mbia U niversity ( ew Yo rk City ) a n d Was h i n rton University (St. Lou i s ) ; transfers to other n g ineering chools an c, si ll' be arran ged. The five-year. 3-2 p rogram provides the oppo rtunity to i n tegn te an exce l leDt libe ra l arts backgro u n d along with study i n e n g i nee r i ng in a variety o f disci pl ines. The s t u de nt has the further adlran tage of begin ni ng study i n the at m o sphere of <l �maller school where mphasi� is on teaching and a l lent ion is given to i nd i v id ual stude nts. B.S. MAJOR IN ENGINEERING SCmNCE: The req ui remen ts

fo r this B.S. degree from P LU a rc the �ucces fu l completion f: ( 1 ) the PLU core curricu l u m . ( 2 ) the eng i neeri ng and sc ien ce courses listed below, and ( 3) an engi neeri ng degree at the second school . • he ge ne ra l university req u i reme nts th a t do not apply are : ( I ) c o m p leti on f a minimum of 1 28 semester hou rs on the PLU t ranscript. ( 2 ) -o mpl 'ti on of a min i mu m of 40 scm· ter

h o u rs from cour es n u m be re d 300 and above, (3)

at

least 20 of

the m in i mum 40 semester hours of upper division work m u s t be taken at PLU, and

(4)

the Inal 32 ·emester hours of a st udent's

program must be completed in re idencc at PL . Engine ring; 1 3 1 , 1 32, 334, 1 a t h emati s 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 2 53 ; -

Physics 1 5_ , 1 54. 1 6 3 , 1 64, 354; Computer Science 1 44 o r 240; Chem i stry 1 1 5 ( C hemislr), 1 1 6 i re ommended fo r s t u dents attending olumbia); technical el ecti ves--thr e co ur cs frum Engineer i ng 245, 246, 345, 346 (electrical specialty) and Engineeri ng 23 , 234 , 333, 4 34 ( m ..:chanical specialty ) . A lypical engineering sciene program i s

Freshman

:IS

fo llows:

Engineerin g 1 3 1 , 1 3 2 Phrics 1 53, 1 54, 1 63, 1 64 Mathematics 1 5 1 , 1 52

Sophomore

Engineering 2 3 3 , 2 34

07"

Mathematics 2 5 3 P h ys ics 354 Computer ience 1 44

--

ltmior

E ngineering 24 5 , 246

or

240

Engineer in g 2 4 '- or 2 3 3 Engineering

334

Che m i. s try I 1 5 For 3-2 ch.emical engineering, regu ired c o u rses are Enginee r i ng 1 3 1 , 132. 233, 234; Mathematics 1 5 1 . 1 52, 253 ; Physics 1 53 , 1 54. 1 6 3, 1 64, 354; Chemist.ry l I S , I 1 6, 3 3 1 , 3 33 , 3 4 1 , 343; Chemistry 332, 3 4 and 456 are recommended. The fol lowin g i s a typical program:

Fresilmarl

Engineering 1 3 J , 1 32 Physi s 1 53. 1 54. 1 6 3 , 1 M Mathe mati. cs 1 5 1 , 1 .5 2 Che m i st ry J l S, 1 1 6

Sopho,llore

Engineering 2 3 3 Mat hern, tics 253 C he m i st r y 331. :332. 3 3 3 , 334

Ju nior

Physic.>; 354 ngin c r i ng 334

Chemistry 34 1 , 343, 456 In this program , ngi n ee r i n g .333 may be s ubs ti t u ted for Chemi su·y 34 1 . I t is a lso reco m m ended t h at Chemi,try 32 1 be taken if t i me permits.

Course Offerings 1 3 1 Introduction to Engineering I

An i n t roduction to t h e eng ineering profess ion J n d development

;;AJ m

m

o f basic skills important to the profes s i o n , i ncluding problem

solving, engineering design, graphics, use o f comp uters, co mpu ter progrc1 m ming, engineering eco n o mics, and e t h ics i n engi neering. Sem i n a r series o f lect ures b y spea kers from ind u s t ry , u n iversities, and a l u m n i . Prerequisite: Completion o f col lege-preparatory mathematics. I (3)

1 32 Int roduction to Englneedng I I A n i n t roduction to the en ' ineering profe s s i o n and development of basic ski l l s i m portant to the profess i o n , i ncluding problem so lving, s t a t i s t i cs engi nee ring design and grap h ics, engineering economics, J n d e th ics i n engineering. P roj e ct - te am work i s an i n tegral pa.r t of t h e course. Prere q u i s i te : 1 3 1 . I I ( 2 )

233 Statics Engineering sta t ic s using vector algebra; con dition for equ i l ib ­ rium, res u l tilnt fo rce yste ms, centroid und center o f gravit , methods of v i r rua l work, friction, kinematics of p art i les. Prerequisites:

PHYS 1 53. 1 (3)

2 3 4 Mechanics of Solids Mechanics of deformable solid bodies., deformation, str..:ss, con­ stitu ive equati ons for elastic materials, th rmodastici ty, tension, flexure, torsion. stability of equiL ibriu m . Prereguisite: 23 3 . l[ (4.) 245 mectrical Circuits 1 I n t roducti o n to the fu ndam en tal concepts of DC circuits i nc l ud ing Ohm's a n d Kirch hoff's Laws and the fu nction of inductive and c<lpac i t ive elements. Prerequ isi te: PHYS 1 54. 1 ( 4 ) 246 IDectrical Circuits n heary of electrical circ u i ts including transient response, AC steady state- si ng le an three rha e, fre u ncy and t i m e doma in analysis. computer ana lysi� of steady state and transien t respon e u s i n g PICE. Laboratory work is part of the c u rse . Prerequisite:

245 . II ( 4 )

333 ThennodYDlunics Concepts and equations of lass ical, macroscopic thennody n a m ­ ics: thermodyna.lJ1ic cycles, flow and non-flow systems. IHo per­ ties and mathemat ica l relations of p u re substances, m i , t u res and �olutio I\", phase t ransi tio n. and i ntroducti I\ to stati stical thermodynamics. Prereq u isite: PHYS 1 54. I ( 4 ) 334 Materials Science Fund, mentals of engineerino ma te ria ls i n c l u d i n g mechan ical, chemical, the rmal, and ele trica! propert ies associated with metals, ceramics, polymers, com posites, and semiconductors. l:oc ll S on how useful materi a J p ropert ies can be engineered t hrough control of m icrostructure. Prerequisite: P H Y 1 54 ,

CHEM 1 1 5. II ( 4 ) 345 Analog Electronics Al1 introduction to analog i ntegrated cir cuit des ign tec hn i q u es. i nc l u d i ng si ngle a n d multistage ampl.ifiers, frequency response and eedback m e thods. L.aboratory work is part of this co u rse. Prereguisite: 246. I (4) 346 Digit.al mectronics Analysi' of digital des i g n lec h nigues, includi ng a review of combinational logi . flip flops, registers, cou nters, and timing circuits. I I I (4) 434 Transport: Momentum, Energy an d Mass Concepts and C'1uation of las'i <1 1 co n tinuum fl uid mechan ics: momen t u m, energy, and mass transport, transp ort coeffi cients ­ viscosity. thermal conductivity, mass diffusiviry - i nviscid and laminar fl ow. , boundary layers, exper imen tal and n u merical mode l i n g of transport pr ocesses. Prerequ isite: 3 3 3 o r consent of instructor. [[ ( 4 )

n o c ;;AJ m

o m

z C\


E N G L I S H

Engl ish

a: UJ

English offers excellen t pre p aration fo r any futu r e requir­

u... u..

ing i n tegrative thinking, skill in writing, d isce r nment i n

o

read i ng , an appreciation o f human experience and

w

aesthetic values, and the proc es s e s o f cri tical and creative expression. Business, government, education, a n d p ub ­

Vl a:

lishing are areas where our gr aduates frequently make

th ir careers.

o u

Our program offers concen tra ti ons in l i te rat ure , writing, and publ ishing.

he English D e pa rt m en t also

supports the study abroad programs, and we o ffe r s tu dy w

tours to such p l aces as Europe, Australia, and the

w

Caribbean.

a: 1.9 LJ.J o

445 Linear Systems and Control Modding, , n a lys is , c m p tl ler imulation , a n d desi n of con tin UOl!. and discr te-time mechanical, elect r ical, and e l e c t r o ­ mechani ca l feedback co n t ro l sy tcms. La p l a ce tr a n s fo r ms, fTeq ue n y respon e, and state-space techniques are u sed t o deve l o p pe rfor m a n ce para meters, xamine stability, an d d sign con t rol lers. E 'tc ns ive use of ex amples a o d case studies t o develop ro b ust PI, PD, a nd P 1 D on l ro L l rs and compensators. Pre req u i site: 246. I (4) 446 VLSI Design An introdu ction to the design of very large SG\.k in tegrated systems u ing compute r-aided de si gn me t h od s. lop i cs i nc l u de MO devic s, fabr ica tio n pro ed u r es , chip architecture. chip t o polog y, and syslem t i m ing. Prerequisite: 346. I I (2) 480 Microprocessors Sludy of mic rop rocesso rs . nd lht:ir use i n microco m pu ter systems. Data rcpresentat i n, programming, interrupts, I/O i n te rfaci ng, data c m m u n icat i ons. av, ilable software, and p ro gr a m development 'itudied in Ie ture an la b o r a t o r y session .

Prerequisites: 346, 380. I (4)

48 1 Computer-Aided Design of Digital Systems A n in trodu c t i o n to usc of CAD syst ms for digital desi g n . Basic p r inc ip les of com bi nat io nal a nd sequential logic d es i gn are reviewed. im u lat ors, co m p ute r hardlvarc des ription languages, llll d other co m puter-a ided des i g n tools a re developed. Pre req u isite: 346. n ( 2 ) 49 1 Senior Design Project L nd iv i dual or smal l- t 1m . projec t that takes a de s ign concept from the pr p o sa J slage to lh� tes t i ng stage. ach student or team w i l l work d i n ::c tl y with one [, culty mcmb r fo r the design p roj e t and will be req u i r e d to prepare a techn ical rep or t a n d provide a rcsentation. 111e goal of this des ig n proj cr is to exp o s e the student to engi neeri ng des ig n which i nv o l v s cr ea tivity, the experience of op e n -e n ded p roblems w i t h al ternate sol utio ns, a nd Lhe u e of design m eth o do l o gy. It is also phulJled t h a t the student will confront realistic constrJ i ms su c h as co nomie fdctors, 'afety, rel iabi lity, tthk , and so ial impact. mpl e t i o n of this c o u r se arisfi s the co r re q u i rem e nt for a se n i o r seminar p r ject. [ II (2-4) Independent Study Projects of va ry ing length re laled to a studen t's majo r. Stude.nts may expan d the.ir en io r De s i gn P r ojec t by ta k i n g one to fo ur ho ur . The proj ect must be appro\ d beft re en rol lm e n t by t h e faculty adviser and the de par t men t hair. I II ( 1 -4)

492

fACULTY: Bergman, ,ha ir; M ,

Benton,

P. Benton,

Brown

C a d y, Campbell, Eyler, Jansen, Jones, Marek, D. " I 1. M a r t i n , R ah n , D . S e a l , Temple-Thurston. Assisted by E . lelson, rl to n ,

ENGLISH MAJOR ( EM P HASIS ON LITERATURE): At least

32 h o u rs in English b e yo nd 1 0 1 , i nclud i ng thr c surveys ( 24 1 , 25 1 , 252); at least one co u rs e in a historical period (342, 343, 345, 38 1 , 384, 389, 390, 3 9 1 , 3 9 2 ) ; at l eas t one course in a major author (382, 383, 440 45 1 , 4 5 2 ) ; and 12 hou rs o f electives, e cl u d i. ng

in te rnshi ps .

ENGllSH MAJOR (EMPHASIS ON WRITING) : The Wri ti n g

mphasis at PLU i s part of a g rowi n g awareness in colleges a n d un iversities of the i mp or t a n e of w ri ti n g with i n programs of English, and has been designed for a b ro ad spectrum of s tu de n t s , from those wishi.ng to fo cus on fiction and p o e t r " to those i n terested in more p ragma t i c types of wr i t i n g , to tbose set on exp l o r i n g theoretical issues i n r h e t o r i c an d co m p o s i t i o n , At lea t 3 2 h o u rs i n English, d is t r i b u ted a s fo llows: A , Literature ( J 2 hOll rs) I . L i t e rat u re surveys ( 8 h our s from t h e fol lowing) 24 1 , Anwrican Literature 25 1 , En g l i s h Literature t 1 750 252, Engli ' h Li te ra t ure after 1 750 2. Major A ll t h o d 4 h o u rs) B. Wri t i ng ( a t least 16 hours in writi llg, with at least 8 hOllrs upper division)

1 . At least 1 2 hours, from a t least two o f the following lines a.

Imaginative Wri t i n g 227, I ma g i n a t ive Wr i t i n g I 327, I m a g i n a t i ve Writing II 326, Wr i t i ng fo r Ch i l d re n

b, Expository Wr i t i n g

2 2 1 , Resea rch and Writing 222, Wr i t i n g i n a Discipline 323, Wr i t i n g i n a Professional Setting 324, Freelance Wri ting

c. Creative

Nonfiction

225, Autobiographical Wri ting 325, Pe rs o n a l Essay

2. Senior Project/Seminar (at least 4 hours in the following) 425/426, Wri t i n g on S p ecial To p ics 427, I m ag i n a t i ve Writing 11 428, I n t rod u c t io n to Cri ti c al Theory NOTE: The following

co u rse

is designed

differently each time

it is t a ught, a nd may be 14sed to sat isfy various writing categories above, depending upon the particular design course

when t.ake ll:

42 1 , Tutorial i n Wr i t i n g C. Elective (at least 4 elective hOllrs in English bqond 101)

of the


E N G L I S H o m

CHILDREN'S LITERAl1JllE: Students completing 363 and 8 hours from 362, 365, 3 6 or other approved cou rses (aLl with grades of B or higher) will be recognized for special competence in children's literature.

365 Fantasy and Fairy Tales 381 Studies in Medieval Uterature 491 , 492 Independent Reading and Reaeucb 597 Graduate Research

MINOR (EMPHASIS ON LITERATURE): 20 semester hours, (excluding 1 0 1 a nd courses for interim credit ) , of which at least 8 hours should be upper division. These course should include 4 hours in American l iterature, 4 hours in British l i terature before 1 700, 4 hours in British l iterature after 1 700, and at least 4 additional hours in l i terature.

WRITING, LANGUAGE, AND PUBLISmNG 101 Inquiry Seminar: Writing for Discovery" 221 Research and Writing" 222 Writing in an Academic Disdpllne" 224 Travel Writing" 225 Autobiographical Writing* 227 Imaginative Writing 1 321 The Book in Society 322 Publishing Procedures 323 Writing in Professiooal Settings" 324 Free-Lance Writing" 325 The Personal Es or 326 Writing for Children 327, 427 Imaginative Writing n 328 Advanced Composition for Teachers" 331 The Art of the Book l 332 The Art of the Book I I 35 1 The Writer's Craft 403 The English Language 42 1 Tutorial in Writing 425, 426 Writing 00 Special Topics 428 Introduction to Critical Theory

MINOR (EMPHASIS ON WRITING): 20 semester hours, ( eluding 101 and courses for interim credit ) , of which at least 8 hours should be upper division. hese courses should include 4 hours in British literature befor 1 700, 4 ho u rs in American or British l iterature after 1 700, and .1 2 h ours in writing courses drawn from 2 2 1 , 222, 225, 227, 32.1, 324, 325, 326, 327, 328, 3S 1 , 366, 42 1 , o r other a ppro ved courses i n writ ing . MINOR (EMPHASIS ON PUBLISHING AND PRINTING ARTS): ee separate l is t ing under Publishillg and Printillg Arts. PROSPECTIVE TEACHERS: Student p rep ari n g to teach in junior or senior high sch oo l may earn either a Bachel r of rts in English with cer tification from the S hool of Educ a tio n , or a Bachelor of Arts in Education with a te achi ng major in English. ee the Scl1 00l of Educa tioll section of this catalog for the additional requirements for certification o r the Bachelor of Arb in Education. FOREIGN LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT: All English majors must complete at least two years of a foreign l a n g u a ge at the university level, or the equivalent (See allege ofArts alld Sciences Foreigll Language Requirements, Optiol1

I.)

Course Offerings All litemtil re collrses fll ifill the generlll un iversity core req u irement

in literal Lire.

AMERICAN LITERATURE 24 1 American Literature 342 1W ntieth-Century American Poetry 343 Twentieth-Century American Fiction and Drama 345 Canadian Factor 440 Seminar - A Major American Author BRITISH LITERATURE 25 1 Englisb Literature: Beginnings to 1 750 252 English Literature: After 1750 381 Studies in Medieval Literature 382 Chancer and ffis Age 383 Shakespeare 384 English Re.naissance Literature 389 Re toration and Eighteenth Century English Literature 390 The English Romantic Movement 39 1 Victorian Literature 392 Twentieth-Century British Literature 45 1 Seminar - A Major Britisll Author Before 1750 452 Seminar - A Major British Author Since 1 750 GENRE AND SPECIAL STUDIES 2 1 6 Poetry 2 1 7 Short Story 2 1 8 Drama 230 Contemporary Literature 23 1 Masterpiece.s of European Literature 232 Women's Literature 233 Post-Colonial Literature 234 Environmental Literature 350 The Writer As Reader 363 Children's literatW'e 364 Special Topics in Children's Literature

Inliicntes courses thm fu lfill the generaL u niversity writing

req Ii irement.

1 0 1 Inquiry Seminar: Writing for Discovery I n (4) 2 1 6 Poetry A study of poems and cOIlve.ntions of p oetry from the Greek classics to modern projective verse. Intended to develop the reader's , bility I respond wilh sensitivity and di crimin, ti 11 to a rich variety of poetic form . Fulfills general u n iversi ty core requirement in l. i terature. I (4) 2 1 7 Short Story Examines the development of short fiction, concentrating on themes and techniques of th e genre. Incl udes stories by Ameri­ can , British, Continental, and Latin American writers. Ful fills general university core requirement i n l i terature. I II (4) 218 Drama A survey of masterp iece from classical G reece 10 t ile present, with emp hasis o n the basic elements of drama (plot, character. language) and on the traditional genres (tr a g e dy, comedy). FulfiLls gen e r al u n i vers it y core requirement in l i terature. rr (4) 2 2 1 Research and Writing Strategies for writing academic resear h papers are practiced, including developing appropriate research topics, locating and using a variety of relevant sources, substantiating generaliza­ tions, and using paraphrase and citation accurately. ( 2 , 2 or 4) 222 Writing in an Academic DiscipUne Taken jointly with a co u rs e in a content discipline. Students fulfill two general univer it), r e quir ment , one in writing and one i n the h u ma n i ties, social sciences. or natural sciences, depend ing upon which d i s c ipl i n e is participating i n a given semester. he \ [iting practices of il particular field such as p h ilo s ophy, history, anthropology, or b iology are studied in tandem with the subje t matter of the field. Tea m - t au gh t by an instructo r in English studies and an instructor i n the participat­ ing discipline. (4) 224 Travel Writing Writing about tra el, while tra 'el ing or upon return. (-udents keep travel journals, produce short travel essays, and read s e lected tr a vel w ri t ers. Emphasi s on both i n terior and exterior j ourneys. (4)

m m

o c

m

o m

Z GJ


E N G L I S H

L.I...

225 Autobiographical Writing Read i ng autobiography and writing parts of un e's own, wilh an emphasis on how w ri t i n g t , l and pe rso n a l i de nti t y co mple­ ment ea c h othe r. Ful fills genera l un i ve rs i ty w r i t i n g requ i re m en t . I II (4)

323 Writing in Profe&sion.a1 Settings Students working in p ro fes s i o n al se t t i n gs analyze the rhetorical demand. ot' t h eir j lb-relat d writing. Using their lVork- in­ p r o g re ss , s tu d en ts p ro d u ce o r revise doc uments that m ee t those dem a n ds effectively. ( 2 , 2 or 4 )

o

227 Imaginative Writing 1

w

A beg in n ing workshop

324 Free-Lance Writing A workshop i n w ri t in g for publication, with primary emphasis

VI a: ::J o U

LU L.LJ c::

o

in writ ing p oetry- and short fict ion. I n­

cludes a s t u d y of tech n i qu es nd form� to dev 'l p c r i ti c a l stan­ dards and an under. tanding of the w r i t i n g process . ( Prerequisite: 10 I or i lS 'q u ivaJent, Advanced Pl acement , or C lIlsent of i nst ruc ­ tor.) Does not fulfil l ge neral uni ersit y I' quirements. I II (4) <

230 Contemporary literature E m ph as i on Am 'rican fiction since 1 950. Fu lfi lls ge n e r al university core requiremen t in l iter ture. 1 (4) 2 3 I Masterpieces of European Literature rly Re n a i s ­ Repr entati e wo rks of classical . m edieva l , a nd sance l iteratu re. uJ fill s general universi ty c re requi rement in litaatur . (Cross- referenced -v ith LAS 23 1 ) I ( 4 ) 232 Women's Literature Fiction. poetry, and other l iterature in English ( B ri tish, A meri­ can, an ad i d n , Comm nwealth) by w o m e n writers, wi h e m ph as i s on t h e twen iet h c en lu r y. I n cludes an in trod uction to feminist theories of reading and writing. Fulfills general

u n i ve rsi t y corc requi rement in l iterature. ( 4 )

233 Post-Colonial Literature A su rvey of literature in English from a reas once part of the

Br i t is h Empire i n Afr ic a , India, the Caribb an, Austral ia, and cw Zeala nd . } uLfJll gene ra.l uIllve rsity core req u i re m e n t in

l i teratur

.

(4)

234 Environmental Literature Exami nes representations 0 nature i.n l i t e r a t ure , and the ways in which humilns define themselves and their rdationship with n at u r e through those repr s ' cntat ions. Fo uses on tlw t ra d i t ion of n a t u re writing i n American l i terature fro m T h o r ea u and Mu i r to Barry Lopez 3nd m i e D i ll ard , a nd incl udes imagin;1t ive w rks from other c u l t u res h llfiUs general un i ve rs i t y core requircm nt i n l i t€rature. ( 4 )

2 4 1 American Literature The continui ty of themes and fo n n s in A m e r i ca n pro e, poetry, and fiction from co lon iza t ion to the First World War. Emphasis on major works of t he 1 9 th ..::e nlury. F ul fills general un iversity <.:Ore requirement in l ite ra tu re. 1 I I (4) 25 1 English literature: Beginnings to l750 Empha is on the continuity and va ri ty of En gl i sh l i terature

from Beowul f t luough Neo-clas- icism Gnd t h e early novel. gen e ral u n ive rs ity cor requirem nt in lite.rature. t (4)

Fu l fil ls

252 EogJi h literature: After 1 750 English literature, especially poet ry, from tile emergence of romanticism to the _Oth ct· n t u ry. I:u l fil l gen ral LIlli ersi ty core req u i re m e n t in l iterature. U ( 4 ) 32 1 The Book i n Society A critical study of th role of books in our h istory, s o c i e t y, and d a i l y l ives. To pics in clu de the paperback revo lu tion; gender issues in books and p u b l i h i ng; censorship <md m a n i p ulation. esp ciaUy in bo oks for c.h i ld re n; sma l l p resses and "alternativ .. p ubli shing ; technological horizons; and tensions between t he c ul t u ra l and commercial dimensi�lI1S of book p u bl i · r ung. I (4) 322 Publishing Procedures A workshop in troducl io n to the world of book publish ing, i nvolving �tudent5 in decisions ahollt what to publi�h and h ow to

produce i t . biiting, designing, Jnd preparin a manuscript for production. Plans fo r m a rketi n g a t1n ished product. 11 (4)

o n the feat u re article. [n tended to help studen t s produce writing that is i n for m a t i \'e and e xp re s s i e, t enhance th e i r sense of a ud i ence ; and to i n t ro duce them to procedures fo r s ub mi t t i n g for m aga z i n e publication. n (4)

325 Personal Essay Students write essa ys on topics of t h e ir choice, working p ar ti­ cula rly on voice and s t y l e . These essays rely less u po n fo rmal logical structures th a n upon personal t h o u g h t and the i n te g ra ­ tion o f events a.ud ideas in the w r i t e r 's life. Readings will p rov i de a ra nge of a p p roa ch s and contents, and may ce n t er on a specific t h em e. ( 4 )

326 Writing for Children A workshop i n w r i t ing

fi c t i o n

and non-fiction fo r children and

teenagers, w i t h an i n troducti n to the varieties of contemporary

children's l i terature. Does nOI fu l fi l l general u n i vers i t y require­

ments. 1 1 (4)

327, 427 lmagjnative Writing n AIl a dvanced w rkshop in w r i t i ng poetry and short fiction. Some a tten t i o n will be given to pr oce du re s for submitting ma n u s c ri p t for puhlicat-ion. Doe not fulfill general u n ive rs i t y requiremen ts. ] U ( 4 ) 328 Advanced Composition. for Teachers Students are i n t roduced to p h i l o ophi aI, social, and prag m a t ic issue on Cr o n ti n g teachers of writing. Resp ondin g to co mp o s i­ Ii n theories hat address these issues, students o b t a i n extensive practice in e xp os i t ry wri ti ng. Required for cer t i fication by the

School of Education. (4) 33 1 The Art of the Book I The combin ation s t udio course a n d se mi na r ex.plore t h e visual p roperties of l a n g u a ge . I t i n t ro d u ces the histo ry, p r i nc i p l es , and techniques of ty p ogr a p hy, p r i nt i n g, and t he book a r t s th rough

bo th classro o m study and

a

v ar i e t y of studio proj ec t s . ] I I

(4)

332 The Art of the Book n I n dividual projects to explore further t y p o g ra p h y and fine book­ maki n"·. Production of a s m a 1 1 edi ti o n of an o r igi na l tex.t­ selected, ed i t d, designe I. ill ustrated, p r i n t e d , and bound by one or a team of students. [ IT ( 1 -4) 342 1Wentieth-Century American Poetry Representative p ets from the generation of Robert Frost and Ezra Po u n d to our contemporaries. a/y I I (4) 343 Twentieth-Century American Fiction and Drama e mp h as i s on major auth ors between the Wars, in c l u di n g Hellungway, FallJkrter, 'Neill . aly II ( 4 )

l . i tera ture Jnd society to the 1 9 505, with

345 Canadian Fiction Novels and sh rt st ries by Angl -Canadians, with some atten t i o n to French · a n a d i a n l i terature i n translation. II (4) 363 Cblldren's Literature An i n t ro d ll tion to a r ic h l i te r a r y tradition, with an a l ysi s i n depth of su h authors as H.C. Andersen, Tolkien. Lewis, Potter Wilder, and Le G u i n. I ('1 )

364 SpecW Topics i n Children's Literature Content varies each year. P o ssib l e t o pi cs include genres, t hemes, h istorical periods, a n d tra d i t i o n s . May be repeat d for cred i t with d i fferent t o p i c . I T ( 4)


E N G L I S H

A S

A

S E C O N D

L A N G U A G E o m

365 fairy Tales and Fantasy Sel ec t d fairy t a l es a re told. and vario u s ways to i n t e rp re t them are e xp l ored . Fantasy is st udied as a genre, w i t h emphasis on k i nds f fantasies, such a pure fa n t asy, sword and sorcery, the dete ct ive no d, . ciencc fiction, and h o rro r fiction. I (4) 38 1 Studies in Medieval UteratUJ'e SIDdie ' in the l i tenl t u re of Western Europe from 700 to 1 500, e xc l u d i n g h a ueer. onsiderat i o n of genres, themes, and the p l a ce o f l ite r a t u r e i n medieval l i fe. all' I (4) 382 Chaucer and His Age A s t u dy of �hau er's m aj o r works, e pec i al l y Thp Ca n terbllry Tales, in th e ir lively 1 4t h century setting. I nc l u d e s an i n t roduc­ tion to the d ev d o p me n t of the E ngli s h la n g ua ge. all' If (4) 383 Shakespeare Ten to twelve re p resenta tive p l ays , as we l l as s e l e ct ed poems and son n ets. Re omm nded as b a c kgr o u nd : 2 5 1 . I (4)

3M English Renaissan ce Literature Studies the G o l d e n Age of English l i te r a tu re. Selected po e t s from Wyatt to J 1arvell, i n cl u di n g Sidn y, S p e nse r , Shakesp.:ar , Donne, and Jonson; selected p l a yw ri g h t s from Ky d to Web s t e r ; sel cted p ro se from More to Bacon and Browne. I ( 4 ) 389 Restoration and EiglJteenth Century English Literature A s t u d y o f Ilco-das ic writL ngs and the develop ing- social awar 1 1 o f the preromantic age: D r yden and Pope to J o h n so n and Blake . 'ami nation of the beginnings of the novel in Defoe, Richardson , F i e l d i n g , Smoliet, and S te r n e . I I (4) 390 The English Romantic Movement A st udy of the romantic awakenin g i n England: l a ke, Wo rds­ worth , Coleridge, Shelley, Keats, Byron, and o thers. At ten t io n also to nove lists of the period such a s Austen and S c o t t . 11 (4) 391 Victorian Literature Selected authors ( i nclud i n g Ca r ly l e , Te nnyson, D ic ke n s , and Hardy) and topics from a p er i o d of r ap i d and momentous social cha uge. I ( 4 ) 392 lWentieth-Century British Literature Selected playwrights fro m S h aw to Beckett; po e t ry of Ye ats, Hardy, Thomas. and A u d e n ; fiction o f Joyce, Wo o l f, Lawrence, Greene. L sing. and o t h e rs . I (4) 403 The English Language Studies in the structure a nd h is to r y of ngLish. Includes � ntactical a nd tyli tic an a ly s is , issues of Llsage, and i n t rod uc ­ tory re a d i ng s in semantics, p sychoIi ngu istic ', sociolinguistics. and the philosophy of language. Considers the h i s to ry of E n glish in re la t i on to medi a ( s peech. writing, p ri. n t i n g, electronic media ) , to c u l t ure ( litera t u re, d ictionaries, gram mars ) , and to cross- ultural resonances ( E nglish as an a malgam, as a world la nguage, as a set of dialects ) . (4) 42 1 Tutorial i n Writing u i ded work in an individual w ri tin g proje c t . A p l a n of st ud y m us t be approved befo re the student may re g i ste r for the our

e.

( 1 -4)

425, 426 Writing on Special Topics In a cross -disciplinary s e m i na r, st udents wi l l read a n d write about a contemporary i ssu e from multiple pe rsp e c tives . Representative t opi cs m i g h t b environmental jusbce, l i ter ac y, or multiculturalism, and w i l ! vary from semester to semester. Wri t ing in a wide range of <lL'<l lemic and c reat ive genre.:; dete rm ined by their p ar t icu l ar educational go als , students will shape th e i r paper to meet the rhetorical demands o f publica­ t i on s relevant to their a c ade m i c or p ro fes s ion al fut ure. (4) 427 Imaginative Writing I I Advanced work in w r i t i n g poetry or s h o r t fiction. Students use t h is c u rse n um b e r to enroll in English 327 fo r a second time.

428 Introdll.ction to Critical Theory Issues in l i terary s t udie and in composition studies are dis­ cussed i n relationship to i nfl uential movements �llch as reader­ response, c ul t u ra l studies. fe m i n ism . and decon sl ruction . In some semesters, the � eus will be on one representat ive move­ men t or on a p art i c ul a r theo r i st whose work h s p rovoked respo nses from a range of theoretical pe rspectives . Recom­ mended fo r p rospective gra d u a t e student . ( 4 ) 440 Seminar-A Major AmeriCllD Author oncentrated study of the work, life, i ntl u e n ce, and critical re p u t a ti o n o f a major American author, incl u d i n g -u bs tantia l library research. I ( 4 )

m

n o c :;u V> m

o

45 1 Seminar-A Major British AlI.thor Before 1150 Conce n t r a ted s t u d y of th e work, life, i n fluence, and critical rep u tat i on of a major Bri tish au t ho r from the Renaissance t o the age of Fielding a n d Dr. Joh nson, ill c l u d i n g sub tantial library res e a rc h . a/y II (4)

.,.,

452 Seminor-A Major British Author Since 1750 Concentrated s t udy of the wo rk, life, influence, a nd cr i t ic a l repu­ ta ti o n o f a m aj o r British author from the age of Blake t o thl! present, including lIbst�lntial l ibrary research . II (4)

C\

49 1, 492 ludependent Reading and Research An i n t e ns i ve co urse in reading. M ay include a t h e sis. InLellded for upper division majors.

597 Graduate Research

I 11 ( 1 -4 )

( I -4)

En g l ish as a Second Lan g ua ge The I n tensive Engli h Lan g u a ge Inst itute ( operated by the Ameri

n Cultural Exchange) i_s an affiliate o f P LU offering

i n tensive Engl ish

cia ses. which

a re designed to prepare

i nternational students fo r s t udi es in U.S . co llege s and u n ivers i ties. fEll also offers cl asses for stude nts who are

their The insti t ute is auth rized t gra n t 1 - 2 0 fo r ms; however, ad mission to the i nstit ute does not constit ute admi sion to the university, and n ) t r a nsfe r ab le credit is g ive n fo r i nstitut e o u r s es . The prim ry goal of the l n tens ive nglish La n guage Instit ute (lELl) at Paci fic Lutheran Uni e r i ty is fO prepare s t ude n t s for successful academic c a reers at American

co m i ng to stu y w i t h t h e p r i m ary goal of i m p roving language skills.

colleges and u n iversities by providing them with

a

s t rong

a nd academic study skill . The skills -based curricul um c overs li. tening, read ing, writin g, gra m m a r, and speaking in a modular fo rmat. background i n

LISTENI

nglish

G READING WRITI NG LECTURE PREPARATION AUD I T I AUDIT

'VIEW

en a of t hese test , studen are placed ei ther in one of the three m od ill s or i n Lecture Prep or Auditl Au d i t Review. tudents progress t h rough the modules, study ing t h e 'kills th y a re weakest in with the option of work in other k i ll areas. As tudents master each ski l l area they move o n to h n , t . This Focal When new students

nter the Institute, they are gi

series of skil l s placement tests. On the bas i s

.,., m

z


E N G l i S H

\.') z

o

u

A S

A

S E ( 0 N D

l A N G U A G E

Skills program wa s develo p ed by Dr. Ashley Hastings, a n d has proved very sllccessful i n allOl i ng students to work through the variolls ' k i l l reas at t h e i r w n pace. Ail stud nts receive 2 0 hour per week of i ns t ruction. The faculty at I E I has extensive tra i n i ng and experi-

en e in t aching English as a Second Language, a nd all hold the term i nal degree of M.A. in TESt o r its equivalent. Having l ived, travelled, and taught E ngl i s h in m a ny coun­ tries through out the wo rl d , both the faculty and staff have gained an a\ a re n ess of o t h e r peoples, their languages , an d their cultures. FACULTY: Co t h ren , Director; Avery, B i ggs , Clift horne, G i llis .

Hodges ,

McB ride. J. Poulshock

Course Offerings o

listening Module ( 1 5 h o u rs per v eek) Reading Module ( I 5 bours) Writing Module ( 15 ho urs)

Lecture Preparation (5 hours): A cou rse co ve ri n g no t e - ta ki n g skills, summarization, id n t i fy i n g mai n a n d su pp o r t in g ideas of a l e c t ur e , a n d gi v i n g o p i n i o ns ab o u t t h e l e c tu re . St u den t s co mplete a " mock" co l lege- l eve l academ i c c UTSe, i n cluding read i n g in a co ll eg e text, tak i ng qui7zes and exams. and com p le t ­ i n g a special p roject for the co urse. (This co u r e is a prerequisite fo r Audit/Audit

Review.)

To e nh a n ce fo rmal ed ucational xperience. t h e fol lOl i n g activities are a l s o ava ilable to rE U students:

RESOURCE CENTER! S t u de n t s a re encouraged to take advantag of the re s o ur c cen te r which is e q u i p pe d with audio a n d video ta p es and e q u ipment . textbooks, rea di n g materials. and compu ters to h e lp s t u dents work o n t h e ir language ski lls o u tside of the re gu l a r cl as sroo m assi g n m e n t s . A profe s s i o n a l tut r is av a ila ble 1 0 hOllIS per week to gu ide stu ents with their stud y g o als . Community mem be rs can a ls o make use o f tbe re s o u r c e center fo r a monthly fee . CONVERSATION PARTNERS: E n g l i s h language s t u dents are encouraged to ign up for a conversation part ner with whom tbey c a n meet o n a regul a r basis (once or twice a week) for coffee, l u n ch. o r more xtensive activi t ie s . T h e A m e r ican s t u­ d en t w h o p a r t ic i p at e in the C nversation Pa r tn e rs P ro g r a m are often students who are prepa rincr for ca reers in gl o b a l st u d ie s , l a ngu age s , education, a n d other fi e l d s . Some o f t h ese students h ave li ve d abroad or are from families who h ave hosted interna­ t io nal students and al l have expressed i ntere st in l ea rn i n g more about other p e o ple a nd cultures. Conversa tion partners are rec ru i t ed and s c r�.e ne d by the I n s t i t ute and receive orientation materials from LEU .

HOST FAMnlES: fElT h as a long-established c om mu n i ty - ba s e d host fa m i l y program for students \ ho wish to l ive with a U.S. family for one or more semesters. Th A m e r i can fam il ies-all 'crcened by the lnstitute-provide students with rool� or room an d board at reasonable rates. In addition to the standard

Audit/Audit Revi.ew ( 1 5 h o ur ): The. s tu dent and his/he.r ESL

inst r uc to r will a u d i t a co u rse at PLU, taking no t es on d a i ly l ectu res , re a d i n g requi red texts. and taking quizzes an d exams witb o t ber P LU students. During the other t h ree hours. the s t udents go over the l ecture n o tes fro m the co u rse, d i cuss text and supp lementary r e ad i n g a s sig n me n ts , explore difficult or different concepts, pre p a re fo r exams, re fi ne w r i t i n g skiUs. a nd l e a r n to write a college research paper. C o m p l e t i o n of Lect u re P re p a r a t i on is p rerequisite to e n rolli n g in this co u rs e .

bedroom fu r n it u re, th rooms are p ro vi ded

w ith a desk, chair, a nd good lighli ng; fa mil y ruies are agreed upon in advanc.e and a

fo r m a l

\

ritlen a g ree m ent is d raw n up. The sludent co mpletes a

que t ion n aire

that indicates p referen c es such as: ch i ld ren in The

fa mi ly. u r ba n o r suburban setting, likes and dislikes, etc.

h o s t fa mily i. al 0 given a n opportunity to express p references o r expectations. This in for m a t i o n i s t h e n used t o place students in the home most u it ab le fo r both p a r t i es . Weekend and/or holi day visits w i t h an A m e r i c a n b m i ly can also b e ar r ange d.

IDectives ( 5 h o u rs ) : Elective classes include TOEFL p rep a r at ion , resear h skill. , E n g l i sh through Su ngs, Busin S5 English. ,raUl m ar, Pronwlciation, etc. Call the o (G "e for spe i fi

COUNSELING: I E LI ass is ts its students w i t h career choices, co l lege pIa ement, i m m i g ra t ion matters, medical and den t al referrals. and p e rs o n a l co n cern s .

i n formation.

ACTIVITIES: Special cultural and social activities are p l a n ne d reg u l a rly fo r s t u de n ts. In a d d i t i o n , fie l d t r ips add significan tly to the cultuql e nr i c h m ent of the s t u d e n ts . [Ill s t u d e n t s and staff take t r i p to iVf t . Rainier, lo ca l museu ms of natural h ist o ry, art ga l lerie , zoos, ch i ldren's day care centers, retirement homes, the Ports of Ta c o ma and Seattle, a nd the Seattle C e nt e r. IELI stu­ de n t s can also p ar t i c i pa t e in intramural s po rt s act iv i t ies such as soccer, vo lleyba l l , and basketball. Six te n n i s co u r t . a gol f cou r e, a swimming pool, and several g y m n a s i u m s give students a d d it i o n al o p p or tu n i t i es for r e c rea t i on .

Special Studi� ( 5-20 h o u r s ) : A l l l ev els. Cou rses a r e d e s i g ne d t o h e .l p t h o s e w h o wish to i m p ro e their E nglis h fo r p ro fess io n a l or p rs o n a l reasons . Under .ertain circu mstance .

a

less inten Ive

s c h e du l e or pr i va t e tutorials may be arranged. Credit Courses: Q u a l i fie d advanced level students may req u e s t permission to take regula r u n ivers ity cia . e� fo r credit Th i� pr vides students an opportuIllly t o cam cred i t s toward t he i r degree while com p l e t i n g their advan ed co urs es in E ngl i s h as se ond l a n g u a ge . When students have met LEU's s t a n da rd s of p r o fi c i e ncy­ determined by exit examinations-- i n

II k i ll areas of Engli s h ,

th ey are re ad y to do univers ity Ie eI wo r k, and the [EU s ta ff

a ssist s in p l ac in g them in a s u i t a bl e academic progra m . PLU's p ro fic i e n cy req u ireme n t for admission can be satisfied w i th a reco m me n d a tio n [r m the l ELI d irec to r. stu­

English languag

dent must have a B o r better i n the Audit/Audit Review oun: to

commendation. Slu de n ts wbo ( re nol p ian n ing at tend i1 colle e or un iver i ty after thei r l angu age studies are not requ i red to take t h e 1 5 hour Audi t/Au d i t Review course a n d qualify fo r this r to

wi ll receive T ELI's ce r tifi c a te o f program completion after

finis h i ng the advanced level c ou rse s .

The Intensive English Language Insti t u t e is located

just north of 12 1 Sf

treet.

TelephOlle Nll mber:

(206) 535-7325

FAX Number: (206) 535-8794

011

Park Avenue


E N V I R O N M E N T A L

S T U D I E S o m

Envi ronmental Studies

Course Descriptions

The Environmental Studies Program at PLU p rovides

Pri nc i p l es and problems of public and private ste\ , t'dship

222 Conservation of Natural Resources

st udents the op port u n ity to link environmental themes to any area

of the curriculum they select for major s t u d y. The

integrat ive approa h of this minor, essential to the devel­

opment of an understanding of the global i mpact of

human civilization on the natural environment of our environmental issues into their cou rsew rk.

This pr gram examines the relationship between i­

plin es as v a r i ed a' art, business, education, n u rsi ng, engi­ neering, rh a t re, as well as the natural scien ces ,

s c ienc es , and humanities. The program

social

is overseen by an interdisciplinary fa culty

co mm ittee. Students i nterested i n the Environmental Studies minor should meet with the chair of the Environ­ mental Studies

C mm ittee.

FACUlTY: A committee

of fac u l ty administers t h is program:

Whitman, Chair; Bergman, Hallam, Hansen, Hansvick, Howell,

MINOR REQUIREMENTS: 24 semester h o urs 1 . Earth Sciences/Environmental Studies 222 - Conservation of Natural Resources (4) 2. Chemistry 1 04 - £ovironment.al Chemistry (4) Students majoring in a natural science discipline who have taken a higher level Chemistry course ( 1 1 5 o r above) will b e allowed t o substitute another co u rse in consultation w i t h t h e Environmental Studies Co m m i t tee.

3. Values and Meaning (4) Stu dents select o n e course from t h e fo l l owing which examines values, perception, and expression a s they relate to environ­ men ta l i ssu es : " Art 226 - Black and White Photography

490 - I n - D e p t h

Investigative Reporting

English 324 - Free-lance Writ i n g I ntegra ted St udies 241 - Energy, Resources, and Pollution Psychology

464 - Environmental

n

applic at io n for environmental studies. Use and in tegration of the

Psychology

Religion 365 - Christian Moral Issues ( Environmental . Ethics only)

�Stlldell ts must notify the instructor of their intent to complete a

minor in Ellvi ronmental SllIdies so that they can focus their i ndepellden t work ill each course (writing, ar t, term paper. . . J all an environmental theme o r issue. Other collrses may be substit l l ted aT added to the curriculum pending approval of the committee.

4. Systems and Implementation (4) Students select one course from t h e fo llowing which p u rsues the study of i nst itution s where environmental perspectives and policies are applied:" Economics 1 30 - Global and Environmental Economic Pri nciples Political Science 354 - State and Local Government

*Students must Ilotify the i/lStructor of their intent to complete a minor in Environmental Studies so that they ca ll focus their independellt work ill each course (writing, a rl, term paper . . . J on an environmental theme or issue. Other co�lrses may be substituted or added to the curriwlum pending approval of the committee. 5 . Environmental Studies 350 - Environmental Methods of

Investigation (4) 6. Environmental Studies 490 - Capstone Project ( 4 )

o c

techniques and p rin iples o f environmental biolo gy, chemistry,

a nd geology as w II a ap p l ic'1 t io n to p u bli c iss ues . Students

m

nearby watershed \ h i c h w i l l i nclude co l le t i n g data at regular interval , rev i ew i ng lhe appr lpriate literature, m a nagi ng appl ied statistics, mapping data distribution, studying

related toxicol ogy. incorporating land

p atterns, des igni ng and implementing a

project

use

, f, ty plan,

participating in hypoth esis t es t i n g. A

final presentation of the

results of the study, in

wr i tten f, rmat, wiU be

required. 490

a

sem in a r

and

(4)

Capstone Project

Resear h project of the tlldent's design w h ich hould inc r po­ rate material and methods from ea rlier co urses but have a fo cus

Nugent, Olufs, To n n .

Communication

(4

350 Environmental Methods o f Investigation

pa r ti c i p ate in an ongoing study of a

humans and the envLronment thro ugh a wide variety of

m m

res o urc es with specific referenc to th Pa ific Northwest.

(Cross-referenced with Earth S iences 222) .

Focus on the me thod c) l o gy of data colle tion, analysi , and

plane t, encourages students to blend many perspe tives on

persp ct ives within the un iversity curriculum, in di

of our

sel ected to ref1e

t

th e spe ci fic i nterest of the student. A p ub l ic

presentation of results i re quired. The project m ust be approved in advance by the Environmental S tudies 491

m rn i t tee. (4)

lndependent Study

Opportlmity to focus on sp cifi c topics or issues in tal studies under the supervision of a

e nv iro n mcn ­ fac u lty member. ( \ -4)

o -n -n m ::u Z Gl


G L O B A L

S T U D I E S

VI

a: w

o

G l obal St ud ies Program is J resp o n se to glo b al trends which increasingl affect o ur lives. he program focuses o n the formalion and emergence of the modern world nd

w Vl

i t s growi ng economic, cultural, political, and ecological . in terdependence. By combi n i n g academiC I armng Wlth

u.. u...

language skills a n d pract ica l experience, the Global Studies

u.J w a: w

o

� r this l ast requ iremen t may be done overseas while stud llb ar participa ting i n a study , broad p ro g ra m . Permis­ slon and d .irection must be given by the program director.

The

with the knowledge,

Program provides stu den u

i nto p ract i ce concep ts, data, and perspectives learned d u r i n g their co urse llf study by pro d u ci n g original I' earch lls i n g p r i m a r y source. , e i t h'r h uman or written. F eld work

Global Studies

tives , and skill they need to understand and

pers�ec­ to function

effectivel y in loday's world .

FACULTY: A co m m i ttee o f facu l ty admin isters this program : Cla usen , Program Vir ctor; Bel h a m . £3rus Nugen t, Predmore, Temple-Tburston

0,

C rr, K i bb ey,

GLOBAL STUDlES COMPLEMENTARY MAJOR: The Global Srudies major is termed a "comp lemen tary" m aj o r hec<luse it is

a seco nd major in addition to a regular dL c i pl i na r y major. tu­ dents ele t i ng h e Global Studies m aj o r are re q u ire d to d c l are a traditjonal discipl i n a ry m aj o r before they dec l a re a Global

Studies major. In a d d it io n . the

I bal 'tudies m aj o r is multidisciplinary.

d rawi n g both its (OLtrSe and facu lty from de pa rt m e n ts of lhe Di isions of Human ities, atural S i nces, and So ial Sciences and from the Schools of the Arts and Business.

Sludents may not appl y more than h 0 co u rs es (8 semes te r hours) from thei r p r i ma ry major or from courses ta ke n to fulfi l l genera l u n i ve rs i ty ore requirements t o the comp leme ntary

m ajor. However, such spe�ial red it i ng of cou rse from the p r i m a r y major to the compleme n tary maj or must be a p p roved hy the Ulobal S t ud ic� progmm dir ctor,

MAJOR lUlQUlREMENTS: As the title of this progra m i m p l ies, it approad1es the world as a wh o l e in asses i llg both pro blems , nd .> l u t i o ns a r i s i ng i n t h i s age o f t ra n s i t i o n . The fu nd:a m ent a l changes taki ng place in o u r c o n tempo rary world arc 'tudicd . svstemat icallv in t h e Global Stud ies Prog rJTIl's co re CO llrses whIle i t s five i s s ue �rea concentra t i o n s a l l o w s t u d e nts to choose l) n c ge n e ra l world p ro b lem for specialized s tu dy. St u d e n t kc a m i n i m u m of 3 2 emc:ster hours b a l a nced e ve n ly between care requirements and .m i s su e area concentr, Lio n. A. (''/obal Studi

s

Co,.e ( 1 6

m.:stcr hour )

I . Anlhropology/History/Politi(;aI Scienu 2 1 0, Global Perspectives (4 eme ster h o u rs ) . Th i co u r e provide;; a co n cept u al basis fOI defining g l o ba l issue , exp lain ing . h i st o r ical trends givtng risc t t h ese is LIes, and analyZing : Itemative per pe ct ives and related respon. es.

2. Anthropology ) 02, Exploring Anthropology: Culture and Sodety (4 'emesler hours ) . This co u rse assists students III d efr n in g their own perceptions as der i ve d fro m a specific cultural context and in a sess i ll g how their v ie ws relate to thos of other p e o p l e i.n tllis world . 3. E(;onomics 1 30, Global and Environmental Economic Principles (4 s emes ter h lirs) . ''''bat is the " orrect" amollnt of po l l u t i o n ? Whn l is the value f an ancient ced a r tree? What does pOop music have in common with .S. auto p ro d uction? Macr - nd m icro- cconllmic pr inciples are

used to analyze t hese and other en

ironment<1l and global iss lles. Analysis of public policy and private behavior; appr pria te pr ic i ng , I' 'SOUTce valuation, taxe� and subs id ies,

t rade policies, susl,l i nable develop ment, and Income growth ancl dist r i b u t i o n .

4.

l obal S tud i es Seminar. div ided i n t Global Studies 4 1 0, Global Futures: Theory and Methods <I nd 4 1 1 , Research Seminar (2 semester huurs each ) . The fir t segmeLll a nalyzes a lle rna t ive theories as

to

future directIOns for to put

conte m p orary even ts . The seco)1 d enables students

B. Isst! ' A rea

Olleent r lions ( 1 6 semester h o u rs )

F ou r co urses must be taken from on of t h e Ii\' cone Il t ra­ l ions o utline 1 below. Upon approval o f the progr In d i r ctor, st udents may cboose to ta ke three cou rses from one tration a n d olle fro m anot her.

c o n ce n­

C . Lnnguage Students must de mo nstrate proficie ncy i n a language re l evan t to their COU T ' ewo rk and ar a level ..:onsistent with Option 1 of the o l lege of A r t� and Sciences fore ign language relju iremen t . Thi ' may b e accompl ished th ro u gh pro ficiency exa m i nation or t h ro u g h th.: equivale n t of 16 semester h o u rs of c o u rselV rk. D. Experient ial Component The ge nera l goals of this program e n tail both intellectual concep tuali-zation and practical applic tion . • tllden ts must be able to link theoretical analysi w i th experi 'nee in o rder to acq u i re the knowledge, skills, and perspectives nee d e d in this interconnected vet diwrse world. Such le a r n ing an o n l y co m e th ro u gh involve'ment ; th e re fore students ar encouraged to participate in an exper:i n t i a l program p re fer a bly oversea , but loc lnternships < re also po ssib l e . C re d i t q ui val nt t o one co urse o C the student's issue area concentrat ion may be taken under the di rec tion of a G lo b al Studies f, ully m mber.

ISSUE CONCENTRATIONS: 1 . Global Environment Req l.lireti: Ear th . ci nces 22 nser t ion of atural Resources b. ii/eeti ves: At least two electives m u s t be u p per division co urs . l n dependent st udies are available u p o n the a p p ro v a l of the i nstructor and the Global tnd ies d i recto r. B iology 424 - EcoloflY Biology 425 - Biologica l Oce ano lIT3phy hemi t r y 1 04 - Env i r nm. ntal Chemistry Earth Sciences 34 1 - Em:rg)' and M i n e Ttl l Reso urces fo r the F u t u re I ntegrated Studies 241 - E nergy, Resour e�, aDd Pol1ution Integrated Stud ies 242 - Popu lation, Hunger, and Pov�rty

a.

2 . International Trade a.

Requi,.ed:

- Inte rnat ional BlIsine.�s Eco nomics 33 1 - I n ternar i nul Econo mics b. Eiea il'es: Busi ness 4 74 - I nternational M arke t i ng Business 475 - Ma rke tin g Mana g ement

Business 340

Pol i t i al Scien e 3 3 1 - I nternational Relations Pol i t ical Sc ience 347 - Po l i t i c I Bconom)'

3. International Relations a.

Req uired: Po litical Science 33 1

-

I n ternational Relations

b. Electives: Anthr polo!,'}' 375 - Law, Pol i tics, anJ Revolution History 356 - American D i p l o m a t ic History I n tcgrat d St udies 22 L - Tbt: Experien e o f Wa r Pol i t i al Science 338 - American Foreign PoHcy Po l itical S ience 347 - Political eanoll1},


G L O B A L

S T U D I E S o m

I n tegratt:d Studies 245 - The Development of Third Wo rld

4. Third World Development u.

RelJ llired: In tegrat ed Studies 245

- The

U nderdevelopmen t

e

cl pmcnt of T h ird World

Underdevelopment QL

i ntegrated tudie 246 -

ase in Th i rd World Deve lop men t

b. Electives: A n t h ropology 345 - C on t em po ra ry bina An thropol ogy 375 - law, Politics, and Revo l u t io n

Economics 34 1

- Economic DevelopmeJl t; Comparative

T hird World S tra tegies Englisl 2 3 3

-

Post-Colonial Literature

205 - Islamic M i ddle East to 1 945 H i s t o ry 2 1 1 - The Wo rld 'in e 1 94 !-listory 335 - Lat i n Am e ri ca n H i sto ry : en tral A mer ica History

and the Caribbean H i sto ry

336 - Southern Africa H isto ry 338 - Modern China Hi to ry 339 - Revo lulio nar y China I n tcgratcd Studies 246 - Cases in Third World Deve l o p me n t ill

L megrated Stud ies 245 - The Develop m e n t of Their World

Underdevelopment 5. Cultural Diversity a.

Reql4ired:

b. Electives: At I J!>t two el ec t ives must be u p pe r division cour es. Independent Studies are available u p o n tile approval of the i ns tr u c to r and t he:: Global St u d i es d i r c to r. Anthropolog 336 - Pe o p le s of Latin AmericJ n t h r po lo g y 343 - East si an ultures Anthropology 34 - O)ntem porary C h i na An th ropo logy 392 - Gods, Magic, and Morals ECOD(l m iq, 38 1 - Compara t ive Eco n o m ic syst m English 233 - Pos t-Colon i n l Li teratu re H i s to r y 380 - Asian American H istory and C ul ture

Languages 272 Ameri

- Literature and S o cie ty i n 10dern Europe - Literatu! and odal Chang in Latin

a

Music 4 2 - Music of the World's Peoples Politi al Scie nce 38 1 - Comparative Legal Systems Religion 1 3 1 - The Religions of Sou th Asia Religion ) 32 - The Religions of East Asia

Re l igion 1 33 - The He.ligiol1s of t he West Re lig i on 364 - T heo l ogical

tudies

Rel i g io n 390 - Studies in H istory of R l igions pan ish

322 - Lati .n Ameri can Civ i l i zation

a n d Cul t u re

MINOR REQUIREMENTS: A. Glouill Studie.-; Core

I . Anthropology/History/Political Science 2 1 0 Global Perspectives (4 seme.o;ter h ou rs ) . Required of aU students. 2. Global Studles 4 10, Global Futures: Theories and Methods (2 semester h ou rs ) Q[ a fourth course in the ' stude! t s co ncen t ration (4 seme t r hours ) . To h decided in consu ltation with t he progra m d ir ctor.

B . CO/l e.lllration j . Third World Development (3 courses) Anthropology

345 - C on tem porary Ch l [ln

Eco n o m i cs 34 1 - Economic Development

E ngl i sh 233 - Po t - oLonial Lileratur

H is tor y 205 - Islamic M iddl e East to 1 945 2 1 1 - h e Worid inee 1 945 Hist ry 335 - Latin Am ri an Histo,", : nITal Am fica

Histo

and the Ca ri bbean History 336 - Southern Africa H i sto ry 338 - Modern C h i n a H.istory 339 - Revolut io nary China

·ases in Third World Development Po l i t ical Scien e 386 - Africa.n Political Sy tems Pol itical Science 387 - The Middle Ea'l Spanish 322 - Latin American Civilization and Culture p a n Ci h 432 - M dem S pa n ish - Americ 11 Literatllfe

2. international Re....tions (3 courses) . Required: Po l i t ical Science 33 J - I n ternational Relations b. Elective: Anthro p o l ogy 375 - Law, Poli tics, Jnd Revo lu tio n History 356

-

I n tegrated

tuJie

C(

o m

urses )

z Cl

(3 courses)

BIOlogy 425 - Bio lo g i cal Oceanograpby Che mistry 1 04 - En ironm en t n l �h mi try Earth Scien �s 22 - on ervalion of Natural ResOllrc .s . rth ·den e.s 34 1 - nergy and M ineral Reso u rces for the Future Illtegrated Stud i s 24 1 - E nergy. Res u rce.s, and Pol l u tion I nteg r ated ,studies -42 - Pop ulation , Hu n ger. a n d Povert ,

s. Cultural Diversity ( courses) A n t h ropo logy 3 3 6 - Peoples of La ti n laica An thropo.logy 34 3 - East ASian Cul tures Anthropology 345 - Co n temporar h i lla Anthropology 360 - t h n ic G roups Authro po l ogy 392 - Gods, . 1agic, and Mo ra l s Econornic.s 38 1 - Comparative Ec<.m o m i c Systems English 2 3 3 - Post-Colon ial Li terature H ist ory 80 - Asian American H.istory and Culture Language 271 - Lite.rature and ociety in Modem Europ Lan guage 272 - Literature and Social Chanoe in LalUl America M usic 432 - Music of the orld's People Po litical Science 3 8 l - �ompa raLive LegaJ Systems Re l ig io n 1 3 J - T h e Religio ns of South Asia Rel igion 1 3 2 - The Religions of East Asia Religion 133 - The Religions of the West Religion 364 - Theological Studies Rel igion 390 - Stud i � in H.istory of Religion Spanish 322 - Latin Am e r i ca n Civ ilization and Cu lture

Course Offering 4 1 1 Research Seminar Re q u i red of all studenls majo r i n g in Global Studies. Th is is the capst o ne sem i na r. St udent w r i t e an o r ig i nal resea rc h pap r a nd

discuss tho e pa pers during the sem ster. Prereq uisite: H l ST/POLS 2 1 0. (4)

o c

m

a. Reqll ired: E on m i · 33 1 - I nt malional Eco nom ics b. El«tivcs: Business 34.0 - I nternational Busi ness Busin ss 474 - International Marketing Po l i ti ca l 'cience 33 1 - InternationaL Relations B i ology 424 - Ecology

n

Xl

2 2 1 - The Experience o f War Po l i t i cs dence 38 - A merica n Foreign Po l icy Pol itical Sc i e n ce 347 - Politic.l1 E 0110m )' 3. International Trade (3

m m

Vl

merica n D i p l o matic Hi. tory

4. Global Environment

Anth ropology 360 - Elh n ic Gro u ps

languages 2 7 1

I n teg rated Stud ies 246 -

NTH I


H I S T O R Y

328 Nineteenth-Century Europe

History Through

LI...

o

the st u dy o f history at

Pacific Lutheran U n i vers i ty

students g a i n an under tanding and appreciation of the

Opportun ities fo r developing ar pro ided t h ro u gh research and writing projects, internsh ips, class presenta­ tions, and study tours. The practice of the historical met hod leads stu den ts off c a mp us to their hometowns, to Europe or C h i n a or the merican West, an d to community histo rical perspective.

analytical and interpretative skills

V>

a:: => o u

institutions, bo h private and public. Th department

relation t o both self­ cou rses. The u ni v e.r s i t y l ib rary hold i ngs i nclude signi fica n t c o l l ec t i o n s i n American, European , and no n - Western h i story. The Nisqually Plains Room of the l ibrary specializes in Pa cific Northwest c o mmu n i ty stud ies. Career outlets fo r majors and min ors are ei th e r direct or supportive in business law, teaching, p ub l ic service, newS m dia, and o t h er occupations. emphasizes i nd i vid ual advising i n

UJ

u.J

o

di rected studies nd

regular

FACUlTY: Clausen, hair; Berming h a m , Browning, Kr<lig, Lee, Martinso n, ordq uist.

arp,

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: M i n imum of 32 semester h o u rs, 4 hours-Euro p ean field, and 4 h o u rs - non -Wes ter n field . . tudents !lrc exp ected to work closely i nc l udin g 4 hours-American fi e l d ,

w i th the departmen t's fac u l t y advi.sers to i nsure the most perso nalized proorams and instruction possible. Majors are u rged to m e t the for ign l a n gu a ge require me nt of the Co llege of Arts and S iences u n de r e i t he r pt ion I or p t i on rI . Those maj rs who are preparing for public s hool tcach i n can meet t he state his t ory requir ment by enrolling i n History 460. All senior majors are required to take fo u r hours of seminar credit. courses n u mb e re d above 300. The minor in history empha ize a "program fo cus" and a " pr ogram pla n ," which is arra nged by the student in consultation

MINOR: 20 semester hours fro m

w ith

a

d epartm en ta l adviser.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: See

Sdloo/ of Edllcatioll.

329 332 334 360 495

Europe and the World Wars: 1 9 1 4-1945 England: Tudors and Stuarts Modem Germany, 1 848-1 945 Holocaust: Destruction of the European Jews Seminar: European History

NON-WESTERN FIELD 109 East Asian Societies 205 Wamic Middle East to 1 945 2 1 0 Global Per pectives 2 1 1 The World Since 1945 335 Latin American History: Central America and the Caribbean 336 Southern Africa 338 Modern China 339 Revolutionary China 340 Modern Japan 380 Asian American History and Culture 496 Semioar: The Third World ALL FIELDS 499 Internship

40 1 480 492 50 I 590 59 1 595 598 599

Workshops Introduction to B1storicaI Methods and Research lndependent Study Graduate Workshop Graduate Seminar Directed Study Graduate Readings Research Project Thesis

107, 108 History of Western Civilization Ana lys is of institut ions and ideas of s leered civil izations. Meso­ potamia, Egypt, the Hebrews, Greece, Rome, the rise of Chris­ tian ity, a.nd Medieval Europe i n the first semester; Europe from the Renaissance to the present in the second semester.

1 09 East Asian Societies A h istorica l overview If the traditional c u l t ures, t raditions, and lives of the people of China and Japan. Discussion of the Lives of peasants, emperors, merchants, and wa rriors in each society. Attention to the great technological and artistic deve l o pm e n ts i n each soci ety.

Course Offerings Courses in the Department of History Jre offered i n the fo l low in g field :

AMER.lCAN FIELD 25 1 Colonial American ffistory 252 Nineteenth-Century American History 253 Twentieth-Century American ffistory 294 The United States Since 1945 352 The American Revolution 355 American Popular Culture 356 American Diplomatic History 359 History of Women in the United Slates 38 1 The Vietnam War and American Society 451 American Legal History 460 West and Northwest 47 1 HJslory of American Thought and Culture 494 Seminar: American History EUROPEAN FIELD 107, 108 H istory of Western Civilization 32 1 Greek Civilization 322 Roman Civilization 323 The Middle Ages 324 Renaissance 325 Reformation

I II (4, 4)

(4)

205 Islamic Middle East to 1945 An i n t r o d uc to ry su rvey course on the h isto r y of the M idd l e East from the time of Muhammed in the 7th century through World \Nar II. The course emphasizes two key concurrent components: First, the origi ns and development of Islamic civilization, including study of rel igi on , p h il os op hy, science, art, government, and society. Seco ndly, assessment of the changing political landscape o f the Islamic e m p i res , in cl uding Arab, Turkis h, and Persian u nits. The course will end with a review of the e s tabl ish ­ ment of mode r n Egyp t , Turkey, and I ra n .

(4)

210 Global Perspectives: The World in Change A s urvey of global is ·ues affecting the h u m a n condition in a rapidly changing and increasingly i n terdependent world: modernization and development; economic change and in ter­ national t rade; d i m inish ing resources; war and revolution; p e ace and j u s tice; and cultura l diversity. These issues are examined in a mu ltidisciplinary light u s in g case studies d rawn fro m non­ \Nestern and vVestern nations. E m ph as i s on the d evelop m ent of

a global perspective which re cogni ze s h u ma n com m ona l ities as well as diversity in p e rcept io n s, values, and p r iorities . (A l t hough cross-referenced w ith ANTH

2 1 0 and P

LS

2 l 0, st ude n ts may

receive history credit only when this course is scheduled as a

h i sto r y cl ass . )

(4)


H I S T O R Y o m

2 1 1 Tbe World Since 1945 A h i s t or i ca l survey on how T h i rd World n a t i o ns h ave so ug ht i ndependence in t h e post- World War I I p e r i o d , Emphasis on event in the Western world leading to Wo rld War I I ,lI1d the effects of that war on the Third Wo rld. ase studie of co u n t r ies from Asia, A fr i c a, Latin America, a n d th M iddle East as e..x am­ pIes of the d i v e r s it y inherent in quests fo r independence, (4)

336 Southern Africa

25 L Colonial American History merican institutions fr om colonial times to the 1 790s; the growth of t h e colonies and their re l a ti o n s hi p to the British i m p e r ial system. (4)

338 Modern China The beginning of China's modern h is to ry, with spe ial cmpha i on the genesis of the hinese revolution and Chi na's position in an in creasingly integrated world. Lt' t u re, di scussion. films, and guest s peakers , Lim ited cia. siz , ( 4 )

252 Nineteenth-Century American History From Jefferson to Theodore Roos velt; i n tel'pr tation of era from s oc i al, political, economic, and biographical v ie wp oi n ts , (4) 253 Twentieth-Century American H istory Trends a n d events in domesti - and foreign ffairs si nce 1 900; aftluence, urban growth, and soci a l contrasts. ( 4 ) 2 94 The United States Since 1945 Th is e m i n ar e amines selected topics in recent U,S. history such as the Cold War. the Ci il Rights j 1ovement, the ietnam \-Var, the Women's Movement, Waterg te, and the i ra n - Co n t r a Affa i r. Th t pi s p r o v i de a m e a n s to ad dr ess the nature of the study of hi tory and of i t re earch method logies, Enrollment restri ted t o freshmen and sophomores. ( 4 )

32 1 Greek Civilization The poli tical, social, aud cultural histo ry of Ancient Treece fro m the Bronze Age to lhe Hellenistic period. Special attentiOn t o the literature, art, and ill tellectual hist o ry of the G reek s , (Cross­ refer n eed with CI.AS

32 1 ) (4)

322 Roman Civilization The history of R o me from the fo u n d a t i o n of the c i ry to A . D. 337, the dea t h of C o ns t a n ti n e , Emphasi on Rome's exp a n s i o n ove r the Mediterranean and on its con.stitutional h is t o r y. Attention to the ri e of ,hri tianity w i thin a Greco-Roman context. (Cross· referenced w i t h CLAS 3 2 2 ) ( 4 ) 323 The Middle Ages Europ from t he disi ntegrat ion of the Roman E m p ire to 1 300; re a di n g and research in me d i ev a l materials. (4)

324 Renaissance Europe in an age o f transition - 1 3 00 to J 500. ( 4 ) 325 Reformation Political and religious crises in the sixteent h century: Lutheran­ ism. Zwingiianism, Anglicanism, Anabaptism. Calvi.nism, Ro m a n Catholic refo rm ; Weber t h esis, the b e g i n n i ngs of Baroque arts . (4) 328 Ninetee.nth-Century .Enrope The exp a n s i o n of Eu ro p e a n civilization from 1 800 to 1 9 14. (4) 329 Burope and the World Wars: 19 14-1945 Wo rld War I ; revolution and re tu r n to "normalcy"; d p ression and the rise of fas ci s m; World War II. (4) 332 .Hngland: Thdors and Stuarts Political, social, economic, legal, and cu l t u r a l developments. (4) 334 Modem Germany, 1 948-1945 The Revo lutions of

1 848

and u nification of Germany;

Bismarckian and Wilhem ian empir s; Weimar Rep ub l i c and th e r ise of Na ti o n al ocialism; the T hird Rei c h . (4)

335 Latin American History: Central America and the Caribbean Survey of the maj o r aspects of entral American a nd ar i bb ea n h istory fro m colonial to m o dern times. Use of lected case studie s to illustrate the region's h i s to r y, Study in i nter- Amer ica n rel a t i o n s. (4)

A fr i can k i n gd om s , colonialism, and the African s tr u ggl e fo r independence. Emphasis on the period since 1 800. Fo c u s on the c o u nt r ie s of South Africa, N a mi b i a. A ngola , Mozambique, Zimbabwe, a n d on t h e: issues of nationalism, Examination

of the history of p re- colo n ia l

Western imperialism, settler

racism, and revoiLltion. ( 4 )

339 Revolutionary China While H istory 3 3 8 is not a prere q u i s i te. the course p i c k s u p w h er e it l e aves off. Beginn i n g i n 1 9 1 1 , an exam ination of the co u rse of the Chinese revo l u t i o n China's liberation, and the c ha n ge s i nce 1949, Lecture, discussions, fil ms, and guest speakers. Limited class size. (4) 340 Modern Japan Study of how J a p a n became the m o d e r n " m i racle" in East Asia. Pr i m a r y focus o n t ra d i t io n s that e n a b l ed Japan to c ha n ge ra pi d l y, the role of the challe nge of t h e West in that change. the indu trializa tion of Japan, the reasons for war with the ,S., and the impact o r the war o n contemporary J apan and its social and eco n o m i c institutions. (4) 352 The American Revolution The Arnencan Revolution as a series of ess e n t i a l l y p o l i tic a l events stretching from the Seven Years War in l 763 through Thomas Je fferso n 's defeat of John dams i n t he Presidential election o f 1 800. The olon ist ' in i t i a l resistance to t he reorganization of the British E m p i re after 1 763; the evolution of active re s i st a n ce i n to re vol u t i o n ; the decision to declare in d epe n d e nc e ; the experienc f war; the struggle to establish l eg i t i ma t e and effe ct ive governments; the fr a m i n g and ra t i fic a t i o n of the onstitution; and the federalist-Republican battles of the 1 790s. . E mp ha si s on the role of pol,i tical thought and i de ol o gy i n the devel o p m e n t of r ep U b l ic a n gove rnment in the U n it ed States. (4)

355 American Popular CUlture Study of m tion p i c t u re s , popular m usi c, radio and te lev isi o n prog rams, c o m i c strips and paperback fiction. I n s i g h t s i n to the value.> and ideas of Am e ri a n c u l ture from watching it at p l ay. Examination of popular entertainment a r ts and the ways they reflect and i n fluence A m er i ca n attitudes and actions. No pre­ requisites, (4) 356 American D iplomatic History The practice. fUllction, and structure of American foreign p ol i c y with p a r t ic u l ar �mphasis on the twentieth cen tu ry. (4)

359 History of Women in the United States thematic examination of issues and evi de n c related to women's eX"jJerie nces from the colo-nial period to the present. Provides a broad histo ri cal context for ev a lu a t i n g the nature, impact" nd i n fl ue n e of women's con tr i b u t ions to cultllr and society. ( 4 )

A focused.

360 Holocaust: Destruction o f the European Jews Lnvestigati on of the de ve l o p m e n t of modern anti-semitism. i ts rel a t i o n s h i p to fascism, the rise of Hitler, the structure of the German dictator hip, t h e evolution of azi Jewish p o li c y, the m echanic of the Final Solution, the nature of the perpetl' t o rs , the experience and resp o nse of the v i ct i m s , the reaction o f the ou tside world, and thl: po t-war attempt to deal with an u n p aralleled crime through trad i tional judic i a l p rocedu res . (4)

m m

n o c

m

o " m

z Cl


380 Asian Americao Wstory and Culture An i nt rod u cto ry s u rvey of A 'ian American h istory and c u lt u re, w

o V) c:r:: :::l o U

focusing on 'h ines , Ja pa n ese , K o rea n , i l ipi n o , Asian Indian, lnd.och inese, afld P cific I sl a n d e r experiences in the peri o d 1 840[ 990s. Top ics i n cl ude : J ) th e emi grant-i mmigran t process; 2) imm igr, nt co m m u n ity c u l tu re; 3 ) the A nt i - sian movement; 4 ) ethnic politics a n d p ol i tical c u l tu re ; 5 ) e th n ic enterprise Jnd econo m ic devel op men t ; 6) th" ch a l l e nge of a cu ltu ration/ assi miJat i()n; and 7) a brief su rvey f contemporary Asian

American

iss ues.

(4)

an

ociely that resulted fro m

Un i le d Sta tes involvement in the Vietnam war. Discussion of w w c:r:: IJ.J o

milita ry strategy and g ue r r i l l a warfare, as we l l a, diplomatic, po l i tic a l . soci a l , and cul nlral aspects of the

war.

co unter- u l l u re , the role of media covera ge o f the war, th e evolution of .S. p ol icy decisions, t h mor, lity and e th i cs of th� " war, and the l ess o n s " of Vietnam. (4)

A research ctnd wr i ting project in co n necti on with a student's approved off- ca m p us work or travel act iv ity. or a dimension of

it. P r ere qu isite: o ph o m o r e standing plus one course in h i st o ry, and consent of t h e d e par t m e n t .

( 1 -6)

401 Wo rkshops Wo rkshops in spe cia l fields fo r varying per io ds of t i me. ( 1 -4)

451 American Legal History Dimensions of American law as is rela t e s to ch a n gin g histo rical periods. ( 4 ) 460 West and Northwest The American West in the 1 9 th and

Oth centuries. frontier and

regional perspective . Interp re t i ve, i l l ustrat ive h istory, and

opportuni ries for otT- ca m p us

research . ( 4 )

Di me ns ions of Am rjcan so ·ial and intcllectllal h ist o ry.

(4)

480 I ntroduction t o Wstorical Methods and Re earch Focus on historical me t h o d o l o gy, research t ch n i q u es , a n d the wr iting of hi. tory fr(lm a w i de range of histolical primary sou rces. I n t r o d u c t i o n to differen t type� of h i storical analysis, i nt er p r tation , Hnd methodologies. L i b r a ry and I nternet­

computer research ski lls, critical analysis o f h is to ri a l docu­

ments, the relationship between evidence and interpretation, and

construction of h is to r i cal narratives from primary sources. (4)

492 lndependent Study ( 1 -4)

It challenges st u dents to pe rform their academic potential in spe i JIy

undergraduate students. at the h i ghest level of

designed ho nors fo unda tion classes a n d also i n a challenge

ORGANIZATION:

I.

Ho nors Foundation

Courses

a. Elective Honor. Courses/Sectiom;

....

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 8 hours

n� a tive Expression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

b.

c. Models of T h o u g h t and Their Evaluation

2.

.....

4 hours

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 hours

Preparation for the Cha llenge Selllinar a.

H o n o rs P ro g ra m retreat to determine

halkngc Sem i nar

topics

b.

Specific preparatory cour es for tht' seminar ( o p t io n al )

4 ho urs

p ro v ide e ar l y opport unities for students to in teract with their i n tellectual peers in especially challenging sett ings. These co u rses , app roved by the Honors Council, Jre also intended to help prepare s t ud e n ts fo r the Challenge Semi nar. The Cha l le n ge Semi nar, taken when students are s e ni o rs or se co n d semester j u niors, will a d dres s 'ome significa.nt prob le m of our contemporary and fut u re world. Sem i n a r participants will be e xpec ted to p rodu ce i nd iv i d u ally and col lectively o u t stan d in g research which w i l l be pr '<"nted to the u nivns ity com m u n i t y. ADMISSION CRlTERIA: Adm ission into the hon ors program is by a p p l ic a ti on to the Honors C o u nc i l . The council i

re

p nsible

con t i n uation in the program. Applica t i o n guideli.ne are avai lable through the Admiss i o n s Office. All Regents' a n d Presiden t's Scholars are invited to a pp l y · he Honors Council will also invite o ther incoming students to a p p l y upon the sugges tion of the dean of admissions. All continuing PLU s t u den t s with a 3.5 grade point average may a p p l " as well .

as en tering transfer st ud e nts with a

3.5

incom i n g grade p o i n t

average. Other e x ceptio n a l students may i n i t iate their own app lication i n to the program. In all ca es the council will make

a gl obal j u d g m ent a b o u t t h e student's likely success iII t he pro­ gram and not limit its a dm i ss io n decisions s t rictly on the hasis

their s t u d i

of 3.3.

496 Seminar: The Third World This research se minar al t e r na tes its focus from Ea st Asia one y e a r

to Africa and Caribbea n/ La t in America the next. (4)

502 Graduate Workshops Graduate w o rksh o ps i n specia l fields

tlr

areas fo r varying periods

( [ -4)

590 Graduate Seminar Selec ted topics as an nounced. Prerequisite: consent of the

( J -4)

591 Directed Study 0 -4) 595 Graduate Readings 598 Research Project (4)

. . . . ... . ... . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .

with u n i versi t y h o n o rs, students i n the program must complete

495 Seminar: Europeao History ( 4 )

ard Req u i red .

3. Challenge Seminar

The Honors Fo undation Courses are designed and organized to

of grade p oint average or other test scores. In order to gr a d u ate

494 Seminar: American History (4)

599 Thesis (4)

group of academically accom plished and h ighly mot ivated

for establ i s hi ng the criteria for i n i t i a l a d m iss i o n and sub equent

47 ) Wstory o f American Thought and Culture

Independent Study

at Pacific Lutheran University is

c. Prelim inary reading List fo r the seminar

399 Internship

instructor.

Prog ra m

design d to en rich the educational experience of a select

Origins of the

onflicl , North and ()utb V i e t n am e e poli tics, t h e expe rie n c e o f Americ an so l di e rs, t h e n a t u re of t h e a n t i -w a r movem nt a n d the

of t im e.

The Honors

seminar.

381 The Vie.tnam War and American Society Exam i nation of changes in Ameri

. Honors Program

(4)

s

with a m i n im u m c u m u l a ti ve grade point avera g e


H U M A N I T I E S

I N D I V I D U A L I Z E D

M A J O R o m

Division of Humanities The Departmen ts of Engl ish, L anguage , Philo

Individua lized Major phy, an d

Reli gio n com pr ise the Division of Humanit ies. The y share

ce n t ral concern about \, nguage, l i t ra ture, and world s academ. ic majors and min o rs, and in s u p p ort of professi nal progra ms and p re pa ra t io n for other fields, studies i n h um a n i ties are at the heart of a l i b er al educa­ tioll. They set- ve generally as a means to real izing e xcel ­ lence in o n e's l i fe, and they e. p o se one to a w ide vari ty o f di ffe re nt p r pe ct ives on ult ure, mea n i ng , a nd v al u e . Tbe ch arge of th e human i t ies i s to th i nk and act p rceptively, h uman el y, and creatively in a comple. a nd ever changing a

views.

soc i ety.

The division is co m mi tted to superb un de rgra d uate teac h i ng. Classes emphas ize communicati on ski l ls, ri go rous analys i s of texts a n d ideas, c r it i cal as essment of a r gu m e nts, and t h o ught fu l re flect i o n . T he potential fo r crea ti ve senrice to the com mun i ty is n u rtured in a variety of ways i n c l udi ng iJ1ternsh i p. in Pu bl ish i n g and Printi ng Arts (a minor in Engli h ) , the o u t re ach progra m s of the

r

degree. Study plans may i nc lude any of th e tr d il i on al ele­

in the C hin ese t ud ies, E nvi r o n m e n ta l Studies, Global

standard B.A. or D. . degree pr gram. Once app roved by both the facu lty sponsor and the aculty Cou l1cil fo r I nd iv i dua l ized Majors, th e study plan supp l a n ts usual degree re q uirem ents, and, when com­ pleted, leads to confe rral of the B.A. de gree with Sp cial

Studies, I n tegrated

Honor .

Scan di n avi an C u l tural Center, an d collabo ra tive pr j ects

with l o cal chool distr icts. L

m

by the Faculty Co u n c i l for I ndividua l ized M ajo r', this p r gra m of� rs j u n ior ( n d se n i r tud en ts the o p port u n ity to d evel op a n d co m pl e te a per onall de­ s i gned, i nterdisc ip lin r y, l i b ral ar ts major. he c urse of study cu l mi na tes L n a senior thesis, to be ag reed on by the Council, the s t u de nt , and his Or her a d v i er. ue es -fut appli cants to this pro nram will n orm al ly have a cumulati e g rade p i n t ave rage f 3 .30 o r h ighe r , a l tho ugh in exceptional. case , they mar demo nstrate th�ir p ote n tial in other way to the Fam ily Co uncil f, r Ln di ­ vidual ized M a jors . Ad m issio n to the p rog r am is granted by the Council on the basis of a de t ai led p la n r study, proposed and written by the s tude nt , and submitted t the Counci l an y time after the begiTIJ1ing of the second semester of the tude nt's s op h more year. The proposal m ust o u tline a compl ete pla n of ·tudy for t he tim remai ni ng u n t i J t h e granting of a S u pervised

Facult y members of the divi sio n participate exte ns ively tudies, Legal Studies, and Women's

Studies programs. They p rovide leadershi p for the inter ­

disciplinary Ci a sics and Scandinavia.n AJea S t ud i s majors

and for th Writing Cen t r. The div ision e n r ich . campus life th ro ugh the Hu ma n it ies Film Ser ies , p ublic lectu res and colloq uia, and an a n nual publication, Prism, that feat ures faculty d i a l og ue and re se a rcb . Petersen, Divisionnl DellI!; faculty me m b er s of the Depa rtments of English, Languages, Phil osophy, and Religion.

FACULTY:

As a division w i t h i n the 'ollege o f Arts a n d Sc i nces, the Di vi sion of H u m a n i t i es offer� prog r a m s i n each constituent dcp a r tm n t leadi n g to the B. . degree. Course o ffer i ngs and degree requiremen ts a r e liste d u nder:

English Languages Philosophy Religion Sec also the secti on s of this catalog on Chinese Studies, Classics, EnviTonmental Studies, Global Studies, I ntegrated Studies, International Education, Legal Studies, Publ ish ing and Printing Arts, Scandina\rian Area Studies, a n d Women's Studies.

ments from

STIJDY PROPOSALS MUST INCLUDE THE FOllOWING: 1 . A Statement of bjeclivc., in which the s t u de n t de scr ibes whot the degree is e peeted to re p resen t and why tbe ind i idu­ alized course of tudy i. mo re appropriat than ., traclitional degree program . 2. A

Program oj SllIdy,

in which the student des c ri bes ho\ the

o bj e t ives w i l l be a ttained through sequen

s of co u rses,

re a d i n g programs, reguLar wurse work, independent study,

travel, o ff- camp u s involvement, per�onal consultation with faculty members, o r other means.

3. A Program of Evaluation, in which the tud nt d scri bes t he criteria to be used to measure achieve ment of the ob 'ectivt:s and pecifies the top i c of the senior the

i�.

4. A talentell t of Re view, il wh ich tht: s t u d en t d es cri bes h o previous cour e work and life experiences have pre p a red

him

o r h e r for t h e individ ua l ized study progra m.

5. Letters ofRecommenda tioll. The s t udy proposal must be written in close consultation \v i t h th cha i r of lhe F, cu l t) a facu lty member wh o agrees to act as primary sponsor and adviser to t he stud nt throughout the cou ne of stud '. ·hl.! fa c u l ty sponsor must comment on the feasibi. lity of the proposal and on the t u dent'� ability to ca.rry it out. [ t is str ng\y reco mmended that a second ary facu lty s p o nsor be asked to co-sponsor and e nd o rse the proposal.

Cou n ci l fo r Individua lized M aj o rs and WIth

AU subsequent changes i n the study plan must be submitted i n

individualizes Major

or the senior thesi. ri ti ng 10 the Facu lty Council fo r for appr v, l .

\

Further i n form.ation is avai l ab le from the Provost's

ffi

n o

o

m


I N T E G R A T E D

S T U D I E S

v, \:J

made for stu dents with heavy first-year loads, fo r transfer

Z

Integrated Studies L.LJ

o

studen ts, or for studen ts who shift from Core I. 2 . Some 200 -level Integrated St udies courses are offered i n two­

(Core II) is d > igned as an altern ative mode of satisfying core curriculum require­ ments. Consisting of a constc.llation of interdisciplinary cou rses, the program expl ores a central theme the Dyna mics of Cha nge - from a v a r iety of a c ade m i c per­ spectives. The program st resses critical thinking and writing. nd i t encourages the growth of camaraderie as students p ro g ress together thro u g h its se quenc s. A broch ure is av a i l a b l e from the Admissions Office or the progra m coord i n a tor in the Office of Sp ec ial Academic The I ntegrated Studies Program

-

o u

FACUIIY: Selected from Anth ropolo!,,)', Art, Biology, Chemist ry,

Ea rl h Sciences, Economics, English, History, La nguages, Malhem Jt ic�, Music, P h i lo phy, Physics, Political �cie.nce, Psychology, Reli g io n , and Sociol ogy.

Integrated Studies

mmittee: D.

M. Martin, Chair; P. Benton,

Gold, M . Tensen , Killen, Kraig, McDade, Whitman.

sequences themselves can be taken concurrently and in any order.

3. To assure adequate balance and breadth, the In tegrated Studies Program

o m m i t tee must app rove the particular set

of fo ur 200-level courses that each student elects. Normally the student s u b m i ts the proposed fo ur-course set fo r approval wh ile taking the second lOO- levei course. 4. S t udents in the I n tegrated Studies Program are strongly

CORE IJ COURSE REQUIREMENTS: (7 courses, 28 hours)

I . I NTG 1 1 1 - 1 1 2: Origins of the Modern Wo r l d (8 hours) N or mally taken in the first year. 2. Four 200 - l e el l P co urses

priate combination of courses abroad supplemented with an integrative project may take the place of one or more of the 2 00 -level lntegrat ed S t u dies courses.

5. The Seminar ( 3 5 1 ) is taken as the concluding fntegrated tudies co urse, either after or concurrently with the last 200 -level course.

6. Students may switch from Core II to Core I at any time by requesting the Integrated S tudies Program coordinator to

Integ rated St lldies Coo rdina tor: Carr.

apply their I n tegrated Studies course cred it to Core I requirements.

7. All In tegrated St udies courses (except the seminar) are open to Core I stu dents as space is available (Core II students have

( I 6 hours)

Normally taken in t he second and third years. May incl ude approved program o f study abroad. Students select fo ur courses.

ou rses offered as a fa. ll- pring seq uence should be taken in ord r if possible. Single-semester cou rses and the fal l-spring

encouraged to study abroad. With pri r a p p roval, an appro­

Programs.

o

semester sequences; others are designed for single semester.

subject to the app roval o f the I n tegrated Studies

Program Commi ttee.

priority in enrollmen t ) .

8. T h e In1t:grated S tudies Program is directed by an eight-person com m i ttee of faculty represe n t i n g the academic areas participatin g i n the program. The Integrated Studies Program co m mittee elects

7-8 of th foIJowing courses, or similar new courses, are

a

chair and is supported by the dean for

special academic programs as program coord i n a tor.

o ffered each yea r :

22 1

-

The Experience of War

Course Offerings

222 - Prospects fo r War and Peace

223 224

2 26

-

The

mergence of Mind and Morality

-

The Brain, Consci u "ness, and Transcendence

-

The Q uest for G l o ba l Justice

( 1 1 1 - 1 12) Origins of the Modern World The sequence tra ces the roots and develop m e n t of a world culture and economy based on ideas and values ident i fied with western Europe and the United S tates. It su rveys the origins of

2 3 1 - Gender, Sexuality, a nd Culture

232

-

Topics in

;ender

modern Western culture and i ts in teraction with other cultures

233 - I magi ng the Self

through \Alo rld War

I, e m p h asizing the developments of reli­

234

-

Imaging the World

gious, p hilosophical, and poli tical ideas and the emergence of

24 1

-

Energy, Resource , and Pol lution

arts a nd sciences.

242 - Populatjon, Hun ger, and Poverty 245 - The Deve l op me n t of Third Wo rld

nderdevelo pment

246

-

Cases in Third Wo rld Development

247

-

The Cultures of Racism

3. rNTG 35 1 :

C ncluding

newal of the arts, religious reform, and the emergence of modern science up to and during t he Renaissance, the Reforma tion, the

eminar (4 hours)

Scientific Revo lution, and the Enlightenment. I t examines the

Taken after or with the last lOO-level course

themes of authority, d iscovery, the individual, nature, new

HONORS PROGRAM STUDENTS: St uden ts i n the University Honors Progr m may use In tegrated Stud ies

I I I Authority and Discovery This course considers the new social and political ideas, the re­

III

and

1 12

as

fou ndation courses by supplementing them with the I - hour I S P

( I 1 3 in the fa ll, 1 1 4 i n t h e s pr ing) . Honors in Integrated S t udies may be awa rded upon appl ica­ tion to stu dents who have at least a 3 . 5 avera ge in I n tegrated St ud ies u nes, who present a po r t foli o of outstanding papers from 200-level I ntegrat d Studies courses, who create a n exem­ plary seminar project, and who a re recommended by program facul ty. Stu d e n ts selected for honors are encouraged to make a Hono rs Colloquia

p ublic oral pres ntation of their seminar work. The i n tegrated Studies Committee will determine who qualifies fo r honors.

POUClES AND GUIDELINES FOR CORE n:

I. To acquire a common backgro und, Integrated Studies/Core II students usu al ly take the requi red 1 1 1 - 1 12 sequence in their first year, before taking 200-level course s. Excep tions can be

worlds, liberty, the search fo r truth, and the powers of reason and fai t h .

I (4)

1 1 2 Liberty and Power Developments in litera t u re, science, politics, and industrializa­ tion are e<"plored through the Enlightenment, the American and French Revolutions, the I n d ustrial Revo lution, Romanticism, Darwinism, Socialism, and Imperialism. The course continues themes from 1 1 1 and considers s h i fti n g understandings o f tran­ scen dence, secularization, and truth, as well

a

the turn toward

evolutionary views of n a t u re and history, new kinds of social and technological power, and emerging ideas o f c1as , gender, and ethnicit y. U

(4)

1 1 3 Honors CoUoqoium I ( 1 ) 1 1 4 Honors CoUoquium U Small-group discussion of current issues fo r University HOIilors Program students enrolled in the Integrated Studies Program. Other students welcome as space permi ts.

(l)


I N T E G R A T E D

S T U D I E S o m

232 Imaging the Self

22l The Experience of War sen r ial ba kground is established by studying the complex

A series of exercises in the visual and l i terary arts that reveal how

bistory of several major wars of our time (e.g., Wo rld War I I, the

the self is discovered and constructed i n OUJ· daily world t h rough many kinds of im ages, including dreams, costumes, songs,

iernam War, the c o n fJi t in the M iddle Eas t ) . Emphasis is personal xrerienc o f war as soldier, ci ili, n , and

childhood memories, houses, church ervice , da nces, television,

citizen. The eth ical decision in dividuals must make i n war-t i me

povert y, sketching, and co nstructing models . The emph asis is on doing or making, followed by re Oe c t i ve: analysis. I ( 4 )

p laced o n th

are consid red as well as the SOCidy' decision about when and hm to go to war. Particular attention i s given to the theory o f

"j ust a n d unjust" wars. I ( 4 )

234 Imaging the World An

� ploration

f how humans perceive, interpret, and shape

222 Prospects for War and Peace

their own worlds. FollowiJ1g an i n t roduction to sym bol s , symbol

A t u dy o f the institutions and situations (political, economic,

systems, and the creating of mea n i ng, the construction of world

religious, psychological, historical) that keep the modern world

i mages in science and theo logy through myth, model, and

on the brink o f war and make

paradigm are stuclied. The model of symbolic l ogic i s b ui l t to

a

stable, just peace so elusive.

onsideration is given to p acifism and the "just war" tradition,

o rganize la nguage and thought. Science i then considered

as a

as well as to the technology and politics of n uclear war and its

proces. of the a p p l ication of logic to empi rically gnth ered data. Views o f a variety of scientists , nd philosoph ers on the way

as

the draft, the economics o f a m ilitary s l a te, a rms

science is done and the

w,

y scientists

omt' to know are con­

co ntrol, the competi t i o ns fo r resou rces, a n t i -colonialism, and

s idered. Theoiogical m dels are exa m i ned. Finally, some images

M a r x i sm. I I (4)

of the world through the eyes of poet. are compared to these scientifi c and theological repr sentations. II

223 The Emergence of Mind and Morolity

(4)

A surve y f g net ics a nd evolu tion, wit.h emphasis on t h e b ra i n a n d t h e emergence o f social behavior i n animals, p r pares fo r a critical st udy of the claims of sociology that human c u l t u re and

24 1 Energy, Resources, and Pollution

moral ity can be explained in terms of o u r biological o rigins.

focus on pract ica.I and political problems o f sustai ni ng energy

[ (4)

Study of the bra i n as the center of percep tion, emotion, co n­ sciou ness, and knowledge. I n ludes a study

0

Energy, natural resources. and pollution are examined t h rough scientifiC, social scient i fic, and ethical metho d. , The class will and natural resource production and limiting pollution w i t h

224 The Brain, Consciousness, and Transcendence the b rai n's

maximum of j u stice a n d participative decision-making.

a

(4)

242 Population, Hunger, and Poverty

fu nctions, an i nvestigation of sp i ritual , myst ical, and other self­

The i n t rr lationship of p o p u l a t i o n , food, and poverty is

transcending experiences, and an explora tion of the relationshi p

examined in a scient ific, eco nomic, and p o l itica l con text as i t

b erwe n m i nd and brain , materialistic a n d non-materialistic

relates t o global problems. The cou rse deals with the pnlctical

explanations, and the nature of personal commitmen t . II

and eth ical problems o f sllstaining fo od prod uction, popu lation

(4)

growth, and poverty. The course i ncludes case studies of

225 Violence in the United Slates Thi · co u rse examines v i olence w i t h i n aJ1d among the m u l t iple cult ures of the Un i ted

tales. It considers issues of i nterpersonal

Wo rld coun tries f, r class analysis and student

h i rd

p rojects. ( 4 )

245 The DeveJopment o f Th ird World Underdevelopment

violence (e.g., spouse and child abuse, po rnography, rape, m u r­

This cours

der) and collective violence (e.g .• gang activi ty, medi, violence,

Wo rld" and the models, views, contexts, and approa c hes i n

traces the origins and growth of the concept " T h i rd

ra ism, terrorism, U.S. mil itary i nv lvement i n other cou n t r i e s ) .

interpreting this phenomenon. Particular attention i s foc used on

1-li�torical pat terns a re discussed a l o n g w i t h v a r i o u s theories (so­

u nderstanding social and cultura l c ha nges in the T h i rd World in

ci ol o g ica l , psychological, t heolo gical , phi losophical) on causes

terms of develop ment/un de rdevelo pme nt. Pol it ical, co nomic,

and pr

v .ntion.

These theories o ffer grounds fo r c r i t iquing the

l i terary and religious analyses will be used in trying to deter m i ne

patterns of violence and publ ic responses to them. (4)

how the Third Wo rld t h i nks abo u t itself. I (4)

226 The Quest for Global Justice: Systems and Reality

246 Cases in Third World Development

This course uses systems ( h o l istic) models to comprehend the

How p e ople in the Third World think and act to b ring about

search fo r j ustice by hu mankind in the past, i n the present, a n d

social change, and the value they givt' it i · the focus i n this

fo r the fut u re. A wide range of i n terdisc i p l i n a ry materials a re

course. Bu ildin g upon the theories and methods p resented in

u

ed t

tudy issues such as the distribution of wealth and

the first co u rse, issues uch as education, health , population,

re o urces in the ancient Near East and in contemporary Latin

reso u rce management, urbanil.ation , and industrialization wiU

Arnerjca, as well as in the Uni ted States. The fo cus on systems

be e:amined using case stud ies. The case stud ies w i l l be

th inking leJ1ds coherence and promotes analytical and synthetic

organized regionally

skill . Par ticipants develop their own perspect ives on the is�ues

b e evaluated. II (4)

and devise models for action a s well as for comprehens i o n . II (4)

s

that common and distinct featu res can

247 The Cultures of Racism This course examjnes difference fo rms of racism and their

23 1 Gender, SexuaJity, and Cultnre In the co urse we examine o u rsel ves and o u r world through the

manifesta t ions i n two c o u n t ries w i th troubled h istories. We

lens of gender. U�i n g i n terd iscipli nary, multicultural, and

study h o w the societies o f the

\

fe m inist perspectiVes, we examine issues such a� socialization

Rep u b l i c o f So uth Africa experi nce racism and expl ore their

and stereotypes, relationship, and sexuali ty, i n terpersonal and

. tr uggle toward greater equality. Read in gs will be dr3lvn from

inst itutional v iolence, revolution and social change.

psycholo gy, sociology. and l i terat u r". II (4)

(4)

Concluding Seminar

This course covers current topics in fem inist studies of gender

35 J Integrated Studies SemJnar

and will vary each yea r aCLOrding to the i nterests of fa c u l t y and students. (4)

ill

n ited States o f America a n d the

232 Topics in Gender

A recapitulatio n a nd integration of themes from t h e previous sequences , with additional readings and discu s i o n . Students investigate an i ndividual top ic from an i nte rd iscip lin ar y perspective, make a fo rmal oral presentation, and complete a subst antial paper. Prerequisite : 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 and two addiUonal seque nces. May be taken concurrently with the last course o f the final sequence. I II (4)

m

n o c

o

balance of terro r. Students complete ,1n independent project on topics s uch

m

"

z Cl


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

P R O G R A M S

PugeL ound , Whi tman ,allege. the U niversity of Portla nd a n d

Internationa l Prog rams u.J I..L

o UJ VI a: o u

W L l I am cttc

encou rage st uden ts to expand lheir u nderstand i ng of hu mani ty's global condi ­

a.

PLU's i n ternat ional p rogra ms

t ie s for o n - campu - study of global issues and

ul t u rcs, and socie ties.

of th e world's

use of m use u ms. c u l t u ral activi t ies, nd 6ite f Lo n do n . ludents l ive with B nt i sh fami l ies and comm ute by subway to cl, 5 es. S veral excursi ons take st uden t� oUlside London for a look at ot her partS of England. D u ri n g spr in g

sources a nd t rade; and peace, justice, and h uman righ ts . Middl

fo c i

a re

Africa , Asia, Europe, L ati n Am rica, the

regions is

made possible by diverse o ff-camp u

-t udy

opportun ities and internatio nal student exchange .

LU a

ments such

To p u rsue

format parallel t o t he London program .

p rogra m in i n ternational or i ntercul l ural

·tudies, st udents may e n ro l l in courses offered by dep art ­ as

Language , Poli t ical Scien ce, and H istory,

or choose among the special m u l t i - d i cipl i n a ry programs l isted

semester ,I seco nd p r og r am site i available to students in vI/al ford , En gla n d . In a more . uhu rban s tting within minutes of Lon don , stu dents in Watford participate in J. p rogram

Ea,to and Scandi navia. Study of these issues and

UJ UJ a:

claw whi

t ional studies.

h offer maj

Gen ral i n fonnatiol1 grams i s ava ilabl

rs an

nd Wat ford pI' grams.

extensive

lobal issues in cl u d e , fo r

example, modernization an d d evelopment; global re­ Cultural

LU's London

Offen.'d in bo th fa l l and sp ri n g semesters, th.t: Lond o n pro­ gram provides st uden ts w i ul a tudy , pe rie nee in one of Ule most e xc i ti ng cit ies of the world. Co u rses taug It both by Northwest profess r ' and by native British professors m ake

Multi-focused i nternational p rog!" m s prov i d e o ppo rt lill i ­ region ,

may choose to , end a emester studying

in England th rough

h a n g in g a n d i n c re'dS i n gly interdependent wo rl d .

tion in a

niverSil}'.

England: Stud en t

minor i n i n terna ­

about P LU' jn ternational pro­ Ce n te r fo r l n temati onal

from the

Progra ms.

CHINESE STUDIES: The h i n ese tud ies program is an interdisciplinary program des ign d �o provide students i n tcr-

e ted in Chi na a b ro ad oundalion in language, c u l t u re, and h i s tor y. For specific information see the Chinesc S t udies sect ion of t h i s cat a log . i n diverse cul tu res and interna t io na l , globaJ issues may u nd e rta ke a multi-di.sciplinar: major or m i nor p ro gr a m designed to reHe t their g ograph ic, th mali , or di 'ci p l i nnry interesls.

GLOBAL STUDIES: S t udents in terested

Major: The Global S t u di e s ma jor j" termed il "compl ementary" major beca us it is taken as second major in addition to a reg ul ar di:iciplioary ma; f. For specifi c i n formatioll see the fohal St lldics section of t h i s Gltalog. Min or: The theoreti I orien tat i on aJld requiremenls parallel those fo r t h e major and are de ta il e d i n the Globlll Studies section of thi , .lra log .

o. Spain: PL , a long with oth r . h o o l s in the Il.A .A co nso r­ ti u lll, spo nsors a one-semester p rog ra m at t he Univcrity of Oviedo d u r i ng the sp r i n g semester each year. Ov i edo . cap ira l of the P r incipali l )' of A tu rias i n northwestern Spai n, is il lively. beaut ifu l city with J twelve-hwl drcd vear 01 h i s to ry. The u n iver ity. founded in 1 608, is I cated in the h ea rt of the city. TIllS prov ides :m exce l l e n t setting fo r a semester designed fat advanced tu d}' i n Spani h l a n gu age and cul ture. A mini­ m u m two years f S p aJl i sh language study is r eq u i red for part ic ipa tion. Student l ive w i t h Spa nish t�lmilic's, take special c 1nsses at til wlive i ty, .lod pa rti cipate in ext racurricul ar activities wi llI S pa n i sh s t u den ts.

currently otTers five ex cha nge a l i m i ted n u mber of exchanges eac h year. In ail ca e5, the PLU st ud e nt i s i ntegrated i n to Ule I al u n i vers i ty and c ultu re .

RECIPROCAl PROGRAMS:

PLU studenls may partic ipate in lUI excha nge pro­ gra m with Agder CoUege in Kristian and, Norway. r i te ri a used fo r selection of pani i p;}Jl t� include proficiency in ;j Scandinavian language, a s t ron g <l cade rn i c record, mo tivat ion , and pe rsonal adapta b i l i ty. PLU t u d l' n ts live i n un ivl'rsity hOUSing und study No! "egia n lan gu age Jnd l i terat u re. . his IS a fu l l academic yea r program.

a.

Norway:

b.

Sweden: A s tu u e n t

exchange prog ra m betl een P . U and the

Un iversity of Li n ko pi n g began in the fall

of 1 9<:) 2. Criteria used in the election of pa rt i cipams i n cl u de proficiency in a Scandinavi n language, a tr ll" academic r ord, mo tivat io n , a n d pe rsonal adaptab i J ir)'. PLU students l i ve tIl d rmitories and stud , andinavian hi tory. modern Sc an di navia n litcra tme, S a nd i navian p olitic al and - ocial st ructu re , a nu weuish language. This is a fu l l academi c yt:ar p rog ram.

SCANDINAVIAN AREA STUDIES: Th

S an d i n avian A r e a S t u d i es major is a flexible program in which the st udy of

Scand inavia is enha nced through a e ros -disciplinary approach. see t he ctlruiirll7vi(lll A rell Stlldies

For s p e iii information sectio n of t h i s catalog.

PLU

prob'Ta ms. T h e e acade mic p ro g ram s p rovi d e

c.

People's Republic of China-Zboogshan University:

P LU

full yea r or semes r in th People' Republic of Ch i n th ro ugh an exc h a nge \lidl Zhongshan University in ua.ng7.hou ( anton ) . At Zhongshan, students . l ive in univecily housing and take i n tensive lu d i es i n Mandarin Chinese n well a s cou rses in C h i n ese c u l ture. 'tudel l ts sho u ld have had al leost one year of Chi nese la n gu a ge students may spend ,)

Off-Campus Programs: To en co u rage studen ts to

x:pand their v isions of the w o rl d , P L rna ke� a availab le var i o us opport u nit ies to stud y and travel in o ther cO lm tr ie� . Stud nls are en cou ra ge d to spend th� summer, sem ester, Januar tenn, or full aesdcmi year abroad. The Center for I n t e rn a t ion al Programs ha i n fo rma ti o n to assist st ude nts in select ing and p repa r ing for stu dy abroa program . Th e interdependence of a l l nation of t h e wo r l d and !lIe need basic kn w l e dge of people,-their

c u l t u res,

LO

gain

md their i nt e r relati on ­

ships cannot be overemp hasized in the late 20th cen tury. With t his fo us in mind, PLU supports s eve ral caLego ries of prog rams .

before appl y i n g.

d. People's Republic of Chi-DR-Sichuan Union University: Stude nts may pend a semc:ster or year at i Ch u u n Uni n Un i ver iry l SV U J i n hengdu. At S U U. in add i t i o n to classes in Mandarin and Chinese culture, students m ay take assorted science co urse s that Jre t a ug h t in English . Often a PLU pro­ fessor w i l l accom p any the group and teach o n e of the course . E.xtenSive study tau rs are in Iuded. Fluency in Man dari n i s n o t requ i red.

Sf TIONA; FLU-Sponsored Profral1/j INDEPENDENT LIBERAL ART COLLEGES ABROAD: These p rogra ms

Col leges Abroad

are

by the t n d ep n d nt Lib ral

rL� o r t i u m of Pacific Northwest on za ga Universi ty, the Un i versity of

ho st e

( ILACA), a con

sch ools in ludlng PLU,

e.

In a nsortillm effort \ ith other colleges and u n i vedties of t h e Lutheran Church, PLU offe rs a fi ve- m o n th exch ange opportunity t the n iversity of Dar e Salaam in Tanzan i . oll ow ing an orien tation in New Yo rk, �t ud ent depart as a grou p for ar es Salaam , Tanzania. tuden ts study

Tanzania:


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

P R O G R A M S

m

wahili la ng uage and elect th ree or fou r cou rses from the wi de offering of cours at the Univ r5i ty 0 Dar es alaam. f. Other Options: By peci a l arrangemen t, PLU offer two additional c)(ch ange program : o rdland College in BodCl, o rway, and Tun ghai nivecsity III Taichung, Ta.iwan, R. O.C. Contact the Center fo r J n te rnati o n al Programs fo r d etai ls.

DENMARK'S INT.ERNATIONAL STUDIES (DIS) p rovi des for scm . ter or year- Long s tudy i n

nglish in

up e n h ag en . The

instructors are D a n i s h , represent ing fac u l t y from netlrbr

ities and schools. Thi ' p rogra m is Europe's l a rgest s t u dy center fo A me r i can studen ts, allowing a wide var iety of course offer i n gs in l ib e ra l arts, i nternational b us i ne s, and archlte tUTe and des ig n. A rich imm rsion in D . n ish ulture is provided th ro ugh l ivi ng i th the Danes. d a i l y contact w i t h D an i ,s h facul ty, and opti nal language instruction. lllli e

INSTITUTE OF EUROPEAN STUDlES ( IllS) I INSTITUTE OF ASIAN STUDIES (lAS) offers se m � ter. yea r -l ong . or summer st ud

at

various centers th rou g h o u t the world. PLU student m y

choose to study i n London , o r D u rham. Engla nd; Dijon. Paris,

or a n tes , France; M i l a n , [taly; Madrid or ala man c<I, paln; Frdburg or Berl i n , erman y ; Vienn , Aus tr i a; Tokyo or agoya , Japa n; Singapo re; Tha il. od; Adelaide or C an berra , Australia; lnd nes ia ; 'h ina; and Ru ss i a . Studies in lude a combination of local u n iversity cour e. and classes la ugh t exp ress ly fo r LnSlihltC stu de nts. Cours�s B.re taught in the Language of the country where the center is l oc ated , except in ingapor., Thai. l and , In donesia, agoya. To kyo, Vien na, and the European Common M arket p rogram in Freiburg, where instruction i in En gl is h . I n a l l othe r case . PLU students n eed Lo b e conversa nt in the language o f the co u nt ry. Living arrangements vary from fu l l room and b ard to i ndependent housing. ach center allows for integration i n to lhe l oc a l culture l h rough housing, student act iv i ties, field trips, and travel. Sch la rships are ava i lable to qual i fied students at aU IE ' / f A ce nters .

UNIVERSIIT OF OSLO, OSLO, NORWAY: Applicants must have o n e ear of .ollege Norwegian at the program tar t date. The "0 '10 Ye r" i.ncorpo ra re Norwegia n languag • lite ra r u re, and c ul t u re and is an e)(cellent opportu nity for th e Sca n dina v i a n Stu die� tu den t .

CUBRNAVACA, MEXICO: Fall are o ffered in

and spr i n g semester programs

uernavaca. The al l se m es te r programs are:

"Social Policy a n d Human Se J'Vices in Latin A merica,� fo cusi n g on the is ues fac i ng Latin Am er i ca in the areas of educati n and social services; and "Women a nd Deve! pment: l.atin American Pe rspecti ve," exploring wom n's role in deve lopmen t, liberabon theol gy, and h is tor ic al concepts of gen d e r rol s in Latin Am e ri ca. The spring programs are: "International evelopmen t a n d Human Rights in Latin America," c)(p lo r i n g the relationship of ap proaches of development. to the achievement' o f basic human right . and "Contemporary Issues in Mex ico and 'enlral America!' Tl'tis in terdi scipli nary p rogr a m has an e m phas i s on the history of p ol i t ica l change. the truggle for social j ustice. nd he role of the dlUrch in Latin A me ri c a . o rn e pan is h langu3ge backgrou n d is ad vi sed for these programs.

UNlVERSITY OF LANCASTER, LANCASTER, ENGLAND: Th is emesler or full year program allows students to be i n tegrated into a British universi ty. There

,ue

over 50U courses

offe re d by the u n iversity. S t udents can easi l )' co nt i n u

their

business. scien ce, h uma ni t ies, and so c i a l sc.ience studies a t

Lancaster.

SERVICE LEARNING PROGRAMS:

The Partnership fo r

Service-Learn i ng p rov ides semester, fu l l year,

or

summer pro­

gram s i n Israel. England, Scotland. Mex.ic , Ecuador, Jamaicu, Fran e. South D akota,

:lOd

lruiia. T h ro ugh ties w ith several

u n ivers i ties and educational programs, the Partnership w il l help the student arrange a n expe rIence that combines academic pursuits wi tl1 st udy, ob er vD 1 io n, and social s rvi e in non­ t ra d i t ional setti ngs.

m m

lNTERNATIONAL COOPERATIVE EDUCATION (WORK/STUDY) : A u nique oppor t u n i t y to become acquninted with the work, lan guage. and c u l t u n of a fo reign co untr is provided through the I nternat iona l Coope ra t i ve Ed uc<1 tio n P rogr am . At pr s nt, len-week sum mer w rk stati o n s are avail­ a b l e in Engla.nd, Tu rkey, Thai l a nd. Japa n, Chi n a , Mexico, H u ngary, kra.im:, Kenya, and Ge rmany. Ln most luca t i ns, one or two ear of a fo re i g n lan guage are required. Students successfi.dly o m p l eti ng the s c re e n i n g pro ess are p r ov i de d a wo rk contract for their stay and depart o nl y after secu ri ng bo th emp l o ym en t and h ou si ng. D u rin g the ten- week p rogram, whi h exte n d s from mid - J u ne through August, p a rt ic i p a nts complet e <l 4-credit i ndepende nt st udy, which is to be s up e r vi sed by P LU i ns tru ctors . T he st uden t's mon tll ly salary depe nds on the position and the count ry.

The Center for IntcrT/MiDl/al Programs is w ne ntly developmg sem ester pro n1l11S in Scotia lid Illla Trin idad. These programs, led by PLU family, will be alll/oi/ need in Ihcfall of 1 994. SHORT TERM STUDY a. Ianulll'f! I.' LU also emphasizes courses during t h e

Janu ary

ter m. Pr l i m. i n a ry l1l1tices about th tour$ re available in May o f each year, and the final si gn - u p is i n Novemb er. Students s ho u l d c o nta c t the i n tnt tor of each o u rse o r t h Cen ter fo r I n ternation,J! PI' grams [o r more i n fo r ma tion. b. Summer: PL o fte n offers t ravel c o u rses d u r i n ' the u m mer. oordi.l1ating offices fo r the e tours i n c l u de Summer '\ tud ies, Al u mn i, and Q C l u b . so o n file i n t he Center fo r i nterna­ tional Programs is i n format io n on s u m m e r t udy and travel p rograms arou n d the world.

SELECfBD PROGRAMS: Some opport u n ities are ava i l a b l e to P LU with the School fo r Field

tud ies and al.

spo nsored programs (India, Namib ia,

the

,LCA

i aragua ) .

SECTfON B: PLU- Jlproved StudyAbroad Programs 1 . In a d d i t i o n to Lbe PLU-sponsore:l programs, t h e re aTC C(Ju ntle�s oth er oppo rllln iti for s t udy <l b ro a d . Many U.S. colleges and un iversi t ies have programs t h rough o ut t h e world, a n d PLU st u d ent s may study through these procrram by special rrangement. Information , n pplicalion fo rms for sever;]l p rogr a ms arc available in the Center for International P rogra ms. Credits warded by an accred i ted U.S. col l ege or u n i versity a r transferable to PLU. However. d irect aid fro m PLU c�ot be transferred to ot h er colleges. -redi ts trans­ fr rred to PLU a fter a sr udy abroad ex p erien ce p o n so red by a U .S . accred i t d coU ege or uJl ivers ity wi!! be re co rded with a Idle r grade. redits for t udies di rec t l y in a fo rei"n u niversity \ ill be recorded as pass/faii. 2 . PL s t u de n ts who p l an to study directly in a foreign school ( not in a p rogram . p o n so r d by a coil g in the U.S, . J 111U t be sure to file a letter of intent w i th the ente r fo r Inte rna ­ tional Program and w i th t h e cha i r of t he i r maj or department before l e av i n g P W. This let ter must i n cl u d e what lasses will be taken . where and fo r what l e ngt h o f time they will tudy ab road, and how the i ntern al'io nal experience will relate to the ir a ca de m i c program . On the basis of this informn t io n . plus a re co rd o r le ct t�res a.ttended and exanlin, ti ns co mp leted, a cade m i c credit rna bc given l>y PLU. S t u d e n ts are adv ised to save a l l papers and other m a te r i a ls relaring to co ursework taken a b ro a l. All cr dH transferred to PLU will be p a ss/ fa i l . PLU res rves the r ight to re quire ex am in ations co vering tile c

su bjects studied .

o c ;;0

o m

z


L A N G U A G E S

\� Z

w

o Vl et: :;:) o u

CREDITS: PLU awa rd s PLU credit for all programs listed i n SECTION A : PL U-Sp onsored Programs. All courses taken on a P LU-sponsored program w i ll be listed on the PL trans r i p t with appropriate de p a rt m o t n u mb e rs a ssign e d . Grade w i l l also be po ted , although they will not be in c l ud e d in the PLU cumulaLive grade point average. PROGRAM COSTS AND FINANCIAL AID FOR PLU-SPONSORED PROGRAMS: Reciprocal ExciulIIge Programs: Semester charges are based on the

PLU t u i t i on rate for 14 credits plus the cost of on camp u s housing and a fu ll meal p lan . Other PLU-Sp o/1so red Programs: S t u de n ts are charged a program fee w h ich d oes

LU UJ

cr:: l.') w

o

not

x

ed the base cos t of the program plus

an administrative fee of $700 per sem ste r. Ea c h of the PLU­ s po n s or ed program will. therefore. have a different p ro ­ gram fee.

On PLU-spo nso red programs, students eligibl fo r fi nan c i a l aid m a y tra ns fe r t heir aid awards ( ith the exccpti.o n of some ta le nt awa rds a,nd work study) to t he i r studen t accounts.

FOREIGN LANGUAGES: It is r com mended that, b e fore embarking, st udents a cq u i re a solid fo undation in the language of the co u nt r y where th y \'I iIl be shldying. Stu de n t s ma y, with t h e assistance of the chair of the D part'ment of La l1guage.� a nd the ff-ca mpu s t u dy adviser, p re p are a wri tten request for a ademic credit in a re co g n i t i o n f t'heir advanced fa c i l ity in a fo rejgn bnguage.

FINANCIAL AID: Financial aid is available to qllali fied students who are �tudy i l1g through PUJ- sp on so red progntl11S. Govern­ ment loans an apply toward affiliated programs and o ther special ly arranged programs.

Languages Learnin g foreig n la nguages opens wi n dows to th e wo rld. M ee t i n g another people bri ngs us to und rs ta n d their cultu re, t heir hopes, and th way t hey ee LIS. We d i s c ove r how thei l language helps sh ape their world-view. And as we beco m e able to think a 11d I i e with i n that l a ng ua ge, we gain the e xp e r i e n ce to look t h ro u gh their window back at o u r own .ulture. Knowledge of fo re i g n langu ages has

always been a mark of an educa ted p erson , and today fo reig n la n guages are as important as ever. Knowing

a

COURSES THAT M.EET CORE I REQUIREM ENTS: All l a n ­ guage co u r s e s numbered 20 1 a n d above, and all firs t year cou rses of a foreign la ngua ge not p reviou s ly studied, as well as Chi nese 371 aud Language 272 (both ta ught in Englis h ) , meet 6-B of Perspectives on D i ver si t y, Cross- ultural Perspectives; Sign Lan­ guage m e ets (i-A of Perspectives on Diversi ty, Alternat ive Per­ spectives. All l i t rature courses of� r d in En g l i s h transla tion or in tbe ori g i n a l l a n g u a g e m e e t t h e I . it e ra t u re Re q uir e m e nt, A-2. PLACEMENT I N LANGUAGE CLASSES: There are no depart­ mental p re req ui s it e s for the study of fo reign l a n g u a ge . ' tudents with p r evi o us ex p e ri e n ce in a language may q u a l i fy fo r place­ ment i n to i ntermediate or advanced courses. To d eter min e the appropriate level, 'tudents take the language p la ce m e nt exa mi­ nation at the beginning of the fal l sem e s t e r . P o te ntia l maj o rs are encouraged to obta in as much h i gh s c ho o l p re pa ra t' i o n as p o ss i b l e . Those qualifying fo r advanced p l a ce ment may be allowed to waive certai n maj o r or minor requirements. BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJORS AND M I NORS: Requirements fo r the v a r i o us majors and mi n ors are l i sted below under the individual languages. ;'vlajors fIlll t co m p l e t e at least 12 semester h o u rs in res i de n ce at P LU , four of whjch must be taken e it h e r in the senior year or upon ret u rn from a study abroad program. Minors must c o mp le t e at l e a st 8 sem e s t e r hOllrs in residence. PROSPECTIVE TEACHERS: A fu l l range of teaching majors a nd minors is o ffe re d. The required profe 'sion, I methods co u rse is L an gu a ges 445. 'rudents pre p ar i ng to teach in j u n i or or senior h igh school may earn either a Bachelor of rt s degree in hench, German, o r S p a n is h along w i t h certification from the School of Education, or a Bachelor of Arts in Education dc"rce w it h a teaching major in F re n c h , Gc:rman, or Spani h. In S andinavian Studies, an elementary t ea ch ing major and se co n d ar y and elementary teaching m i no rs are av a i l ab l e. See the School of Education s e c t i o n of this cataJ g for the certification requirements and the Bachelor of Arts in Education req u i reme nts. HONORS MAJOR: LZeq u i rements for an honors major in l a n guag . a re as follows: ( l ) a m aj o r i.n one foreign hlnguage; ( 2 ) a m i nor in a s eco n d fo reign language; ( 3 ) a minimum g ra de point average of 3.5 in all cou r�es taken in PLU's Department o f Languages; ( 4 ) at least o n e departmentally a p p ro ve d term abroad; and ( 5 ) completion of an approved senior project.

foreig n language can open doors to new

ex per ience and chall enging are rs. A fore i g n lan guage is u eful a n d o fte n n cessary for career i n education, law,

services, med ici n e, a nd j o u rna l ism. Kn ow i n g a forei g n la nguage can prov i d e more flex ibility in choosing a profess ion nd an allow greater m ob i l i ty within it. Students c nsideri n g a career in e d u ca t i on should n o te that t here is a s h o rt a ge of fore ig n l anguag tea hers in several a reas .

government

The departmenl ene urages students to study abroad as part of th e i r undergraduate pro g rams. For information on study abroad. see

the interna t ional Progra ms s ec t io n of

this cat alog. Majors are ava ilable in

Chi nese Studies, Class ics,

French, German. Norwegian, Scandi navian Area S t uclies,

·h. M i nor s are o ffe r ed in C h i nes e, Chi nese French, German, Greek, Lat i n , Norweg i a n, and

and Spa n i tudies,

FACULTY: Webster, Chair; R. Brown, Hua, M. Jensen, E. N el s o n , Predmore, Ramon - Lacab e, Snee, Swenson, Toven, T. Wi l lia m s, Xu .

Spanish. Instruction is a lso given i n Japanese and Ameri­ can Sign La nguage.

Course Offerings Courses in dle Department of Languages ;:]re o ffe re d in t he

fo llowiug ge n er a l fields in addition to elementary, intermediate, an a dv a n ce d langt,age: CULTURAL HISTORY A. In Englis h

Classics 250

- Classical My thology

C l as s i cs 32 1 - Greek , i viI i zali o n Classics 322 - Ro man Civilization Scan 1 50 - Introduction to Scandinavia Scan 322 - :ontemporary Scandinavia Scan 323 - The (kings Scan 324 - The Fmigrants

B. In Respective Language french 3 2 1 - French Civilization and Culture German 3 2 1 - German ·ivilization to 1 750 German 322 - German CivilizatiDn Sin e 1 750 Spanish 3 2 1 - Spanish Civilization and Cu l t u re S pan ish 322 - Latin American Civilization and Culture


L A N G U A G E S o m

-

LITERATURE A. 1n English L a n g uag es 2 7 1 Languages 272

37 1 Chioese lite.rature in Translation An i n troduction to the most important works and writers of the - Literature and Society in Mo d e r n

Europe

- Literature and Social C ha n ge in

m m

and film p res e nt a t i o n s suppl e m e n t the re qu i re d r ea d i ng s. No

Latin America h i nese 3 7 1 -

Chinese l i terary trad.ition, from early times to t h e m o de rn p e r i o d . Poet ry, prose, drama, and fiction w iI J be i n c l ud ed . Slide knowledge o f Ch inese req u i red . (4)

h i nese Literature in Tra nslation

lassies 2 5 0 - Classical Mythology

n

49 1 , 492 Independent Study ( 1 -4 )

Scan 250 - Masterpieces of Sca ndinavian Li terature

o c

S c a n 42 1 - Ibsen and Strindberg Scan 422 - Twentieth-Century Scandinavian Literature

Classics

B. In Respective Language French 42 1 , 422 - Masterpieces of F re nc h L i terature French 4 3 2 , 432 - Twentieth-Century French Literature

The major in classics is described in t h is catalog under Classic .

m

231 Masterpieces of European literature

o

Representative works of classical, medieval, and early Renai.­

Germa n 421 - ,erma n Literature fro m the Enlightenment

sance literature. Fulfills general uJ1iversity core requirement in

to Realism

literature. ( Cross-referenced w i th

German 422 - Twent ieth - entury German L i terJture S p a n i s h 42 1 , 422 - Masterpieces o f S p a n i s h Literature Spanish 43 1 , 432 - Twentieth-Centur Spanish Literature

NGL

23 1 . ) I ( 4 )

250 Classical Mythology Study of the major myths of G r ee ce and Rome through the t ts of H omer, Hesiod, the G re e k t r a ge d i a n s , App Iioni us, \�'rgil, a n d Ovid; emphasis on t h e trad itions of mythology, go i ng back to

Languages

pertinent Mesopotamian and H i t t i te materials, and forward to influences of classical myths o n later literat ure and arts; attent ion

271 literature And Society in Modern Europe Reading and discussion of works

iu

to modern interpreta t ions of ancient myths. Ali re ad i n g in

English translation by

authors like Flaubert, Ibsen, and Th. Mann, who exempli fy

English; satisfi

Realism and Naturalism in various European literatures. Empha­

literature.

sis o n social themes, i ncluding life in i n d ustrial society, the changing status o f women, and class conflict. No prereq u isite.

Satisfie the ge ner a l u niversity core requirement in literature.

(4)

the general ul1iversi y core requ irement i n

32 1 Greek Civilization

(4)

The political, social, and cultural history of Ancient G reece from the Bronze Age to the Hellenisti

p e riod .

p e c i a l attention to the

272 IJterature and Social Change in Lalio America

li terature, art, a nd intellectual history of the Greeks. (

Rea d i n gs in English translation of fiction fro m modern Latin

referenced w i t h H I ST 3 2 1 . ) (4)

c h a n ge and o u l.iterary themes and forms. Authors i nclude major figures l i ke Ca rlos uentes, Mario Va rgas Llosa, Gabriel arcia Marquez, and J or"e Luis B o rg es . 0 prerequisite. atisfies the general univer­

America. Discussions focus on s o c i al and historical

sity core requirement in literature. ( 4 ) 445 Methodology o f Teaching Foreign Languages Theory and te ch ru ques of fore i g n language t e a c h i n g; emphas.is on developing proficiency in a second l a n gua ge ; a t tention paid to special problems in t he individual la n g ua g es . ( 3 ) 49 1 , 492 Independent Study ( 1 -4 ) 597, 598 Graduate Research

( 1 -4)

r

ss­

322 Roman Civilization The history of Rome from the fo undation of the city t

.D. 337,

the death of Constant ine. Emphasis on Rome's expansion over t h e Mediterranean and on i ts constitutional history. Attent i o n to

the r i s e of C h r i s t i a n i t y w i t h i n a Greco-Ro m a n co n t ext . referenced with HIST

( Cross­

22.) (4)

Greek Minor in Greek: 20 semester hours, w h ich may include 1 0 1 - 1 0 2 .

1 0 1 , 1 02 Ele.mentary Greek Basic skills i n reading classical, koine, and palristic Greek.

I II (4, 4)

Chinese 20 semester hours which nUl' i n cl u d e 1 0 1 - 102. The major and m inor in Chinese Studies are d es c ri b e d i n their own se c t io n of this catalog.

Millor in Ch i n ese:

101, 102 Elementn.ry Chinese Introduction to Mandarin Chinese. Basic skills in lis t e n i ng , s pe a k i ng, reading, and writing. La boratory p r a ct i ce required.

201, 202 Intermediate Greek Review of basic grammar, reading in selected classical and New Testament authors. I II a/)'

(4, 4)

49 1 , 492 Independent Study 0 -4)

Latin

I II (4, 4)

MirlOr ill Latin:

201, 202 Intermediate ChJnese vclops further the ab i l i ty to com municate in M a n d a r i n

1 0 1 , 102 Elementary Latin

Chinese, using culturally authentic material. Laboratory p ractice

and culture . I n (4, 4)

required. Prerequisite: 102 or equivalen t . 1 I I (4, 4)

35 1 Composition and Conversation Review of gra mmar w i th emphasis 011 i d i o mat i u s a ge ; read i ng of contemporary authors as models of style; conyer ation o n topics of student i nterest. Conducted i n C h inese. P re r equ is i te :

202 or equivalent. I (4)

20 s e m e s te r hours, which may

in c lud e 1 0 1 - 1 02 .

Basic skills in reading Latin; an introduction to Roman literature

20 1 , 202 Intermediate Latin Review of basic grammar; sel cted readings from L a t i n au thors.

I II aly

(4, 4)

49 1 , 491 Independent Study ( L -4 )

m

z Cl


L A N G U A G E S V1 1.9 Z

w u... u...

35 1 , 352 Composition and Conversation

French Major in Frelldl: .f>. m i n i m u m 002

seme�ter h o u rs beyond ] 0 I -

1 02, i n cluding 20 1 -20 2, 32 1 , 35 L -352 and Lhree 400-leve l courses .

:::J

1 0 1 , 1 02 Elementary French Essentials of p ro nu nc iation , inton at io n , and s t ructure; basic �k il l. Ln listening, s pe aki ng , readi ng, and wri tulg. Lab a l tenda.nee

cou rses.

LW

UJ o

re q u i red. I II ( 4 , 4 )

20 1 , 202 Intermediate french Review of basic g n m m ar, developm n l ()f v c ab u l u J )' and e mp hasis on spo nta neous, oral expressi o n . Re nd i ng selections w h i ch r fleet the cult u ra l h er i tage and soci ety of the Francopho ne world. Lab attendance is r.:q u i r d. r IT (4, 4 ) 321 Civi.lhution and Culture Pre�en t - d3y ranee a reflected in .; urren t l i terature, periudicals, t lev is ion and film. , wri tten c mpo i t 'ons and oral rep o rt. . Prer qui s i te : 202. ( 4 )

on topics of stu d e nt i n tere t. Prere q u isite:

onversa tion

202 o r equivalen t .

42 1 German Literature From the Enlightenment to Realism Repres n ta t ive work, of ,erman l i te ra tu re from abo ut 1 750 to 1 890, i nc l udi ng Sturm and Drang, C l a ssic i s m a n d Romanticism. Read i ng w lU i n c l u d e snch a u t h o rs as G u e t he, Schiller, Buch ner, and Keller. Prereq uisite: 352. I

al l' (4)

422 Twentieth-Century German Literature Rep resentative works [rom . at u ralis m to the prese n t, i n cl u ding Expressionism and S o c ial ist Realism. Re a d i ngs will cover works from both east an d west, and wi l l i nclude such ,l U t h o rs as Brec h t , Kafka, Thomas M a n n , Rilh, ,111d Scghers. Prere q u i site: 252. I l a/ y ( 4 ) 45 1 Advanced Composition and Conversation Emphasi5 on idi o m a t i c German using newspap rs and other c u r re n t sources for texts. 'tron gly reco m m e n d e d for students

p l a n n i n g to obta i n

a c red e nt i a l

to teach German i n p ub l i c

secondary schools. Students should take this course in the j u ni o r

352. (4)

35 1 , 352 Composition and Conversation

or seni o r year. Prerequisite:

Advanced gra mma r, stylistics, com posi tion, and co nversation o n

49 1 , 492 Independent Study ( 1 -4 )

Cll rrent topi s . Prerequisite: 202. I I I (4, 4)

421, 422 Masterpieces of French Uterature ada! a n d aesthetic import<ll1ce of works represe ntati ve of major periods from tb.: f iddle Ages tJu'Oll gh the nineteenth cen t urYi may include Chri�t i n e de Pizan, R a b e l a i s , Montaigne, Marguerite de avarre, Mol iere, Corn eil le, Pascal, Vo ltaire , Rousseau , Hugo, and Ba udelaire. Prere qu i�i te: 352. I I I a/y (4, 4 ) 43 1 , 4.32 Twentieth-Century French Uterature odal and aesth et i c imp<lrLanCC of sel ected twenti eth e n t ury writers fr om France and other fra ncophone c o un t r i e� . May inc lude Gide, Camus, SarlJe, Bec ke tr , Ai mee esaire, M i r i a m a Ba. Ousmane

em bene, Yves Theriault, and

Prerequisite: 3 5 2 . I

rr aly (4, 4)

nne Hebe rt.

Japanese 1 0 1 , 102 Elementary Japanese Basic skills i n Ji;;tening, speakLng, r e ad i ng, and writing with a

rich c u l t u ral co ntext . I I f

(4, 4 )

201, 202 Inlermediate Japanese Develops further the a b i l ity to communicate in Ja p a nese u s i n g cul t ur a l ly <l u t b en t i materiaJ. Prerequisite: 102 or equivalent.

I II ( 4 , 4) Norwegian

Norwegiall: m i nimnm of 32 semes te r hours, i n c lud ­ 1 0 1 - 102, 20 1 -202, 35 1 - 352, a n d S c a n d i n av ian 42 1 or 422. Minor in o rwegiall: 2 0 semester h o u rs, which may in clude Major in

491, 49 1 Independent Study ( 1 -4)

ing

l O i - t 02 .

German

Major itl

Gemraw A m i n im u m of 32 s e m est er hours beyond 1 0 1 - 1 02, in c l u d ing 20 1 - 202, 3 2 1 -322, 3 5 J - 3 5 2 , and two

400- It?Vel courses

Min.or it l GerllJal/: 20 se mester hours, excluding 1 0 1 - 1 0 2 and includ i ng 20 1 -202, 35 1 ,

and

two a d d it ional upper division

cou rses.

1 0 1 , 1 02 EJementary German Basi skills of

ral and writlen

laboratory pTa tice.

commun ical ion i n classroom and

se o f materials reflecting co n te mp orary

Germa. n l ife. I I I (4, 4 )

201 , 202 I ntermediate German Conti nued p ractice in o ra l Jnd written co m m un icati on in class­ ro o m and l abora to ry. Use of materials which refJect c o n tempo­ rary l i re as well as the German cujw r � J h eri tage. I n (4, 4) 32] German Civifuation to 1 750 From t h e Middle Age� to the Enlightenment. A s u rvey o f German cu l ture and its ex press i o n i n creat. ive works o f art, music and li ten tu f , w i t h particular emphasis o n Ma rt i n L u ther and tlle Protestant Reformatio n. PrerclJuisite; 202. I aly Prom the Enlight nm t'nt t

the pr�ent. Th i s s u rv y covers

work.s and trends in Germall poli tics. p hilosophy, l i tera t ure, an and music, with e m phasis n the Age () Goethe and Beethov n. Prerequisite: 202. 1 I all' (4) e

l 0 1 , 1 0 2 Elementary Norwegian Introduces the students to the pleasure of speaking, rea d i n g , and writing a foreign language. These skills arc developed t h ro u g h

a

conversational approach, using songs and o t h e r c u lt u ra l

matcri Is. I 1 1 (4, 4) 20 1 , 202 Intermediate Norwegian evelops a com m and of the l a n gu a ge while further acquai n t i ng sllIdents w i th the o rwe g i a n c u l tural h e r i t age . ReadLng selec­ t ions in troduce Norwegian folklore and daily l i fe. I I I (4, 4) 35 1 Conversation and Composition In creases student ab il i ty for self-expression, bot.h orally and in wri ting. Con tempoI', ry mat e r i al s are selected as models of sty l e and usage. P rereq u i si t e : 202 or equiva lent. I (4) 352 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasizes the finer p o i n t s of structure, style, a n d good taste. Prerequisite: 351 or equivalent. n ( 4 ) 49 1. 492 Independent Study

( I -4)

(4)

322 German Civilhation Since 1750 represen taL i

i iomatic usage;

I II (4, 4)

o

Millor ill French: 20 seme.� ter h o u rs, excluding 1 0 1 - 1 0 2 Jnd i n cl u d i ng 2 0 1 -202, 3 1, and two addiLlo n a l upper divi.sion

o u

I n t�nsive review of gnmmar with emphasis on

usc of c ontemporary authors as models of style.

Scandinavian Mnjvl' ill Scandinaviall Area Stu dies: 40 se m e st er hours: A c ros s­ d iscip l i nary a p p roach to the study of Scandinavia. See the section of th is catalog o n Scandinaviall Area Studies.


L E G A L

S T U D I E S o en

150 Introduction to Scandinavia An overview of the Nordic countries, highligh ting contributions

in art and music and t h e cultural l i fe of Denmark, inland, I e l nd, Norway, and 'w den. Th e roads to parliamentary demo racy and c u rrent issues in the five na t io n s are also outlined. ( 2 )

250 Masterpieces o f Scandinavian Literature A u rvey of m jor a u thors and works fro m the Scandinavian

cou n tries, beg inning with the prose and poetry of the Viking Ag e . The contributions of Hans Christian Andersen, Knut

Hamsul1, Selma Iagerlof and o thers are discussed. All readings in nglis h transla t i o n . Satisfies the general u n ivers i ty core require,

men! i n l i tera t ure.

-

(4)

321 Civilization and Culture of Spain Historic and artis t ic elements which have shaped Spanish t hou gh t and behavior from the b eg i n n in gs to the present. Prerequ isite : 202. I (4)

en en

322 Latin American Civilization a n d Culture Historic, artistic, l i terary, sociological, and geographic elemen ts

shap ing the develo p ment of the Spanish-sp eaking

Wo rl d . B o th H i spanic and non, Hispanic elements will be s t u d ied . Prerequisite: 202. II

ew

(4)

323 The Vikings The world of the Vikings; territorial expansion; i n teraction of the

Viki ngs w i th the rest o f Europe. I n E ngl ish . ( 2 )

324 The Emigrants The mass em i grati o n from Scandi navia to North America;

reasons for the exodus; l i fe i n the new homeland. In English. ( 2 )

4 2 1 Ibsen and Strindberg The great write rs of ni ne t e e nth century Scand i n avian litera, t u re-Henrik Ibsen and August Strindberg-are studied against

Advanced gra m mar, stylistics, and co mposition; con ve r sa tio n

o

l i t erary sele c t io ns . P rerequi s i te : 202. I I I (4, 4 )

42 1 , 422 Masterpieces o f Literature o f Spain All genres of major literary works from the Poema del Cid, to 1 898; fo rces which p ro d u ced the l iterature; appreciation o f l i terature as a work o f art. P rere q u i s ite : 3 5 2 . I n a l y (4, 4 ) 43 1 Twentieth-Century Literature o f Spain Drama, novel and essay of Spain from the " G e nera t i o n of 1 89 8 " to the present. P re requ i s i te : 352. (4) 4 3 2 Modern Spanish-American Literature De velop m en t of t h e literature of Mexico, Central a n d South America from the "Modernista" movement ( 1 8 8 8 ) present. Emphasis on pe.riod will vary.

to

(4)

the

49 1 , 492 I ndependent Study ( 1 , 4)

the backdrop of their t i m e and the work o f other authors who

co ntributed to the breakthrough o f modern forms and themes. EmphaSis o n drama. Class co ndu cted i n English; readings in

translation fo r non, majors. Satisfies the general u n i versity core

requirement i n l i terature. a/y

(4)

l�eccnt trends in Scandinavian literature are illustrated by lead, ing wri ters like Isak Dinesen, Tarjei Vesaas, and Par Lagerkvist. mp h asis o n p ro se fiction a n d poetry. Class conducted i n

nglish; readings i n translation fo r nOlHnajors. Sat i sfies the

gen e r al un ive rs i ty core requirement in literature. aly

49 1 , 492 lndependent Study

Legal Studies Legal Studies is a n i nterdisciplinary degree program

422 Twentieth-Century Scandinavian Literature

(4)

( 1 -4)

Sign Language

1 0 1 , 1 02 Sign Language An i n t ro d u c t i on to the structure of American S ign Language a n d to the world of the heari ng impaired. Basi c s ig ning skills a nd 'ign I nguage vocabula ry ; fingerspeiLi n o; the particular needs and p roblem s of deaf people. Matelial p rese. n ted th ro ugh dem­ onstrations, drills, m i me,Tccitals, lectures, and discussions. I I I (4, 4 )

focusing o n the nature o f law a nd j u d ici al process s.

Consistent with the p urposes o f the American Legal S tudies Asso ciation, the Legal Studies Program at PLU provides alterna tive approaches to the study of law from the academic fra mework of the social sciences, the h u manities, b u s iness, and education. The program emph asizes the development of

a

cri tical llnders t a nding o f

the fu nctions o f law, t h e m u t ual i m pacts of law and socie ty, and the sources o f law.

tudents in L gal

Studi

s

p u rsue these goals through cou rses, di rected research, and i nternships i n offices and agencies involved i n l itigation and legal proce es. FACULTY: Dwyer - S h i c k ,

Director; Atki n s on , BrLle, Jobst,

Lee,

MacDonald, Menzel. BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 3 2 semester ho urs

1 . Required cou rses ( 1 2 ho urs)

Spanish

Major ill ;pml ish: A m i n i m u m o f 32 seme ter hours beyond 1 0 1 - 1 02, i ncl ud i n g 20 1 , 202, 3 2 1 , 322, 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , and two 400- level courses.

Millor ill Spanish: 20 semester hours, including 10 1 , 1 02 and

including 2 0 1 -202, 3 5 1 , and two additional upper division

cou rses .

1 0 1 . 1 02 EleIDentary Spanish . 'sentials of pronunciation, i nto nation, and structure; basic skills i n l isten i ng , speaking, reading, and wri t i ng . Lab attendance required. I 11 (4, 4) 20 1 , 202 Intermediate Spanish A con t i nuation of elementary Spanish; read i n g select ions which r e fl e ct the H i s pa n i c cultural heritage a well a s con temporary

materials. Lab attendance re q ui re d. I 1 I (4, 4)

o c

351, 35 1 CompositioJl and Conversation based o n everyday situations, current events, a n d pert i nt!nt

322 Contemporary Scandinavia Neutra l i ty and occup ation; the �mergence of the welfare state; social re for m s , planned economics, and cultural po l i ies; Scandinavia and the European c o m m u n ity. Reading s in the original for m ajors; cla. s conducted i n Engl is h . aly ( 4 )

n

Introduction to Le g a l Studies ( POLS 1 70 ) Judicial Process ( POLS 3 7 1 ) Legal Research (POLS 374)

2 . General electives ( 8 hours ) : Two cou rses fro m the following: American Legal History ( I'UST 45 1 ) Comparative Legal S ys te m s ( POLS 38 1 ) Philosophy of Law ( P H I L 3 28 ) Soc i o lo gy o f Law ( SOCI 35 1 )

en

z Cl


M A R R I A G E

&

F A M I L Y

T H E R A P Y

Vl z

3 . Special electives ( 1 2 hours): Three cours from the f'lllowing ( also, courses tn gro u p 2 not taken to ful fill general elective requirement� may be u cd to fulfil l special elective require­ ments i n g ro u p 3 ) :

Law ( B USA 4 35 ) Civil Liberties ( POLS 3 7 3 ) Constitut ional Law ( POLS 3 72) Industrial Organization and Public Policy (EeON 3 7 1 ) I n te rns h i p i n Legal Studies (POLS 471 ) L aw a nd S oc i e ty ( BUSA 230)

B u s i ness

o Vl cr.: :=l o u

MINOR: 20 semester homs, i n clud i n g Pol itical Science 1 70 and four additional cou rses selected in consultation w i t h the program director.

w

w

o

Marriage and Fam i ly Therapy 1arriage a nd Fa mily The ra py program is a graduate program lea ding to the M.A. in Social Sciences. 45 semes­ ter hours are required in the program. Fo r further infor­ m ation, see the Graduate S tudies ect i o n of thi catalog. The Ma rriage and amily Th e ra py program is accre d ­ ite d by the Commission on Accreditation for Marriage and Fam ily Therapy Educati o n of t h e American A s so c iati o n for Marriage an d Family T h e r a p y (AAMPT). The

5 1 1 PsycbosodaJ Pathology: Relationship to Marriage and the Family The assessment of psychosocial pathology and its relationship to family in terpers(lnal structures and d y n a m i cs . Explorat'ion of the treatment techniques and assump tions of leading fam ily therapists regarding such psychosocial dysfunctions a divorce, fa rni.Iy violence, delinquency, ps ych oso m a t ic sym p toms, drug ad d i ct io n , and disturbed adolescents. P rerequisite: 503. (4) S 12 Professional Studies in Marriage and Family Therapy Professional ethics an d Wa s h in g t o n State l a ws which a ffect cl i n i cal prac tice are. studied, in c lu d i n g family law, legal responsi­ bilitie.s , r u l e s o f confidential ity and interpro fessio n a l cooper,1tion. Further study exp lo res licensu re, certitication, and the role of p rofessional organizatio ns. ( 3 )

5 1 9 Practicum I ( 2 ) Prerequ isite: 503, � 0 7 a n d 5 1 2 may b e taken concurre nrly when sc.hedule allows. 5 1 2 may also be taken concurrently with 5 2 1 , Practicum li, w i t h faculty appro\raJ. 521 Practicum 11 ( 2 ) 523 Practicum 1 I I ( 2 )

FACULTY: S t o r m , Coordillator; Keller, York, a n d p rKl i ca

s u pe rv i so rs.

Course Offe rings 500 Human Development Individual p e rso na l i ty development, normal a nd abnormal m an i fe s t J tion s , over the life s p a n. The course, which is inte­ grated with sy. terns content, also surveys how personality relate to social relationships, especially within the fa m ily. (4) 501 Graduate Workshops Graduate workshops in special fields or of time. ( 1 -4)

a.reas

for varying

pe riod s

503 Systems Approach to Marriage and Family Therapy An i.n t roduction to the syst ms L heory , pproach for treatm en t strateg ' and in t e r v e n t i on . Exp lor a t io n 0 the fam ily l i fe cycle and family systems oriented assessment models. Stn1te g ies for initial interviews, hypothesis formulation, d e s i g ni n g a strategy for intervention, and the process of term i nation. (4) 504 Family DeveJopment The s tudy of family interaction from a developmental v i e v..po i nt. The course explores h ow family life cycle stages are affected by divorce, remarriage, .thnicity, feminist issues, and o th e r unplanned events. Students parti ci pa t e in a one - h o u r lab in the Family and C h il d re n's Center. (4) 507 Comparative M8.I'riage and Family Therapy Intensive comparative study of the t h e o retic'11 rationale of the pro m inent schools of though t within the fidd of marriage and family t herapy. S tudies include the ra n ge of sTra tegies, t e ch n iques and research o f s tructural, b ehavioral commu ni cation, and analy tical approaches to marriage and family therapy. P rereq u i s ite : 503 . (4) 5 10 Human Sexuality and Sex Therapy Basic principles and strategies of treatment fo r the six most common sexual dysfunctions. The nature of sexual heal th, a brief review of anatomy a n d physiology of the sexual response, and the biological and psych o l ogic a l determinates o f �exual dysfunc­ tiOIl. Prerequisite or co-req u i s i t e : 503. ( 2 )

525 Practicum I V (4)

of practica are p a r t of a cont i n u o us process roward developing specific therapeutic co m p ete n ci e s in work \ ith marriages nd families. The practic.a p resent a competency­ based program in wll ich each student is evaluated regarding: I ) case management skills; 2) re lat i o n s h i p skills; 3) p e rceptual kills; 4) co ncep t u a l skills; and 5) ·tructuring skills. P rac.tica req u i rement · include L OO hou rs o f su pe r vi s i o n o f 500 client contact hours. Facul ty are AAM FT-approved 'upervisors and u�e "live supervision and video tapes of student sessions" as t. h e primary methods of cli n ica l supervision. The fo u r semesters

520 Theory 1 ( 2 ) 5 2 2 Theory U ( 2 ) 524 Theory I U (2) The three seme·ters of theory taken i n

co nj unc t ion with 5 l 9, 52 1 , and 5 2 3 constitute a n i n-depth study of one approach

toward ma rriage and fam ily t herapy w i th a pp lyi ng theory i n pra ct ice.

a.n

e mph.asis o n

590 Graduate Seminar Selected topics as an n o u n ced . 1'rerequisite: consent of the in s tr u ct o r. ( 1 -4) 59 1 Director Study ( 1 -4) 595 Graduate Readings I ndependent study card required . (4) 598 R.eseucb Project ( 4 ) 599 Thesis (4)


M A T H E M A T I C S o

the senior year. Math 486 ex te nd s

Mathematics Mathematics is a m a ny-faceted subject that is extremely u

eful in its application, but at the same time is

fascinating

a n d beautiful in the abstract. It is an indispensable tool for i n dustry, science, government, and the business world, wh ile the

elegance of its l ogi c and beauty of for m have

i n trigued scholars, philosophers, and artists since earliest times.

The mathematics program at PLU is designed to serve five m a i n objectives: ( 1 ) to p rovide backgrounds for other disciplines, (2) to provide a comprehe nsive pre-profes­ sional program fo r those d i rectly entering the fields of teaching and applied mathematics, ( 3 ) to provide a n ucleus of essential courses which will develop the breadth and m aturity of mathematical thought fo r continued study

of m athematics at the graduate level, (4) to develop the men tal skills necessary for the creations, analysis, and cri tique of mathematical topics, and (5) to provide a view of mathematics as a part of humanistic behavior.

FACULTY: Yiu, Chair; Benkhalti, Dollinger, B. Dorner, . Dorner, J. Herzog, M. Herzog, N.C. Meyer, G. Peterson, Wu. BEGINNING CLASSES: A placement test and background survey are used to help insure that students begin in mathemat­ ics cou rses which a re a p p ro p ri a t e t o t h e ir p r ep ar a tio n and abi]jties. Enrollment is not pe r m i t t ed in any of the beginning ma t h e ma ti cs courses Math 9 1 , 99, I I I , 1 1 2 , 1 2 8, 140, 1 5 1 ) un t i l the p l ace m en t test and background s u r ve y are completed. Majors in mathematics, computer scie n ce , e n gin eeri n g, and other sc i ences mually t a ke Math 1 5 1 and 1 5 2 ( c a l c u l u s ) . Math 1 5 1 is also appropriate for any s t u de n t whose high school mathematics p re parati o n is s t rong. Those who have had calculus in high school may omit Math [ 5 1 an d enroll i n Math 1 5 2 after cons u l alion with a ma t h em a t i . fa c u lt y member. Those who have less mathematics b a ckg r o un d may b e gi n with Math 1 40 b e fo re taking Math 1 5 1 . Math I I I and 1 1 2 p ro vi de p reparation for Math 1 40.

Business m aj o rs may satisfy the mathemat i cs re q ui re me nt for that degree in any of three ways. Those with strong mathematics background may take Math 1 5 1 followed either by Math 230 or by both Math 1 52 and 3 3 1 . Alternatively, Math 128 alone will sat i sfy t h mathema t ics requirement for business. Math I I I serves as preparation for Math 1 2 8 fo r those whose high school b ac k gro u nd is not str o ng . For s t ud e n ts who pl a n only one mathematics course, a choi ce from Math 1 1 5, 1 28 , l AO, 1 5 1 is adv ise d , depending o n in terest and preparation. Re medial: Math 91

(Intermediate Alge bra ) is available for are 11 0 t rea dy for o t h e r classes. Math 9 1 does no t co u nt towar d g r adu a t i o n requirements. those who

--

'-

MATHEMATICS MAJOR: The foundation of the mathematics pro gra m fo r m ajo rs is the three se me st er sequence of calculus (Math [ 5 1 , 1 5 2 , 2 5 3 ) and Linear algebra ( Math 3 3 1 ) . T h es e courses a re usual ly taken in sequence in t he first fou r semesters. Students with a calculus b a c kg ro u n d in h i g h school may recei e advanced placement into the a p p ro p r i a te course in this sequ nce. Upper division work includes courses in modern algebra, mat h e ma tica l analysis, applied mathematics, mathematical statistics, and geometry. Required upper division courses include Abstract Algebra ( Math 433) Ma thematical A na lys is ( Math 4 5 5 ) , Mathematical Sta tistics ( Math 3 4 1 ) , a n d S en io r Seminar ( Math 486). Math 433 should be taken in the j un io r year and Math 4 5 5 in t h e senior year. Sta tistics 34 1 may be taken either the j u n io r or

m

over

two semesters beg i n n i n g

in the fall semester; May g ra d ua tes be gi n th i s ca ps to n e expe ri ­ ence course in the fall se m es ter of the sen i or year, while December graduates must begin this course in t h e fall semester

m m

of their j u n ior year.

St u d en ts majo ri ng in mathematics are enco uraged to i n c l u de work in computer science since many careers applying math­ ematics will require c o mp u t e r experience. It is also a go o d idea to study one or more subje t outside of mathematics (perhaps leading to a minor) which make su b st an t i a l use of mathematics. While many subjects are appropriate, some of the m o re common are as follows: economics, business, physics, engineering, chemistry, and biology. BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: Minimum of 34 semester hours of mathematics courses numbered above I SO, i nd u di n g [ 5 1 , i 52, 2 5 3 , 3 3 1 , 4 3 3 , 455, 486 and Math/Stat 3 4 1 . Required s u pp o rti ng : Computer Sc i e n ce 1 44, which should be taken in the fr esh m a n year. P hys ic s 1 5 3 - 1 63 or Computer S c i e n c e 375 or E con o m i cs 345 is s t ro n g l y recommended. ( M a t h 2 2 3 , 230, and 446 may not be co unte d toward the major.) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR; St u d e n ts may e i ther complete o ne of the concentrations listed below or satisfy t h e following general criteria. Required supp o r t i n g cou rses for both the ge n er al criteria and for the concentrations a re: o m p u ter Science [ 44 , Stat istics 34 1 , and one of Phy s i c s 1 5 3 - 1 63 or Computer cience 375 or Economics 345. GENERAL CRITERIA: At least 40 hours of ma t h em a t i cs courses numbered above I SO, induding 2 5 3 , 3 3 1 , 433, 4 5 5 , 486 and at least one of 434, 4 5 6 or Math/Stat 342. (Math 223, 230, and 446 may not be counted toward th major.) CONCENTRATIONS: Actua rial: 1 5 1 , 1 5 2 , 2 5 3 , 3 3 1 , 3 56, 43 3 , 4 5 5, <l 8h, Statistic

42

a n d Sta t i s t ic s 348. ( E co n o m i cs 345 i s s tr on g ly recommended as a supporting cour e ) . This concentration inc l ud e s a minor i n statistics.

Applied Ma themat ics: 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 2 53, 3 3 1 , 3 5 1 , 3 56, 433, 4 5 5 , 4 5 6 , a n d 486. Gmduate School: 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 2 5 3 , 3 3 1 , 4 3 3 ,434,4 5 5 , 456, 486 and

one upper division elective.

Mathematics for Comp u t e r Science: 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 245, 2 5 3 , 33 1 , 433,

4 5 5 , 486, Computer Science 348 and

o m p u ter Science 475.

Mathemat ics for Physics; 15 [, 1 52 , 2 5 3 , 3 3 1 , 3 5 1 or 3 56, 4 3 3 , 4 5 5 ,

456, 486, Physics 354 and P hysics 3 5 6 .

Secondary Edllca tion: l S I , 1 52 , 203, 2 4 5 , 2 5 3 , 3 2 1 , 3 3 1 , 4 3 , 446 ,

455, 4

. Also requires completion of certification re qu i re ­ ments in the School of Education. Statistics: 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 2 5 3 , 3 3 1 , 4 3 3 , 4 5 5 , 486, one upper division e l e c t i ve , Statistics 342 and Statistics 348. This concentration includes a minor in statist ics. BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ED UCATION: See School of Education ca t a l o g.

s e c t ion o f this

MINOR IN MATHEMATICS: 20 semester h o u r. of mathematics courses, including 1 5 1 , 152, 25 and 8 h ou rs o f upper division mathematics c our ses excluding 223, 446 and I n teri m courses. S trongl y rec o mm e n d ed : Co m pu t er S icnce 1 44 or 1 1 0. MINOR IN STATISTICS: See Statistics s ec t i o n of this catalo g .

n o c

m

o

Z Q


M A T H E M A T I C S

199 D i rected Reading

Course Offerings

Su pervised study

A g ra d e of C or hig he, is st rong ly reco m me nded in all prerequi­ s i te co u rs es . A placement tes t and ba ckg ro u nd �urvcy arc

o w Vl

requ ire d before reg i ste ri n g for begin n ing m t h e m a ti cs courses i f p rerequisites have not been c mpleted at PLU.

9 1 Intermediate AJgebra A revi ew of high school a lgeb ra ; solv i ng l inear and uadratic e q u a t io n I f,lC1oring, sirnpli�ling ex p ress i o n , expo ne n ts a nd g ra p h i ng. Des igned fo r · t ude nts who e ma themat ica l prep,ll'3 -

lion is i nadequate for Math I I I . Does not COlm t toward

g raduat io n r q u i rem e nt · . [

(4)

99 Directed Study in Fundament.aJ Mathematics Design d fo r s t ud en ts who nt!ed fu rth e r help with t.he basics i n ma t he ma t i s to prcpar the m for h igh e r 1 el co urses . Enroll­ ment y arrangement w i t h instructor. Docs not cou n t towa rd gradu, l i on req ui re men t s . ( 1 -4) w

I I I College Algebra review of algeb ra emphasizing pro blem s o lvi n g skills and npplication to b us i n ess problems

T h is class i

a pp ro priate as

preparation fo r Mat h 1 28 or 1 I 2 ( a n d then 1 40 ) . Prerequ isites : t wo year of h igh , chool algebra or M, th 9 1 . I J (2)

1 1 2 Plane 'IJigoDometry Trigonome tric and i nverse trigonomet r ic fu nction , ident i t ies, gra p h i n g, �ol ution of t r i ang l e ; 10 'ari t h mic and exponent lal fu n ctions , nJ (')ther tool s suc h , s complex n u mbers. For tu ­ dents who are p roficie n t in algebra but do not k now tr i go n o m ­ etry. Prerequisite: at I ast two years of high �chool algebra. I II

Admissi n

on l y by departmental i nv ita t io n. ( 1 -2 )

203 History oC Mathemalics A st u d y in t he vast adventur� of ide s t h at is mathemat ics from a nc i ent cu l t u res to the 20th ce.n t u r y. The evol u t i o n of cc mcepts o f number, measuremen t, demoll s t ration, a n d the various bran c hes of m :l themat i ( s in the c.ontexts of th

1 1 5 Introduction t o the World of Mathematics and Computers A s tu dy of ma themati

and com p ute r in the modern world f ap plica ti o n s and a h istori a l per p ec t i ve . This class is desi g n ed for s t u den t s without extensive knowledge of ma t h e m at i cs , but who want to a cq u i re a basi c understanding with a wide variety

of the nature of mathema tics and compuler�. Not i ntended fo r

major. i n 'cience or ma t hemat ics or computer science. So m e

B S I C a n d lo r LOG programming i s included . Prereq u is i te: two years of col lege preparatory mathemat ics. l J (4)

128 Lineal' Models and Calculus, an l ntri)duction Matr ix theory and l i near progra m m ing, i n t roduction to differ­ entia'! and in tegral calculu . Con eprs ar developed st res ing applications. fhis course is p r i ma r i l y for bus i n es s

majors, but is

open to all st uden t b intercs t�(l in busi ne-�s, ec nomics, and b e h av ior a l s i e nce applicatio ns. P re req u isi tes :

nvo years of high

cho I algebra or Math I I I or eqlLivalent. ..a n n o t be taken for

cred i t if M at h 1 5 1 (or the e q uiva l e n t ) has been previ o us ly tak n

(4)

140 Functions, AnaJytic Geomet::ry and Probability Problem sol in g and analytic gc metry are e m phasized_ Top i cs i n c l u de systems of equ H t i o ns , mat rices , i nduct ion . t'he binom ial t heo re m , and probab i l ity ( i ncluding a n i ntro d uction to expected value and s tandard devi at io n ) . Addi t i o n al topic may be sel cted from i nequalit ies, trigon ometry, com p lex n u mbers. and the t heo ry of equatio ns . T h is coune will al 0 p repare students fo r c al c u l us and computer sci ence . Prerequisites: I I I and 1 1 2 or equ iva len t high s choo l m at e ri a l. I I I (4) 1 5 1 Analytic Geometry and CaJwJus An a ly t i c geometry, fu nctions, l i mi ts , derivative and integrals

with ap p l i c ati o n . Prerequisite: Math a na lysi ' or pre-calcu lus in 1 40 or equivakn t. I I I (4)

hi gh 'c!1001 or Ma t h

J 52 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A plications and te h n i ques of i ntegra t i o n , t ra nscen den tal fun tion , polar o ord i na tes , impr per i nt'egral s, and i n fi n i te ,cquences and ser i es. Prerequ isite; I :; 1 . I n

(4 )

·<tried cultu res in

Prerequ i ire; Math 1 5 1 or equiv a k n t or co n se n t of inst ru ctor. Satisfies l i ne 3 of natunti scie n ces/ mathematics requ i rement in the distributive core. Sat isfie m. t hem a t i cs/co mp u te r sc ie n ce requ i re ment in op ti o ns a and I n of th e College f Arts and Scien e5 forei '11 language/alternative r q u ir ments. al I I I 94 -95 (4) , hich t h ey

a rose .

223 Modern Elementary Mathematics Co n cepts underlyi ng trad iti nal c o m p u t at i ona l tech n iques; a sys tem a t i analy is of arithmetic; an i ntuitiv ' a ppro ac h to aJgebra and ge o me t r y. Intended for e l eme n t a r y tenc h i n g majors.

Pre requ is i t e : cons('nt o f i nslructor. I II ( 4 )

230 Matrix Algebra A s u rvey of matrix a l geb ra and determin n ts with a p p l icatio ns, such a s l i near program m i ng. A first .!ook at ab tract methods i ncluding some.: techn iques of p r(lOt. Prerequ isite: J 5 1 . I I I ( 2 ) 245 Discrete Structures Pr ovid s the ma t hemati c, I ba kgrolw d ne cessa r y fo r upper di ision work in computer science. Sets, relations, functions

their re l a ti o n to top i cs i n � r 10gi al re a son i ng inclllding metb ds of qu antified logic dedu c t ion , i nduction, and con t ra­ Jicti )n will be taught and a p p lie d thr ugho u l til cour c. Prerequ i s i te : 1 - 2 . n ( 4 ) combinatori

, an d gr a ph the o ry and

computer s i e n e. lech niqu

(2)

w i th a grade of C or h ighe r. 1 II

f topic selected to meet the ind ividual's needs

or interes t s ; primarily for students awarded advanced pl a cement .

s

253 Multivarlable Calculus and Differential Equations Au i ll t r duct ion to vectors, m u l i d ime.nsional calculus, partia l d i ffere n t iation, vector 311alysis, d i fferential e q u a tions, a n d app l icati o rl5. E mp h as is o n usi n g these top ics

a

tool s for solving

physical prob lems. Prereq u isite: 152. I I I (4)

:�2 1 Geometry Foun dat ions ()f geo me t ry , nd b as i c theory in .. uc.lidean,

projective, and n o n-Eu l i d ea n geo met r y. Prer quisite: 1 2 o r c nsent f i nst r u c t or. I (4)

33 1 Lineal' AJgebra VeLlors

nd ab tract vector spaces, matric

, imler p rodu ct

spaces, linear transfom1ations. Proofs "rill be emphasized.

Prerequisi te: J 5 2. I

11 (4)

34 1 Introduction to Mathematical Statistics D escr ipt ion of data ( univariate and bi va riate) , int.roduct i o n to proba b i l ity (axioms, dis rele an d co n t in u o u s random variables, expec tat io ns ) , sp ec ia l distri b u t i ons ( b i n o m i a l, Poisson, normal, gam ma) , sta te me n ts of law o f la rge n u mbers and cen t ra l limit thcllrem, elemen ts of e 'perimenta! design ( control, randomi/.a­ tion, block i ng ) , sam p l i n d istri bu t i o n s , point estimators ( b ias efficiency, methods of mome nts and ma:'{ imum l i ke l i hood),

con fidence intervals, hypoth e is tests,

r gression

(if ti m e

permits) . Prerequisil : 1 52. I (4)

342 Probability and Statislical Tbeory ontinualion of Math/Stat 34 1 . opics may include: joint, n d co n d it io nal distributi ns, co r re la t i o n s , di trib u ­ tions o f fu n c t i ns o f random vnrinble:., moment gen e r at i n g ftmc tions , Chebysc hcv's ineq uality, convergence i n p r obab i l i t y and l i m i ti n g distri b u t ion , i n t roduction to i n fere n ce in regres­ sion n d o l 1 e-\",ay a nalysis of ariance, intr o d uctio n to Bnyes ia n and n on -pa ra m et r ic statistics, power te t and likel ihood r:Itio tests. P rereq uisite: 34 1 . �/y \ 995 - 96 U (4) m arg i n a l .


M A T H E M A T I C S o ,-n

345 Computational Probability and Statistics An i n t rod uct i on to co n ce p ts from probability and st tistics a Il d t hei r re la ti o n shi p to computing. Topics in cl ude bOlh di crete and cont i n u o us d istr ibut iollS, de c r ipti ve statistics and regr ssio n. t oge t h er with the u se of the computer for so lv i n g p ro blems in t he e a re as , and applicatio n of these areas to problems i n com­ puti ng. 345 a n n o t be ta ke n fo r credit after 34 1 . Pre requis i tes: 152 a n d C cr 1 44. Recommended: MATH 245 ) 1. (2)

prese ntation s by the st l1d en t� will be given in the sp r i n g semester after which reg ular grades will be assigned. re req l1 i site: senior ( r second s e m es ter junior) math maj o r or consent of depa r t ­ ment chair. I -If (2)

490 Topics in Mothemati(;s Selected t opics fro m lhe list b elow or current in teres t. !I ( 1 -4)

a.

Ele me n ta ry counting methods, i n c l u s i o n - exclusion pr i ncip l e,

348 Applied Regression Analysis and Anova Linear. multiple an d no nl i n ear regre sian, reg re ssi o n diagnost ics and violations of model assum pti ons. a n a ly s is o f varia n ce, experimental de ign i nc l udi n g randomization

<

nd blo kin g,

multi p le comparisons, a na lys i s of covariance. Su bs ta ntia l u se of a statistic.l1 o m p u t e r package and an e m p h as is on exploratory analysis of da ta. Pr er equ is ite : 34 1 or consent o f i ns t ru ctor.

aly 1 994-95 n (4)

35 1 Differential Equatlon.s An i n t roduction to d i fferential eq u atio ns e mph as iz i ng the

app l ie d aspec t. irst and second o rder, di fferential eq uat i Il$, bou ndary-val ue <lod eigen a l ue problems, pow r eries solu­ tion , nonl inear d i fferenti a l eq ua tions, n u m er i cal method s , the laPlace t ran formati o n . P rerequ i s i t e: 253. ![ aly ] 994-9 5 (4)

356 Numerical Analysis Nu me rical theory a n d applic<1tion i n a re as of solution or non l i nea r e q u at io n , m a t r i x t h eo r y, in terpo lation. approxi ma­ l ions, n u merical differentiation a n d in tegra t io n . solution of differe n t ial eq ua t i o ns , aad .Fourier transforms. Prerequisi tes: 253 or ( 1 5 2 and ither 230 or 33 1 ) ; CS I 1 44 o r other co mputer language. a/y 1 995 -96 1 I (4) -

381 Seminar in Problem Solving This o u rse is desi g n d to i m p rov e advanced problem olv ing skills i n mathe m a t i . A goal of the cou rse is p a rt i ip a ti o n i.n tht! PutnJm M at he ma ti cs Competition. Stud n t s will ""ork on pro b l ms from past mathematical competitions and ot her so u rces; they will prese nt so l utio ns to the group a n d d.iscuss

problem so l v i n g tec.hniq ues. Pa s/FaU only. Students may take t h i course m o re than once. Pre requ i si te : 1 52 or consent of inst ruc tor. I ( 1 )

433, 434 Abstract Algebra opi [rom groll ps , r i ngs. mo Illes , t-i elds, field extensio ns, and linear algebra. Prereq ui s it e: 33 1 ; 433 r (4); 434 a/y Ii 1 995-96 (4) 446

Mathematics in the Secondary School

Mct llOds and m ate rials in seco nda ry school math tcaching. Basic mathematical concepts; p ri n ci p le. of number pe rat io n . re latio n, p roof, and p ro hlem so lv ing in the co ntext of arithmet ic, a l geb ra . and geom etry. Prerequisite: 2 5 3 or 33 1 or equ iva lent. r (3 )

455, 456 Mathema.tical AnaJysis Ex:tended t rea tmen t of topics i ntro d uc ed in el e m ntary cal lUUS. Prerequisite: 253 and 433 (with consent of i nstructor 43 3 may be take n concu rre n tly). 455 1 (4); 456 I I (4)

486 Senior Seminar entation by st u d e n ts of i n fo r m a t ion le a rne d i n i ndividual research u nde r the direc tion of an assigne d i nstructo r. Discus i()n of methods for communicating mathem t i cal knuwl�dge will be i n cluded. Re q ui red of all seni r mathematics majo rs seeki ng a B. A. or B.S. degree. The course lasts two sem esters begi n ning in t he fa ll seme. ter; tu de nts gra duati ng ill May shou ld start the course in the fa ll of the i r 'enior year 3nd stude nts gra d u a t i ng in De c e m b r h o u l d begin the course in the fall of thei r j unior year. A grade of I n P ro gr ess ( I P ) will be gi ve n after the first em ester. F i nal \ ritten and oral

O ra l and w r i tte n p r

Co m billcl/orics

m m

n o c

recurrence relations. generating fu nctions, intr duaion to

Polya co u nti ng tbe ry and Ra mse t heo r y. Pr or 3 I .

b.

req uis ite:

1 52

and eit h er 230

m

Complex Analysis

o

Complex num bers. fu n c t i o ns of a co m p l e var iable. cont lIr i ntegration, Ca u c hy [ ntegral Theorem , power se r i es . residues.

Prerequisite: 253. c. Dynam ica l ystems; Chaos aud Fractals The mathematical t heo ry or chaotic dynamical systems and fractal geometry. To pics: bifurcatio n , q uad.ratic maps, s tra nge allractor , Cantor cIs, y m bo l ic dynam ics. Sarkovskii's theore m . fracta ls ; fractal di mc ns i n. Julia ets. Mandclbrot set, i terated fu nct i o n sy te ms , escape lime a l g o ri t h m , colla ge t heore m . Use of co mpu t·r graphics. Prere q u i s i l : 33 1 a n d consent of instructor. Reco m me nd. ed : 455 . d. Graph Theory

P ths, cycles, tree s . planar graphs. Ha m i l ton i,m grap hs. coloring, 4-col(Jr t h eorem, d i grap hs , appl icat ions . Prerequi­ site: 1 52 and either 230 o r 33 1 .

e. Group Rep resen tations

I n t ro d uct io n to g ro ups, po i nt groups, spa e grou ps,

rcpre­

senta ti ns of gr ups. application. to pro b l e m s in physics an d ph ysical cI1emi tr '.

Prere qu is i te: 33 L . 1 1

f. Nran bc r Theory Pr i me numbers, divisibi l i t y. m o d u l a r arithmelic, a n i n t roduc­ t i o n to i op ha n t i ne equations, applications. Prereq uisite: 1 52 . g. Opera tions I?escarch Opti miz:l t io n pro blems, lin ear programming. n twork Olnul

flow

:is, sto ha tic mo dels . queueing t h eory. Prerequ isite: ] 5 2

and either 230 or _ 3 1 . h. Pa rtial

nifferelllial E<]Ul./t1orIS

Solutions and behavior of LaPlace, wa e and he,lt eq u J t i o n , Four ie r se ri es and i n tegrals, L aP lace t ra ns fo r m . Prereq Llis ite: 2 53. I I 1.

Topolog y

Metr ic spa est topological spaces, co n ti nu ity, compactness,

connectedness. homotopy. Prerequ isite: 253 J.

Tral1sform Met h ods

or

33 1 .

Transform metl ds, i n ludi ng continllou� a.nd d iscrete Fo u r i er Tm nsforms, fast Fourier transforms, appl ications. Prerequ isite: 1 5 2 and 33 1 . 491, 492 Independent Study Prerequisite: co nse nt

f department c.hair. l l I

( 1-4)

597, 598 Graduate Research Ope n to m aste r dt!gree candidates ollly. Pre req u is i te: d epart m en t chair. I II ( 1 - 4 )

c

n t?nt of

"T1 m z


M E D I C A L

T E C H N O L O G Y

M U S I C

\.'J Z

LU

Medical Technology

Music

Medical Technology is a professional program in clinical

T h e study of music is, i n these times o f stress a n d rapid

laboratory sciences for which the university provides pre­

change, a type of investment that can provide enduring

o

p rofess ional preparatjoJ)

satisfaction.

LU

Medical Technology ( B.S.M.T. ) . This degree is Cllstomarily

s

well as a Bachelor of Science in

The staff and facil ities of Paci fic Lutheran University are

Vl

awarded as a second ba calaur ate degree i n addition to a

such that students may pursue studies in many branches

c::

d e g ree in

of music leading to academic degrees as well as lifelong

:::J o u

ither biotogy or chemistry after completion of

one year of clinical training in a program accredited by the

enjoyment. Degree programs i n clude the Bachelor of Arts,

Committee

the Bachelor o f F i ne Arts, the Bachelor of Music Educa­

n Allied Health Education and Accreditation

of th e American Medical Association in addition to the

fulfillment o f pre-professional requirements. Upon com­ LU LJ.J

LJ.J

Music. The Bachelor of Arts in Education with a major in

p let i o n o f the combined academic and clin ical program,

music is o ffered fo r those intending to become teachers i n

the student is eligible to take the medical technology

the public schools.

certificate exa mination g i ve n by the Board o f Registry of a

tion, the Bachelor of Musical Arts, and the Bachelor of

Medical

Tech nologi ts o f the American Society of Clin ical

Pa t hologists.

Both the undergraduate and graduate programs are accredited regionally and nationally. Pacific Lutheran University is an associate member of the National Associa­

Although the m i nimum requirements for medical tech­ nology are as outl i n ed below, many ohhe clinjcal intern­

tion o f Schools of Music. PL

music graduates find places for themselves as

ship programs require o r strongly recommend a baccalau­

teachers of music i n p ublic and private schools and

reate d eg ree in bi ology or i n chemistry before admission to

colleges, and as conductors, composers, private teachers,

cl i ni al training. Therefore, a student should consider first

earnin g a bachelor's degree with either of these majors.

The minimum acad emic requirements for entry i n to

and classroom teachers. A considerable number cont ribute greatly to church worship as organists, choir directors, or full-time mini ters. orne have found satisfying ca reers in

clin ical training as publi hed by the National Accrediting

music merchandising, others i n concert management. Still

Agency fOI Cli n i cal Laboratory Sciences ( NAACLS) are 1 6

others, with emphasis o n performance, are in opera and

semester hours each of biology a n d chemistry and o n e

on the concert stage, as well as i n p o p u la r entertainment,

course in college level mathematics o r t he equivalent. The bi ol ogy courses must i nclude microbiology and immunol­

vocally and instru men tally.

ogy. The chem istry must incl ude at least one co urse i n

practice and recital. Private study in keyboard is available

Facilities include space and instruments fo r individual

organic chemistry o r bio-chemistry. Both t h e biology and

in pia no, organ, and harpsichord. Other private study

chemistry courses must b e consi dered ace ptable toward

i n cludes voice and all st ri ng, wind, and percussion instru­

majors in those

fi Ids. The mathematics requirement must

ments, taught by regularly perfo rming musicians. Profes­

be met by co urse recognized as prerequisites for admis­

sio nal-quality experience is ava ilable to qualified p erform­

sion to physics courses. I n addition to these specific

ers in band, orchestra, choir, jazz, and chamber ensembles.

requ i rements, the student must have acquired a minimum

Exposure to musical l i terature is to be gained not only

of 90 se mester hours of academ ic credit before admission

through i n tensive course work i n history and literature,

to cl in i al training.

but also in attendance at the large number of concerts an­

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE B.S.M. T. DEGREE: 1 . Biology Biology 1 6 1 , 162, 323 - Principles of Biology I, II, I I I Biology 3 2 8 - Microb iology

It must be emph asized that music majors form but a part of the mult i - faceted program of music at PLU. All

students are eligible to audition fo r the performing

Biology 385 - I m m u n ology B i ology 407 - Molecular Biology

2. ChemislTy Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6 - General Chemistry

Chemistry 321 - A na lytical Chemistry Ch e m istr y 33 1 , 332, 333, 334 - Organic Chemistry

3. Mathematics Mathematics 1 40 - Functions, Analytic Geometry, and P ro b a b i l i ty

Very strongly recommended: P hysics 1 25, 1 26, 1 3 5 , 1 36 -

nually present d by the performin g organizations as well as by students, faculty, and guest artists in recital.

eneral Physics

Also recom mended: Biology 33 1 - enetics Biology 346 - eHular Physiology B i olo g y 44 1 - Mammalian Physiology Ch e m ist r y 403 - Biochemistry The remainder of the requirements for a major i n biology or chemistry should also be fulfilled.

organizations and constitute perhaps half of the member­ ship. Introductory music courses du r in g both the regular semesters are designed for exploration and self­ fulfillment.

FACULTY: Robbins, Chair; B ra dley, Dahl, Farner, Frohnmayer, Gard, Grieshaber, H o ffm a n , M . Kirk, C. Knapp, Kracht, Nance, Sparks, Va ught Farner, Yo utz; assis ted by Agent, Boughten, Campos, Eby, Field, Habedank, O. H a nson, Harkness, Harty, H ill, Holloway, Houston, B. Johnson, . Kirk, . K na pp, Nierman, F. Peterson, Porth, P res le y, Shapiro , Sussman, Te rpenning, Timmerman, Turner, Wall, Wilson. For intruductory courses to the field of music, see the descrip­

t io n s of M u ic 1 0 1 , 1 02, 1 03 , 1 04, and 1 20. Students i n tending t o major in music should begin the major music sequences i n the first year. Failure to do s o may mean :1n extra semester or year to complete the program.


M U S I C o rn

PoUowing is the program fo r all entering freshmen who in! nd to major in mu�ic: COURSES:

FIoU

Music Fundame ntals": I l l , 1 1 3 Music and Culture: 1 20 Theory/Ear Traini ng: 1 24, 1 26 Keyboarding: 1 2 1 , 122 H i s t o r y : 1 30

SPRING

BACHELOR OF MUSIC EDUCATION: Ba hdor of Music Education: K-1 2 Choral Bachelor of M usic Ed u cati o n : K - 1 2 In strumental ( Band) Bachelor of Music Education: K- 1 2 Instra m e n tal ( O rchestral)

4

3 124. A IIfresh III en

should registerfor 1 1 1, will be give/l a p la cemen t lest during the first class lIleeting, alld, based 0 1 1 the test ol/lcome, placed in either 124, 1 1 3 or retained ill 1 1 1 . .. Half-semester courses.

MUSIC M JNOR: 2 2 semester hours, including usic 1 20; one of the foll ow i ng: Musi 1 2 1 , 1 22 o r 202 ( I credit ) ; 124, 126; 4 h o urs of P rivate Instruct ion ( .1usic 202-2 1 9 ) : 4 hours of Ensem ble ( Music 360-384 ) ; one of the fol lowi ng: Musi 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 0 3 , l O4 , 1 30, 230, 2 3 2 ; 1-2 hour(s) of music eLective(s) .

.

..

..

.

.

.

.. . . . . . . . ..

......

.....

...........

Undergraduate Music Major Degrees:

.

is requ i red i n al l music

core

programs:

...

..

........ .

..

.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

..

..

. .

.

.....

... ......

....

..

.

.

.

.

..

..

... .

.

....

.

.

.

... . . . .

.

.

.

..

. . ...

.

..

.

.

. . . . . . . . . . . . ..

. .. . .

.

. ......

.

....

.

....

...... . .

.

..

. .

.

..

.

24 hours The Music core is fu ndam en tal to the pursui t of t h e music major and s h o u ld be ompleted i n sequence in the [ust fo ur seme ·ters of ·tudy. Music core requirements must be fulfilled by enro l l ment in specific course ' and may n o t be t a ken by means of independ nt st udy. ENSEMBLE REQUIREMENT: Music majors ar required to participate each sem.ester in a music e nsembl .

KEYBOARD PROFICIENCY: B asic keyboard skiUs are r quired in all m U 'ic maj rs ( B.M. , B . M .E., B. M.A. , B.A. ) . Attainme.nt of adequate keyboard ski.l.ls i. 1 ) adjudicated by the eyboard Profici ney ju ry, administered each term and 2) o r Bachelor 0 Music and Bachleor of Music Education students, a prerequisite to their sophomore j uries (see below) . Con ult th.e Mu sic Student Handbook for details. LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT: Vocal performance majors are required to Lake at least one year of la. nguage stlldy in French M German (see department handb ok). MUSIC MAJOR JURIES: . tudents pursuing Bache.lor of Music and Bachelor of Music Education degrees are required to pass sophomore and degree rccirnl juries. Consllit the Music S t uden t Ha n d bo ok for details. BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: Max im um of 40 mestcr hours i n c l u di n g music core (24 hours , plus 4 bou rs of ensemble; 439; 8 hours of private lnstruction. Ke)'board proEi ien y required. In addit i o n to reqtJiremcnts listed above, ca ndidates for the B.1\. degree must meet he foreign la.nguage option requirement in the Col lege of Arts and Sciences.

. .. .

......

.

..

. . ......

...

..

...

. .

..

..

...

..

Keybo a rd proficiency required.

.......

.

...

...

...

.

..

. . . ... .

58 credits

Sophom ore and degree juries required.

t Prerequisite for stlldellt tea ching.

.. CO llsew t ive fall/spring sem esters. ,. •

Half recital.

K- 12 Instrumental (Band Emphasis) Musict - Core 24 Music 370/3 7 1 / 3 80 - La rge Ensemble . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... 7 Music 375/376 - Jazz Ensemble ... . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1 Music 240t - Foundations of Musi Education . . ... .. . . . . 3 Music 245t - Percussio niBruss Laboratory . . . . .. . .. .. . . . . I Music 24 1 /242 "/" - Str in g l.aboratory . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . ... .. .. . ... 2 Music 243 /2 44 1' - Wo odwind Laboratory .... . ... . . . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . .... 2, 4 Musi 246t - Brass Laboratory . . . . .. . . . . . . . . ... . ... .. . 1 Music 326t - Orchestration . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 2 Music 340t - Fu ndamentals of 'Iusic Education .. ...... . . . . . . . ..... ..... 2 Music 345t - Basic Conducting . . . . . . . ...... 2 1usic 348"j" - Practicum i n Music Education . . . . . . . . . . . .. ...... 1 Music 2--/4- - - Private I ns t ructi o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 (6 sem. ·) Music '120* » Musi 444t - Meth()d.s and Materi.als fo r School Band Music . . . . 3 Music 445t - Advanced o n duc t i n g . . . . ................................ ......... 2 .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

..

.. .

..

.

. . .. . . . .

.. .....

.

.

.. .

.

.

... ..

. .

...

. .

. ..

.

.......

..

.

...

.

.

..... .

. .

....

......

.

.

.

.

.

.

................

....

.....

................... .

...

. . .. ..

.

.

................

. .

....... ... .

.

..

..

...

..

..

. . . ......

.....

...

.

58 credits

Keyboard proJlciency required. Sophomore anel d egree ju ries required. t

Prereqllisite for student teaching.

ConseCll/ive fall/spring semesters.

•*

Half recital.

K- 12 Instrumental (Orchestral Emphasis) Musitt - Core . ; . .. .. . ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 4 Music 37013 7 1 /3 0 - Large Ensemble . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . 7 Music 3 8 1 - Chamber Ensemble . . . .. 1 Music 240" - Fo undations of Music Education .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music 2 4 5 t - Percussion/Brass Laboratory . .. . . ... . I Musi 2 1 I2 42 t - tr i ng Laboratory . . . . . . . ... .. . . . .... . ...... . . . . . . . . . 2 Mu ic 243/244t - Wo od wi n d Lab or a to r y .... .......... . . .. . . ... . . . . . . . . . . 2 , 4 Music 246t - Brass Laboratory . . . . .. . . .. . .... . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . ..... . . 1 Music 326 . - Orchestration .. . . .... . . . . . . . . . ..... .. . 2 Music .340t - Fundamentals of Music Education . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . .. . 2 Mu�ic 345t - Basic o n d u ct in g .......... ............. .. ... . . . . . . . . ... . .... .... . . . . . 2 Music 48;- - Practicum in Music Education ....... .................... . .... I V I lusic 2--/4--/420" - Private Instruction . . . . . .. . .. . 6 ( sem. * ) ...

. . . ......... ... . . . .

. .

...

.

..

............ ................ . . . . . . . . . . . .... .

.........

.

.

..

....

.. .

. .

. .

.

.....

......

.

.

.. . .

.......

..

.

. .

.....

.

..

.

. .

.

.

. .....

...........

..

....... . . . . . .

..

.

.

..

.

. .

.

Music 420**

Music 44 51" - Advanced Conducting . . . . ....................... . . . . .............. 2 - Methods and Materials for String Teachers . .... . . 3

I usic 454"/"

Keyboard proficiency required.

n o c ;:x:l rn

o

.

. .............

. .

.......

.

. . ........

.....

Music and Culture: 120 . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 4 hours Kcyb()ard.ing: 1 2 1 , 1 22 . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . ............ .... . . . 2 hours Theory: 1 24, 223 . . . . . . . .. . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 6 ho urs Music Histo rv: 1 30, 2. 0, 2 32 . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . .. . . .. . .. . . . ..... . . 9 hours Ear Trai ni ng: ' 1 26, 225, 226 .. .. . . ... .... . .... . . . . . . ... .. . 3 hours

-

.

....

.

ENTRANCE AUDITION: To be admitted to a music major pro­ gram, prospective students mu t a u dition for the music facu lty. Music majors should fill out a declaration of major form during their first semester of en rollment in the p ro gra m and be assign ed to a musi facuity adviser. Only grad s of - or higher in mu jc COLLrses may b counted toward a music major. Courses in which the student receives lower than C- mu.� t be repeated unless s u bstitute course work is authorized by the department.

..

. .............

.........

.

.

rn

K-1 2 Choral Musict - ore . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . .. . . 24 Mllsi 360-363 - Large Ensemble ..... . .. . .. . . . .. . 7 Music 204/404/420" � - Private Instruction: Voice .. 6 (6 scm") Music 240t - Foundations of Music Education ........ .................... 3 Music 248t - Gu itar Laboratory . . ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..................... 1 Music 340"j" - Fundamentals of Music E d u c a t i o n . . . . ................. . . . . 2 Music 342'r - Materials in K-9 Music . . .. . . . 2 Music345t - B sic Conducting . . . . . .... . . .. ... . . . . . . . . . . ........ 2 Music 348 . - Practicum in Music Education ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Music 4 2 1 1 4 2 2 /' - Advan ed Keyboard Skills IIII . . . ... . . . 2 Music 4421' - 1etbods i n K-9 Music .. . . .. . . 2 Music 443t - Methods and Material for Secondary . . . . ... .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . " .. 2 horal Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Music 445t - Advanced Conducting .... .. . . . . ...... . .. . .. " ........ " ... .... 2 Music 453t - Vocal Pedagog)' . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . ... . 2 ..................... ......

MUSIC CORE: T he following

m

Con su l t the School of Edllcation sectioll of this catalog.

.. These cOllrses arc p rerequisite to Theory

degree

C1

.

.. .

58 credits

Sophomore and degree J u ri es req uired. conrinuc:-d ne.1Ot page

rn

z C1


M U S I C VI

t Prereq uisite for tude n t t ea c hing. Co n s ecutiw fa ll/sp r ing semesters.

Organ Performance Music - Core ..... ..

",. Ha lf recital.

Music - Ensemble (to include Chamber Ensemble)

o

BACHELOR OF MUSICAL ARTS: Musicj" - Core .. . .. . . .. .. . . . , .... , ............... , . . . . ............. ,............... 24 Music - Large Ensemble .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .8 Music 2--/4-- - Pri ate Instruction . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . .. . 8 Music 345 - Basic onducting . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2 Music 423 - Form 1 . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . ... . 2 Theory Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ....... . . ..... . . . .. 4 .

....

..

.

.

.

.

. . . . .. ..

u.J VI cc :::J o U

..

.

.

.

.....

.

..

.

..... .... ...........

.

....

..................

.....

...

.

.

........

....

.

.

...

.

.

.

.......

..... . .

. ....

...

.

..

......

..

.....

.....

.

...

.

.

...

..

.

.......

.....

....

..

......

.

.

.

.

....

Jazz Theory

u.J

omposition

.....

..

.

323 - Co un terpoint ............. ................................................. 2 3 3 1 - Music of J.S. Bach . . . . . .. .. .. . .. . 2 Music 345 - Basic Conducting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . 2 Music 352 - Organ Imp rovisation . .. . . . . . . . . . .. 1 Music 384 - Contemp orary Arts Ensemble .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 1 M u s ic 203/403 - Private Instruction: O rgan . . 2 1 (8 sem.*) Music 420** Music 2 1 9 - Private Instruction: Harpsichord ........ ....... 2 (2 sem . ) Music 4 2 3 - Form I . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . ...... . .. ... . . .. . . . . 2 Music 424 or 425 - Form II or [ [ [ . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . 2 Music 436 - History of Organ Building .. . .. . . 2 Music 438 - Hymnology and Music of the Liturgy . . . . . . . . .. 2 Music 439 - Senior Seminar: Top ics in Music Literature . . . . . . . 4 Music 448 - Practicum in Stu dio Pedagogy . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . [ .

.

..

.........

... .

..

. . . . .. . . . . . . .

...

..

...

.................

....

...

.

.

.

....

....

..........

.....

.

...

. . .

.

.....

. ......

.........

....

..

.

.....

.

... ........

.....

....... ..

.

.

..

..

.

..

......

.

....

..............

....

.

...

.

..

.

. .

orm H, m P rformance Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , .......... 4

24

........ .. . . 7

Music

Music

..........

Arranging

. .

... ......

.........

.

...

.

. ..

...

.

..

..

75 credits

Keyboard proficiency req u i red. SUp'IOt/10re and degree ju ries req u i red.

Ensembles Laboratory

..... . .... . . . . . ...... .. .. . . . . . . .......... . . . . . . .......... .. . . .

.

Private i n s truction o

........

...

o unterp oint Orchestration

u.J

...

.. COl1scClItive fall/sp ring semesters.

lasses

*'

Peda gogy Classes

Full recital.

I mp ro isat io n

Piano Performance

Electronic Music Pra ticllm

Music - Core

A ompanying

Music - Large Ensemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Org a n Improvisation Musi c

. .

...

. .

. . . . . . . . . . ..

.

. ..

....

. .

.

...... .

Keyboard profici e n cy required. In

II

2 323 - Counterpoint .. . ... ... . .. 2 Music 345 - B a s i c Conducting . .. . . .. . . . . .... 2 Music 202/402 - Private Instruction: Piano . . .. 22 (8 scm. ' ) Music 420�" M u s i c 219 - Private Instruction: Harpsichord . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . 1 Music 3 5 1 - Accump allyillg' >* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 2 Music 383 - Two Piano nsemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 2 Music 384 - Contemporary Arts Ensemble . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 1 Music 423 - Form I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . .. .. 2 Music 424 or 425 - Form II or III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Music 43 1 - History of Piano Literat u re and Performance . . . . 2 Music 45 1 - Piano Pedagogy"' U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. .. .. . 4 Music 439 - Senior Seminar: Topics i ll Music Literature . ... . 4 Music 42 1 - Advanced Keyboard Skills I . . . .. . . .. . .. . 1 Piano Ensemblel Accompanying Electives . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . .... . 2 ........... ..

439 - Senior Seminar: Topics in Music Literature . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . .. . .. . . . .. .. . . . . . . ... .. .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Music

Advanced Keyboard. Skills Music Electi cs

..

...

...

.

....

......

4 6

62 credits

cogllate field Oil/side of mllsic, an academic

. . .. . . . . . . .

........

.

.

.

.....

..

..

..

. .

Bachelor of Music in Instrumental Performance

.......

.

...

..

...

..............

.. .

..

..

.

.

.

.

..

......

..

.

..

......

.

......

..

....... ..

...

....... ..

. . .....

.. . . . .

....

...

.

... ..

..

...

.

. ....

.

. .

.

....

.

.

..

....

..

...

..............

.

.

.

.

..

.

.

. ..

.

.

.

...

....

.....

.. . . . .

....

...

..........

.

.

. .. . .

..

...............

.

.

.

.............

.....

.....

.

.....

. ...........

.....

...

. . ...... .

.

.

.

.

. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . ......... . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Keybo a rd proficiency required.

75 credits

Sop homo re and degree ju ries req u i red. •

onsecUlive fall/sp ring semesters.

*'" Full reci ta l. Violin/Viola majors

w ill

.

......

..

....

take an add itio na l 2 semester hours of

Music 4 9 / Independerzt Study: String Pedagogy. Recommended: Music 324 A dva n c e d COll llterpoint.

.

.

.....

..

.

.

.

.

.

. .

..

.

. ........ . . .. . .

.

.

.

.

..

.....

.

.

......

..

...

.

.

.......

.

....

.

.......

..

..

.

.

....

. .

.

..

.

..

.

.

.

..

..

..

.

.......

... ....

....

.......

...

...

.

... ...

..

........

....

.

.

..

...

.

.....

Instrumental Performance Music - Core . ..... . . . . . .. . .. . . .. . . . . . .. . 24 Music 370/3 7 1 /380 - Large Ensemble . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . ... 8 Music 323 - Coun terpoint . . . . . .. . . .. . . 2 Mus ic 326 - Orchestra tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2 Music 345 - Basic "onducting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 2 Music 2--/4-- - Private Instruction . . . . . . .. . . . . ... . . 22 (8 sem.*) Music 420" Mu ic 38 1 - hamber Ensembl .. . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. 4 Music 384 - Contemporary Arts Ensemble . . . . . .. . ...... . ........ 1 Music 42 - Form [ .. . . . . . .. . . .. . . . ... .. . . 2 M ll it 424 or 425 - Form [ [ or [ [ [ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 . 4 Music 439 - Senior Seminar: To pics in Music Literature . . Music 448 - Practicum in t udio Pedagogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Music Elective I ...

. .

......

ocal Perform ance

lusic in Church Music

. .

.

...........

.

.

Bachelor of Music i n Composition Bachelor of

..

....

Bachelor of Music in Piano Performance Bachelor of Music in

.

.

.......

.

.

Bachelor of Music in Organ Performancc

...

....

.

.

BACHELOR OF MUSIC:

.

....

...

minor or second major rCll u ired.

..............

...........

...

.....

..

.

... ..

75 credits

Keyboard proficiellcy req 1lired. Sopho lllore and degree juries required. �

Consecu t i ve fa t l/sp ring semesters.

*'

Full recital.

P i ll l l O performance majors lIlay elect additional emphasis in accompllnying or pedagogy. Those seek i ng emphasis ill llcco m ­ pilny ing shall elec t two additional hours of Music 3 5 1 a n d shall acco mpany two full vocal or instmmell /al rec i t als. Those seeking elllphasis in pedagogy shall elect fo ur addit ionlll h o u rs of Music 45 I . ***

Vocal Performance lvfusic - Core

. .

. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Music - Large Enscmble . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8 323 - Co un terpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 2 Music 345 - Basic Cond ucting . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . 2 Musi 202/402 - Private I nstruction: Vo ice . . . . . . . . . . . 19 (8 scm." ) Music 420'''' Music 253 - Diction [ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Music 254 - Diction II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Music 353 - Solo Vocal Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2 Music 354 - H istory of Music Theater . . . .. , . . . . . . .... 2 Music 366 - Opera Wo rkshop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 2 Music 42 1 /422 - Advanced Keyboard Skills III! . . . .. . . . .. 2 Music 423 - Form 1 . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . " .... ........... 2 Music 424 or 425 - Form I I and m . . . . . . . .. . . . .2 Music

..

..

..

.

.... ....

..

....

.

..

.

...

.

..

. ... ...

......

....

..

.

..

... . .

..

..

..

..

. .

.

.

.....

...

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

...

..

.... .

.

.

....

..

..

..

.

..

.

........

..

.

.

..

..... .......

. ...

.

....

...

.

.

...

.

....

.

...

.

.

.

....

.......

..

.....

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

....

............

.

...

. . ......

.

...

.......

.

....

...

..

.

...

... . .....

...

.

.

.

......

....

..


M U S I C o

Music 453 - Vocal Pedagogy . . . .. .. . . .. 2 Music 439 - Scnior Seminar: To p i cs in Music Literature . . . . . 4 ......

... .....

. . . . . .. .

. . . . . . . ..

.. . . . . . . .

. . .. . .

....

.

. .

...

75 credit

Keyboard projlciency required. Sophomore and degree juries required. Consecut ive faU/spring semesters. Full recital. •

**

Recommended: Music 324 Advanced COlmterpoilll, PE 241 Modern Dance, COMA 250 Fundamentals of Acting Composition

Music - Co re 24 rvru sic - Ensemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Music 249 - Electronic Music Laboratory . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Music 323 - . Counterpoint . .. . .. 2 Music 326 - Orchestration . . . .. . . . . . . ..................................... . . . . . . . . . ..... 2 Music 327 - C o m p os i t i o n ( p r i v a t e s t u dy) ............. ....... . . . . . . . . . ...... 16 M usic 345 - Basic Co n d uc t i n g .... .......................................... ......... 2 Music 2--/4-- - Private i n s t r uc t i o n : Principal I n s t r u m e n t .......... 6 Mu s ic 384 - Contemporary A rt s Ensemb le . . . . . . ............... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Music 4 2 1 /422 - Advanced K eyb o a rd kills ! I l l . . . 2 Music 423 - Form I . . .. . . . . . . . . .2 Music 424 - Form II . . . .. . .. , . . . . . . . . . . . ......... 2 Music 425 - Form Ill . . .. .. . . . . . .. . . . . .. .. 2 Music 432 - Music of the Wo rld's Pe o p l e ............... ....................... 2 Music 439 - en ior Se m i n ar: To pi cs in Music L i t e ra ture ............. 4 . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

....

................ . . .. . . . . . . . .

.

......

.......

.

.

......

...................................... .....

..

.....

.................

.

.....

.

.

..

......

.............

..

.

. ..

. .........

.

...

....

. .. . ... . ..

.

..............

..

.......

.

..

.

..

....... �. . .

....

..

.

.

.

.......

.. .. .....

75 cred.its

Keyboard pr'oficiency required. oplzomore and degree juries required. Church Music

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 60- 36 - Cho r a l Ensemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 6 Music 204/403 or 204/404 - Pr i nci p a l I ns t w men t (Organ o r Voi ce ) ......... . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 14 (8 sem . ' )

Music - Core

Music

Music 420"

Music 204/404 or 203/403 - S eco n d a r y i ns t r u me n t ( Voice or Organ) . . . .. . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . 4 (4 scm . · ) l u s ic 352 or 4 2 1 - O rg a n I mprovisation o r dvanced Keyboard Skills I . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 1 Music 323 - Counterpoint ..... . . . . . . . . . ... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Music 33 1 - Music of J.S. Bach ... . . .. . . . ... . . . . . .. ..... . 2 Music 3 3 5 - Church Music . . . . .. . 2 Mus i c 345 - B as i c C o n d uc ti n g .............. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 1 Music 35 1 - Acc o m p a n yi ng . . . ......... . . ....... ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ............. ..... 1 Music 365 - Chapel C h o ir ........... . .... . . . . . ........ ............. ....... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Musk 8 1 - Chamber Ens mble . . . . .. . .. . .. .. . . . . . . .. . . . . 1 Musi 84 - Contemporary Art's Ensemble . . .. . . 1 . . .. . . . .. . . 2 Music 4 2 3 - Form 1 . . . . Music 424 or 425 - form I I or !II . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .... 2 Music 437 - Ma s te r p i ece s of Sa c red Music " . . . . . ............ . . . " . . . . .... 2 Music 438 - H ymnolo gy and Music of th L i t u rgy ...................... 2 Music 445 - Advanced Conducting . . . . . . . . "" 2 Music 439 - Senior Sem i n a r : Topics in M u s i c Literature ............. 4 ......

...

.

.....

.

...

. .

.

.

.

.

. .....

........... ...... .

..

.. ......

....

.

.

..........

. . . . . . . . . .. . .........

. ...

...

....

...

. . ....

. .

... ...

.

...

....

. .. .

.. .

..........

..

..

...

. .

.

................

..

..........

. .......

........

....... .

...

..

.

....

.

.. . . . .

.

....... ..

.

.

.........

........

. .

.. .....................

.

.

....

.

. .

.

.

. . ...

..

.......

..

.

..

..

. .

... ....

Keyboard proficiency req u ired , 'o ph o m o re and degree jW' ies required. COJlsecut ive fa ll/spring semesters. Full recital. .

.. ..

......

.......

.

...........

75 cred its

••

Strongly Reco1l1 mended: Additional religion courses b eyo n d the required courses of Core I o r II.

m

Course Offerings t O I Introduction to Music. I n t roduction to music l iterature with emphasis o n Ii te n i n g, structure, per i od , Jnd style. Designed to enhance the enjoym nt and understanding of m usi c . Not open to ma j o rs. 1 (4)

102 Understanding Music Through Melody I nt roduc tion to the m usi c a l arts through exploration of melody as a pr i m a ry musical impulse in a var ie t y of musical style . Designed to enhance t h e enjoyment and und e r s ta.nd i n g of all . music through increased sensitivity to m lody. No t op en to m aj rs. n (4) 1 03 History o f Jazz

Survey of America' unique art fo rm: j'lZZ. EmphaSIS on history, listening. structure, and s ty l e from early develo p ments th ro u g h recent trends. Meet · Core I requ ir men ! in arts/li terat ure, line I. 1 1 (4) 104 Music and Technology Survey of the imp ac t of technology on the 111ll�ical arts, from th evo l u tion of m u s i ca l illst rum 'IH ' and thf.' acoustic space t h ro u gh the audio/video/com puter techn logy of today. Meets Co re 1 requirement in a rt s / l i t era tu re, line I . I ( 'I)

1 1 1 Music Fundamentals I Beginning s k i l ls in reading and n o t a t in g music. Rudiments f music L heory: key i rn, t u res. clefs, and major scale�. Requires no previous musical experience and part ially fu l fi l l s the general u niversity requirement in ar ; rn a be combi ned wit h 1 1 3 in a s i ngl e semester to complete th gen ral w1iversily requir ment in arts. I (2) 1 13 Music Fundamentals n A con tinuation of I l l . M i n or seal s, i ntervals. triads and dia­ tonic 7th ch o rd s . Partially fulfills the gw e ra l universit ' req u i re ­ ment in a r t ; IllJY be combin d with 1 1 1 in il si ngle scm stc.r to

the general Wliversity req ui re men t in arts. Prerequisite : 1 1 1 or consent o f instruct r. 1I ( 2 )

complete

120 Musi.c and Culture Inn-oduct i on to ethn omusicol ogical considerations of a var iety of music tradition , fo usi ng on calypso, Europ an cOLirt mus ic, and Chi nese ourt music. Exa m i nation through i n d i v id u a l and g rou p research and prese ntati on of socinl, economic. and religious aspe ts o f music while Jeve l o p i ng re careh. cr'i.r icaJ thinking. and presentation skills. Requires 1 1 0 previo us Illu s i c e;x p r ie nce and fulfi lls the genna! u n i ersity requireme n t in art> and diversity; r ll u i red fo r music major and m inor�; prerequi­ site cours" for 1 24, J 3 0 I (4) .

1 2 1 Theory at the Keyboard I An introduction to keyboardi n g ski ll , in cl u din g sight-read ing,

group performance, and harm onization of simple mel odies. [ ( 1 ) 1 22 Theory at the Keyboard n continuation of 1 2 1 . T I ( J )

A

124 Theory I An i n t rodu tion to the workings of music, including commOI1practice harmo ny. jazz theory, and e le me nt ary formal a nalysis. Prerequisite: I t 3 or onsent f insuuctor. 11 (3) 126 Ear Training I

Devel op men t of aurnl skills, including i n terval recognition. s ig h t · s i n g i n

r,

rhythm ic, melodic and harmonic dictation. or consent of i nstructor. II ( 1 )

Prerequisit : 1 1 3

127 Jaz.z Theory

Introducti n to the theoretica. l basis of jazz, i ndud i ng melodic, barm nic, and for mnl aspects as well as ear t r a i n i ng . Prerequi­ site: 1 24, J 26, or consent of i m t r u tor. a/y 1 (3 )

m m

" o c

o " m ;;0 z V1


M U S I C

130 H istory I The evollliion on

the Classi c and Romantic era s. Pre re q u i s i te: 1 1 3, co-registration in 1 24 or consent of i ns tructo r. II (3) est

rn

musi

in

2 0 1 Class Piano Gro u p i n struction for b e bri n nin g pi an i st s. May be r e p ea t ed for c re d i t . J I I ( l )

o

202 Private Instruction: Piano ( 1 -4 ) 204 Private and Class Instruction: Voice ( 1 -4 ) 205 Private Instruction: VioUnlViola ( 1-4)

245 Percussion/Brass Laboratory

206 Private Instruction: Cello/Bass ( 1 -4)

Methods and m a te ri a ls of tcach ing and playing p erc u ss i o n and brass iustruments in the public schools. a/y 1 ( 1 )

207 Private In truction: Flute ( 1 -4 ) L.I.J 0:: L.I.J o

208 Private Instruction: Oboe/English Born ( 1 -4)

246 Brass Laboratory

209 Priva.te lnstruction: Bassoon ( 1-4)

o n t i n uation

21 0 Private lnstrllction: Clarinet ( 1 - 4)

<l/y I I

2 1 1 Private Instruction: Saxophone ( 1 - 4) 213 Private Instruction: French Horn ( 1 -4 ) 214 Private Instruction: bomb one ( 1 - 4 )

o f brass instrument i nstruction from Music 245.

249 Electronic Mosje Laboratory

2 15 Private Instruction: BaritonelToba ( 1 -4)

laboratory ex p er i en ce dealing with m ater i a l s and methods of e l ec t ro n i c !TIU ic syn t h es i . Real-time experience in the e lect roni c music studio, as well as discussion of various p o pular �;l'l1thesizers, e lec tr o n i c m usic a es th et i cs , and the use of ele c t ro n ic inst ruments in s e co ndary education. aly I I ( 1 ) A

2 1 6 Private Instruction: Percuss ion ( 1 -4)

el eme n t a ry

2 1 7 Private and Class Instruction: Guitar ( 1 04) 218 Private Instruction: Harp ( 1 -4) 2 1 9 Private Instruction: Harpsichord ( 1 -4) 1 cred it all a nd Spring Semesters: One h a J f- h ur p ri v a te or two one­ hour class l ess on s per week in a dd it io n to d a i l y practice. January: Two 45- minute l ess o n s per week in add i tio n to daily p r ac ti ce. S umm e r: /l. 5 h o u rs of i nst ru ct i o n TBA in ad d i t i o n to daily practice. Students i n piano, voice, nd guitar may be assigned to class i n st ruc t i o n a t the discret ion of the music facu lty. 2-4 credits Fall and Spring Semesters. Two half-ho ur l ess on s per week in a ddi ti on to daily pr ac t i ce . Summer: 13 hours of i n s t ru c ti o n TBA in addition to daily practice. to tlIition.

221 Keyboard Proficiency Development of keyboard l i t era cy and skills re q ui si te ing in m usic. May be r pea ted fo r credjt. I II ( 1 )

(1)

248 Guitar Laboratory Methods and m at eria ls of teaching and playing g u i t ar in the public schools. I ( I )

2 U Private Instruction: Irumpet ( 1 -4)

Special fee ill (Idditio/'!

241-242 String Laboratory Methods and materials of teach ing and p l ay i ng st r in g instru­ ments i n the p ublic scho Is. a/y I II ( 1 , 1 ) 243-244 Woodwind Laboratory Methods and materials of teach i n g a nd pl ayi n g woodwind i nstruments in the p u bl i c schools. aly I II ( 1 , I )

203 Private Instruction: Organ ( 1 -4) .

240 Foundations of Musjc Education Introduction to the b a s ics of t ea chi n g music., i n cl u d in g p h i lo so ­ p h y, co ntent, student characteristics, a n d the nature and organization of musical l ea rn in g . For students pre p a r i n g to become music p ec i al is ts ( music education majors only) . I (3)

fo r major­

223 Theory n A co n ti n u at i on of 1 24. Prerequisite: 1 24 o r consent of i n s t ruc tor. .

[ (3)

225 Ear baining m A co n tinu a t i o n of 1 26. Prerequisite: 1 26 or co n se nt of instr uctor. I (J)

253 Diction I

Rules and techn ique� of accurate pronunc i ation, enunciation, p rojection o f I talian and German; class discussions, per­ formances, and critiques. aly I ( 1 )

.1Ild

254 Diction U

Rules and techniques of accurate pronunciation, enunciation, and p rojection of F ren c h ; class discussions, performances, and criti ues. a/y I I ( l )

323 Counterpoint Introduction to the concept, historical evolution and composi­ tion craft o f co unterpoint. Major emphasis on eighteenth century s tyl e of Bach and h is contempo raries. aly I (2) 326 Orchestration

The range, tra nsposi tio n, sound, and technical characteristics of instru m e n ts. Nota tion, scoring, and arranging fo r co n ve n t i o n a l and u n ique instrument "roupings. Prerequisite: 223. aly I (2) 327 C�mposition A systematic approach to contempo rary musical co m p o s i t i o n ;

students crcate and notate works for solo, small and large for addi t io n a l c red i t . Special fee addition to tuition. ( 1 -4)

ensembles. May be re p eated

226 Ear Training IV co ntinuation of 225. Prereq u isite: 225 or consent of i os tnlct or. rr ( I )

328 Arranging

230 ffistory II The evoluti on f Western music from t h e ea rl y Christ ian era throu gh t h e M iddl Ages, R naissance, nd B a ro qu e eras. Pre requ is ite: 1 30 or consent of ins u· u ct or. I ( 3 )

A

232 lWentieth-Century Music The evolution of West rn arl m u s i c in the twe nt i e t h cenwry in respo n se to new t heo reti cal constructs, new technologies, and popular and cross -cuJtural i n flue n ces . Prerequisite: 230 or co nse n t of i n struc tor. I I (3)

Study

in

of orchestrational tec h n i q u e appl e i d to commercial 326 or consent of instructor. a/y I (2)

music. Prerequisite:

33 1 Music o f Johann Sebastian Bach st u dy of s elec ted works represent ing each of t he pri mary areas of the creative genius of 1.S. Bach. aly (2)

335 Church Music

Survey of cho r al music related to the church year s u i t a b l e for the parish choir. Part icular e m p hasis on building the parish m usic l i b ra r y. a /y (2) 340 Fundamentals of Music Education Offered spring semester for students p l a n n in g to be music spe c i al i sts , thi . course provides de t ai l e d plan njng of c u rri cu l a fo r various musical ski lls at different grade levels. Group, i ndi vi d u al , and small group i nstruction, sectionals a n d la rge group manage-


M U S I C o

ment al 0 discussed. valuation, g ra din g , written notices, jec t i ves , g o a l s , cou rse goals, a nd 1 p's for 'pe inl education, observation of a class at two di fferent s ituations, int erviewing for a job, vorking with parents, fa culty, administration, and comm unity. Prerequisite: 240. I I (2)

365 Chapel Choir

34 1 Music for Classroom Teachers Methods and pro ce d u res in teaching elementary s hool music as well as i n fusing the arts in the cur riculum. ffered for students prepari ng o r elementary c l a s s r )om teaching ( non-musi educati n major-). I I ( 2 )

366 Opera Worksbop Produciton of c h a mbe r opera and opera scenes. Participation in all facets of production. Pre re qu i s ite : consent o f instru c tor. ( I )

ob

342 Materials in K-9 Music

Study of skill acquisitions, music concepts, and analyzing the range of availabl ' reso urces, including ethnic music nd computer assisted instruction. O ffered for students p repar i n g to beco me music specialists ( m usi education maj ors only) . Prerequ isi te: 240, 340. I (2) 344 Beginning ,au Improvisation

In trodu tion to small group jazz performance e mph a si z i n g individual improvisation in a variety of jazz styles. a/y I ( 1 )

345 Basic Conducting Introduction to basic patterns, gestures, and conducting techniques; application to appropriate vocal and instrumental

Repertoire experience with ap prop riate literature for ongoing church music programs of a liturgical nature. Regular perfor­ mances fo r u n i ve rs i t y cbapel worship. Participation without credit available. ( 1 )

368 Choral Union Reh earsal and performance of major works in Ih e chorai/orches­ tral repertoire. Open to the community as we l l as PLU students; membershp by audition. special fee i n addition to tuition. ( l )

Study and performance of selected wind and percussion litera­ ture using various size ensembles. Membership by audition. ( I )

371 Concert Band

Study o f selected band literture through rehearsal and perfor­ mance. Designed for the g ener al u niversity student. Prerequ isite: having played instruction through at least junior year of high school or consent of i nstructor. ( I ) 375 University Jazz Ensemble

Study of selected big band l i terature through rehearsal and performance. Membership by audition. ( I )

348 Pradicu.m in Music Education Field exp rience including ob serv a t i o n and limited teCiching in the sc h ools. iscussion and analysis complements field work.

Study of the basic style of playing jazz through rehearsal an d performance. Membership by audition. ( I )

EDUC

2 5 1 or 2 5 3 . 1 0 )

349 EJectronic Music Practicum

376 Jazz Laboratory Ensemble

378 Vocal 'azz Ensemble

Application of electronic tec h n iques to compositional process. Assigned studio time on a regular basis. Prerequ isite: 249. 0 - 3 )

Study of selected vocal jazz literature through rehearsal and performance. Membership by a udition, concurrent registratio-l1 in 360, 36 1 , .162 or 363 required. ( I )

351 Accompanying

380 University Symphony Orchestra

tice in a companying repre e ntative vocal and instrumental solo l iterature from a l l periods. , pecial fee i n addition to tuition. (1) Pra

352 Organ Improvisation Basic t e ch niq u es of improvisation, particularly as related to hymn tuneS. a/y ( I ) 353 Solo Vocal Literature

Sur ey of solo vocJl l iteraturc. a/)' II (2) 354 History of Music Theatre A general survey of the evolu t. io n of "Drama per Musica" from opera to musical comedy including in-depth study of selected sco res. a/y ( 2 ) 360 Choir o f the West

A study of a w ide variety of choral l i terature and tech ni q ue through rehearsal and performance f both sa red and s ecul a r music. Aud ition at the b ginning of fall semester. ( I )

361 University Chorale A study

of choral l i terature and technique through rehearsal and performance o f both sacred and secular music. Emphasis on individual vocal and musical dev lopmenl through choral si ng i n g . Aud i t i ns l the beginn ing of fal l semester. ( J ) 362 University Men's Chorus

The study and p er fo rm a n c e of rep ertoir e fo r men's voices.

mphasis on individual vocal and mllsical develo p ment. 0)

363 University Singers

The study and performance of rep er t o i re for women's voices. Emphasi on individual vocal and mu ical deve lopment. ( I )

m

n o c ;;0 V1 m

o

370 Wind Ensemble

scores . I ( 2 )

P rer e q u i ite: 340; recommended

m

Study of selected orchestral literature through rehearsal and performance. Me mb e r s h ip by audition. ( I )

382 Contemporary Directiol1$ Ensemble

Public and laboratory performance of contemporary music. ( I )

383 Two Piano Ensemble

Techniques and practice in the performance of t wo - p i a n o and p iano duet l i terature; includes sight reading and program plarming. ( J ) 384 Contemporary Arts Ensemble A p er fo rman ce ensemble i n tegrating ail th e arts-literary, v isual,

and performing. Original perfo rman e pieces are conceived, developed, and performed by the ensemble using t cbnk l ues from story and song to electronics and .ideo. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. ( 1 ) 401 Private Instruction: Jazz ( 1 -4) 402 Private Instruction: Piano ( 1 -4) 403 Private Instruction: Organ ( 1 - 4)

404

Private Instruction: Voice ( 1 -4)

405 Private Instruction: ViolinfViola ( 1 -4) 406 Private Instruction: Cello/Bass ( l -4 ) 407 Private Instruction: Flute ( 1 -4) 408 Private Instruction': Oboe/English Born ( 1 -4) 409 Private Instruction: Bassoon ( 1 - 4 )

410 411 412 4 13 414 415

Private Instruction: Clarinet ( 1 -4) Private Instruction: Saxopbone ( 1 - 4) Private Instruction: Trumpet ( 1 -4) Private Instruction: French Horn

( 1 -4 )

Private Instruction: Trombone ( 1 -4) Private I nstruction: Baritone/Tuba

( 1 ·4)

416 Private I nstruction: Percussion ( 1 -4)

m

Z Q V1


M U S I e In

a: W LL u...

o w V) ct: :J

o U

417 418 419 420

Private Jnstruction: Guitar ( 1 -4) Private Instruction: Harp ( 1 -4) Private Instruction; Harpsichord ( I - 4 ) Private Instruction: Degree Recital ( 1 -4)

432 Music of the WorJd's People Introduction to ethno musicology; tech ni q ues of s tudying music with in cultural o n t

1 rredit

Fall and Sp r i n g Semesters: One half-hour p r iva te lesson per week

in add iti on to daily p ract i c . January: Two 4 5-minute Ie's week in addition to dai l y p r ac t ice . Summer : 6.5 hours of in structi on TBA in a ddi t io n t daily p rac ti ce.

IlS

p r

A two-fol d t u d y , i nvolving both the technical evolution of the \

i n d c h st design s , pip work vurieties

and const ruction, the organ case ) as welf as the h istorical

2-4 c redits

Fall and S p r i n g em esters. Two half- hour lesson s per wee k in ad d itio n to daily pract ice. Ufil me r: 1 3 hours of in truction TBA

Special fee

436 History o f Organ Building pipe organ ( key-act ions,

in addition to daily practice.

L.L.J

x:ts. I n- d ep t h calie studies of one America n Indian musi cal culture. fo ll owed by mllsi of u rban merican blues. Ghan ian. Black American. Ba l kan . RussialJ, and Indian styles. lndud s fi ld study project of one m u iccI cul t u re. aly ( 2 )

evolut ion of the var i ous concepts of ton I design as these relate to the per fo rma nce of organ l i terature. aly ( 2 )

437 Masterpieces of Scared Music Literature A uevey of ludeo- _hristian music th r llgh the study of represe nt a tive major vocallchoral works. aly (2)

ill addition to wi/ioll.

L.L.J

438 Hymnology and the Music of the liturgy A urvey of Chri�tian hymnody, cons idered from both

a m u si cal and poetic v i ew p i n ! . Als co n s idered w i l l b th concept a n d pe rfor mance of m usic fo r t h e l i t urgy, b o th historic a n d contem­ porary, primarily from the RomaD, nglican, and Lutl eran traditions. aly ( 2 )

w a

439 Senior Seminar: Topics in Music Literature

Dire ted study of �e1ected topi s in m u sic l i tera t ure. Prere luisite:

senior stand i ng. Open to jllll i or for flon-degree

c redi t .

1 (4)

442 Methods i n K-9 Music Orff- chul werk :lnd Ko daly t ech n i ques fo uppe r clementary and mid dl e sc hoo l child ren . ffe red fo r students preparing to

b ec om m u s i c specia J jsts (mu ·j edu ca ti o n

Prerequisi te: 3 4 2 . II

m

(2)

j o rs O Il!Y).

443 Methods and Materials for Secondary Choral Music The organ i zation and adm i nistrat ion of the

e

o n da r y school

music c urriculum wi th parti ula r atten t io n to lh.: needs of the

c ho r al progranl . Organ i 7at ion , management, teaching me th ods, rehearsal lechni

nes ,

an d cho ral literature approp ri a te for the

vari ou age and exp e rience levels of s tude n t s in grades

n (2)

7- 1 2 .

444 Methods and Material for School Band Music Focused · t uJy of special ized ke)'b o 3 1-d ki lls requ ired in vari ous

The organizati o n and administration of the se c ondnry scho music curriculum " i th pa r t ic u l a r .1tlen t ion to the needs of the

music students. Pr e req u i s i t e: Successful

rehear al tech ni ques , and wind - percuss io n l i terat ure app ropriate

42 11422 Advanced Keyboard SkiDs lID

mus ic m jor progra ms. Sect ion s offered fo r particular types of co mpleti o n

of the

Keyhoard Profi i{,[lCY Jury an d B.M . or B.M .E . J u ry. a/y

(L. 1 )

423 Fonn I Advanced analysis of l iterature from Cbssic, E arly and

iddle

Roman t ic. styl s in represen tat ive genres aDd media . n (2)

424 Form U

Advan ed

analysis of l i tera t u rc from latc 1l.o mant i·, I m press ion­

ist. cl nJ Nationalistic s tyle. in r presentative ge nres and med i a .

Prerequis i te: 42 3 . aly I

(2)

425 Form m Advanced a nalysis of li terature fro m Modern and C on te m p or a r y s tyles in representat i Iy I

e

genres and media. Prerequ isite: 423 .

(2)

427 Advanced Orchestradon/Arranging Continuation of 326 or 328 on an indiv idual bas is. Pf'req u isire:

326 or 328. May be repeated fo r ad d i tiona l credit. Special fee in add ition to tui lion . ( 1 -2)

43 1 History of Plano Literature and Performance A tudy o f represe n tat ive piano c o m p o sit i o ns f aU pe riods . aly

(2)

ba nd program. Organization, management, teac h i n g me th ods,

for the varil)US age and exp riene level of tuJc..: n ts in g rades 4- 1 2 . Prerequ is ite: 340, 34R. 11 ( )

445 Advanced Conducting Refi nement

of p,lt tcr ns, gestures, a nJ condu

applic ation to

a

ting tech ni ques;

p p ro priate vocal and i nstru men tal co res. Prc re­

quisit : 345, Secti�)D A-I nstru mental ; Section B-Choral. I I

(2)

448 Practicum i n Studio Pedagogy Study of pedagogical techniq ues in tbe privat l esson setti n g,

i nclud tng opportun ities for <Ipp.lication in teachi ng sit u at ions.

May be repcated for add it iona l cr di t. Prerequ isite: co nsent of

instructor. Sp c i a l fee in addition to t uitio n . ( I )

45 1 Piano Pedsgogy Tcach i ng tec h niques fo r p rospective t achers of piano, including

techn i ques of priv;lte and lass piano ins tru ct io n . Me t hod s and mat rial� from b gil n ing through advan ed level . (2) Sc ctio n A-B as i c; Section B--Lower El e men tary ; ection C-Upper ' Iemelltary; Sec t io n D-Advanced.

453 Vocal Pedagogy Physiological. p ychologicul, and pe dagogical asp ec ts of singing. aly 1

(2)


M U S I C 0"

454 Methods and Materials for String Teachers Methods and t ec h n iq ues of te aching st r i n gs to al l ages and l evel s , from the beginner to the adva n .d student . Sp ec ia l emphasis on the p hys i o l gicaJ and ps ych o l o ical approach to the in lnune nt . Study of s tring pedagogy io the classroom as well as individual in lruc l i o n . Pr . reqlt isite: 340, 348 or con ent of i.nsl ructor. n ( 3 ) 491 , 491 Independent Study Prereqlti.site: con eot of insrr uctM. May be repeal.ed fo r addi­ ti onal cred i t .

( 1 -4)

502 Private I nstruction: Piano ( 1 -4) 503 Private instruction: Organ ( 1 -4) 504 Private Instruction: Voice ( 1 -4 ) 505 Private instruction: ViolinNiola ( 1 -4 ) 506 Private Instruction: Cello/Bass ( 1 -4 ) 507 Private Instruction: Flute ( 1 -4) 508 Private Instruction: Oboe/English Horn ( 1 -4 ) 509 Private Instruction: Bassoon ( 1 -4 ) 5 1 0 Private Instruction: Clarinet ( 1 - 4 ) 51 1 5 12 513 514 515 5 16 5 17 518 519 520

Private Instruction: Saxopbone ( 1 -4) Private Instruction: Trumpet ( 1 -4 ) Private Instruction: French Horn ( 1 -4) Private Instruction: Trombone ( 1 -4 ) Private Instruction: Baritone/Tuba ( l -4) Private Instruction: Percussion ( 1 -4) Private Instruction: Guitar ( 1 -4) Private Instruction: Harp ( 1 -4 ) Private Instruction: Harpsichord ( 1 -4) Private I nstruction: Conducting ( 1 -4 )

I credit pring Semesters: One half- ho uT private Ie son per w k da i l y p rac tic e. Januar : Two 4 5-mi lJute less o ns per week in addition lO dai ly p rac t i ce . . ummer: 6.'i ho u rs of i n str uctio n TBA in addition to d a i l y practice. Fall .md

in addition t

2-4 CTfdits Fall a n d Spr i ng Sem e5 ters. wo ha lf- ho ur le sso ns per week in ad d i t io n to d a ily p racl i . um me r: 1 3 h o ur � of in tru c t ion T B in addition to daily practice.

Spcd a l ire ill addirion to

( li ilio ll.

527 Composition A systemati c d.pproa h LO contemp o rary mus i c compo i l ion; s tud en ts create, notate, and pe r fo r m works for solo, small and large ense mbles. May he repea ted for redit. ( 1 -4 )

529 Topics in Music Tbeory aly u m me r only. (4) 532 Music Bibliography and Research Techniques Sur vey of th m a i n ' earch t ob available for adva nced wo rk in music. a/y summer n ly. (2) 539 Topics in Music mSlory aly su m mer o n l y.

(4)

545 Seminar in Advanced Conducting D i rec ted stu dy of selected scores for large and small ensembles, voca l and instrum ntal. May be repeated for credit. ( 2 ) 549 Electronic Music Synthesis Directed study of el

(t ro n j, m usic l iterature, techn iques, and

composit ion. May be repeated tor cr dlt. ( 1 -2) 551 Accompanying

Practice in accompan ying repre enlative voca l <lnd instrumental

010 lit ra tu re from all p er i o ds. Accompanying in perfor ma n ce will be requ ired. Special fee in add iti o n to hlition. ( 1 )

560 Choir of the We t A study of choral ense mble rehearsal tech n iques wi th �mpha sis on sco re analysi s.

(l)

m

561 Un1vers1ty Chorale study of chornl ensemble rehea al tec hn iq ue · with emphasis on vocal pedagogy in the rehearsal. ( 1 565 Opera Workshop Prodltction of cbamber opera and o pe ra scenes. Part ici pat i on i n

a l l facets of production . Prerequ1sit : consent (If instructo r.

568 Choral Union Rehearsa l and performa nce e rche tral repe rtoi re w i th in add ition to tuition . ( 1 )

0

arks in the c.ho ra l/ s on score analysi s . Sp ec i I fee

(l)

o

m

z

575 University Jazz Ensemble A study of jazz ensemble rehea rsal Ie h n i q u es W i th emp h a sis o n s tyl isti c considerations. ( 1 )

578 Vocal Jazz Ensemble Study of vocal jJ.Zz e n se mbl e rehearsa l tech niques w i th em p hasis on st 'listie co nsiderati ons. Me mbersh ip by audition; concurrent registrati o n i.n

o c

."

570 Wmd Ensemble A s tud y ef h, nd rehearsal techniques with emp h as i on score analysis.

n

(l)

maj o r

em p h as i

m

560 or 561

requ i red.

(l)

580 University Sympbonr Orchestra A s t udy of orchest ra ensemble rehearsal tec hn iques with em p h as is on sco re , nilly i. . ( 1 ) 581 Chamber Ensemble

A n a lysis, reh earsal, and perfor ma nce of :se l ect ed i n stru mental cbamber mUl i . P rerequ i � i te : (on ent of instructor. ( 1 ) Sec t ion A-St ri ng ; ect io n J3.....- Brass; Section c-Woodwi nd;

cctino D--Early In str uments; Sec t i o n E-Gu i rar ;

Sect i on F-Percuss ion .

583 Contemporary Directions Ensemble Public <.Ind la bo ratory perfonnance 0f o ntemporar y m us ic.

Emph3sis on score analysis. ( 1 )

583 Two-Piano Ensemble Pe.rfo rm-n e of two-piano a nd piano du et l i te ralu re, i n cl uding ore analysis . ( 1 )

584 Contemporary Arts Ensemble A m u l ti- ar ts e nsemb le with mphasis on niq ue ·, rep rraire, :l I1d performance. ( 1 1 590 Graduate Seminar aly su mme r only. ( 1 -4) 596 Research in Music ( 1 -4) 599 Thesis (2-4 )

co mpo s i ti o n

tec h­


N A T U R A L

S C I E N C E S

\CJ Z

Division of Natural Sciences

School of Nursing

The Division of Natural ciences fulfills a two-fold pur-

The School of Nursing is a professional school which combi nes nursing science with a strong foundation i n the liberal arts a n d the hu manities to prepare undergraduate students fo r generalist nursing practice; builds upon undergraduate nursing ed ucational experiences to p repare nurses fo r advanced practice in specific specialties; and responds to ongoing education and technological learning needs of practicing nu rses to r�main current, competent practitio ners or to revise the focus of their pr actice. The school exemplifies the university's mission of educating for service in an environment that encourages questioning, debate, diversity, lifelong learning, and �pirituality as vital elements in the human quest for wholeness. I ts continuum of edu ational programs employs dynamic learn ing oppor­ tuni ties that challenge students to develop skills, attitudes, values, and roles which facil itate individuals, families, and communities to meet their health and wellness needs. Degree programs within the School of Nursing include the Bachelor of Science in Nursing for basic nursing students, licensed practical nurses, and registered nurses, and the Master of Science in Nursing with ursing Administration, Contin uity of Care, and Nurse Prac titio­ ner areas of concen tration. The Nurse Practit io ner Concen tration focuses on preparing Family, OB/GYN, and Geriatric Nurse Practi tioners. A progra m lead i .ng to Educational Staff Associate certification is available fo r school nurses through the Center for on tinued Nursing earning. Jourse work is offered in collaboration with the School of Ed uca tion and the Offi e of the Washi ngton State Superintendent of Public Ins t ruction. Workshops and short courses for n u rses and others involved in health care are o ffe red through the ontinuing Nursing Education Program.

po e. It p rov ides preparati n for future science profession­ o

als and creates a cr itical cientific awareness vi tal to any lI-educated citizen . The division offers strong p rograms in the sciences, mathemati , and engineering, provi ding both pre-professional preparation and undergraduate majors. The study of natural sciences encourages all

u.J

w

UJ

students to eA'Pand their h o rizons in the liberal arts, and fo tees a concern for the larger questions of human values. Facts provide a fo undation fo r science, but tbe study of science includes more tn n learn ing facts. The science studen t learns to use available resources so that established fa ts a n d new observations relat d to any chosen problem can be obtained and interpreted. The science student

u.J a:;

u.J

o

learns to solve problems creatively. FACULTY: To nn, Divisional Dean; facu l t y members of t h e

Depa r tments of B io logy, C hem i s t r y, Co m p ute r Science, Earth cienC' , En g ineering, Mat h e m a t i cs , and Physics. s a d ivis i o n within the Co l l eg e of A rt s and Sciences, t h e

D ivision of Na t u r al Sciences o ffers major p rog r a m s in each department lead ing to B . A . and B . S . de g rees, m i n q r progra m ', and cor cour es w hich fulfi l l gen e ral u n iver si ty requirements. The de pa r t me n ts p r o vid e s u p po r t i n g cour es fo r i n terdiscipli­ nary p ro g rams within th e sciences and for other schools of tbe u n ivers i ty. The B . S . i n Me d ica l Tech n o l o gy and M.A. and M . S. in Compllter ciences d egree p rograms arc also o ffe red . our es fo r B . A . in Education d e g rees witJ1 mn j o rs and m i n o rs in the n a tu r a l sciences disciplines are available. Specific co u rs e offer i ng s and

de gree requirements a re listed under:

Biology Chemistry Computer Science Earth Sciences

Engineering Medical Technology Mathematics Physics

See a l s o the s e ct i o n s of t h is ca t a l o g Oil EnvirollIllenwl Stlldies and on th Health _ ciences ( u n d e r Pre-professional Programs) .

Goodwin, Herman-Bertsch Hirsch, Hughes, Klis I , Lev i ns o h n ,

The fo llowing co u rse s are offe red under Natural Sciences. Other

co u rs es su itable fo r meeting t h e CORE I r e q u i r e m e n ts in Natural Sciences/Ma the matics may be fo un d in each o f the l i st i n gs fo r the d'ep, r t m e n t s in the division.

Ma lo n e y, Minahan, L. Olson, Ph i l i ch i , Renaud, Rob ins o n ,

Stewart, Vancini, Wood ; Assisted by

survey of the history of science fro m ancient times to the present. Include areas of astronomy, bio logy, medicine, p hys i cs ,

geo l ogy, chemistry, mathematics, and tech nolo gy. Discussion of

of the time. Lab o ra tor y experiments. a/ y r 1 995-96 (4)

the relation of sc i e nc e to the so cie t y

206 Descriptive Astl'onomy Stars and th e ir evolution, galaxies a n d l a rger structu res,

cosmology, and the so l a r sys!t:m. Emphasis on observation al evidence. Eve n i n g observing sess i ons . No p rerequisite co u rses in scii;:nce o r mathem at ics . F u l fi l ls Nat u ral Sciences/Mathematics

2. I I (4)

R i n eh a r t , SchameL

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS: The basic undergraduate p rog ram is d s ign ed fo r s t ude nts with no previous prep a r a t i o n in n u rs i ng .

204 History of Scie.nce

co re requirement, line I or

Dealls;

Ai ki n , Allen, Burns, Butcher, Cardwell, Ellis, F i tzgerald, Gaspar,

Course Offerings

demon trations of sele . te d

FACULTY: Langan, Dean; Pass and Sch u lt z, Associate

rad uates who su c cessful l y c o mp l et e th e program

are e l i g ibl e t

write the

CLEX e x a m i n a t i o n fo r licensure as

reg i s te r ed nurses. They a r e prepa red fo r beg i n ni ng professional

n urs i ng pos i ti ons i n h o s p ita ls and other h ealt h a gen c i e s . A

special s e q u en ce of stu Iy is available wh i c h awards credit a n d p ro vid es credit by exa min atio n op ti ons for licen ed pr a c tic a l n u rses. There also is

a

sequence fo r registered nu rse stu d e n ts ,

g ra d u a tes from dip loma or associate degree p ro g r a m s , who wish to earn the

B achel o r of S c ien ce

i n Nursi.ng degree. These

undergradu a te programs pro ide a fo undation fo r g r a d ua t e study in nursing. Under the d i rect s u pe rv is ion of its faculty members, the

School uses hospitals, h ea l t h ag ncie.s, and schools in the co mm u n it y as well as the PLU \VeIl ncss

Center to p rovi de

opt i mal clini cal l e a ro i ng e>:periences fo r its stu dents. The S chool of N u rsi n g is approv d by the Was hington S t at e

Nursing Commission and accredited by the

N urs i n g .

ational League fo r


N U R S I N G o

(comparable course listi ngs are availab l e

ADMISSION AND CONTINUATION pOllcms: High School Preparation: I t is strongly recommended that

geom et ry ) ; social sc iences,

206 (Human Anatomy and Physiology), and C h e m i� t ry 1 0 5

2 ye a r s ( p referably al geb ra and

2 ye

( Ch emistry of Life ) . RNs and LPNs should also have

rs; one fo reign ].lnguage, 2 years,

we lco m s

appl ications from all students who have demon­ tudents

who pr ese nt appropriate acad�mic recurds and personal q u al i t ies

frame.

3. A m i n i m u m gr ade

ther details are fo und I ewhere in this catalog.

(Students must be accepted by the university before acceptance by the School o f Nursing.)

ADMISSION TO THE SCHOOL OF NURSING: Studen ts seek­ i n g admission to the basic program, the LPN to B , N sequence, both the university and the School o f Nursing. Basi students

are

fal l and spring ·emester. Students enro lled in the LP

or RN to

BSN e qu en ces generally begin in the fal l only. Both fu ll-time

and part- time programs of study are available.

Appl i cati ns fo r adm i s sion to the nursing major are availabl

fro m the School of N u rs i n g . AU application m a teri als i n c lud i n g

L

official transcripts are reviewed by the School of Nur 'ing

Admissions a n d Academic P r og res Committee and ranked according to sta te d adm issi o n criteria.

tude nts desiring admission to either fall or sp r i n g semester

of the following academic year m u st submit their applications by

March 1 . The number of a \ ilable spaces each ,emester i n the School of Nursing is l i m i ted; th refore, the s e lectio n

0

students

fo r a dmissio n may be competitive. Students desi ri ng to begin the nu rsing se quence in either faU or spring semester, and whu have

I . Stud.e nts is possible.

appli ed by the March 1 dea dl i ne, are notified by May

ar e admitted to the term of their choice i n so far as it

Additional applications fro m students w ishing to be consi d ered fo r any rem ai n i ng places in the spr ing semester must be sub­ m i tted by June 30 with notification by A ug us t

If there a r

15.

more a p pl ic a nt s for the two se mesters of the

academi year than can be accommodated, qualified candidates are pI ced on a w aiting l i ·t fo r admission to the spring class i f

s become available. If vacancies o c c u r for th e fal l se mester,

spa

those s tud ents who have been adm itted fo r s p r i n g b u t who

requested fal l placement are given fl rst priori ty. Lat applications

(after June 30) are reviewed when received and, if the applicant is qualified, he o r she is added to the waiting list. Persons o n the

waiting list � r the , ear w h o are not admitt d because of a lack

of space but who continue to de s ire ad mission to the nu rs in g

cour. e.

A cumu l ative g r ad e p o i n t ave r a ge of 2.S o r higher. 5. Co mpletion of the un iversity g ra d u ati on math requirement

demands o f n u r ' i n g and provide s a fe p a t ient care.

"T1 m

Fluency in sp e a king , rea di ng , and writing E n glis h .

8 . Was h i n g to n tate Patrol Cri minal History clearance relative to Chi ld/Adult Abuse In formation Act as req ui red of he Ith

z

care workers.

9. 'ubmission o f all documents to the chool f Nursing by the des ign a te d de adl i nes .

Wh en the n ll mb e r of qualified applica 1lts exceeds the en rollment li m i ts, the following/actors are lIsed to p ri oritize the admissiOIl decisiolls: grade point average, number of prerequisite course requirements completed, and cu"imiss ion date to the university. Preference is iVe/l to applicallts who entered FLU as ireshlllen. Applicants who have ch rollic hralth condition or disabilities which require alterat iolls to the progra m of study a approved by the WushillgtOIl State Bo a rd of Nul' 1ng, or which prevent (he practice of nursing with reasonable skill C1tlci safety, sho llid be aware of thl!" possibility that they may 110t be eligible (0 sit for the NCLEX licensing exalll ination or obtain a lice nse to practice nu rsing. QuestiollS should be addres5cd d irectly to the Washi ngtoll tate Nu rsing oll1 missioll Nurse Fmct ice Manager at 206-586-8186.

*

CONTINUATION POliCIES: bet

2.

PR class - adult and pediatric

ompletion o f approved

j.

r

-

begi n n ing nur ing classes w i th ye, rly updates.

�omp let ioll of app roved first a i d course before begin ni ng n u rsing classes (waived �

r

RNs, LPNs , EMTs , par amedics ) .

3 . Nu ring courses a l l have pre re uisites anJ musl be taken

i r l sequence and/or concurrentJy as identified i n the curricu­

l u m plan.

4. A

m i n imum grade of 2.0 (

) must be a c h i e ve d in all req u ired

nursing courses. A student receivi n g a grade of le's than

2.0

a n y c o u r e which i s a pr req u isi t e t o , nother nu rsing co u rse

in

may not cOlltinue in the nursing sequence until the p re requi ­

site co urse is repeated with a grade )f 2.0 or a b o e.

(Other

p o l icies r egar d i ng progression/contin uation c n be foun the Un dergrad uate Nurs i n g S t udent Handbook . )

in

School of Nursing in order to en roll for a pp ro p r ia te prerequis ites

se r ve s the right o f cur riculum modification and revision as long

7. Students ta ki ng medical o r other withdrawals from l1lusing

that their applications be

co ns i d e re d for the following fall.

All potential or p r e -nursing stuJ nll are urged to seek early

acad mic advisement from th e ad missions coordinator in the and avoid un neces aIY loss

of

time. The School of N U rSi n g re­

as it does not h inder st ldents' p ro gre

s toward graduat ion.

ADMISSION CRITERIA* Minimum criteria for admission to the School of Nur ' i n g i nclude:

1.

2.

d m i ss i o n to Pacific Lutheran

n iversity. Applican ts must

have been ad m i t ted to Pacific Lutheran Univers ity before consideration of their application to the Sch 01 of N ursing. Ad mi. �io n to the unr\rersity does n o t guarantee adm iss io n to the School o f Nursing.

ompletion, o r pending satisfact ry omple tion of 26

semester credit hours of specified prerequisite course wo rk at PL

,

community college or a n ot her acc re d i te d u n iversi t y

m

o

S . NlLrsing majo rs may hav no more than 4 semester cr d i t h o u r s of n o n - n msi n g cou rses t o b e completed a t the t i m e of enrollment in the finaJ semester of n u rs i n g cour ·es. 6. Incomplete grad . in nursing courses m ust be converted to a passing grade (2.0 or above) be fore the fir t day l)f clas of the

major, must request, in w r i t i ng,

o c ;;0

higher).

6. Physical health and emotional stab ilit y ufficient t o meet the

7.

n

1./1

( i n termediate algebra at t h e colle ge level with a grade of C o r

or the RN to B. N sequence must make fo m1Jl a.pplication to

ad mit te d to tIle School o f N ursi ng to begin nu rsing courses each

of 2.00 in each n u rsing p rerequisite

4.

are a d m i tte d either fal l or spring semester. Application proce­

and

m

ments fo r the n u rsing s eque n ce within the des ribed time

ADMlSSION TO THE UNIVERSITY: Pa c i fic Lutheran Univer­

d u re

m

com-

and Sociology 3 3 0 (The Family) i f they plan to fulfill require­

3 years.

strated capacities for success at the baccalaureate level.

m

p i ted Psychology 352 ( Development: I n fancy to M at u r i ty )

labo ratory sci nces, 2 years ( i ncluding chemistry); electives,

s it y

request) i n cluding

Psychology 101 ( I ntrodu tion to Psychology), Bio logy 205,

applicants co m p le te a p rogram in h igh school which incl udes:

Engl ish, 4 yea rs; mathematics,

OIl

subsequ nt semester.

c ou rs es may return to the School

f Nursin g in ac ordance

with policies lis ted in the Undergraduak

Handbook on

a

space avaibble basis.

ursing Student

8. The School of Nursing reserves the right to re q uest withdrawal of nu rsi n g students who fail to demonstrate academic

c l inical competence duct.

r

or

wh o fai l to rn a i n t, in p ro[essi n a l con­

nsafe p r a c t ice consti tutes ground� for immed iat e dis­

m issa l from the clinical component.

HEALTH: Nur ing students are respo nsible for maintaining

optimal health and ar teachers o f h ea l tb . Physical examinations,

x -rays, and immu niz.ations are requi red be fore a d mi ss ion to th

p rogram, and periodically thereaft

r,

and

a re

the r

ponsibility

V1


N U R S I N G V1

f students. A l l students must carry p e rs o n a l health/occident i nsUl·ance. w LL. LL.

o LU V1

ENGLISH PROFICIENCY: A ce r ta i n level of E ngli s h p rofi cien cy is necessary fo r ac ad e mi c success i n nursmg as well as for p a t i e nt safety. S t ude.n t . w h o are identified b y t h e un ilrersity as needing the ESL sequence of co urse will be req u i red to take the ESL

First Year - Pre Nursing

before en t rance to the School of Nu rsin g o r to take the TOEFL and score at l e a st 550 .

Fa!! Se mester

courses

::l

LU LU

w

also take and pass t h e SPEAK tes t before pr grcss ion i n to t.he

.

j un ior year of the Il ursi ng major. The tes t is give n t h rough the

be successfuL

required to carry p r ofess i o n a l l iabi lity insurance in specified amounts during aU periods of l i n i ca J experience. ' his is ava i l ­

group plan at

a

..

.

..

........... .

.

.

.........

1 7 credits JaII uary- Term "rcsh m a n Ex per ie n ce

4 credits

Spring Semester hemistry 105 Ch e m i s t ry of L i fe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

.. .. . . . .. 4 206 - Human An a to my and Physiology . 4 Critica l onversation .. . . . . . . . ... . .. . . .. .. . . . . . . . .. . . 2 P hysic al Educatioll .. .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . I

G U R'/Core ( Religio n )

..

..................

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .

Biology

...

.

....

. . ............. . . . . . .

....

.......

. .

..

........

...

.

........ .......

....

. .

.

.

.

............ ..... .

....

...

.

. .

...

1 5 credits Fa II Semester

studellt. m u st provide th ir own transportation between the un iversity campus a nd the c1 i ll i cal laho r a t o ry ar as b egi n ni n g with the first n urs ing ur e. Public t ra nsportatio n is l i m i ted, so pr vIsion r private transpo rtation is es e n t i aL S t udents a r e

a

.

Second Year

ADDITIONAL COSTS: in ad di t ion to regular un iversity costs,

a ble wlder

.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ln t�n sive English Language In sti nne at the u niv ers i t y fo r a n o mi na l cost to t he s tu de n l . The test consisl'> of even sections meas ur i n pronu nc iat io n, gra mma r, and fl ue ncy. 1\ mi n i m u m score of 2.2 (out of a p ossible 3) in each of the fOllr areas of p ronunciatio n, grammar, !Jue ney, and com p reh ensi b il i ty, and a I11 i ni mll IU 2.0 in all the p ronun c iat io n sections is conside red passing. Students eo ling below these lewis on pr n u nc i a t i o n will be req uired to obtain additional coursew rk or ass ist ,lO ce he fore ret aki ng the SPEAK. S L students should a lso be <\Ivare uu t they may not be able to o mp le te the program of study \vithin the described time frame. i ndividu a l advising '- available and is d i re ted toward assisting students to

205 - Human An atomy and P hys i o l og y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Ps yc ho l ogy 1 0 1 - Introduction to P s yc h o l o gy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 E ngl is h 1 0 1 - W r i t i n g Req u i rement ... . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. 4 R * /C o re 4 I Phys i ca l Education 100 - Personalized F i t n ess Program Bio logy

I I students [or whom E ngl i s h i. s their s eco n d l an g u age must

c.::

o U

n o r m ally e, tend over six s e m es t e rs . Part-time enrollment also i s possible. For sp r i n g semester enrollment, t h e c u rriculum ge n era l ly fo llows the fa l l semester form at with mod ifications as necessary to assure co m pl e tio n of all p rer eq u i s it e courses by the time they a re needed.

nomi nal cost to the s tudent. Heal t h

examinJ.ti n fees, ·tudent llD i forms a n d equipment ( w r i stwa tc h ,

sci!;sors, · tel hosco pe) are also I.h

rc�p o n s i t il ity of t h e st udent. A Lea rn ing Resou rces 'ee of 555 per semester is charged to co er practi e anci wmpllter laboratory materi als , equipment anJ s u p p l ies. The fee is i dentified with �pecitil co urses and is payable to the Busi ness Office along with uni versi ty tuition. Standardized testing fe of approximately $ 35.00, payable d i rectly to the School of Nl1rsmg, are assessed at the time of e n ro U m e n t in the fl nal semester o f nu rs i n g s tudies.

B i ol ogy 201 - I n t roduct o r y M i c ro bi o logy ................................ 4 G R·/Corc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Psy h o lo gy 352 - Development: I n fa n cy to M a tu ri t y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Nursing 2 1 2 - I n troduction to Health Care ...... . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . .. . . 2 N u rs i n g 25 1 - Commonalities in Nu rs i n g I . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 P hysi ca l Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I

17

J£llluary- Term

credits

4 credits

Elect ive o r G U R » ( optional) Sp ring Semester

Nu r s i n g 232 - Ph a rma c ol ogy in N u rs i ng ................ .................. 2 ursing 252 - Commonalities in Nu rs i n g I I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ursing 263 - Hea lth Ass s me n t ............... . .... ... . . . . . .... .... .......... 2 u r s i n g 273 - PathophY5ioiogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 3 R�/Core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

14 credits Third Year

Programs of Study

Fal!

PREREQUISITE COURSES TO NURSING MAJOR: Prerequ is ite: c urses

tJ

be compkted before en roJ l men t

in the CREDIT

B i olo g 205, 206 ( Anaromy and P hys i o l ogy) . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 4, 4 20 1 ( M icrob io l ogy )" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ,.......... 4 Ch em i s t ry 1 05 (Chcmi. try of L i fe ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . ... .. . . . . . 4 a c io logy 33 0 (The Fa mily)' . .. . . . . . . . . . . , ...... . . ............ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Psychology 1 0 1 (l'n troduction to Psyc hology) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Psychology 3 2 ( eve lop men t : I n fancy to Maturi t ),) � . . ... . . . . . .. 4 Intermediate A lge b r a .... . . ........ ... . . . . . . .. . ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . ... . .. . . . . . ... ..... 4 (if wo years col l ege prep math not co m pleted in high � ( h C)o l with g ra de of C or h igher) .

Bi o logy

... .

. . . . . . .. .. .

.

..

.

.....

...

.

...... . . .. .

.

.

.

.

.

. .

. ...

..

..

*

.. . ..

.

. .

.

.

.

Bt1.5ic stUdellts - corequisite - see Cllrriw /ull1 plelll.

Prerequi ire courses may b ' t a ke n at PL co mmu nity c l ieges .

or at m o s t j u n io r/

DSN BASIC PROGRAM: The cu rric u l u m pi, n and i ts i m p l e · mentation are d esi c med t o foster growth and to en o urage initiative and self-direction on t h e part of studen ts. In a dd i t io n to n u rs i n g req u i rements" tudents

are

Clinical

.......

. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . .. . .

2

Nursin g 333 - Physiolog ical N u rs i ng I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ursing 342 - Physiological N u r s i n g I: C l i n i c a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Soci ol o g y 330 - The Family . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

..

.

..

322 - Psychosocial l u rs i ng :

Nursing 324 - Psychosocial l u rsi ng ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... 4

mlr 'ing sequen e i nc l u d e : COURSE

Seme·ter

N u r si n g

exp ct d to meet univer­

sity requirements.

N u. rs i n g COUI"CS must be taken co ncurre n t l y and in sequence as i n d i c a te d in the sa m p le c u rriculum, and, if enroU ed fu J I time,

1 5 credits January- '[�ml Electiw or G

R* (op tional )

4 credits

Spring Semester

hildbearing Ye a rs .................... 2 Nursing 362 - Nursing in t he hi ldbearing Years: C l i n i c al . . . . . 2 N u rsi n g 372 - u rsing of Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

NtH 'ing 352 - Nursi.ng in the

u r S i ll g 382 - Nursing of Ch ildre n : C l i n ical

... ... . . .. . .. 2 392 - Nursing Re s ea rc h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 2 G U R· /Core . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . 4 ..

..

..... .

..

...

N u rs i n g

..

..

...... ... .

...

....

. .

.. . . . . . . . . . . ..

.

.

.

14 c redits

fourth Year Fa ll Semesta u rsing 423 Nursing 4 3 3 N u r s i n g 462 N ursi ng 474

- Physiological Nu rsiJlg n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 1 : Cli nical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - Leadership in N u r s i n g ..... . ....... . ..... ........... . . . . . . . . . . 2 - N u rS i n g Synthesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 GUR*/Core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... 4 - P hysiologic::!l N u r s i ng

16 credits


N U R S I N G o m

J(IIZ l l a ry- Term

Elective

or

the military services. Pre- registra tion is requ i red.

CUR ' ( o p t i o n a ! )

.....................

..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4 credits

p ring Semester N u rs in g 436 - C o m m u n i ty Health N u r s i ng: Fa m i l ies . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 N u rs i ng 4 - 3 - ommu n i ty Heal t h Nursi ng: linical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 N u r s i ng 472 - Issues and Trends in Nttrs i ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 N ur s i n g 473 - C o m m u n i ty a� C l i e n t . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 3

I I c redits �

CUI?

==

gel1crrll llll iver" i!y reqlJiremellt

A m i n i mu m of 1 28

semester c re d i t h o u rs is re q u i red fo r t h e

baccalaureate d egr ee . The seq uen ce of required nursing cou rses

co mp r ises 5 7 semester credit h o u r ' .

th expe r i e nc d licensed pr a ct i c a l n u rse des i r i n g the Bachelor

o f S c ie n ce in N u rs in g d eg ree . The program allows students the

opport u n i t y to va l i d ate prior knowledge and lin ical co m peten e, enabling progression L h ro ug h the BS c tlrricu lliln wi t h i n a twenty-four month period fo l l ow i ng o m p le t i on of PI' req u i ­

si te cou rses, wh e n enrolled full-time. Pa rt -ti me en ro l l men t o p tio ns also are avail able.

P rmpective s t u de rrts are e n c o u raged to sl'ck l'<lrly advisement to re d u ce time spent in c.ompleting p re req u i s i t es and facilitate p rogress. 'orne of the c ou rs es ha e . pecial sections for en ro lle d

LP

. A I s " efforts are m ad\: to arra.ngE' class t i mes 10 accommo­ da te sc hed ules of LP s wh o are working. Admission/Transfer: A d m issi o n t o PLU is re q u ir 'd

efore

making fo rmal appl ica t io n to t he Sc h o o l of Nursi.ng. Licensed p ractical n u rse who began their higher ed u c a t i o n at o t h o r <I e

redited co l leges or univer i t ies may apply

for ad miss i o n w i tb

a dva nced standing. A grade p oi n t aver ge of 2.5 is re q u i red by

t.he Sci 001 of Nul' ' i ng. The u n iversity graduation math requ i re ­ ment (two yea rs of co l lege prep m at h or an a p p roved ma t h course at the baccalaureate level) must be !l1 ·t before a d m i ssion.

1hmsfer Credit: A m i n i m u m grade of C i n col lege c o u rses is required for transfer o f cred i t . Transfer i n t o PUJ with j u n i o r s ta n di.ng (60 semester cred i t hours) redu ces the IZc l i g i o n require­ ment from 8 to 4 scme te l' cred i t h O ll.rs. A max i m u m of 64 semester (96 q u a r te r ) c redi t h o urs o f co m m u n i t y o l lege work is transferable. A quarter c red i t hour is the equ i v a l en t o f two - thirds a se me ste. r cred i t hour. To qual ify as d 'gree cand.idates, students must take the final 32 semester hours tn res i d en ce at PLU. Advanced Placement: be availabk Ulr ugh n at i o n a l standardized or dep a rt m e n t a l examinations. Inqui ries should be d i rec t ed t o the Office o f Adm i ssions o r the depa r t m e n t or ch oo l offering t h e p a r t icu l a r subject. Non-1I11rsing: Advanced p lacement rna

Nursillg: P s may receive credit by exa m i n a t i o n for sele c ted c ur. cs. Each . t u d en t is i n d i v i d u a l l y cour e.led rega rdi ng the appropriateness of see k i ng su h cred it. Elivibilit)1 for the c l i n i ca l prall iency examination is det e rm in e d by the facu l t y and is ba cd on documentation of signi ficant work and/or s t u de n t ex per i e n e in the speci fic area, E. ams must be successfull}' pass d to receive the credit. The following ACT/P P' standardized tests arc available and, if successfu lly compl eted (45 nr above ) , provide ere lit for th nursing coursers) i nJ i ca te d : I . rundamcntals of ursing - Exam #403 - see #3 2. Co m m o na l i tles in Nursing: Area B - Exam #478 - see #3 3. I[ xams #403 and/or #478 are successfu l ly passed, l he LP st l l de n t i eligible to t a ke a u rs i n g Cl i n ica l Proficit:nc y E.x�un which w i l l all w credit fo r N u rs i n g 25 1 ( 'ommonalitics in ursing I) and Nursin: 252 ( Commonalities in Nursing I I ) , rt'spe 'r-iv Jy. •

ACT/PEP

exanz;

are offered

at

state and colmt ry, inc/uding PL

specific testing sitps througho l l t , on

testillg dates, a l l d registrotioll paeke!, are availa.ble ill the S choo l

Nill·sing.

the s ched liled dates as well as by

oj

LPN TO BSN PROGRAM OF STUDY: ( F u l l - T i me Sequence) First Year Credit by f:xl1 m il/lltiCl7Z

CJlEDITS

Nurs ing 2 5 1 Nursing 252 -

o m lTI on a l i ties I - required . . . . ... . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ( m m nalities n - potential . . . . . .... , ... , .... ....... , ... 2 ( omplete dllrillg sp ri ng hejene beginrlilzg clas. es)

Fa ll

elllester

- I n t roduction to Hea.lth Care . . . . . . u rs i n g 263 - Hea l t h Assess m e n t ..... . . . . . ... .. .

N u r s in g 2 1 2

.

..

BSN SEQUENCE F O R UCENSED PRACTICAL NURSES: 111is se q u e nce of s tu dy i s desi gned to pro ide career m o b il i ty fo r

'rlldy guides.

...

..

.

...

......

. ...... .... .. .. . ..

. . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . .

2 .2

Nur i n g 273 - Pathophysiology . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. .. .. . .... . 3

o c v, m o

u rsl n g 2 3 2 - Ph a r maco l ogy i ll Nu rs i. ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 GenerJI Un iversity R quire m e n t

(GUR)

January-limn

G R

( if needed)

...

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . .. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Spri ng Semester

NUl'. ing 324 - Psychosocial Nursi ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 N u rs i n g 322 - Psychos cial Nu rsing: li nical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 2 N ur s i n g 333 - Physiological u rs i n g r . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . .. 2 N u rs i n g 342 - Physiologi al N u rsi. n g I: l i n ic al ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 G U R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Summer Session G

R and/or Sociology 3 3 0 - The hm ily . . . . . . , ........................... 4

Second Year Fall Semester

352 - Nursing in th Childbearing Ye a rs .................... 2 h i l d b e a ri ng Years: . l i n ic a l ..... 2 N u r si n g 372 - Nur 'ing of . hil d n: n ........ ............ ........................ 2 Nursing 382 - N urs i n g of Children; �l i llical . . . . . . . .. . . 2 N u r s i n g 392 - Nursing Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 2

Nursing

N u rsing 362 - Nursing in thc

...

.

..

.

..

..

...

....

.

..

.....

.....

...

.....

...

...

...

R.

Jalluary-Term 1

R (if needed)

.......

. . . . . , ............ ................ ......................... ........ 4

Spring SClI1e.rrer

N u rsi n g 42 - Phys iological lursing II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ..

.

...

.

I ur�ing 433 - Physio logical Nursing I I : J in i c a l . ..................... 3 u rs i n g 462 - Leaders h i p in NursiJ1g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 fu rs i ng 4 7 4 - N urs i n g Synthesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . 4

Slil/llner Se5sioll Nu rs i n g 436 - Corrun u n i t· y Heal t h N u r:;ing: FamiLie, Nursing

.

. . . . ........ 3

453 - �ornlll u n i t y Health N ursing: Clinical . . . . . . . . . . 3 .

..

.

Nur ' illg 472 - Is s u s and Trends in N u rs in g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . 2 N ursi n g 473 - Com ll l u n i t y as l ient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Part-time progr.am of study are available acco rding to s t udent need I i t h in the framework of the c u r ric u lu m. An app int ment should be ma de with the LP -BSl 0 rdi n a to r to de vel op a n i n d ividual izeJ p la n fo r program c o m p l ' l i o n .

BSN SEQUENCE FOR REGISTERED NURSES: Registered nurse s , gnlduates from LN a n d state-approved asso i Me degre and diploma programs, are encou raged to p u rsue the B a c helo r of Scicnce in I u rs i n g at Pacific Luth r a n U n iversit . R students meet the sa m e r q u i rements as h a s i c student ·. Most arc admitted w i th advanccd stan d i n g, having comp l ete d academic course­ w o rk els wher A n u m b er of the r luired ntl rs i n g cou rses have s p ec i al sections for e n rolled RN tud nlS. hedules are a r ran ged to accommodate the wo rk i n g n u rse I,'iih many c urse being .

t augh t i n concent rated blo ks of t ime.

P ro sp ec t i ve students are e n co uraged to seek early advise­ m e n t to reduce t i m e spe.ll t in co mp le t i ng p re req u i s i tes dnd fa c i l i tate progress.

Once gener l u n jversity requ i re m e n ts and

p rereq u i s i tes h ave been mer, the program may be c om plete d in

1 2 mo n t h s with full-t ime enrollment. Va rious part-time options are available.

z C\


N U R S I N G

z

Transfer Credit: Reoistcred nurses who b ega n th ei t: h igher ed ucation at other accredited c o l leges o r u niversities may a p p ly

for tr a ns fe r credit. A gra de p o i n t a crage of 2.5 i. requ i red by the

o

::J o u

LJ.J

LJ.J a::

School of \us i n g . A m ini m u m grade of , i n c o l l ege courses is required for t r a n sfe r of credit. A maxi m u m of 64 se m est e r ( 9 6 q u ar t er) cred it hOUIS of comm u ni t y co l le ge work i s t ransferabl e . A qu ar ter cred i t h o u r is the equivalent of tw o- thi rds of ,} scm es t r credit h ur. To q u a l i fy as d eg ree candidates, students m us t take the fin al 32 semester hours in res i dence a t PLU, of 1 2 8 semester credi t h o u r$ a re required fo r g raduation .

Advanced Placement: NOTl-mlfsing: dvanced pi ce me n t may be itV il bl ' th rou gh national standardized or dep ar t men t a l exam inations. I n quiries shOldd be directed to th Office o f Adm issions a n dl o r the department o r school offer i n g the p a r t i cu l a r subject. .

...

.

.

... .

.....

.

.

.

.

....

.

.

.

.....

RN students may eam credit by examination for these COtlfSes: ur�ing 322 - P s yc h o ocial: l i nical ......................................... 2

W"s in g 324 - PsydlOsociaI: Th eo r y ........ ........................ . ......... 4 Nu r s i n g 3 5 2 - ursing i n Childbearing Years . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . 2 Nurs i n g 362 - ursing in Childbearing Years: .Iinical . . . . . . . . . . . 2 N ur si ng 372 - Nursing of h i ldren . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . .... . . .. . . ... . . . . . . . .. . .. . . .. 2 N u r s in g 382 - ursing of Children: Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Nursing 333 - P hys i o log ic a l Nu rsi. ng r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. 2 u rs i n g 342 - Physiological Nu rsin.g 1: Cl in ica l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Nur ing 423 - P hy 'iological u rs i ng T1 .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ursing 474

-

..... . ...... . .. .... . 3

ursing yn th es i s * ............................................ . 4

29 c re d i ts "Must have had the equivalcllt ofat leas t

one year olfull-lime

clinicaL practice experiel1ce as a registered l l U rse to be eligible./;,r c redi t by exa lllination.

Other opport u n i ties to earn cre d i t by exa m i nation may be av a i l ab l e on an i ndividual basis based on prior oursework a n d experience, bu t no mor

tban

30 credit

may be ach ieved by t h is

method. The fol l ow ing A .T/PEP standardized tests a r e available and , i f succes fu lly

completed, provide credit

for

the l1u rsill" cour. e

as indica ted:

1. Heal th Support Area Il - Exam #577 -

ueing 333/342

( P hysi o logi al ursing 1: beory and Clinical) 2 . Maternal and Child u rsing ( B accalaureate Level) Exam #457 - Nurs ing

Yea rs: T h e o r y a n d

352/362 ( Nurs ing i n the C h i l dbearing C l i n ical ) a n d ll.T s i ng 3 72/382 ( N urs i n g of

Children: Theory and l i n ical) Health ursing - Exam #503 N u rsin g 324/322 (Psycho�ocial ursing: Theory and Clinical)

3. PsychiatriclMental

4. Adult u rs i n g - Exam #554 Nu rs i n g U: 1'h o ry )

u r s i n g 423 (Physiological

If Exam #554 is suc essfu l Ly pass d, th R

·tuden t i� el ie,rible to

ta ke a N u rs ing C J inrcal Proficiency Exam which will allow credi t

433 ( P hysiologic.al Nu rs ing I I : Clinical). Recerpt of cre d i t by xamination for N ursi ng 474 ( N ursing Synthesis) i nvolves the development of a portfo l i o documellting fo r Nursing

previous work expt:rience which meets he c o u rse objectives. If a "Pass" grade or above (45 i f ACT/PEP) is not achi ved o n t h e des igna t ed test or if the RN student elects not to seek (Tedit by e,'amination, the stu d e n t must nroll in the course a s offe r ·d. AC TIPEP exams should be t aken before beginIling the RN seq u e n ce o r, i f such a plan is not possible, befo re the su b equent co u rses for w h ic h t h y a rc prerequisite. The tests a r e available at a 0 umber o f testing s ites t hr o u g h o ut the state and country in cl udi n g PLU w i t h pre-registration r qu i re d Sp ec i fic re g i st ra tion materials, s t u dy gu i des , and t es t i 11g dates are ava ilab le from .

RN TO BSN PROGRAM O F STUDY: ( Fu l l - Ti m e Sequence) Fall Seme,ter

CREDITS

Nurs i n g 263 - Health Asses s m e n t

2

- P3thophysiology . .. . . . 3 Nu rs i ng 2 ! 2 - I n t rodu t i o n to H�alth are . . . . . . . 2 Religion or Sociolo gy 330 - Th ' Fa mily . .. . . . .. . . ... . .. .... . .. . . . . 4 or Psych olog 352 - Development: Infancy to M at u r i ty --'---Nurs i n g 273

.......................... ...

...

la /wary· Terl1l

6 cred i ts

Nursing 433 - P h ys io log ica l N u rs i ng I I ; Clinic;:ll "

p rogram sequence . )

...

.

.

....

.

................ .....

.

...

.....

_

..

I I credits

These courses are wa i ve d for registere I n u rs e students: ur, ing 232 - Pharmacology in N ursing . ..... . . . ..... .. .... . ... . . . . .. . 2 Nursing 2 5 1 - Commonalities in Nursing I .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 u rs in g 252 - Common al ities in Nu rsin g I I .. . . . . . . . . . . 2 .

at the designated t ime d u r i ng the

Clinical Pr ficieney Exam Nurs i ng 433 - Physiological Nursing I I : Clinical

NUfSillg:

.

o

total

t he S c hoo l of N u rsing. (The p rofi c i en c y e. am fo r Nu rs i n g 433 development f the p o r t fo l i o for Nursing 474 w i l l take place

aod

­

G U R ( i f needed )

..

. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. .... . . . . .. .. .. . ... . . . . . . . . 4 credits

Sprillg emester

Nu rs i ng 3':12 - N u rs i ng Researc h ..... . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . .. .. ..... . . . .. . 2 u rsi ng 4 6 - oml11unity H alth Nu rs ing . . . ... . . . . .... ............. 3 Nursing 453 - Co mmun ity Health Nu rs i ng: CLiIlical . ... . . 3 Religion or Elective 2-4 .

.

.

. .

.

.

.

. .

..

. ...

....

.. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10-12 Complete Po r t fo l i o ( RN's w i t h more 1 ye�r or c l i n i ca l experience) u rsing 474 - Nu rs i ng _y n t h E' si s

credits

than

SlIlI1l1ler es,iOiI ursing

462 - Leadership i n Nmsi n g . . . . . .. . . . . ... . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

N u rsi n g 472 ... Issues and Trends . . . . . u r s i ng 473 - <, :o m mu n i ty as l i ent .

.

.

..

. .

....

. ...

.....

.

.

...

....

.

....

. .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2

. . . . ... . . .. ... . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 3

7 c re d i t s avai lab l e a nd C!1J1 bE' worked out on a n ind ividual basis. If s t u d e n ts have less t h a n the equi al en t of one year of full-time work exp e r i e n ce, . urs i o g 433 and 474 are included i n the program of s tudy. Va rious part- time options

are

MASTER OF SCIENCE I N NURSING: o n s u l t the g r a d u a t e section of this c a t a l o g fo r de ta i ls of the program l e a d in g to the d grce of M aster of Scienc in ursing a nd l o r conta t the School of N urs i ng G r a d u a te Pro g ra m (535-8 8 7 2 ) . SCHOOL NURSE CERTIFICATION: C o n ta c t t he School of NLU'ing C n t cr fo r 'o n t l nued u r si ng Learning ( 53 5-7683). WORKSHOPS AND SHORT COURSES: Contact t h e Sc h oo l of Nurs ing Center fo r onlinued u rs i n g Learning ( 53 5-7683 ) . Tilt illformation cot/tained herein reflects ,m accII ra I<' picture of the programs ofs tudy lelidinK to II 8l1cll"lor of Sci,,"ce ill ursi"K degree from Pacific Lul),erall University al ti,,, time of publication. HDlvel'er. tile university reserves the right to //lake necessary ,hmlKes ill pro­ ced"res, policies, ca/elldar, cI4rricu/rml, and costs.

Course Offe rings 2 ) 2 Introduction to Health Care So io-cult ural, pO l i t i ca l , economic, ethical, and Icual issues i nflue ncing contempOrary healt.h ca.re . fo c us on maj o r heal th problems and health c a re delivery sys tems. H i st o r i ca l perspec­ t ives and tTends in professional n u rs i ng a n d n u rs in g educat ion. Prerequisite: Sopho more standing in Nu rsing.

(2)

232 Pharmacology in Nursing Focuses 0 0 pha rmacological p r i nc i p l es of the major drug classes u s i J 1g a systems appro a c h . E m p h as i s on pharmacoki netics, mechanisms of a ct i on, undesirabl effects, and n urs ing i mp l i c a­

tions . i sc u ssio n 0 cli e n t te, c h i ng lld nursing responsibilities reg ar di n g the admin istra tion o f medicatio n. P r ereq u i s i t e : 25 1 . Pre- o r c o requ i s i t e : 273. (2)


N U R S I N G o m

382 Nursing of Childreru Clinical

25 1 Commonalities in Nursing I Introduction t

the use of the n u rsi n g process and psycho motor

C l i nical app l i c a t io n of pediatric tbeory and ski l l

in acute,

Prior

sk i lls in client cart'. Opportunities t o practice n u rsing skills in

p r i m a ry care, and c o m m u n ity fac il i t i e s. Prereq u i s i tes:

the nurs i ng laboratory and elected c l i n ical setti11gs. Prerequisites: BIOL 2 0 5 - 20 . CHE 1 1 05. PSYC 1 0 1 . Prerequisite or corequ isite: NURS 2 1 2. ( 2 )

concu rrent e n ro l l ment in

252 Commonalities i n Nursing I I

Includes p u rposes o f nursing research , problem ident[fication,

Emphasis o n t h e role o f the professional nUfsc i n i m plementa­

hypoth esis generati o n and testing, research design,

Introduct'ion to the

re

earch process and basic resea rch �kiIIs. c:r i t i qu e

t ion o f the nursing process. Selected cli.nical experiences with

process and use of research i n n u r s i ng. Prerequ isi tes : completed

Have

3 rd semester o f nu rsing sequence or w i t h consent o f

3 52, NURS 25 1 . Prior or concurrent enrollment i n N U RS 2 3 2 , 2 3, 273. ( 2 )

Admissions Committee.

263 Health Assessment

Selec ted

PSY

(2)

423 Physiological Nursing 11 i n g o r ch ronically d isabl i ng n n t u re i n adul ts.

as

p a r t o f the nursin g process. Prerequi­

CHK1 1 05, NUnS 2 1 2, 2 5 1 . ( 2 )

urs i ng i n terven­

322, 324, 333 , :>42, 3 52, 3 6 2 , 372, 382,

real a n d p o tential threats to hea l t h .

Clin i ca l application of b io - psycho -so c i a l , cultural, and sp i ri tu al

Immune response, rea c t i o n injury a nd i n fe c t i o n , p a i n , d i s t u rbances of c i rculation a n d

concepts in the care o f adult clien ts i n ac u te care se tt ing . Use o f

res pir a t i o n , neurological dysfu J1Ction and a b n o r m a l c e l l growth

t h e nursing process and em phasis O l l co gn i t iv e, i nte rp erso nal .

as c l i n l ca.l m a n i festations of selected disorders org:mized aro u n d framework o f categories o f h u m a n fu n c t i o ning. O p e n t o n o n ­ majors. Prerequ is i tes: I3I L 20 1 , 205, 206. ( 3 )

and psychomotor/ te c h nologi c a l ski l ls . Prerequ isites: Prior o r co ncu rrent enrollment i n

423. ( 3 )

436 Commun ity Health Nursing: Families Application of fam i ly theory a n d n u es i n g models to the analysis

322 Psychosocial Nursing: Clinical l ill i�aJ application of the nursin g process to promote o p t i mal

mental health for clients along the mental health-i llness co n ti nu u m. E mphasis on i m p lementin g a va ri e ty of thera p eu tic techniq u e5 a n d n u rsing inte r ve n t i o ns including th e rap e ut ic com mu n ic a t i o n . Prerequisites: PSY . 3 5 2 , p ri o r or concu rrent enroU ment in U RS 324. ( 2 )

of needs and c a re of t mill' clients in com m u n i t y settings. Iden t i­ fication of major p ubl i c health pro bl e ms, levels of pre ven t i o n , healt h seeking beha v i o rs , health screen i ng, and n u rsing m a nage­ ment o f h igh- r isk fa m i l ies. Prc.requisite. : 322, 3 24, 3 3 3 , 342. 3 52, 362, 372 , 382, 392, 42 3 , 433, 474, 5 CI 330. ( 3 )

453 Community Health Nursing: Clinical C l i n ical appl icat io n or p ro fes s i o n a l anel

324 Psychosocial Nursing se of the nu rsing p rocess in the promo t i o n of mental health for

tech nical skills in

the

care of fam i L ies in c o m m u n i t y hea l lh agencies. I m p l e m e n ta t i o n

clients along the m e n t a l health-il lness c o n t i nuum. A holistic

o f com plex n u r s ing i n terven t ions i n the h o m e il n d a mb u la tory

approach to understa nding variety o f n u rsing i n t erventions a n d

care settings. Re fi nem e n t o f i n te r vi e w i ng a nd case management

o t h e r co ntemporary t h erapeu t i c modalities i n t h e t reatment of

skills. Opp o rt tlI1 i r y fo r in de pendent j udgm e n t a n d decision

cl ients w i th mental health problems. Introduction to selected

making. Prerequisites: Prior o r conc u r rent en rollmen t i n

acute and chronic ps ychi a tri c disorders. Prereq u i s i tes :

232, 252,

263, 273, PSYC 352 . (4)

436. ( 3 )

462 Leader hip in Nursing Analysis of profes i o n a l roles , nd fu nct ions in health care

333 Physiological Nursing I

deli ve ry system�. Eval uation o f the i mpact o f orga n i z a t io nal

Basic i n terru p t i o n s in the b i o -psychosocial processes w i t h re u ltan t hea l t h devi a t io n�. Focus on & eIec te d pathophysiologic d isorders o f adu l ts w i t h nurs i n g interven t ions to fa c i l i tate adap­ tat ion a n d restoration to max.imum l e vel o f wellness. Holistic app roach to meeting needs o f cl ie nt" d n d fa milies. Teaching and learn i ng st rategies for health promotion, res t o r a t i o n and m a i n te n ance. P rerequ isi tes: 232, 252, 263, 273. (2)

s t r u c t u res o n p ro fessional nu rsing p ractice. Leadersh i p and management styles, co ne p ts of p ower and au tho r i ty. P re rc:: qu i ­ s i tes:

3 9 2 a n d senior standing i n Nu rs i ng. ( 2 )

472 Issues and Trends i n Nursing Anal ys is and eva l uation of the im.pact of selected s o c i o ­ economic, ethico -Iegal, and p o li t i ca l as pects on p r o essi o n a l n u r s i n g practice. P ro fessio n a l issues i n l tI d in g e.n t ry level, credcntiali ng. qual ity assura n ce, e t h i cal decision- making and

342 Physiological Nursing I: Clinical l i n ieal application of concepts of pathophysio logy and psychopathology to the care o f adult clients i n hospital sett i ngs. as framework fo r professional p ractice.

Prerequisites: Prior o r concu rrent enro ll m e n t i n

333. ( 3 )

l i fe - l o n g learning. Prereq u i s i tes:

392, 423, 433, 4 6 2 , 474. (2)

473 Community a Client (Clinical) Nursing strat e g i e s for pro b l e m solving in community or p ublic health envi ro nments. Focus o n c o m m u n i t y assess m e n t, health

352 Nursing i n the Chlldbearing Years

plann ing, app l ic a t i o n of the change p ro ce

I n d i vidual a nd fam i ly adaptat ions th.roughout the p reg nancy

tion fo r h i g h - risk groups. P re requisi t es :

cycle. Physiol gical and psychosocial-c u l t ural aspects of

co ncu rren t enrol l m e n t i n 436,

childbea ring. Prerequisi tes:

322, 324, 3 3 3 , 342; SOC I 330 ( 2 )

s,

and health educa­

462. 474, p rior

or

453 . 0)

474 Nursing Synthesis

362 Nursing i n the ChiIdbearing Years: Clinical

Synthesis of c r i t ical t h i n k i ng, i n dependent judg men t , deci si o n

Cl i n ical

m a k i n g , tec h n ical and leaders h i p k i l l s i n the delivery o f heal t h

of m a ternai newborn theory and ski l l s i n

h o p ital, c l i n i c . commun ity, and h o me environmenL<;. Prerequi­

care i n ac ute o r chronic s i tuations. Prerequ i , itcs: 3 9 2 ,

sites: Prior o r conc urrent enro l lme nt i n

prior or co n c u r rent registr a t io n in

352. ( 2 )

372 Nursing o f Children

491 , 942 lndependent Study

Nursing and hea l t h

Prerequ isi

c a re

z

l/)

433 Physiological Nursing U : Clinical

a ppli ca ti on

m

392. (3)

Pat h ophysiologi ca l concepts associated w i t h h u m a n responses to

The n u rsi ng proce

l/)

and means o f restoring balance to atta i n o p t i mal level of fun c t i o n i ng . Prerequisites:

273 Pathophysiology

to

o c

o

t i o ns based on u nders ta n d i ng t h e b i o - psycho-socbl disruptions

L 205, 206,

n

omplex patho p hysio logica l disorders of a life threaten­

Health assessment of chi ldren a n d adul ts. "!11phasis on i n ter­

s i te: Bl

m

m

vi e wi ng ski l ls a nd physical, developmental, and psychosocial assess ment techniques

m

392 Nursing Research

ad u lts i n e xte n d ed health care fac i l i ties. Prerequ isites:

BIOL 20 1 ,

or

372. (2)

of ch ildren from i n iancy thro u gh

adol escence. Childhood needs, c h ildbea ring practices, and parental roles. Prere q u is ites:

322, 3 24, 3 3 3 , 342, SOC! 330. (2)

e:

462. (.1)

Pe rm iss io n of the dean . ( 1 -4)

493 lnterns.bip Abroad

42 3 , 43 3 ,


VI

UJ u.. u.. o

525 Models ond Theories of Nursing

545 Life, Death, and Public Policy

Foc u s Or! the cu rrent state of t heory development i n nursing. In ludes the nalys i s a n d c aiuo.tion of n ursing a n d related models a nd lheories with d iscussion of t heir rele ance to nursi n g science aJld pract i e. (3)

A n , lysi

526 Nursing Leadership and Management

Analysis of prin c i p l e s a n d proces es of ma nagement in an

VI a:: ::J o U

w w

w o

i ocrea . i Jlgl y c om p l ex health ca re conte..'\ 't. FUllctjon of pl. nn i n g , organizing, s t affi n g, d i rect i ng and con t rol l i ng, and selected issues in he, I th

ca re - communicati o n , delegation, power, values,

markeling and . t r u ct u re - are exa m i ne

lvith e m p has is on

l ea dersh i p skill acqwsi t i o n . ( 3 )

527 Nursing Research An ovel'vit!w oC the r sea rch p ro cess Hnd its 'l ppl ical in n to nu rs i n g p r a.:: t ice . Emphasis on eva l u a t i o n of c u rrent re earch i n n ur sing. P r requisite:

5 2 5 . (3)

530 Continuity of Care Nurse Specialisl Role Focus on con ti n u i ty of care nurse s p ec ia l ist role deVelopment e m p h as izi n g subroles: expert pract it io ne r, l e ad e r, con u l tan t , educator. and resea rch e r. I n-dept h s t u dy leads to de ve l o p m e nt o f a role :;pedfic o s i t i o n description. Prerequisite o r con urrenL Wilh 525 or p e r m iss i on f i n� t ruct r. (2)

53 1 Theoretical Foundations for Continuity of Care C ritica l aoahsis of n u rs i n g and other health related theoretical models u n de rly in g advan d pm t ice of the conti ntlity of care n u rse p e c i u l is t . I n -dept h exp lo ration of a d va n ced pract lce in­ clud i ng: n1.JrSing case-manageme n t, discharge-plan n i ng, q u ality assurance, and systems a nalysi s. Concept ual synthesis leads to ::t

role speci fic, p r e5s-oriented pra c t i ce fra mework. Prere q u i site o r concurre n t : 325, 5 3 0. ( 3 ) 532 Focused Study I n Cllnical Specialization I n -de p th s t u d y of t he demogr.!phic� antI e pide m iol o i t re nds ; cl in ical management and s tan dards ; and key agenc ies re lated to elected chronic con(Utions. Clinical experien es include 'lppl i­

cat i o n of a defined, process - ori n t e d (Ta J1lework for pract i e i n care del ivery for ch roo i c 1 1 y i l l clien t/ patien t g ro u ps . Prereq uisite or con unen t wi t. h 53 ! . ( 3 )

533 Continuity o f Care Practicum Students apply a co m prehensive co n t i nuity of ca re model addressi ng ae ess across agency botl n da r ies wit b i n t he context of a clien t-oriented system. Cl in ical ltperiences a re ocu sed on appl ication of a defin ed , process-orie.n ted practjce fra mework i n c l u d i n g advanced ass ess men t to ide n t i fy need and r o u rces as we ll as c l ient/patient/fa m i ly tea h .ing for elec t pat ien t group ' . Prere u isite: 532, and may be coo urr n t with ':: 3 4. (3) 534 Program Development for Continuity o f Care Focus on t he syn thesis of theo re t ical m o d el s . ciUl ical parameters, ilnd program pl a n ni ng p ri n c ip les . , tudent · develop a continuity of aue program [o r spec ific h ea l t h care pop u la t ion ad d ress i ng access a c ross agency bo tmdaries within the context of a c l ie n t­ orient d system . C l i nical ex}' riences in lude de.velopm e n t of the co n t i n u i t y o [ care teanl . P re rcqills i te or concurrent wi t h 533. ( 3 ) 543 Health and Culturally Diverse Populations C o mparat i e a n a lysis of healU l beliefs , !ld care praLliec" o f western and non-wes tern c ul t u res \ itb emphasis n theoretical a nd practical d i me n ion . Seminars fOC ll� on ..: ross-cult ural view o f n u rsing on cepts and professional prac t i ces as they r l a t e to valu e s, beliefs, and techn iques. Exploration of transcultu ral c a r i ng and cur i ng role behavior a n d processes of soci,ll ization into those rol es .. I ncl udes con temporary theoretical a. n d t"esearch method.� fo r the study f n u rs i n g C<lre components. Open to gradu ate .� tudents or senior lmdergraduale st uden ts in good "tanding with consent o f inst ructo r. ( 2 )

0

hard life a n d death decisions t h a t , in reasingly, are

I ay into the public po l icy agenda . The a ggreg ate co nseq llen ces of the wid�spread application of biomedi cal tec h ­ nol ogy w i l l be exa mined i n c l u d i ng critical quest iOlls . Cas stud i center around the nurse's 1'01 i n p u b l i policy .md deciion m aki n g . To p i s i nd Ide pr n a t al i nterven tion, o rga n trans­ p lan tat io n , cuthan,lsia, prt'vention and 'i� style change, and et­ t i ng li m i ts o n m edi cal carc" Open to gradu a te st ude n ts N se n i or u nde rgrad u a t e students w ith cons nt of the i n s tr u tor. ( 2 )

making

their

>

548 Curriculum Development for Nursing

Examination of the t h eo r y and pr ac ti ce of u r r ic uJ um devel o p ­ m en t and evaluati o n . Students fu n c tion i ll th e role of a factt l ty memh r to plan a "u r ric u J u m , d evelop i n d ivid u a l co u rses , �nd explore method, for co urse a nd c u r ri c u l u m evaluat ion . ( 2 ) 549 Teaching in Schools o f Nursing Theoretical and ph i losophical principles of the teach ing/learning p ro ce s. Teaching t ra te gies and th process of self a nd student ev a l u at io ns III e analyze Su perv ised to.: a ch i ng e x p e r i e n c e included. ( 2 )

556 F inan.dal Management fOT Health Care Providers oncepts J.nd pr c{'s. e of financial m an a ge m en t fo r plaJl ll i ng, co n t ro l, an d decision making (o r m an age rs i n h ea l t h care o rgan i ­ zations. f n t ro d u c t i 0 to the l a ng u age of fi n a n c ia l mana g eme.nt and economi ; business p l a n and budge t p reparation : variance and trend a nalysis; issues o f cos t , quality, a nd product i i ty. Com puter experienc . (3)

559 Nursing Administration Pract:i.cu.m.

Synthe ize nu r s i n g and busi n ess admini tra t i n knowledge

through cri l ical ma.l)'sis, i n depelldent ju g me n ! , and decisi n­

m aki ng. Focus on role analysis, refi neJ1l nt, and theory applica­

lion in a pra

ice �etti.ng. Prereqwsite : 526, B

S

5 50.

(5)

580 Advanced Pathophysiology Pro ides the fo u n da t io n r. r

cl i n i ca l j u d " ment and client m an age me n t based on t h e u nderstanding of pat hogen ic me h ­ anlsms of d is ase. on ten t i. nc l u des i nterpreta tion of a l tera t i o n s from n o r m a l fu nct ion , and signs Jnd 'ymptoms i n d i c at ive. of ill ness.

(3)

58 1 Primary Care Foeu) on p ri m ary health care concept · a ro ss the l ife span. S t udents int grate adv a nced critical d eci s io n m' king a nd well ness- .i ! l n ess beha ior concepts with a pp lica t io n to l i fest y le change and omOl u n ica Ie and c h ro n i c diseas processes (e.g., £OS, STD ) . 2 ) 582 Advanced Familr Health Assessment Exp lorat ion of rheori s, con epts, and adva n ced p rac t i ce sk i l ls relevant to comprehen ive hea l t h assessme. n t t h roughout the l i fe cycle. Emphasis on c li n ica l applicat io n of k nowl edge to pri mary care of the fam i ly w i th i n a m u l t ic ultura.l envi ronm n t . S m i nar ( 1 h ou r ) �lI1d c li n ica l experiences (4 h o urs) required. Learning Resour -es Fee: 55. ( 5) 583 Clinical Pb8l'macoiherapeutics Foclls on pharmaco therapeut ic management of a variety of com­ mon health probl m and pregnancy. Lega l ,uld t h i ca l im p lica­ t i on s related to pres r i pt ive resp onsibili t. ies w i th j n the cope o f ARN P p ra c t i ce \¥ i l l b i ncluded. Meets reqwrements for i n i ti a l prescriptive autho r i ty in the State o f Wash i ngton . ( 2 ) 584 Family Nurse Practitioner I Appl ica t ion of theofdical k n lwlcdge fo r aSSes ment and ma.nagemenl o r family health p roblems. Lea r n i llg e�peri (lees focus o n se-lected ep iso d ic i l l nesses, chronic c o nd i t ions a n d r ela: t ed health pro b le m s throughout l h ' life cy Ie. E mp has � o n d i agn os t i reasoning a n d advanced assessment of ind ividuals Jld. fam ilies. Kn wledge from nur ' i ng th eo ri , as well as b i o l ogica l


P H I L O S O P H Y o

and

behavioral sciences, Jrc i nLeg rated . , eminar

cl inical cxperiences

(5

( l hour) and

h o u rs ) required. Prerequi site: 582. ( 6 )

585 family Nurse Practitioner I I Th �ory and urrent research a rc applied t o t he co mprehensive assess ment a n d m a n a ge me n t of (lcute i l lne s and spec i aJ prob­ lem� in fa mily p r i m a ry ca re. Emphasi on d i.agnoslic reaso n i ng ski l ls in t h e context of managing co m p lex i llness patterns a n d inle rr u p t io n s i n normal family he a l t h. Sem inar ( I hour ) and cl i n ical e xperi ence ' (7 hours) req u ired. P rerequ isite: 5114. (8) 586 OB/GYN Nurse Practitioner J Focus on ap p l i ca ti o n of theo ret ic. I knowledge for assess ment and management of women" h ea l th. Learning e:xpe:ri nces e mp h asi ze women's h ea lth promotion n e ed s and ro ut i n e gyne­ co l o g ic co n di Uon . ontellt i n c l u de the ph ysica l . nd psyc h o­ soci . l di me ns ion of women's h ea l th w i th in a fa m i ly conte t across l i fe span developmen t . eminar ( I hour) and clinical expe r i e nce s (5 h ou rs) re qu ircd. Prereq uisit ; 5 8 2 . ( 6 )

587 OB/GYN Nurse Practitioner I I Theoretical knowledge a n d u r re n t research ,I re ap p l i e d to the a d vanced a. se� ment and m:1 11ag ment of worn en exp er ienci n g normal pregnancy. Lea rn i n g experiences focus on health Cll l'C needs during the p re n a t a l and p o stpa r ta l pe ri ods emphasi zing individual client and fa m i l y needs as well as the psychosocia l adjustment of beg i n n i n g und expa n di ng families in multiple care e t l i ngs. Sem inar ( I h o ur) and clin ical exp lt r ien ces ( 7 hours) requ i red. Prerequisite: 586. (8) 588 Guontology Nurse Practitioner I StuJ 'IltS explore a p p l icati n of LbcC"lTy to p rac t ice and d e m o n ­ strate knowledge of n o r ma l physiologi cal changes res ul t i n g from the aging pro s". Ma na ge m e n t of, and interventions fo r, CO I11 mo n c1it:l1t problems are exami ned . PI' fi cien cy

Ul

adv �tnced

fu nctional 'l sst!s m e n t of the geriatric client is expected. Sem in ar

( I h o u r) and cli nica.! experiences ( 5 h urs) r',:!u irecl. Prerequi­ si te: 582 . (6) 589 Gerontology Nurse Practitioner II u r i n g manag men t

of ge riat r ic

'l i en ts a t ariolls phas s along

the chro nic ill ness trajectory. Em phasis on recognizing, diffe re n ­

......

ti a t i ng , a n d unders t a n d i n g the i.o terrelatic nship� of complex variables contribu ti ng to dysfunction i n t h e aged. Selected the and resea rch data from nursi.ng, b i o l og i ca l , a n d behavioral s c ie nc es are appl ied. C l i n i ca l decision m aki n g and de v e lop ­ ment of n ursing interventions d u r i ng on - g o i n g in teractions with clients a nd t b e i r sign ifican t o the r s . S m i nar ( I h o u r ) and c1inic(l1 experi ences (7 hours) req u ired. Prereq uisile: 88. ( R)

590 Role of the Nurse Practitioner emi nars focus on a n al ysi � of th Nu rse P ractitioner role with i n the i nt rapro fess ional an d int rpro fession al rea l m of pr actice.

e mp ha sizin g col l egia l working relationship ' t

imp rove patient

. outcome . Students d efin e acco un tability and r �ponsi b i l i ty for

decision ma ki n g as Advanced Regi stered

ursing Practit io ners

( ARMP) . Co u rse requiremen t. in lud prepara tion of a paper for publ ication or maj o r presen tation. ( I ) 592 lndependent Study Opportunit ies for advanced s tudy in elected topic r lated to st ud en t's area o f i n terest.

597 Computer Application in Nursing Research U e of selected o ftwa re pr grams for co m p uter analy is of daia rdevant to clinical and n u rsi ng rese rch problems. S e m i nars i n clude decisio n m a k i ng regard i ng stati · tical t r a teg i es appropri­ ate f r an lysis of rr blems and .ata management. l'rer q uisite : 5 2 7 . Lea rni ng Resollrces Fee: $55 . ( I ) 598 Scholarly Inquiry in NUl'Sing Practice Independent devclopm llt of research to addres a clinical n u r sin g problem of i n te res t . Exp l oration of the i de nt i fied prob-

will i n d u e l i te rat u re review. S tudents present and refine t h ei r p roposnh in sclwd uled sem in ars. I n cl u des �ubmission o f co mp l eted proposal an l o r subm ission of a mallU c r i p t for publication. (4-)

m

lem

rn m

599 Thesi Ap pl ica t io n f th r search process u n de r the g u id a n ce 0 a faculty co m m it tee . May i nvolve rep li cat i on o f ,\ previous study, secondary analysis o f re�earch data, an eval u a t i o n research project, t)r an o ri gi n al invest igation. ( 4 )

o c V> m

o

Phi losophy Philo phy i t h e paren t academic di c ip l i ne t hat gave birth to roday's variety of arts and scienc es. It examines basic issu es in a l l fiel d s and explores connections ,lmong diver e areas of l i fe. I n p h il osoph y the most fundam ntal • nd enduring of question are add ressed : How can huma ns ga i n knowledge about their wo rl d ? What limits are there

to t h a.t knowledge? What i the ultimate nature of the un i ­ ver e? I n particular. wha t i s t h e natur of t he h u m a n perso n , and wbat role or p u rpose is ours? How should we live? re there 111 0 ral, aesthetic, and rel igious values that can be adopted ra t io n al l y and used to gu ide our decisions? tud y in phi lo sop hy acquaints tudents with ma i or rival view ' of t h e world. encourages them to th i l k p rec isel y and systematica l l y, and helps them to see l i fe ritically, appre­ ciatively, and whole. FACUL1Y: Cooper, Chair; Arbaugh. McKenrHl, Menzel,

o rdby,

Reit an .

USES OF PHD.OSOPHY: Courses in ph i l sophy meet th n eeds 8 va r i et . of stu de n t s : ( L ) th ose w h o desi re some knowledge o f p h i l s ph)' a � J bas i clemenr in lib 'fal education; (2) those who w is h to pursue some sp ial i nteres t . fClr e xa m p l in eth ics, scie nce, re l i g i on, the h i s t o r of tho ught , or the id('a� of part k u l r of

persons; ( 3) tho e who w i h to suppo rt their work in o t h er for exa m pl e . l iteratu re, histo ry, rel igion, the sciences ed uc<ll io n , r b us i n ess ; ( 4 ) those who pl an to usc a major i n fields ,

p h i lo �o phy as p repa rat ion tor graduate or profess iona l tud in another field, � r exam p le, theol ogy, med icine, or law; and (5) those who plan to LI o r;raduJte work i n pI ilosophy itself. usually with Lhe intention o f leadting in the field .

Undergraduate: s t udy in p h i losopby does not t ra i n o n s peci fic a ll y for a [irst job. It does prov id e exposure to i m p o r ta n t perspectives, as weU as baSIC skills i n int erpreta tion. cri t ical

thin 'ng and p r blern so lvi ng, resear c h , anai lSis. and wri t i ng. These - usually toupled with specia l i. zed tra i n ing in oth e r disc i pl ines - fit nc for a great varie ty of po iti ns of vo alional rcspo n. ibi l it y. [n most careers. p e rso n s with the h i gh es r potential fo r a d va n ce men t are not those with the most sp ec i al i zed t.rai n i n g , but those lY i t h I h perspective, fl ex i b i l i ty and de pth , a n d skills in thought a nd commu n ication pr ovi d ed by a l iberal study such as p h i l os ophy.

SUPPORTING PROGRAMS IN PHILOSOPHY fOR OTHER FIELDS: S tu d e n ts using ph i losophy to sup po rt prllll.ary

iTI, jar or s,1me ther co mbination of cours s ot' i nterest . On approva l of the de pa rt ­ ment. one cou rse (4 hours) in another field of stud)' may be us d for th p hi l oso p h . major if it bas a direct rel a t i o n hip L the s tud e nt 's individual p h ilo ophy program.

work in oth r fields may ekct a minor or

B th h ow phil osophy relates to

a

v a r ie t y of areers , nd wh . t

s pe c i fi c prog ra ms of tudy are recom me nded to support work in othe r d iscip l i nes are descri bed i n separate brocbures avai lable

z Cl V>


P H I L O S O P H Y

19

Z

in the dep a rtme n t a l o ffice. These i nclude business. computer

its social i m p lications, religion and knowledge of God. Develop­

scie nc , educati n , fwe

ment of critical a n d systematic philosophical thinking about all

rts, ht:alth professions, law and public

p o l icy, social work, social and natural sciences , and t heo logical studie .

LW

A DISTINGUISHED PROGRAM: PLU's de part me nt o f p h i l oso phy o ffers a dislinctive course of st u d i es . The permanent faculty all hold th doctor(lte, ha e studied at le .a d i ng institu­

Vl

t ions, and have participated in professi on a l pr >grams i n the

o

ex: � o u

United States and E u rope.

LW

students, es pe cia U)' maj ors and

min rs, receive individual attention and

assista nce.

o

1 25 Moral Philosophy Major moral systems of Western c ivil ization; i n tensive exam i n a ­ t i o n of some contemporary moral theories; critical application to selected moral problems. (4)

225 Ethical Tbeory Examination of major moral systems of Western civilization a nd some contemporary e t h i cal theories. Must be taken concurrently

325. 328

with or before 226,

co re requ il'ement of fo u r hours i n philosophy m y

for the p h ilosophy core requirement. May not take both 1 2 5 and

be satisfied by

(fered e;x cept 1 00 Reasoning, and 233 F r m al Logic.

A varielY of 2-4 credit h o u r co u r, e.s dealing wilh moral issues,

226 Moral Problems, 323 lIea Jt h Care Ethics, an d 328 Philo­ soph ical lss ue in the Law, satisfy this requiremenl only if

225

thical Theory ( 2 hours i s also taken. The i n i t ia l course in

w

(4)

UNIVERSITY CORE REQUIREMENT: The ge neral u n i ersity any course

LW

II

issues.

225 for credi t .

or 323, i n order to use those courses

(2)

2Ui Moral Problems Crit ical application of major historic and contemporary ethical . theories to a broad range o f selected moral proble ms. For philosophy core requirement only when paired with 225.

(2)

1 0 1 , 1 25, or 225. tho ugh rarely are tbese particular courses stric tiy a prere qu isi te fo r , nother course.

233 Formal Logic

300-levd co urse s are espe ia lly sui ted for students with particu­ la r i n te rests. Faculty con ent mal' be req u ired fo r registration i n

natural deduction and axiomatic approaches. An in troduction

p h ilo�ophy i s c u t o m a r i l y

some cou rses.

MINOR: 1 6 s e mes te r h o urs of approved philosophy cou rses; fo r t r an sfer students. at lea. t 8 hour

c o n s id e r i n g a m inor shoul d departmental fa culty.

must be tak n at P L . Students

discuss their

personal goals with

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: Minimum o f 28 $emester hours, including 233 Logic. 435 Advanced Seminar, and an)' two of the fou r cour es in the hi s t o ry of ph i l o s o p h y sequence (33 1 Ancient P h i los o phy, 333 Modem Philosophy, 3 3 5 Contemporary Philo ·op hy. and 336 P r ag ma t ism and American Ph ilosophy) . On appr ov a l of lh

department, one

course

(4 hours) in another

field o f study may be used fo r the ph ilosophy major if it has a d i rect relat ionsh i p

1

the s tud e n t 's i n d iv i d u a l p h i l

ophy

program. Transfer st udent's w i l l nom1ally take 1 6 or more of the i r

2R

hours at

PL

. Students i n te nd i n g to major in p h ilosophy

A tu y of the principles o f argument and proof u S l IJg both to the usc o f first order logic in ordinary reaso ning and cognitive di sciplines, and to the properties o f fo rmal s )'s t ems such as con­ s i s te ncy and co mplete ness. Includ ' an in troduction to induc tive

i n ference. Does not

satisfy p h ilosophy c o re

requi.rement. (4)

323 Health Care Ethics Moral problems i n health care rela tionship and delivef)' sys­ tems, considered in rela t i o n to fundamental ethica l themes and theories genenllly. Taught in

1 -2

hour unit , in divisions sllch as:

A. Informed Consent: Special settings of therapy. research, prisons, mental incompetence.

B. Choosing Denth: Val u i ng life,

defi ning death, "exlraordinary

means," " killin g" vs. "l e t t i ng d i e ."

C. lnfants and Children : Consent and va l uin g l i fe in newborn

care, pre nat a l diagnosis, child rese arch. D. Distribu ting Scarce R.esources: Equal access rights, prevention/ trea tment, life-style effects, etc.

s h o uld forma lly decl are this w i lh th� department chai.r and choose a dep a r t m e ntal adviser.

Not fo r philosophy core requ i rement unles paired with 225.

HONORS MAJOR:

325 BusineSli Ethics

1 . 2 8 sem s t er 11( urs in philosophy, in c lud i ng 233 Logic, at least two co urses i n the h i sto ry of phi Josophy ( 3 3 1 .

333, 335, 336) .

435

dvanced Se m inar, and 493 Hon ors Research Project. 2. An honor thesis (part of 493 ) , a majo r re�earch paper under the supervisi n of one or more facu llY memb ers. 3. m p l e t i o n of th dep a rtmen tal reading program of p r i mary sou rces. Ho nors maj ors in philosophy

are exp

cted t

plement thei r re g u l ar COUrSe by r ading and di

com­

c u ss i n g

3-4

important works under the p erso n a l s up e rv is ion o f depart­ ment

facul ty. The reading list s hould be obt a i ne d a t a n early

date from the departme nt chair. ft is best that the readin g program not be con cen t ra ted into a singJe semester. but pursued at a leis urely pa c e over an extended period.

3 . 3 gr d p o i nt average in philosophy co urses , including at l ea s t a B in 493.

4 . At least

a

and

an

a p p reciation fo r the

l i te ra t u re , science. and compu ter l a ngu age . Students l ea rn how

questions, recognize and evaluate

a

u m ptions and

avoid errors of reaso ning in arguments. Does not satisfy p h ilo­ sophy core requi.rement.

employer-emp loye

relations, advertising, managerial decisions,

and corporate social responsibil ities. for p h i. losophy core requirement o n ly when p a i red with 225.

(2)

328 Pbilosopbic.al lssues i n the Law An examination o f philosophical issues in law using aetuaJ cases as well as philosophicaJ w ri tings. Topics include contract law, sentencing practices, tort liability. and various crim inal law

defenses. Phil sophical theme.s include n atural law and legal positivism, and moral reasoning bout individual rights. Fo r ph ilosophy core requ i rement only when p a i red with 225. Prc- or co-requisite: one other course in philosophy or legal studies. ( 4 )

33 1 Andent Philosophy The devel opment of philosophical thought and m thod from the pecial

333 Modern Philosopby

of reasoning skills

diverse areas to which they apply, for example, in religion, t o ask dear

assess m e n t of some particular mo ral p roblems confronted in

emphasis is given to the p h i losophies o f Plato and Aristotle. (4)

100 Reaso oing Development

An exami natiO ll , in the context of various ethical theories, of the

Presocratic period to the end o f the fou rt h century A.D.

Course Offerings

( 1 -4)

(2)

101 Philosophic.al lssues Perennial p h i losophical issues. &),stem , and t h i nkers; the nature of knowl edge , the function of science, va lu es. human nature and

The development of philosophy from the seventeenth t h rough the early ninet een til cen turies; continental rationalism, Br itish empiricism, and German idealism; Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Kant, Fichte, Schopenhauer, and Hegel.

(4)

335 Contemporary Philosopby The development of philosophy from the l a te n ineteenth century to the present; may include p ragm atism, empiricism, process


P H Y S I C A L

E D U C A T I O N o m

philosophy, existe n t i a l ism and ana l ys is

as de eI ped by Mi l l, James, Dewey, \Vh i tehead, Sarlre, Russell, yer, and Wittgenstcin. Prerequisite: one pre vi o u s p h i l osoph y cou rSf. (4) 336 Pragmatism and American Philosophy An exami n a t ion of pragmatism, a major s c h oo l of Am er i c a n philosophy. figu res i nc l ud e Piere , James, Mea d, and Dewey. Also co n sidere d will be those such as . lain Lo c ke, Charlotte Pe rk i n s ilman, and J a n e Adda ms, whose worl is part of th� p r ag m a ti s t tradit ion, and t h o se \. hose w o rk ch a l l en ge d the development of p ra gma t is t lhought (Royce, Santayana, Whitehea d ) . Links with CUrT nl fe m i n i s t and con tinen tal thou 'ht, as well as future p oss i b il i t ies for democ ratic t h eo ry. Prer quisite: ne prev ious p h i losophy cour o r c o n s nt o f i nst r u c to r. (4)

-

338 Kierkegaard and Existentialism Modern existe nt ialism , its main th e me;; , and their r l a t io n to o ther p h ilosophical t ra d i t i ns; its im p ac t on. sucb fields as t h eo l o gy, li terature, and psychology. Life and thought of 1\'/'0 key figu res: 'oren Kierkegaard and J ea n- Pa u l Sartre; related think rs i n c l u di ng Nietzsche, He idegger, Jaspers , Tillich, Su ber, , a m u s , and M a rc e l . ( 4 ) 340 Philosopby o f Science The ge ne ral character, fund.amental concepts, me tb od s, a n d . i gnificanc.e of m od e r n scien ce; s o me attention to specifi c areas of science: p hysi ca l , biological, social; lhe i m pH

< lions

o f science and s ientific methodology for e th ica l , aesthetic, and r l igi ou s values. ( 4 )

350 Philosophy of Religion Classical and cont e mp o ra r y views of trJditi nal religi o u s probl ms: the exi ste n ce 0 od, religious experience, r vebtioll, im mortal ity, a nd o t h e rs . Prerequisite : one p revious p hilosophy or religion c o u rse. (4) 35 1 Tbeory ofValoe The n a t u re of human values, contemporary discussion con cern­ ing the subj cr ive o r objective, abs ol l! t or r lati e, character of sLlch values as the go o d and the ri gh t , t he beautiful and the holy; th e o ri gin of a l u es , their place in a world of fa t, human know­ ledge of them; t he charact r and llse o f the I nguage 0 'va l u a ­ tion. Prerequisite: 10 1 , 1 2 5 , or 2 2 5 , or conse.nt of in , truetor. (4) 352 Aesthetics A n a lysis of the aesthetic xperience and its re l a t ion hip to lhe fine arts, l ite ra t u re, science , and mor al i ty ; the criteria and concepts e m p lo y ed i l) a rtistic eK p ressioll and aesthetic eval ua, tilln. (4) 435 Advanced Seminar in Philosopby Topic to be announc d at the time t h e co urse is o ffered, normally s o m e aspec.t of contemporar philosophy. P rereq uis ite : consent of i nstructor. May be rep eat ed once fo r c re d i t . (4) 491 , 492 Independent Reading and Research Prerequisite: departmental con, enl.

( 1 ,4)

493 Honors Research Project The writing of an h o n o r s thesis and final co m p l e t i o n of the read i ng program in pri mary sources re qu i red fo r the ho n o rs major. Near t he end of the s e meste r, students will p Wi nt th e i r work to ot.b r p h ilo so ph y majors and department facul ty. P rereq u i site: consent of the d.epartment. ( 4 ) 501 Teaching Philosophy t o Children An i n tensive wo r ksh o p for training t ea chers and prospective teachers to i n t ro du ce rea o oi ng skills and the clarification of ideas to el men t a ry and middle sc ho ol age c h i ldren. Participants will be coached i n t h e conduct of c l ass room philosophical di�cussion Rild will participate the msel ves in th sort of h ilo­ sophical reflection that the c u rriculum is des i gned to foster. Not for p h i lo s o p h y core requirement. No prerequLites; tea c h i ng experience p referred. (Cross, referenced w i th ED C 50 1 .) (2-4)

School of Physical Education Tht' un ive rsity's physical e d ucat i o n program s e s to i ngra in in each student a fun d a me nt a l respect for the role of physical a c t i vi t y i n living. Instruction is offered i n a p p roxi m a tely 30 different phys i c al education activit i es. he act ivity p r og r a m is lmiquel ' characterized by a timely res p o n se to shldent interest in recreational oppo rtu ni t ies av a i la b l e in the Pacific Northwest. The school's professional programs prep a re p ro sp ec t i ve l eaders for car rs i n physical e d u ca t i on , health, recre­ ati o n , athletics, and tllerapeutics. A master's degree program provides opportun i ties f T a dvan c ed study ill physical ed ucation, sports a d m i n is tration and exerc ise sc ience.

O u tstanding modern sp rts facilities include

weather

400

meIer

track, an

an

a11-

O lymp ic - s tyle swi m m i n g

pool, s i x l i ghted t e n n i s co urts, a n i n - h ole gol f course, two

gymnasiums, ra cq u e t b a l l a n d

cen ler, and

an

al l - p u rp o se

S llas h C O lLrts, a fi t n es s astTo- ru rf field hOllse.

FACULTY: D. Ison, Deem,. Chase, Evans, Fish e r, Hack.:!, Ho eth , Kluge, Moore, Officer, M. S al, F. 'v stering; assisted by Adachi, Ami don, Applegate, Benson, Boggs, .i n ot to, Daw on, Freitag, Ha roldson, J. Johnson, Lyons, 1 .. M a rshall> McCord, N ich ol son , Papacek, Poppen , Rice, I{yan , We i b l e , Scott We ste ri n g, lIsan \l\,Ics te r i n g. UNIVE.RSITY REQt1IREMENT: Four one-hour ( l 0 0- 25 Y ) , in c l udi ng 1 00,

a re

one- hou r a ct ivi t y ourses may be

c

Students a r enco ura ge d to se l ec t

a

anted t owa r d graduation. variety of ac ti v i t ies at appro,

priate skill levels. All physical edu :J t i o n graded

011

C O U TSe,>,

required for grad uation. :ight

acLi it)' cou rses are J f t' taug ht on a

the basis of "A," " Pas�," or "Fail" a n d

coeducational basis.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION ( 8.S.P.E.): 73,76 huurs, i n c .lucl i n g c o mp l tion of program core r q ui rcments and one of t h ree cone ntrations.

Core Requirements: 3 7-46 bours illcluding ,hemistry 1 1 - , 1 1 6 ; hemistry ( 1 04, 1 05 ) � ; B i o l o gy ( 1 6 1 , 1 6 2 ) n, 205, 206; Physical Education 277, 399 (8 hours), 480, 486, anel Psychol(Jb'Y 10 l . .. Allert/at e . hemistry requi rement for Exercise Science

'oncfll-

tratioll mitt Healtlt and Fitness Mallagelllellf Conce l1 t m tioll. * .. Not required for Hea lth 11Ild Fitl less MmlGgel1le n t COllcelllratioll.

Exercise Science Concentratioo; 27 h o u r s , including P hysi c al Education 326, 478; Health d u e a ti o n 292; Math 1 2 8 o r 140; Computer cieo e 2 20; Bi ol o g y 323 or a p p roved alternate; Psychology 22 1 , 352 . Health and Fitness Management Concentration: 4 1 h O ll rs, i n c l u d i n g Physical Education 288, 345, 380, 38 1 , 4 7 8 , 4 8 4 ; H e a l th Educat i o n 28 1 , 325, 327, 425; Rec rea t i o n 287, 330, 483; ,ompuler Science 220 and B u sin ess 350. Pre-Therapy Concentration: 30 hours, including Health E el uc a t i n 28 1 , 3 8 2 ; Bi logy 2 0 1 or 323 or approved alternate; Math 12 or 1 4 0 or tatisti 23 1 ; omputer Science 220; P hy s i cs 1 25 , 1 26, 1 3 5, 1 3 6 , a nd Psychology 352 o r 4 5 3 . I n addition t o t he re quire m en ts listed above, candidates for t he B.S.P. E. degTee must meet the fo reign language op t i o n r q u i re , ment as stated by the ol/ege ofArts alld ciellces. BACHELOR OF ARTS IN RECREATION (B.A. Rec.): 64-67 hours, in c lu d i ng co mp le tion of program core require­ m e n t s alld one of t hree concentrations. Core Requirements: 42 h ou rs, including P hys ic a l Education 277, 345; Recreation 287, 330, 360, 399 (8 h o ur s ) , 483;

m m

n o c

m

o " " m

z Cl

en


P H Y S I C A L

E D U C A T I O N

Busi ness 350; Psyc hol ogy 1 0 1 , 352, and Com puter Scien app roved

e

220 o r

a lte rnat .

Administration Concentration: 22 h o u rs, i n c l u d i n g Business

354, 3 70; Co m m Li n iait ion 330; P hysi c a l Education 3 3 1 , plus 8 o

a::

::> o u

w

cou rses may be i n c l ud e d as elect ives

with the a p p ro va l

o f the

h lirS o f elective approved by pr gram co ordina tor.

d, nce coordi n ator.

Health and Fitness Management C,oncentration: 25 hou rs ,

EXERCISE SCIENCE M INOR: 21 h o u rs, i nclud i ng Bio logy 2 0 5 , 206; P h ys i c a l Education 360/399 ( 2 hours), 47 , 480, 486.

i ncluding P hysical Educa tio n 288, 334, 3 80 , 3 8 1 , 4 7 8 , 4114; I/)

DANCE MINOR.: 1 9 hours, i n c l u d i ng Physical Educal ion. 222, 230 or 232, 250, and 462. - I e c ti ves : [ 4 ho urs fro m Physical E d u cati o n 360, 40 1 , 4 l , TheatT 356, Music 245, 249. Sumrner

Health Edu c a t i ( n 28 1 , 3 2 5 , 327, 4 25 , a nd Com m u n icatio n l 2 3 . Programming Concentration: 24 ho u rs , in cl ud i ng P hysic a l ' d uca t ion 285, 2, 6, 2R8 ,

might work in a fitness center. TIlis pr gram is n ot deigned for

322 (2 ho urs), 3 2 6 , 334, 38 1 . amI 6

education majurs.

hours of el ectives approved by p rogram cuordinator. In oddit iol l to the requi rements l ist d above, candidates fo r the

B. . Rec. degr

>

must

ment as s tate d by the

Designed p rimarily fo r those will1 hu iness ba kground who

meet the fore i g n l a n gu age o p tion requ i re­

College ofAm and ciell�es. _

SPORTS MEDICINE (Specialization): 26 h o u rs, i nc l u d i n g B i ology 205, 206; H ea l t h Education 260 and 270 or 327, 28 1 , 382; Ph)'sica l E d uca t i on 326, 345, 480, 486. Iso required arc

1 , 500 h o u rs of clin ical

ex p e ri e n ce,

which may i n c l u de

d

or inlernship as required by N .A.T. A . R com mended:

w

BACHEWR OF ARTS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (B.A.P.E.):

practicul11

completi on of all requirements for thE' Provisional Certificate

w

53 hours, i ncluding Bio lo tly 205, 206; Health Edu a t i o n 28 1 ; Physical Edu ation 277, 2 8 3 , 285, 2R6, 287, 288, 322 (4 hours ) , 3 26, 328, 345, 478. 4BO, 484, 486. I n addition tu the req u i rements

o

listed

bove, candidates fo r thl: B . A . P. E. deg r e, withoLl t teacher

certification, m ust meet the fo reign la nguage option requ i re­ ment as stated by the C-oflege ofA r ts a ll d ciCllCCS and complete a sen ior seminar (2 bo urs). All courses in m ajor

;:md

m i nor fields

ha e grades of C o r h i gher.

used fo r teacher certifica t i o n

mu 1

Students wi hing to receive

Primary Endorsement in Physical

J

Education K-1 2 (Teacher Certification) ment establ ished by th

mll t

meet J1I r 'Cj u i re­

School ofEdllcation ·or teacher cer ti fi­

catiDn i n addit i()n to the requirements listed above [or the B.A .P. E. t lcast one supporti ng endorsement is strongly recom­ mf'nded. Stu.dents n:a-iving a Fl . . P. E. w ith certifica t i o n a re n o t requ ired t o fulfi l l the op t io n requirement a s tated b t h e College of Arts and ·ciences . I I courses in Illajor a n d m i n or fields used for teacher ce r t i fic<ltiun m ust have gra de·' of or higher. PHYSICAL EDUCATION ( K- U) CERTIFICATION REQUIREM ENTS: 34 hou rs, in Judino En glish 1 0 1 ; Psycho logy

10 1 , An th rop

logy 1 02/2 J 0,

P 'cial Education J 90, 480; Educa ti o n 262; Educational Ps yc h o l gy 2 6 1 , 36 1 ; Ed ucation 468; plus valid r r s t aid carel. PHYSICAL EDUCATION (K- 12) SUPPORTING ENDORSEM ENT: 1 8 hours, i nclud ing Health

ducati on 21:) 1 ;

OlLIse from among the fo l l owing: ( 285, 286, 322 ( 2 h ou rs ) , 3 26, 328, 334.

o n t!

or

287); 288,

HEAlJ'H (4- 12) SUPPORTING ENDORSEMENT: 1 6 i nLi uJ. i ng Health

hours

ducat i o n 260, 270, 292, 295", :'1- 1 , 323, 325,

327, and 2 hours of electives a pp roved by the prog r,1Il1 coordina­ tor. (. Students n o t pmsuing

an

education endo rsement

req ui red to 1l1k 2 additional hours of approved electiv re p l a ce thi.s course. )

will

be

to

RECREATION MINOR: 1 8 hou r ', in c lu d ing Recreat i o n 2 B 7,

330, 99 (4 h o u rs ) , 483 , and P hysi c a l Ed ucat ion 345. AQUATICS M I NOR.: 1 8 hours, i nc l uding

Physical E duca t io n

275, 3 3 J , 399 (4 h urs) , Health Ed ucation 292, Bus iness 28 1 , plus 4 ho urs of elect ives a p p roved by t he aquatics d i rector.

COACHING MINOR: l 6 h o ur s, i n cludjng Physical Educat ion

334, 345, 4 10, and He,l l t h Edu ca t io n 28 1 . E lectives: 8 hours

i nc ludi ng at least one course. i n coachi ng theo ry, from among the

Ii \lowing: Hea l t h Education 292 ( requi red for no n -edu ca t i o n majors); Physica.l ducation 36 1 , 3 70, 3 7 1 , 3 72, 374, 378 and 4 7 8 . S u mme.r o u rses ma), b i nc l u de d as e le c t ives \vith the approval of the dea.n .

A teach ing

maj o r with the. Professional Education

eq uence and

hours, inc i u d .i n g Physical Education 345, 399 ( II ho u rs ) , 4 1 0, Health Educa t j o n 292; p lus 2 hours of approved electives. St u de nt s m u st have a major i n busin<:'ss, comm unication, or economics. SPORTS ADMINTSTRATlON (Specialization): 1

Course Offerings Cou rses ill. the School o f Physic:d Education are offered i n tht' fo llowing areas:

HEAIJ'H EDUCATION

260 Food and Health 270 Stress Without Distress 28 1 Injury Prevention and Therapeutic Care

292 295 321 323

Fir l Aid School Health Family Life and Sex Education Emotional Health/ Disease Prevention

325 Consumer Health

327 360 382 399 425 49 1 501 56 1

Substance Use and Abuse Professional Practkum lnjUJ'y Prevention-Advanced Internship Health Promotion/WeUness Intervention Strategies lndependent Study Graduate Workshops Professional Practkum

5 9 1 Independent Study 597 Graduate Research RECREATION

287 330 360 399 483 49 1

Teaching Methods: Recreation Activities Recreation Programming and Leadership Professional Practicwn Internship Recreation Administration Independent Study

SOl Graduate Workshops

561 Professional Prarticwn 59 1 Independent Study 597 Graduate Research PHYSICAL EDUCATION 275 Water Safety Instruction

277 283 285 286

Foundations of Physical Education TeachJng Methods: Tumbling &: Apparatus TeachJng Methods: Individual &: Dual Sports Teachlng Methods: Team Sports

288 Teaching Methods: Weight Training

322 Physical Education in the Elementary School 326 Adapted Physical Activity 328 Curriculum Development and Methods


P H Y S I C A L

E D U C A T I O N o

220-240 Rhythms

33 1 Aquatics Management 334 Scientific Basis for Training 345 Administration of Sport Programs 360, 361 Professional Practicum, Coaching Practicum 370-379 Coaching Theory 380 Exerci e Te ting and Prescription 381 Foundations of Health Fitnes Management 399 Intern hip 401 Workshop 4 1 0 Coaching-the Person and the Profession 462 Dance Production 478 Motor Learning and ffoman Performance 480 Exercise PhysiolGgy

A s t u dy of the basic requirements ncces ary to m a i n ! i n optim,ti

484 Measurement and Eval uation in Physical EducatiGn 486 Applied Biomechanics/Kinesiology 49 1 lndependent Study

add it ives. veget<lri an ism, obcsit ,. nut rition - rela ted disease�,

501 510 512 514 515

241-259 Team Activities

n

24 t ( Baske tball ,lnd Soflball), 243 (Soccer and Volle h, 1I). 244 (Co-ed VoUeyball) , 245 (Te, m Handball), 247 ( Lacrosse ), 250 ( Direc ted sports Part ici pa t io n) . 25 (lndepe.n de nt t udy/ Ac tiv ity) .

Schools Psychology of Sport 1 Psychology of Sport II

I

Healtb IlJld Fitness in Contemporary Society Health and Fitness Management The Scientific Basis for Physical Activity Motor Development and Learning Project/ Seminar

z

Consideration of 'trc�s, what people sh o u l d knvw about t ress. h ow to reduce the harmful effects of stress, and t.he relati onshi p of i ncreased stres to di,en�e problems . I I ( I )

275 Wa ter Safety In truction

281 lnJury Prevention a n d Therapeutic Care

Professional Practicum

Preve nt io n, t reatme n t , n llo rehnbilitatLon of a l l common i njurie.!>

Analysis of Homan Movement

su ta i ne d in at hle tics; p hy�i cal therap y by empl(,yment 01 e1ec Lri ­

Sociology of Sport

city, massage, exe rcise, l ig h t . ice, and mechanical d ev i ce s. 1 1 .1 ( 2 )

Independent Study Graduate Research

283 Teach ing Metbod5: Thmbling & Apparatus

Internship

l n clud s s k i l l deveklpmen l, tea hing oppo rtun it ies, �l1d snfelY

technique in tum b l i ng and gymn astics . The for K- I � p reparat ion . 1 2 )

COll rse

is desi ' ned

100 Personalized Fitness Programs "10 s ti m u late t u dent i n t erest in functional pe rso na l l y de si gn ed programs of p hy si c al activity; assessment of p hys i "a l condition and skil lsi recommendation of specific pro g ra m s fo r ma i ntai ni n g and i m p ro ving ph y sica l health. Sh o u l d bt' ta ken as a freshman. r n (I)

285 Teaching Methods: Individual llJld Dual Sport P lan ni ng, te ac h i ng, and evaluat i ng these. activities: te.n n is.

1 50 Adaptive Physical Activity

286 Teaching Methods: Team Sports Planning, tea rung, an d eva l u a t i ng these t ea m 'H:ti vi t ies:

An indhrid ual ized a t ivity program d e s i gned to meel tlle need s

in teresl.s, limi tations, and ca pa c i l ies of st uden ts 'w h o

h ave had

badminton, tnK acti ities. I

and field, bowling. archery, go l f, and fit ness

(4)

b sketball, soccer, vol leyball, rug by, field h ockey, softball, [O u c h

11 (4)

re strictions pl aced on their physi -aJ ac tivi ty.

footbal l , team handbal I.

1 5 1 - 199 ln dJviduai and DuaJ Activities 1 5 1 ( Beg i n n i ng Golf) , 1 53 (Archery), 1 5 5 ( Bowl i n g) , 157

287 Teaching Method; Recreat ion Activiries Pla n n ing, teac h i n g. a nd eva luati ng the fol lowing ac t ivities:

( Pe rso n a l Defense), 1 62 ( Beg i n ning 1enn.is) , 1 6 3 ( B eginn ing B ad mi a to n ) , 165 ( Racquetball/ quash ), 1 6 7 ( Ro l ler katmg) , 1 68 (Icc S ka ti ng) , 1 70 ( kiing), 1 7 1 ( anoeing), 1 72 ( B ackpack­ ing), 1 73 ( Basic Mo u nt i n e e ring) ,

Trai ni ng) , 1 78 (Body To ning),

1 74 ( Equitation ) , 1 77 ( We i gh t I S O ( Bicycling), I S2 ( Low L m pact

A e rob ics ) . 183 ( Power Aero b i . ) ,

1 86 ( en

J 84 (

ater Aerobics ) ,

A robics ) , 1 9 1 ( In termediatt:> Gol f) ,

1 92 ( I n te r me di ­

Badmi nton ) , 1 94 ( I ntermediate 1 95 ( l nt rm ed i a te Racquetball/Squas h ) , 1 97 ( Advanced Weight Trai n i ng) .

ate " enn is) , 1 9 3 ( l n t nned ia te Equ i l a t i o n ) ,

200-2 19 Aquat ics 200 (Beginning Swim ming), 203 (Synchron ized Swimming), 205 (Skin and Scuba Diving), 207 ( B l , Sic S a il i ng ) , 2 1 0 ( l n tenneclinte Sw i mm i n g ) , 2 1 2 ( ond i t ion ing Swimming), 2 1 4 (Advanc. d Sw i mm.i ng) , 2 1 6 ( L i fegu a rd Training).

o

it ( 1 )

277 Foundations of Physical Education The relation h i p of phy icaI edue lion to ed u ca ti o n , the b io l o ­ gical, so c. i o logic a l , psycho logica l . and mec h a n i c a l pr inciples u n de r l y i n g phys i c al ed u c ation and at h le t i cs . Shou ld be the initial professi onol course taken in the chool of Phy ieal Edu ca t io n. n (2)

Contemporary I ssues in Physical Education

::c

t he ir metabolism, d i eta ry gu i delines, food fa d.i.s m , la beling,

The A m 'rican Red ,fOSS Water Safety 1l1Sr fuct or's Cou rse. Prere q u isi te: swim test requi red. II (2)

Research Design

C

hellit h through w ise food ch oi ces. Tori s in cl ud e nut rie n t and

n u t ri t io n during p regnancy, and nutn tion fo r athletes.

Advanced Studies In Athletic Training

o

V>

270 Stress Without Distress

ports Promotion

m

rn

260 Food and Hea1th

Ethics in Physical Education and Athletics Management of Sport Programs

::c rn

Graduate Wo rkshops

5 1 6 Advanced Adapted Physical Education in the Public

520 522 523 530 535 536 540 545 560 56 1 565 570 591 597 599

220 ( Mov ment Tec. hn iq ue I l , 2l l (LU Ch i ) , 222 ( Jazz Dance 1), 224 (Cu rrent Dance ) , 225 ( B al l ro o m D ance , 226 ( fo l k and S ial Dan ce ) , 230 ( M ovement Tech n ique 1 1 ) , 232 (Jazz ane Level 1 1 ) , 234 � RdaXll t ion Techniq ues).

Level

outdoor e d u cat i o n , various recreational sports, und fope skipping. I I ( 4 )

288 Teaching Methods of Weight Training Pla n nin g teach Ing, 'pott ing, and safety in tra i n i ng. I ( I )

te a c. h i n g

wt" ight

292 First Aid This course meets requ i rem en ts fo r thl! Ame rica n Reel ere s tandarJ First Aid and Pl'rson al

a (ety. I n

( 2)

295 School Health Heal t h concepts wh icJl re l a te t the leltal school health prog ra m , i nclu di ng i nstr u c tion, serv i es, ilnd ' nv i rl1 n ment; relat ionsh ip s between health and a l l levels of education . 11 (2)

G\ Vl


P H Y S I C A L

w

o w

E D U C A T I O N

321 Family Ufe and Sex Education A Study of a n ato my a nd physiology, sexual r les, r ep ro d uc ti o n, respo ns i bh: re lat ionsh i ps, re pect for self and other ', and p hys i cal and emo t iona l well -b e i ng. Str s o n re s p on s ib le

380 Exercise Testing and Prescription Provides the theoretical and p r a c t i c a l background n ec es s a r y

decision making concerning sexual i ty by providing a cc u r at e

muscular endurance, strength, Ele x i b i l i ty, a n d

riety of pe rso n a l copi n g skill s and b y

information a nd a

UJ o

e mp has i zing a posi tive self-concept. Evaluation (If chool curri ulum m o d e ls. I l ( 2 )

ry or all persons with p rogra m m in g. [ ! ( 3 )

327 Substance Use and Abuse A stu dy of drug use a nd abu 'e and tne effect on t he human bo dy and minJ . I (2)

328 Curriculum Development and Methods Curricu lu m developmen L and genera l meth ds in ph ys ica l edu­

t e c h n iqu es

in K- J 2 settings. 1 ( 4)

essent i al to program leisure services successfu l ! ' and to lead re cre a t io n expe r iences fo r di erse p o p ul a ti o ns i ll a variety

277

or

o lls

e n t of i nstructor. I (4)

f

3 8 1 Foundations o f Health and Fitness Management Provides an overview of the fitness business i n du s t ry Jnd considers rel ated theore t i c a l and pr a c t i c al issues. D is c lI s s io n of 1 a nd allied health p ro fess io na l s, as well as

o rg a n i za ti o n and

(2)

382 Injury Prevention-Advanced An advanced study in the reco g n it io n and t re a t me nt of specific mphasis on evaluation, mo a l i ties o f trea t ment, rehab i litatinn, and current issues. Prer quisite: 28 1 . II (2) a t h l et i c Lnjuries and vu l n e ra b le body structures, with

399 Internship Experiences cl os el y ass i g n ed to s tudent's c a r eer and academic i nteres ts. Student identifies pr oble m s to be res a rc he d , cxperince� to be gai ned , and readings pertainin to this in t er e s t . All approved fi rm o r org;lIlization is mutually agreed upon by the student and the c oo rd i n at o r of t h i s program. iV[onthly progress reports, evaluations by t11 ' s up e rvi 'or, and other m eas ures of a ch i evem e n t are used to deter mine the grade. Prerequisites: d e c l a r at i o n of major, a t least sop h o more status, and c o m p l e t i o n nf at least 10 hOllrs in rhe ma j or. May be tak en as P hys i c a l Education, Hea lt h ducation, or Recrea tion credit. (2-8)

award system s , and p ro gr a m evaluational consideration of

To pics include t rai n i n g and sup rvis i ng p rsnune l, financing,

reiat in ns h ip. with staff, parents, players, fae u l y, a d m inistration,

maintenance and o pe ra t io n , swim meet

and media. B u dgeti n g , pu rc h a se of eq ui p men t and m a intenance,

ma nagement , and safety and emergen cy pro .edurcs. Study of

pool eh m ist r y, filter operations, , nd mainten�lI1cc. Vi si ta t i o n

to

(2)

and fa cility pl.anning and usage .

II (2)

425 Health Promotion and WeJlDess Intervention Strategies EXJlmination of strategies for i mp roving the state of welLl1ess

334 Scientific Basis fOt' Training Presents physiologi and ki nesiolugi

orkshops in s p e c ia l fields fo r va r y i n g p rio(ts. ( 1 -4)

4 10 Coaching-The Person and the Profession Personal and p ro fess i o nal requi s i tes o f successful sports p rog ra m , in ) l1diIlg coachin'T s t yl e s, development of leadership qu a l it i e s, re c r u i t i n g methods, de ve lop m e n t o f a p h i l oso p h y of athlet ics, orga n i zation o f pre-l i n - land post-season p rograms,

33 1 Aquatics Management

applications to physical

tr a i n in g. Topics i nc lude the develo p me n t of m uscublI strength and en d u r a n ce, and the relationship o f nutrition, emriro n m en t , sex, age, and ergogenic aids to a t h l e t i c performance. I

( 2)

345 Admini.stration of Sports Programs Admini tration of sports program, i n c l ud i n g budgC'ting, fa c ili ty development, promotion, legal i m plications, and p rsonnel

sup rv isi o n . J

safe and acc urate individual ized

4 0 1 Workshop

330 Recreation Programming and Leadership Examines the principles. procedures, techn iques. and tratcgies

l ocal pools.

obj e ctivel y and the n to develop

administration of he a l t h and fi tn ess programs are included. [

psychomotor problems, not j u t th ose lab led "disabled." Deve l ­

progr l ' mmi ng , pool

p op ulat i o ns are lncl uded. Infor mation

in he a l th and fi t ness. C u rre nt trends in the

326 Adapted Physical Activity Emphasizes the theory and pra ct ice of adaptation in teacuing

se t tin gs Prerequisi te:

­

exe rclse t r a i n i n g programs. II ( 2 )

the roles of medi

325 Consumer Health l n � r m a l i on abo ut con s w n pt i on as i t affects personal health. Ex a m i n a l i o n of co nsu mi n g habit · to ach ieve g r ea t e r control over total healt h stat us. I (2)

cation. Developi ng curriculum plann i ng and teadl i ng

b od y co m posi

various p u b l ic and p riva t e a ge nc ie s a n d org an iza ti o n s i nvolved

cooperation, val u i n g techn i q u es l ead i n g toward a h e a l t h ier l i fe s tyle t h r o u gh preventive medicine, and re lat e d isease p rob l e ms. U ( 2 )

10

physical fitness (e.g., cardiovascular and

healtl1 and sym p tom ati

Top ics in lude in terp er 'onal corru n u n icati o n ,

opm en t al a nd fu nctional ap p roac h es

0

will help students to e v alu a te t h e results of these ass ssment

323 Emotional Health/Disease Prevention

strategies, curriculum, and serv i ce deli

asses� co mpo n e nt s

tion ) . Tes ting technique s that ad d res s the evaluation needs of

322 Physical E.ducation i n the Elementary School Organiza tio n and administr:lt i o n of a developmental pro g ra m fo r grades K-6; sequential a n d pro gressive p rogr a m m in g; l a rge re per to i re of activities. Observatio n and / o r pra c ti c u m in pu b li c schools required. 1 ( 2); lJ (4) w

safely to conduct a variety of exercise tes t i n g tec h n i q ue s lIsed to

(2)

360. 36 1 Professional Practicum. Coaching Practicum tudents work u nder the super isi o n of a coach, t eac her . reer arion su p e rvi s or, or health care provider. Prerequisite: departmental a p p rova l . 1 I I ( 2 ) 370-379 Coaching Tbeory Techniq ues, sys t e m s , training metbods, straleg)', a n d p sych olo gy

of coachi ng; 370 ( Bas k e t b al l) , 37 1 ( Footbal l ) , 372 ( Cro s s Co untrylTrack and Field), 374 ( occer), 378 (Softball/Baseball) . I II all' (2)

t h rough healt h ier l ifest y l e s . Topics i n cl u d e the holistic a p p ro a c h

to health, b eh avi o ral in tervent ion, n u t r it i o n and weiaht control s t ra teg ies , h ealth-related fi tne$s, st r a t gies to i m p rove adherence to

d

fitness program, and the cost-effectiveness of h e al t h p ro­

grams in business and i n d ustry. I n c l ude s co mpu teri2ed as sess­ ments; ap pr aisal s of health risks; prescriptions for nutrition, health, and activity; and a m o n i t o ri ng system and we ig h t management program. ( 2 )

46 2 Dance Production An advan ed chor o g r a p h y co u rs e c o mbi n ing choreography, costume d esi g n , s ta g i n g , and publicity te ch n iq ue s fo r p ro du ci n g a major dance con cert.

(2)

4 7 8 Motor Learning and Human Pedormance Provides basic theories, research, and p racti c al implicati o ns fo r motor l ea r n i ng, m o tor control, and variables a ffe ct i n g skill acquisit ion. I (4)

480 Exercise Physiology S ientific basis fo r t r ain i ng and physiological effect of exercise o n t h e hu man body. Lab required. Prerequisite: BIOL 205-206. I (4)


P H Y S I C A L

E D U C A T I O N o m

483 Recreation Administration Exami nes t11C principles. procedures. tech n ique . a n d strategies esse n 6a l to su ccessful adm inistration o f l e i un� services, including organizational excellence, networking, pe rsonnel management, motivation. Leam building. financial management. markel ing nnd sales risk manag menl nd entrepreneurship. Prerequ isi tes: RE ,R 330. 60, PHED 345. II (4) 484 MellSUftment and Eval uation in Physical Education

The selection, constructi n, and i n terpretatj n of eval uatio n techniques related to the physical education program. Fulfil ls Educat ion 467 .:ertifi ation requ iremen t. II (2) 486 Applied Biomechanics/Kinesiology pp o r t u n i t y to in c rea se knowledge and understanding about the human bod and how the basic l aws of mechan ics are integrated in l'fficient motor per o r m a n ce . I I ( 3 ) 491 Independent Study Prereq uisite: con ent of the dea n. May be tak 11 as Physi cal Ed uca t ion, Health Ed ucation, or Rec r e a ti o n crediL l n ( 1 -4 ) 5 0 I Workshops Graduate work hops in speci a l fields for varying p e r i o ds . May be laken as Physical Educatio n, Health Education, or Recre a ti o n aedit. ( \ -4 ) 510 Ethics in Physical Education and Athletics The study 0 et h ic s and ethical decision making in physi cal education and athletics. (3) 5 1 2 M anagement o f Sports Program xplores concepts in budg ting, sc hed u li n g , p e rs on n e l , and facilities i n p h ys i c al education, athletic, <fnd fitness p ro g r a m s. (3) 514 Sports Promotion Designed for tbose interested in marketing sp o rts and at.hletic p r og ram s. omp re he nsive strategies fo r altrac L i o g and r taining sports participants and p rograms are included. ( 3 )

536 Health Fitness Management Considers the organizational, d m i nistra tive, and educational issu . which are i mp ort a n t in developing, implementing, a n d evaluating health and fitness p gra m in var i us co mmunity s e t t i ngs . ( 3 ) 540 The Scientific Basis for Physical Activity Cons ider ' the influence of <l variety 0 en ironmental and developmental v a riabl� s on the phy iological respons to exercise and physical act ivit)'. Emphasis 0 11 ways in whicb teacher can a pp l y the cienrific prin clples a ssociated with xcrc.ise to enllanc huma n p erfo r m a. n ce . ( 3 ) 545 Motor Development and Leaming Theoretical and pra tical i nfor m a ti o n o n phySical growth as a factor acco m pa ny i ng motor de ve lo p m en t , fW1damentai motor s kiJ l a cquisition , a n d p erfo rma n e . Re q u i re d for teacher candidates. ( 3 ) 560 Project/Seminar The students \ ill meet as a class and worl< in a semi nar fo rmal to present and defend ind ividual proje ts. Prerequi ite: 520. ( 3 ) 561 Professional Practicum The practicum provides �tudents with opportunities to d .velop, im p le m e nl , a n d eval uate kills a 0 ia ted w i t h thei r pro ession al interest. I n addition to interacting with un iversity f�Cll lty, students will work with site su pervision. ( L -2) 565 Analysis o f Human Movement Considers the i n fi uen e of a n a to m i cal and mech a n i cal pri nciples alld concept on t h e de ve lopm.:n L o f ffi i nt movement. 1 he a pp l ica tio n of t hese pri nc i p les to enhance the movement effi­ ciency of part i ipants in physical ac t ivity and sports programs . (3)

5 1 5 Advanced Stuwes i n Athletic Training A series of ad an ed sem i n a r s dealing with specific topic tn sporL� medi cine. Emphasis on i n -depth st u dy of theories, problems, practices, aDd tech niques in the fi el d . (3) 5 1 6 Advanced Adapted Pbysical Education i n Public Schools 'onsideration of m a i n st re a med �tudenls with d i s ab i l i tie s i n p h ys ica l educ ation with s p ec ia l em pha s i s on disabling co n d i ­ tions, abi l it ies, and cont • -in iications of physical activity. (3) 520 Research Design The study of various research designs a nd their implicatiuns fo r p hysical education, athletics. and fitness. ( 3 ) 522 Psychology o f Sport I FOCllS on psychological . kill. in sp or t emphasizing physiolo gi ­ ca lly based te hniques. cog n i tively based technique (cog n i t ive restructuring, mental i magery. and attention control). and behaviorally based techniques (goaJ-setting and modeling). ( 3 ) 523 Psychology o f Sport I I Focus o n various asp e c t s of i n dividual and g ro u p motivat i onal pro c es ses in sp ort and ex r ise set ti n gs . Topics include parti ipa­ t i o n m tivali n, i n lrins i lextrinsic moti arion, exercise adherence. achie veme nt be havi r. and sel f-confidence. (3) 530 Contemporary Issues i n Physical Education A historical and philosophical framework to study the current

issul':s in the p rofession today. ( 3 ) 535 Health and Fitnes i n Contemporary Society Con siders the influences of contemporary so c iety on l i fest yle choices that impact health and fitness. Emphasi on discussion of p r i n c i p l and conc pt associated with developing, imple­ men t in g, and evaluating school prog ram s that can provide student with a fo undation for li� long health a n d fitness. Required for teacher candidates. ( 3 )

570 Sociology o f Sport Foeu es on sport both , S 11 social in Litut io n and as a social i z i n g ;]ge n t . Top ics include sport and eco nomi " gender, race. education , politic., and r Iigi o o . ( 3 ) 591 Independent Study Indep e n de n t inves tigat ions into areas of spe ial interest to t he st uden t whi h a re not covered by courses i n the regular grad ua te p rogram. The types of projects undertaken vary in length and content and are d termined in consultalion with a facu lty advi er. ( I ·4)

597 Graduate Research Open to graduate students , ho minor i n the field of physical educ, tion. Prere q uisite: cons .Ill of th e instructor. May be taken as Physical E d uc a t i n, Health Ed ucation . or Recreati n cred il.

( 1 -4 )

599 Internship ( I - 4 )

m

m

n o c

m

o

m

z CI


P H Y S I C S

ti mes stronger than t h e best s teel 0::: u.J LL

o w V) 0::: => o u

Physics is the scientific study of the material u niverse at i ts most fu ndame n .al level: the mathematical descript ion of space and tim , a nd the b h av i o r of marter from the eie mentary particles to the un iverse as a wh ole. A physicist m ight study ti1e i�m r workings of atoms and nu l e i , the siLc and age of the u n ive rs e, the b havior o f h j g h ­ tem p erature su perco nductors , or t h e l i fe cycles of stars from int rstellar gases to black holes. Physicists use high -energy a celerators to sCal'ch fo r qua rks; Uley d esi g n new la ' c r systems fo r applica ti ons i n

0:::

L.U

o

mmun ic.ations; the y h e a t h yd ro ge n gases higher than the su n's ore in th at tem pt to deve! )p nuclear fusion as an en rgy reso u rc . Prom astrop hysics to nuclear physics to opti · and cry�tal structure, p hys ics enco mpasse so me 0 the most fu nda­ mental and exc i t ing ideas ever considered. «

to temperatures

FACULTY: Gre

nwo

ld, Chair; Lang, Maye r, Starkovich, Tan g .

m.::nt; or appl icatio n s of fluid flow and tllermodynamics to t h e study o f planetary atmos p b

The p hysi cs major offe rs

a

dla l lengi n

program emphasizing a

low student - tea cher ratio and t he o ppo r t u n i t y t i n d e pend e nt research

projects.

cou rse �cquences, Colleg

engage i n

rpo rates calculu s, and is required

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR: 36 semester h o u rs, 1 5 3, 154, 1 63, 164, 223 , 33 1 , 332, 3 3� 3 54, 3 56, 4 2 1 , 422. 497 98 may be s u b s t i t lll e d fo r 421 -422 wi th consent of the t.! epart m c n t . Students planning to con ti nu e in a graduate phys i cs rtlc p rog r a m are s t rongly urged to take 40 I and 406. Re()11ircd supporti llg co urses: Math 1 5 1 , 1 5 2, 2 5 3 ; Chemistry

1 1 5; e i t h e r Engineering 333

or

Chemistry 34 l .

t y p ical B.S. p h ysics maj or program i s a s follows:

P hys i cs 1 53 , J 54

Fresh 11 l<l 11

in nearly all fields of engineeri ng.

BACHEWR OF SCmNCE MAJOR IN APPUED PHYSICS: 50-5 2 seml'st r hours. P h ys i c s 1 53 , J 54 . 1 63 , 1 64 , 223, 3 3 1 , 3 4, 35 , 42 1 , 422: Eng i nee r i ng 1 3 1 , 1 3 2, 3 34 pillS fo ur engi neering co urse , one of whi h must be upper di vision, seleckd fro m 23 3. 234, 333, 434, 245, 246, 345, 3 46. Physi .. 3 3 6 may be SLI bsti tuted fo r Engineer ing 2 3 4. Chemistry 34 1 Illay be su b s L i tu te d for Engineering 333. Itt:'q uired supporting . o u rses: Math 1 5 l , 1 52, 2 5 3 ; Chem i st ry l i S; Comp uler ' c i e nce 240.

A ty pi ca l applied physic program is as fo llows: Physics J 53, 1 5<1, 1 63, 1 64

Fresfmlllll

En ginee rin g 1 3 1 , 1 3 2

tvb th 1 5 1 , 1 5 2

Sophomure

!llIliur

Physics

Physics 40 1 , 4 0 6

he m is t ry I J 5 Co m p u ter Science 240 Swior

P h ys ic s 33 1 , 4 2 1 , 422 ngi neering 334, 434

Course Offerings 1 25, 126 CoUege Physics urse pr o v ides all i nt r du t i o n to the fu ndamental

These

topics a t physics. I t is

a

llon�calcuJus se q m'ncc, i nvolving o n ly

the use of t ngo n met r y and coUegr algebra.

o n c u r rent

registrat ion in 1 3 5, 1 36 is required. l ] [ (4, 4 )

elf<:

performed in conjunction w i t h

163, 164 GeJleral Physics Laboratory

P h ysics 4 2 1 , 422 Or

Chemistry H I

BACHE O R O F ARTS MAJOR: 2 4 scm est ' r ho urs: 1 S 3 o r 1 2 5, 1 54 or 126, 1 6 3 or 1 35, 1 64 or 1 3 6, 223, plus t en emester hours in p h y s i cs . Required s u p por t i n g courses: Math l S I , 1 52. MINOR: 22 s e m est e r h o urs, i n c l u din g 1 5 3 or 1 25, 1 54 or 1 26,

1 64

Engi neeri n g 333

153, 1 54 General Physics A ca. kulu�- level slLI"wy of the ge nera l fields of p h ysi cs, i n cluding classical mechanics, wave motion, ell:ctriciry and magneti m , a n d o p tics. on current registrat ion i n 1 63, 1 64 . Prerequisit s : MATI I 1 5 1 fo r 1 5 3 ; 1 53 a n d MATII 1 52 for 1 54 . I n (4, 4) .

33 1 , 332

E ngineering 333

253

Ph ys i cs 356

1 26 is req u i red. ! J I ( I , I )

Physics 3 5 6

1 63 or 1 3 5,

Math

jUllior

t h e �ol ll;'ge Physics sequ ence. Concurrent registration i n l 2 5 .

C h e m ist r), 1 1 5

Senior

Physics 223, 3 5 4 ngi neering 233, 234

Basic laboratory experi ments

Math 1 5 1 , 1 52 Physics 223, 336 Math 25 3 Physics 3 5 4

after graduation fro m PLU , t h l'

135, 1 36 CoDege Physics Laboratory

P hysic s 1 63 , 1 64

Sopho more.

cean c u r rents.

progralll also provides exce llent prepa ration fo r grad u a te tud),

Physics an d General Phys ics; the

General Phys ic.') seq uen c(' inc

and

ca reers in i n dustry i m m e di a te l y

There are two i n t roductory

for the Bachelor of Science major.

re

Wh i le ma ny Applied P h ys i c s grad u a t es pursue professi o na l

Physics

de

and fr acture' t ur bulence I. II

fluid flow; pbotovoltaic ceU research fo r s ol a r energy dt:ve lop ­

Ph ysio

m ruci ne and

now ava il able; mechanics of

mate ri a l failure, such as metal fa rigue

or 1 36 ; twelve add iti na.1 ho urs, of w h ich at least

eight must be upper division.

Basic laborato ry ex peri m ents arc per for med i n co nj unct ion wilh the Gen eral Physic · sequence . Concurrent registrntion i n

1 54

1 53,

is req u i red I I I ( l , I )

205 Musical Acoustics A study of m usic a l sounJ lls i n g physi al me thods; v ibrat in o svstems, s im ple barmonic m o t i on ; w�vc

III

lion; ca m p i

'x

waves;

\�ave generat ion in rnu ieal instru ments; physio logy of h e ari ng ;

architectural aco ust ic.; d 'ctro n i c record ing and reproduct ion. Laboratory and gro up ho urs. No prerequ i 'ite courses ill either

Applied Physics A lso ava ilable is a m ajor In A p p l i e d Physics, which i nclude� a s ubs ta ntial electi n f courses fro m engi neeri ng to provide a challenging and h i g h l y versatile degree. Ap p l i e d Physics cal; lead to research o r advanced study i.n such areas as robot ics-with a p p l i ca t io n in space xp lorati on o r j o i n t and l i mb pr ,Lhetics; growt h of single- crystal metals, which would be t h ou s a nds of

mathematics or p h ys ic s are a s umed. a/}' I I (4) 223 Flementary Modern Physics A selected treat m t:n t of various physical phenomena which are inadequately described by classical m e th o ds of physics. I n terpre­ t a tions which have been devel ped for til , c phenomena since app rox:i .m a tel y 1 900 Prerequ isite: 1 54 . r

a re

(4)

presented at

n elementary lev el .


P O L I T I CAL

S C I E N C E o

33 1 Electromagnetic Theory Elect ro . t a ti c di pu le fie l ds . fi Ids in ill Ie tri materials, eJ ect r m a gn e t i c in ucLion, m agnetic properties of ma tte r, in •

oDjun ction w ith the devel o pmen t of Maxwell's equation . Prerequisites: J

53, 1 54 a nd

MATI-!

2 5.1 . I (4)

particu l ar em phasis o n the i r app li c a t io n to physical op ti cs .

3 3 1 . I I (4)

u n da mental mechanics; a m a thema t i ca l fo rm ulation o f physical mot ions of sy tems of part jcles; dyna m i cs and taties of rig i d dies; mov i ng coordinate systems;

agra nge's equa ti on s a n d

Hamiltonian fo r m u l at i o n o f me cha n i s. P re requ is i te : 1 54;

co re q u i si te : 3 5 4 or consent o f inst ructor. aiy 1995-96 I I ( 5 )

345 Introduction to E1ectrorucs See Ellgilleerillg /1 5. I ( 4 )

and poli tical activ i t y

L n t rocillction to vector and tens r ca l c ulu s, fu nctions of a m i ned mul tiplier s . Comprehensive and i. l l ust rative ex a m ples from t he fields of electromagne t is m ,

waves,

t ra ns p o rt ,

tions, and mechan ics. Prerequisites: 1 54 and MATH

ibra­

253. \] (4)

356 Mathematical Phy ics n 130u n d a r y val ue problems, special fu n c tions, m a t r i c es a n d tenso rs , probability th eory, eigenvalue prob le ms , c mplex va riabl es, contou r i n tegra t i o n, and their applications to ph ysics . Prerequisite: 3 54. 1 (4)

40 I Introduction to Quantum Mechanics The ideas an d tech njljUe5 of q uan t ll m mecha n i cs ar developed. Va rious qU<l nt W1 1 mechanical systems and p he n o mena a re stud i ·d in ordt:r to demonsu'ate L hesE" ideas and tecI-m igucs. requi ite: 3 5 6 . a/y 1 995-96 I (4)

406 Advanced Modern Physics

used to

describe to p ics of contemporary

importance such as a to m i c ;tn d sub-atomic pheo mena, plasmas. solid-state, and astrophysical even t s . The application o f

techniques are

(4)

used Ivhe n a pp ro priate .

42 1 Advanced Laboratory I Select.:d xp r i ments fro m bOlh classical and modern p h ys ics are

perfor med USiJlg state of the

art i nst rume ntation . Corequisile:

33 1 . I ( l ) 42.2 Advanced Laboratory n

C n t inuati n of 42 ' w i t h em phasis on de i ' l1 and i m p lementa­ li n of a p r jed u n de r the gu idance of the physi s staff.

4 1 1 . IT ( 1 )

434 Transport: Momentum, Energy, and Mass ee Engineering 434. ai, II (4) 491 . 492 Independent Study ( j -4) 497, 498 Research ( 1 - 4 )

Pol itical science encou rages

government and p o l it i cs

a

alues.

critical und ersta nding of

i ll the belief that a knowl d gea ble , the root streng th an d necessity of a democratic society. interested, an d aware citizenry is

FACULTY: O l u fs, Chair;

tkinsol1, Dwyer-Shick, Kellehe.r,

Spencer; assis ted by Bricker

:ereise of their ri. gil ts, d u ties , and opport u n ities

co mplex variable . Laplace and Fo u rier tra ns forms, and un deter ­

Prerequisi te:

that government

The s t u dy of poli tical science h e l ps to prepare students fo r lhe

354 Mathematical Physics I

Prerequ is ite: 4U I . a/y 11

s t r uctured. how p o l i t i cal processes are em p loyed, and the relationship of struct ures and processes to o c i et a l pur­

served, and what effects result from poli t ical ph nom na.

p roblems; part icl e m o t i o n i n one, two, or three d i men si o n s ;

qllantllm mechanical

of po l i t ic s seeks

n o c ;;0 Vl m o

r

S e Ellg ill ee ring 334. I T (4)

theo ri e s a.re

n a n ce o f people a n d societies. The st u den t

the study of p o li t ic s must e n deavor to understand the alitie. o f politics wh ile at the same t i me ask i n g how well polit ica l syst ms work, what p u rp o ses are and ought to be

II ( 4 )

336 Mechanics

Modern

m

to u nd e rs t a nd how governments are org a n i te d and

may e m b o dy a n d reflect t h e full range o f h u man

334 Materials Science

b

m

sc ience a d d resse ' one of the most difiicult , yet

poses. Reco g n i z i n g

333 Thermodynamics ee Engil/eerillg 333. aly

Political

fu nd m mally imp r tant human endeavors, the gover­

332 Electromagnetic Waves and Physical Optics Procee di n g fro m Maxwe l l 's eq u a t i on ', the gen rati()1l and l)f(lpaga l i on n ( lectromagnetic wa es i s deve.lopcd with Pr requis i te :

Political Science

as

cilizens by

giv ing them a better understandi ng of American po l i l ica l p ro cess es a nd of a l t ern a ti ve system..�. Co urses in p olil ica l science explore various to p ics i n ArneTi an govern ment and po l i t i c s, i n ternational rc latio ns a nd fo re i g n policy, (ompJrativl' govern­

ment and area stud jes, po lit i ca l p h i l osophy and t heo ry, and

p ubl i c p o l i cy and law. The d ep ar tm en t p rovides p re- p ro fess io nal t r ai ni n g leading to c a re er . in teaching, law, govern men l , a n d relilted fie lds. For the no n- majo r, po l i t i c a l science courses provide useful 5t u dy fo r an, studen t general l y i n lt:rest"d i n p ub l i c a ffa irs and the w or k in gs of governme n t . Moreover, the s t udy of polit ics is

sup p or t i e of any di scipli.ne or professio nal program who se substance beco me:; R ma t ter of p u hl i c p o l ic y. As s uc h , po l i t ica l science comple ments slich fie ld s as the n at u ra l scien es, socio logy, b u s i ness, education, and eco n o m ics. The s tu dy o f p ol i t i cs to uches upon other di s ci p li nt:s , which i n q u i re i n to human behavior and devel op ment, rangi n g fro m h is t o ry- a nd ph i l oso p hy to psychology, co m m u n ication, and no ss-cultural s t ud ies . St udents of po l it ical science have the o p p o r t u n i ty to comb i ne the academic study o f gove r n me n t and p o l i t ics with p ractical exper i e n ce by p articipation in one of t h e i J 1 ternship pro�ams

s ponso r ed by the department. At p rese n t the�e are available i n p ubli adminjs l r a t ion, pub l i c lal , a n d t h e l eg isl ati ve process. Tht: Department of Political S c ien ce i s affi l iate d wilh several org an i7.ation p rovid i n g for a variety of s tu dt: n t involvement. These o rganizat ions include the Model United Na lions, Cent

r

Polic . a.nd Poli i ca l Science lub. The d epartm e n t furth e r spo ll s o rs or otherwise encourages active �tudeJlt participation in p o l i t ic31 1 i f through cIa 's activiti'5 and fo r the S tudv ' of Publi

t h ro ugh such campus organizations

the Yo u ng Re publicans and

Yo u n g Democrats.

The p o lit ica l scie nce faculty t Pacific Lu t hera n U n ive rsity share

a

breadth of experience in tea ch i ng and rese arch, 10

professio nal associations J.nd conferen ces i n the U n i ted Slates

and abroad, and in govern ment decision ma ki ng fro m t h e l ocal to the i n ternational leve1. There are n o prereql1is ites for pol i t i ca l science courscs, ex ept as n( ted. Prior consultation with the i ns t r uctor of any a d v anced cour"e is i n v ite d . S t ud e n ts Iv ishing to pursue

a

major or m i n o r in

pol iti ca l science a re reque�ted to decla re the nujor or m in or with the depar tment chair a s soon as possible .

m ;;0 z


P O L I T I C A L

S C I E N C E

VI

BACHELOR OR ARTS MAJOR: 36 semester h o u r s .

5 ( 1 6 sem e s te r h o u rs ) .

Re luired co u rses : 1 0 1 , 1 5 1 , 325, 4

Distribution al requ iremcllt: One course from ea ch o f G roup A and roup B ( 8 se mester h o urs) . G ro u p A - America n Go er nment and P ub l i c PoE y: 345, 354, o LU

35� 36 1 , 363, 364, 3 68, 3 7 1 , 3 72 , 373 . mational Rehl l ions, Comp a rative ' o vern me n t , and Poli ti cal Thought: 326, 33 1 , 338, 347, 38 1 , 384, 3 8 - ,

Group B

-

i nterested i n i n t ern s h i p s are urged to consult with their academic \'l i t h illtern fa u l t y adviser. at an ea rly date. S tu d e n ts in terested in the PubLi Affuirs m i n o r 'hould declare the m i no r in the Depar tment of P o l it i c al Science and consult with the department's P ub l i c Aff, irs adviser. adv isers and

Int

386, 387.

MAJOR IN LEGAL STUDIES: 3 2 semester h o u r , . informarion,

se

For ad d i t i o n al

Lega l Sntdies.

M INOR IN LEGAL STUDIES: 2 0 semester h o u rs. i n fo rm a ti on , see Legal Studies.

For add i tional

o

Electi ves: M i n i mu m of 12 s e m es te r hours se lect ed from the Po l i t i cal S c i e n e c u r ri c u l Ulll .

PRE- LAW: For i llformat i o n , see Pre-professional Progra ms.

u

Major programs . h o u l d be plan ned in consultation with

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION:

::J

departmental adv iser. I n 'onle i n stanc

w w

an i n l e ms h ip

(450, 458,

464, r 47 1 ) may b e sllb. t i l uted for 495; st uden ts m u s t plan t h i s a pp r u pr i a e f.!cul t y i n te rn superv isor, in consultation with the depa r t men tal chair. o p t i o n with t h

2.0 'ern ester h o u rs in l u d i n g 1 0 J and 1 5 1 . Minor programs should be plan ned i n consu l tation with a departmenta l adviser.

MINOR:

o

$,

a

M i nimum

morc than 8 semes ter hours t;lken tu . atisfy o t h e r major or m i n or requ irements may a l so be applied to the pol i t ic a l science m aj or. No more than 4 such semester h o u rs may also be applied to the p ol i t i al sci nee

CONCURRENT ATTAINMENT: No

mi nor.

RESIDENCY: A

m i n i mu m of

1 2 semester h o u r s for the major

and R sCllle ter ho urs for lhe miuor must bt! taken in

re,

idenee.

MINOR IN PUBLIC AFFAIRS: 24 semester ho lll's, including 345 ( required ) and 20 hours fro m pol i ti ca l science, econo mics, ociology, and husine s or st'I List1cs. fbjs m i n or offers an i n te rd iscip linar y s ludy desi gned to support many m aj o r p rograms whose conte n t has i m p l i ations for puh l ic a (ia i rs, and is par, i c u l a riy useful t s t u d n ts con tem­ plati ng careers i n p u bl i c service or g r ad ua te st udy in p ublic adm inislration, p u b l ic J ffa i rs, and r lated p rograms.

The Public MfJirs minor i ncl udes the fol lowin g require, meJ1ts: I ) Po litical cit!nce 345, Go ver n m nt and Public Po l i c y ; 2) ;,It lea t five

addi l i o n al

courses from three of the

groups (courses \V'h ieb are taken

f lI o w i n g

as p a rt of a major progl';lm m ay

not aGo c o u nt townrd the Public

/fairs minor):

Polit;CIlI Sciellce ( m i n i m u m of 8 hours i f this group is seJt!cted ) 15 \ - Am.:rican ,overnment 3.54 - State a nd Local Gove rn men t

357 - Amc:rican

Bureaucrncy

363 - Pol i tics and the Media

ess Eco nom ics ( m i n i m u m of R h o u r s if t h is gro u p is s e lected ) I S O - Pri ncipl . of Economics

32 1 - Labor

conomi s, Llbor Relations, and

1 0 1 Intro.ductio.n to. Political Sclence An introduction to the major concepts, t he ories , ideas, and fields of s t u d y re l at i n g to poLi tics JlId govern men tal systems. Ex p l o res governmental st r u c t u re s and processc , p o l it i c al power and

authority, conflict, decision- maki ng , p o l icy, and sta b i li t y and cha n ge .

151 American Go.vernment A su rvey of the co n st i t u t i o n al foundatiuns of the merica n p o li t ic al system and of in titutions, pro e,ses. and practices rel a t i n g to participation, dec ision- making, and public p o l i c y in

A m er i ca n national government.

170 Introduction to. Legal Studies An exa m i n a t i l) 11 of the nature of I. w, j u d i c i a l process, 3lld p ar t i c i p a n t roles i n the lega l system. P rticul a r em ph a si s given to l e ga l c u l t u re i nc l u di n g co m para t j v system , a s . essments of legal needs a nd le gal services, the l e ga l pro6 ssion, philosoph)' of law, and j udicial d e isi o n - m aki n g. (4) 210

a

I1wdernization and d eve.! o p m c n t ; economic c h a nge and i n ter, national trade; d i m i nishino reso u rces; war a n d reso l ution ; p ea ce and j u s t i c ; and c u l t u ra l divers ity. These i ss u e s an: exa m i n ed in a multi-disci pl inary l i gh t using

case

studies drawn Er

111

non,

Western and " estern n a t i ons. Emphasis o n the d e ve l op m e n t of a glob;,ll perspective , hieh recognize h u m a n commonalities as well as d ive rs i t y in perceptions, values, a n d prio rities.

23)

( ross­

TH 2 1 0 and H 1 ST 2 1 0. ) (4)

Current Internatio.nal lssues

A surve)' co u rse in international re l a t i o n s with e nl ph as i s on c u r re n t events. Ex m i n a t i o n of ideology, economic resou rces

325 Po.litical Thought survey of the origin and e o l u t i o n of majo r pol i t ical concepts in ancient, medieval, and early modern times. uch idea' a s s tate, obligat ion, authority. c omm u ni t y, law, and freedom will be st u di ed developmental ly. ( 4 )

386 - Equality and Inequality 4 t 2 - Crime and Dd i nq u e n cy 472 - Issues in rimefDt:viance Business/Statistics ( m i.n i m llm of 4 ho urs if this g r o u p is selected)

326

28 1 - Financial Acco u n t i ng

STAT 23 L - Introductory Statistics On appro al by the Pub l i c Affa irs advi se r . up to R hours mny

be earned t h ro u g h participation in an imernship progra m as a

34':: ) .

Internship oppor tll nit ies are offel'ed through several d ep a rt ­

ments a n d provide stu de n ts with actual work eX'Periencc in state and local legislative and admin istrat ive agencies. Student

Global Perspectives: The Wo.rld in Change

A s u rvey of global issues affecting the hum;,l n co n d i tio n in r a p i dl y changing and increasingly interdependent world;

ary movemen ts, p o p u lat i o n press ures, al l iance politics, a nd mtl l t i - l a t ralism. Relation of these (ac tor s to i n ternational r e la t io n s th e o ry . (4)

37 J - Industrial Org< w ization :md Public Policy Sociology ( m inimum o f 4 h ou rs if this g ro u p is s e lec te d ) 240 - Soc i a l Problems and Policies

subs tit ute � r C Ou rses l isted above (except Political Science

(4)

and d evel o p m ent, national rival ries , m i l i tary power, revolu tion­

l-tu ma n Reso urces 362 - Pub l ic "ina nce

BUS

in formation , see

Course Offe rings

refe ren ce d w i t h A

364 - The Legislative Pro

or

School of Education.

Reuot Po.litical Thought

A c r i , i ea l ex:amination of the maj or ideologies f the mo d er n world; d e moc ra y, con ervatism, ca p i t al i sm , so i a l is m , anarcho­ s yn dic a l i sm , co m m u n is m , [;lcial and political eliu m, n a t ional­ ism, l i beralism, Christian politi J thought, and contemporary problems.

(4)


P O L I T I C A L

S C I E N C E o m

33 J International Relations A 5ysten1il t i an a l )'"s i s of the i n ternational system highlighting

pat terns i n state i n tera r i o n . Provides ·tudcnts with the theoreti­ cal

on

p ts needed to d iscern these patterns and make :;ense o f

i n tern a t i o n a l events.

(4)

:lod exe c u t io n o f the

ta t es fo re i g n p o l icy and i t s impact o n other powers.

(4)

m

373 Civil Liberties Constitutional r i g h t s Jnd l ib e r t i es w i th s p ec i a l att e nL i o n g i w n to

(4)

o c

w rit i n g. I n cl udes an examination of primary and secondary

341 Political Economy An t:. a m i n a t i o n of the ways that p o l i t i c . and e o n om i cs

activ·iries.

research st rakgil:s for public polic

issues.

(4)

within thei r res p ec t i ve

as

they a c t u a l l y work

pol i t ical, economic, social, and cul tural

context . Attent ion to dispute defi n it i on and

scI t lement,

participants and p rocesses, and c o n ce p t s of law a n d legal

(4)

354 State and Local Government Gove r n mental structures, processes, a n d policy a t the sta e, local, and reg i o n a l level of t.he American , yst m . S p e c i a l attention to i n tergovernmental relations and the role o f the nat ional go emment. (4)

385 Canadian Political System Th ' government and p o l i t ics of Can ada, w i t h special atten t ion to

f b u reaucrJ­ cies, legal bases, factors o f leadership a n power, re l a t i ns between pu h lic and pr i va t e o rgan izations, and the relation betw e n b u re a u c r a cy a nd democracy. ( 4 )

36) Political Parties and Elections Study of party a nd electoral systems w i t h particular e m p h asis o n

n p a rt i es a nd elections. Exa mination o f party roks i n elections a n d go ve rnm en t ; party fin a ncing; i nte rest groups and Ameri

co m m i t tees ;

alld vo t i ng behavi

r.

(4)

The role of mass media in American government, politics, and p o licy. Exami nes media coverage in contexts of nc\ " formation, t'lCp reSSiOll, and effects. Attention to p l i tical culture, publ i c opi. n io n , p o l l.s and surveys, press freedom and responsi b i l i t y, and governme ntal re g u l at i o n, se Tecy, and Ola.. u i pulation. (4)

364 The Legislative Process A study of theory, o rga n i zat. i o n, and procedure of t he Congress and other legislat ivl: bodies in the U n it ed States; spec i al mphasi! on the dy n a m i c s of conflict and co mpro m ise in the l eg i s l ative arena including citizen and interest group participation and l o bby i n g . (4) 368 The American Presidency Study of the nation's h ighest p o l i tical office in

terms of tht: roles

and expectat ions of the office, styles f leadership, Presi d e n t ial de isio n - m a k i n g , powers and l i m i tations, a n d the i n tera ction o f p r'o nali ty a nd i nstitution. (4)

37 ) Judidal Process An exa m i na t ion of legal pro cess es in various adj u d i catory setti ng '. Primary attent ioIl given to j ud i ial p roces�es focll i n g on American civi l a n d c r i m i n a l law. Includes an examination of administrative law processes amon co n fl i c t resolution.

other quasi-jud icial fo r m s of

(4)

372 Constitutionol law The

constitutional basis of governmental powers i n t h e Uni ted

States with speci'll emphasis given to j udicial rev iew, separation of powers,

Commu.n i st Pa rt )'.

(4)

federalism, nat ional u n i t y, p o l it ical cul t u re, a nd constitutLOnal

development. Con ditions p er m i tt i ng . t he course will include a Geld t r i p to i c t o r ia, pro v i n ' i al capi t a l of British Columbia. (4) 386 African Political Systems Comparative exam i n a r i n ,Jf the p o l i t i al ystrms ( f AfTi a. Expo ition r p r -coln n ia.. l , colonial, a.od co u r m p rary inJ]u­ ences w i th spe c i a l atten t i o n to p roblems of decoloJJiz<tlion,

nation - b uilding, a n d d

v

-lopmenl.

(4)

387 The Middle East o ntrasts the history �l nd aspi rat ions of the Arab Nat i o ns with the reality o f Eu ropean dom i n a nce atld its legacy, the f0n11 a t ion f Ute present Arab states and Israel. Eve ll t� i n the regi o n ,Ire explained by exa rn i n i n " rive separate but overlapp i n g

o n fl icts:

rabs v. I s ra e l i s, progrt's�i e v. t raditio nal Arab st�l te �, v,l r ious i n terpretations of [slam, a n d agitation by nOll-state a c to rs . (4)

s u p rpower rivalry,

363 Politics and the Media

federalism, and i n ters t a te c o m m e rce . I n cludes an

m

j urid ical

384 Communist Political Systems C o m para t i ve examinati o n of Marx.ist p o l i tical y�tcms, p a r t ic u ­ larly the fo rmer U.S,S.R., eastern Eu r o pe , China, and Cuba. Spe c i a l attention given t ideol. gy and to the role of the

citizens a n d employees. Topics i nclude the gr wth

m

o

38 1 Comparative Legal Systems Study of legal sy�tems a r o w , d the world

co i ncide. Topics incl ude the d('ve klp m m t of capit lism, � o ialist ap proaches, i n terna t i o n a l issues, re gi o nal examp les, and method, o f ·tud)'. Prerequisite: t o l or ECON 1 50. ( 4 )

An exa mination of the p o l i tics of b u re a u c r ac y as en co u n t ered by

n

Introduction to vQrious metllods of l ega l analysis, research, and s o u rces, automated and non -automated research systems, and

pol i t ic al action

m

374 Legal Studies Research

345 Goyernment and Public Policy An in tegrated approa h to the n a t u re of publi policy, with emphasis o n substan tive problems, the deve l o p m e n t of policy responses by political ins t i t u tions, a n d th e i m pacts of p o l i c ies . Spe i al attention to p o l i c y at the American n a t io n a l or sub­ national levds, in in te r n a tio n al politics, o r from a comparative p e rsp ec t i ve, as announced by the department. (4)

357 American Bureaucracy

'--

(4)

in cri minal procedure, due process and equal protec t i o n .

tates in i n te r nat i on al affa irs. An analysis

of the major factors i n the form u l a l i n Un ited

governmental power.

freedom of expres ' i o n a n d associati o n , religiOlls freedom, rights

338 American Foreign Policy The role ,)f the U n i ted

examination of the poliLical a n d constitutional restrictions on

. 40 1 Workshops and Special Topics ( 1 -4)

43 1 Advanced International Rdations E. amine va rious theo ries f i n t rnal ional conflict management, inc l ud i n g i n -deptb a n al ys i s of h i s t o r i c a l ('xamples. The d vel.op­ ment of i n ternat i o nal la\ and orga n izat i o n s are als

international govenunental

considered . Prertc>quisite: 33 1 . (4)

450 Internship in Politics I n ternship in lhe p o l i tical d i mensions of non-govern mental organizations. By departm Illal consent only. (4- 1 2 )

458 Interuship in Public Administration n inte rn s h i p w i t h a government d pa rt m e n t dE'part meJltal co nsent only.

( 4- 1 2)

or

agency. B y

464 Internship in the Legislative Process An opp o rt u.n i t y t study t he p r cess from t11e i n side by working d i rt:ctly w i t h lrgisla t i ve p�lf t icip ants

at

the s ta te or local level. By

de par t ment co nsen t o n ly. ( l nternships with t he Wash i n gto n

State Lt:g is l a l u r re pen only t j un iors a n d s en i ors w i th at least one year a t PLU who have t a ke n or take c o ncu r re n t ly 364. )

(4- 1 2)

47 1 Internship 10 Legal Studies An i n tern s h i p w i t h

a

p rivate or public sector agency or

0

engaged in legal resea rch, l i t i ga t i on, or law enfor ement.

fice

(4)

Q


P R E - P R O F E S S I O N A L

P R O G R A M S

VI

\.9 Z

u.J

o UJ VI a:::

;::l o u

u.J w

49 1 , 492 Independent Reading and Research

MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY: T he uni\rcrsity provides academic

By u epa rtmen t co n se n t only.

-h o o se tu t: n te r ;; c h o o l s of also prepare for postba .hel r's degree t rai n i na i n spc i a l t y programs lead i ng to certification in h e m a to l gy or clinical chemist ry. tudents may

( 1-4)

495 Senior Seminar I n te nsive s t u dy i n t o to p i , roncepts, issues, and me t h od s of i n q u i ry in poli tical ienet:_ Emp h as i s on studeJJl researc h , wriling, and presentation. By depano1en tal c onse n t o n ly. (4)

suitable f r students

wh

earn

a

B a c he l o r of Sc i e nce in

[edical T e chnolo g y (B.S. M.T. )

i nSI ru tor. ( 1 - 4)

customarily by successful co m p l tion of pre-medical k h n o l o gy cour ework at PLU, the fuJfi l lment of n:quirements for either a biology or eh m isrry major, a nd one year of c l i n ica l t Tami ng . The B .S.M.T. is u s ua l ly �arnt'd as a second degree_ The de tai l > of t he de gre e program and the m i n imum requiremen t of admission into medical tec lul O l gy l Ta i ning are de ribed LI nder Mcdicn/ Tech lO/ngy.

59) Direct d Study ( 1 -4)

PHARMACY: A lt h ough the pre-ph a r mac y requirements for

595 Graduate Readings

the fo l l o w i ng courses a re

50 1 Graduate Workshops G rad uatc Workshop� in spe ial llelds or areas for va ryi ng periods o r t i me.

( 1 -4)

590 Graduate Seminar Selected topics

as

a n nou nced.

Pre req ui ite: consenl l'[ the

i l J dividual

I ndep e n de n t study card re q u i re w o

prepara t io n

medical techno logy. S t udents may

. (4)

chemistry; o ne year of organic chemistry,

599 Thesis (")

Pre-professional Pro g rams

[ 1 6, 33 1 (\ ith l a b o ra tory 333), and 332 ( wi t h l a b o ratory 3 34, Engl is h 1 0 1 and a e and

Division of Na t u ral Sciences heallh science comminee he<1lth ci ence . Stud en ts having such in ter ests are encour<1ge to obta i 11 a he a h h scknces a d v i s e r early in their program. Summa rized bclow are pre-p role�$i nal requ ireme l1 t · for many h ea l t h cienee areas; add i t i o n a l i n for matio n is .lV'l i la b lc t h ro u gh the heal t h science

The

ad vises st udent, a sp ir i ng to careers i n the

om mi t tee. L a ta l gs a nd brochu res fo r many sehool � ,mci tude nts in rJlc

are availablt- t o

Rieke Science

Cenl

r.

broad ed uca t i on al

bac kgr Ll nd in lht: pro ce ss . T h JS ba ckgr o und i n cl udes a t h oro ug h preparation in the sc ie n ce ,15 well as study i the so c i a l SCiences and the h u m a n i t ic . . T here n re no p re - p ro fe 'sional n ajol's at PLU; rat her ,rut/cnts shou l d select the major \vh i h best matches their i n t e re sts and which b s t p rep a res t hem fo r a lte r n a t i ve ca reers. f n addition (0 i he gen eral u n iv rs i l y req u i rement and t he courses needed to comp l e le t h e student's major. t h e foll o wi n g are ge n e r al l y req u i red for ad missiM to the profess iomll progra m: Biol ogy 1 6 1 , 1 62 , 23; ..h em istry J 1 5, 1 1 6, 3 1 and 3 2 ( w i t h all ia bora turi� ) ; Mat h ema t i c s 1 40; Physics 1 2 5 and j 2 or Physics 1 53 and 1 54 (with app ro p ri a t e laborato rie ). Check w i t h a h eal t h scien e adviser fu r excep t ions

professional . chool-.

or

fo r auditiuns suggested by specific

OPTOMETRY: A l t h o ugh two ye-�w, of pre-optomet ry sl lld), i" the

required, mo t s tllde nts accepted by a scho l of ptomelry have co mp l e ted at least th ree years of un dergradua t(· work. A l a rg e pe rcentage ()f t udcn ls accepted by school> of op to me l ry have earned a baccalaurea(e d egr ee . for t h ose s t ude n ts whQ have no t completed a bllccalaureak degree, c m ­ pl e t i on o f SUcll a degree must be don e in co nj u nc t i on with uptometry professional stu dies. m i n i m wn

The

r

q uiremrnts

for ad m ission to the schools of optometry

ary. However, the basic

science and mathematics req u i re m e n b include: B iology [ 6 1 , 1 2 , 32 3;

ar g en er a l l y u n l form a n d

Ch e m is t ry 1 1 5, 1 1 6;

ne year of college mat.hem.tics, i n c l u di n g

ca lc ulus ( a l least t h rough Mathematics

126, or Ph)'sic

J 53 and

1 ,4 ( w i th appr

a dd i t i o n , each school of opto me try

men ; cbeck wilh

1 5 1 ) ; PhySlCS 1 25 and

priate l aborat orit:S ) . In

has its own specific r q u i re ­

a health science adviser.

cOllrse in w r i ting, Math

ma

tic � 1 40

a n d 1 5 1 , Statistics 23 1 .

elect ives from humaniti . . and s o c i J I sci ·nce:.. To t a l credits

should

not be less than 60 sem este r hou rs_

PHYSICAL TH ERAPY: Acee tance to schools of physical u lerapy has becom e i n e re

si ngly compet it ive in

rec nt years, and

s t ll deo t� in teres ted in ph)rsical therapy ar strongl

encou raged

c ielke a dv ise r as e a r l y as pos · ible to deter­ mine prerequisites for s pe c i fic SdlOOls. Mo · t ph s i ca l therapy ' pr grams a rc: m a t e r s d eg re e program6. l'herefore, p ot e n t ia l applica .nts h o u l d plan 0 11 co mpleting a baccalaureate degree .I n to

DENTISTRY, MEDICINE., AND VETERINARY MEDICINE: The over whe lmi.ng m;)joril)' of students e ntering the pr fessional s c h ools for these careers have eMIle bac , l aurea tr degrcCli, uring ,j

laboratory;

ma t h e

substitute I'M 20 1 ) ; �hemis t r y 1 1 5,

Health Sciences

S�

with

m at i cs (often i n ' l u ling calc u lus); one y ar of English o mp osi t i o n and litera ture. Other co u rses often requ ired incl ude mi robiol ogy, qu ant i t , live a nalysis, and introd uctory cour$CS in cum mLlLljcat i o n . economic>, and pol itica l �cience. For example, the · n ive rsi t y of Was h i ngto n School of Phannacy has app roved the following cou rses as heing eqLli l e n t to the first two years of its 5-year PI' gram leacli n g to the Bn h cl o r o f Science degree in p h a r ma cy : Biology 1 1 . 1 62, 2 0 1 (or 328 as a col lege level

598 Research Project (4)

programs

schuols v,1ry (check with a health science advi er), lIs ually requi red: o n e year of general

meet wilh a health

conj un.:t io n w i t h satisfyi ng a d m i

'

i o n re q u i rements.

The req ui rement fo r adm is, iQn t sc h o o ls of phy ical t he ra py vary. However t b e basic science and m a thematics requ i re m e n t s are ge nerall)' u n i form an include: Biology 1 6 1 . 1 62. 323; C h em i st ry 1 1 5, 1 [ 6: Mathematics 1 40 ; Physics 12 and 1 26 (with l aborato riesl_ ( ote; there a re n fe schools w h i c h a ce p t Ch m bt ry 1 04- ! 05 and some that a.iso re q u i re C hem istry 3 3 1 a n d 332) . I n a d d i t io n t o the p r i n c i p les o f b i logy sequence, applic< nts must o m p l ete courses in anatomy and physiol ogy. This admission req u i rement is met by e i t h e r the co m bi n a tion 2 0 5 and 20 or the combination 36 1 and 4 1 : biology majors hould take 36 1 and 44 1 , the le<1l" preference of several schools of pbysical tb <,rapy. fn addition t o the science and ll1ath�matics require ment , the v,l r i o u, schools have p e c i fi c science a n d humal1it i s requ i reme n t s. Ch ck with a health science adviser regard i ng lhese requ i rements.

Pre-Law Pre- law at PLU is curriculum.

11 ad\rising s yst m, not a p res Tibcd major o r p rim ar y reason for this approach i s t ha t law

Sd100L ge n e ral l y prefe r i nu iv i Ju als with a o u n d l i beral educ a ­ tion. Therefo re, regarcUes o f their m'ljor, s t ud en ts considering .1pplying to taw school are e n ouraged I p u rsue a bro a d range of l iberal arts co urses. Studen t s a re ad vi s ed to undertake work in a n t h ropology, economics, English, h i story, phi losop hy;

p ol i t i ca l

science, p )'choJ ogy, natural .: ( i rnces, sociolob" speech, and

accounting_ ft i s a lso re o mme ncled that

st udents take one o r chosen in o Il.Su l ta tJo n w i t h d 1 e pre-I . w a dv i s er, help th m sped lca lly to d e Velo p perspect ives on the

t w o c u rses, that wil l

natur of Law and the legal p rofession.


P R E - P R O F E S S I O N A L

P R O G R A M S o

St u dents inrerestcd in law s h o u ld re g is ter at the Pre- Law Ct:nt>r lH th the Law

D pa r t men t of Po l it ica l S cie nce. I n formation on

chool

Ad m i s�i o n lest

(LSAT), a ci r cu l a ti n g l i b r a r y o f

law school cat a lo g s , a newsletter, a n d o t h e r reso u r e mate r i a l s

available. In ad d i t i on , students � h o u l d discuss their p rogram with rhe pre-law advis er in the D ep a rt m en t of Po l itical Science.

are

To be co m mi s s i on e d a s tu d e n t m us t co mp l e l e the military scien e ur ri c ul u m , i nclud i ng successful com pl e t i o n 0 six­ week advanced a m p du ri ng the s u m m e r b e fore the s e n i o r year. Add i tional i n fo r m ation o n the I'm ' ROT p rogram may be obtained by wri t in g Army ROTC, Paci fi Lutheran Un iversity, Tacoma, WA 9844 7, or by ail i n g ( 20 , ) 535 -8740.

FACULTY: Maj o r Davis, C a p ta in Henry, , ap ta i n H iggi ns.

Theological Studies

The c u rriculum is des i g n ed to prepare st u de n ts to become future

Pre- t heol og ica l s t u d en ts should complete the req ui re m e nts fo r the Bachelor of Arts d eg ree. Besides t h e ge neral degree r e q u ire ­ ments, the A ss oci a t i o n of T heo l og i ca l schools recom me n d s the fo l l owi ng:

leaders by devel op i n g their a bi l i t y to

.english: l i t er a t ure , compos i t ion, speech, and re l a t e d studies. At least SL"'{ SC mesters. History: ancient, modern E urop ea n , and merican. At le a s t three

O rgan iz i ng , Admi.nistrative J()ntrol, Del egat io n , and Problem

semesters.

Philosophy: o rie n t a tio n in h is t o ry, conten t , and met h ods . At least

t h ree semes te rs. Na tl/ra l Scietlces: preferably p hy si c s , c h e m i st ry, a nd b i o l o gy. A t least h....( ) semesters. Social Sciences: psychology, s o c i ology, eco no m ics, p o l i t i c al science, a n d edue, hun. At l east six semesters, i n d ud i n g at

least o u e StDle ter of psycholo gy. Foreign Languages - one or more of the fol/mvillg: La t i n , Greek, Hebrew, German, Fr nch . St udents who a nt i c i p a t e post­ graduate st u d i es are urged to un dertake th ese dis c ip l i n es as a rly as possible (at I ast fo ur emesters ) . Ueligiow a thorough kno l e dge o f Biblical c o n t e n t to geth e r w i t h an i n t roduction t o m aj () r rel i g i o u s traditions and theolo g ical problems in the context o f th prin ipal aspects o f h u m a n cu l t u re a s ou t li ned above. At least t h ree se mest e rs . Students rna)' well seek c o un 'el fro m the s e m i nary of t h ei r choi e. Of the possi b l e majors, E n g lis h , p h il os o phy, re l ig i o n and the ,ocial sci nces

a re

regarded a the most desira hle . O t h er areas

are, however, accepted. fa culty advi . er w i l l a s s is t students in the selection o f c o u rses necess a ry to me e t t he requirements of the theological sc h o o l of thei r choice. At t h e present t i me, i ncre asin g numbe rs o f women are nrolling at 'ele ted Protestant se m i n a ri es in p urs u i t ()f the M ster (If Divinity d eg re e . () !1 s u l t the Re lig ion Department ch a ir for f'tuther i n fo r mati on .

Corps) ar to

repare acaJ m i c a ll y and physically Lj u a lit1 ed college women and men for the ri go r and ch al l e n ge of serving as uard, o r ,LI1 om er i n the U ni te d 'tates Army - Active, National Reser e. 10 that e n d , t h e p ro g ra m st resses service t co u nt ry and co mm u n it y th ro u g h an en hanc e men t of l e ad e rsh i p com p e tencies wh ich s u pp o rt and b u i l d o n he concept o f "se rvi ce leaders h i p ." rmy ROT is offered to P LU ·tudents on campus. The lower djvision c o u rses are o p e n to all ·tudmts and do not requi re a m i l i tary co mm i tme n t fo r non- ch ol a rs h i p students . The upper division courses a re open to qu al i fie d students. ROT is tr a d i t i on all y a fo u r -year program, but i n d ividual w i t h prior service and summ r bas i c camp a t te n d ees may co mple te the p rogram in nly two yea rs. No r m :ll ly, rtll students participate i n o n e class da>' p e r week ( two - t h ree hUllrs ) , t h re e works h ops (leadership labs) p e r semester, and one overn i gh t field tra i nj n g e. ercise per semester. P h ys i c a l fitness o f all students is mo n i t o red and req u i red.

I n i t ia t ive, Oral and Written

scholar h ip s is available to qual i fi d a p p l i ca n t s . The scholarships pay BO(X, of t u i tion a n d p rovi de a book all owa nce as well as a

m o n tu ly ubsistence of

$ 1 00. S t uden t s in upper d ivision $ 1 00 subsistence a ll owa nce.

C om m u n ic a t i

ns, J u dg me nt ,

Decisiveness, Sen ' i t iv it y, Techl1lcal Competence, Pl a n n i n g and

A n a lys i s . l3ehavioral development occur, th rough course work i n t h e a reas o f Professional M i l itary Education , M i l i t a r y Knowl­

edge, and Mil itary

t u t i o n s in society. Courses mectin" these requ i rem nlS are taught by oth r depa rt ments in th nn i crsit y b u t a re reqLlired to CCJ m p l et e the ROT program. M i l i ta ry science c ou rse s provide a fo u nd a t i o n in such areas as leader�hip t h eo r y, ethics, roles an d respun ibili tie ' of the officer, and m il i t a ry opera lions. Mi l it a ry skills a r developed d ur i ng the c on du ct of lead ers h i p wo rks ho ps and field t r a i n i ng exercises. L aders h i p develo pment occu r bo th in nd o u t of the classroom by p lac i ng s t u d e n ts 111 a va r i e ty o[ leade rs h ip p .-.i­ tions. Oral presentations and w r i t in g req ui re me nt Jre inc rpl)­ ra ted in all lasses as an other means of d eloping desi r a ble leadership behavior. Th Ba 'ic Cuurse con s is ts of two to three hours of academic i nsrruction a nd m i l i tar y t ra i n i ng per week each semester o f the fres hman a n d o p h o m o re years. tudents beginnlng the course as sophomores c a n c o m p re " the Basic CO U I" e by a t le u d i n g ad d i t io n al academic i nstruction. There i s no mi li t a ry cOllunitment fo r n o n - scholarship st udents in t h e Basi o u rse. The Advanced o u rse consists of a dd i l i o na l acadcmi i ns t r u c t i o n 3nd physical co n d i t i o n i ng pl us a six-week a d van ced summer camp

at Fort Lewis, Wash i ng to n .

WiUl

u n i forms and necessa ry text ­

bouks fo r M i l i t n r y Science c o u rses.

BASIC COURSE: MS I l l , 1 1 2 Introduction 10 Military Science

An in trod uction to m i l i ta r y science, roles of act ive and reserve uni ts , Jnd s p e c i a l program. associa ted wi t h Arm)' ROT

.

Devel op ment of written and oral comm unication skill. fC l[ the mi l i tary leader.

o u rses

m m Qo

o c ;;0 Vl m

o m

kills.

Professional M i l it a r y E du catio n co ur�es are designed to develop the s t ude nt's ahi l i t y to co m m un ica t e approp riatel in wr i t i n g , to und .r land the h u m a n , 'peets of co m m a n d , and to become acquai n ted w i t h the evol u t i o n of warfa re and m i l ita r y t he o ry with a p ar t i c u la r e m p h a s i s on the place of m i litary in s t i ­

(2)

MS 2 1 1 , 2 U Introduction t o Leadership An i ntroduction to leaders h i p and militar ' ethics a nd values. T h ro u gh cia room simulation stude n t s are e v al u a ted on their p o ten t i a l as l e a d e rs and managers. (2) ADVANCED COURSE: MS 3 1 1, 312 Leadership and Management A s u rvey of leadersh i p / m a n agement and mQtivati onal theories. A n orientation on the c0111petencic. req u ired fo r the mall u n i t leader. Inc ludes tact ics, communications, J n d l a n d navigatio n.

(3 )

Financial assistance in the form o f two and th ree - ye a r

not on sch o la r s h i p receive

cp la bl e

behavior in each of the fol lo w i ng le a ders h i p dimensi o ns:

Students are furnished

Military Science (Army ROTC) The ob jec tives ()f the Army RC Ie ( Reserve Officer Tra i n i n g

d em ons t ra te ac

m

MS 4. 1 1 , 412 Professionalism and Ethics C{)vers Army val li es, ethi

5,

and p rofcssi nalism, responsibilit ies

to subordinates, sel , and cou n t ry, law of l a n d w arfa re , and the

z Vl


P S Y C H O L O G Y Vl

reso lu t i o n of e t r ucal lvalue dilemmas. t\ Jso covers l ogi s t i c and j u stice system and the i n terac tion of special

functions. ( 3 )

u..

o

staff and c o m m on d

p rograms may be

a pp l ied

toward a bacca la ureate

S tudents receiving m o r ' than 1 2 se m e s t e r hours

in ROTC

egree at PLU. f R T creuit

a PL degree arc required to take one o f the follm-ving: P h i l o sophy 225 (Ethic,ll Theory), 2 ho u rs , a n d M i l i ta ry E t h ics

toward

::::l o u

( P hilosophy), 2 hours; b. Religion

365

( Chr isti a n M o r a l Issues ) ,

22 1 I n t e g ra t e d Studies 222

c. I n tegrated S t ud i

d.

s

(The Experi nc

4 hours .. of

(The Prospects for Peace) ,

4

h urs.

a p rofession that attempts to c ha nge behavior for the betterment of humankind. Through it c u rr icu l u m ,

act ivitjes, and use f co m m u n ity resources, the

D ep a r t m e n t of Psychology provid s students w ith a

com p rehensive and balanced exposure to psychology as a sci e n t ific di 'cipline and pr fessio n .

The major i n psychology ( a )

introduces st u de n t s to

scientific m e t h od s of p syc h o l o gy, to the rie s and research

fi nd i ngs from t he core

areas of psych logy, and tu the ( b ) p rov ide tuden t · w i th op p o r t u ­ n ities to explore adva nced top i cs in scientific a n d p ro fe s ­ sional p sychology, conduct psychologicaJ re a rch, and g a i n e xp o sure to t he practice of psychol gy in co m m lU1 j ty sett i ngs; (c) h el p s prepare · t u den ts £ r p ostgrad uate wack in p sychol ogy or in l'el a ted professions, such as oc ia l wo rk, educat ion, medi c i ne, law, and b usi ness. The major i s also a n excellent general prepa r a t i n for employment i n a varie ty of set t i n gs. The psychol gy program is design d to m 'ct th need s of a va r i ety of s t ude n ts . 11 t h is end, two majors are offered: the B c h e lor of Arts ::tnd the Bachelor of Sc ie nce. Either degree p ro vi d es a s o l i d foundation i.l1 psyc hol ogy,

h istory of psychology ;

and either can ser e as preparation for postgrad uaLe s t ud y

or em ployme nt.

However, for th o se students who intend

to p u rs u e the Ph.D.

in psyc he logy � Jlowing graduation

fro m PLU, the Bachel r of Science degree i s likely to p rovide the trongest preparation. The Bachelor of

d gr e is also reco mmended a� an excel le n t p r degree for th ose students who plan t enter the fi Ids of dent ist r y, med ici n (all branches, including

Science

proC ssional

psychiatry ) , public health, or veterinary medicille. FACULTY: M o on , Chair; Adachi,

LeJeune, Moritsugu,

nderson, Baird, R.M . B r own, ol p h , Sev rtson.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 36 se m este r hours in ps ehol­ ogy i n c l u ding 1 0 1 ; 24_; 493; Dne of 340, 342, 346, 348; o n of 35 0 , 3 52, 3 54; p l u s 16 hours of de C l i V e psychology cours s. I n a d d i ti o n to the 36 hou rs i n psychology, Statistics 2 3 1 ;:l Ild accompanying lab ta u g h t by members of th psychology depart­ ment

a re

req u i red. Of t he 20

sections of lhis cat al o g .

The minor i n ps yc ho l ogy is desi g n e d to s u p p le m ent another s c h o ol , such

requ ired.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR: 40 5cmest<"r ho u r s i n psychology ill l ud i ng 1 0 1 ; 242; 493; 340 o r 342; 346 o r 34 ; one o f 3 4 1 , 343, 347, 349; one of 3 50, 352 , 354; 48 1 ; piu- 1 2 h o u rs o f dectiv� psychology courses. I n a d d i t j o n to the 40 h o u r s in psycho log , Stat istics 2 1 and accompany i n g lab taught by

a.�

a

professional

business, ed u c a t io n , o r nursing.

MINOR: 20 semes t er hours, o f w h ich at least 8 h o u rs must be taken i n residence. S t a t i s t i c s 2 3 1 (or equivalent) may be used as p a r t o f the 20 h o u r req u i reme n t . mi_nor.

stand human a n d no nh uman hehavior. Psychology is also

Ha nsvick,

are

h o u r s in b i ol ogy. Those students who, afte r graduating from PLU, plan to cnter schools o f d en t i st ry, m e d i c i ne , p u b l i c health, or veteri nary medicine should note the specific pre-profes i on al mathem a t ics a n d c ience r eq u i re m e n t in t h e a ppro p ri ate

Psychology

Psych o logy is a scientific d is ci pl i ne that seeks to u n der ­

research

nd n a tu ral scien c e

maj or in the l iberal arts or a degree pro g ra m i n

ar ) , 4 hours, or

Psychology o

hours in m a t hem a tics

h o u rs, at least 4 hour� must be in mathem at ics and at least 8

NOTE': A max m i u m o f 2 4 semester h ours earned

a.

members a t the psycholog , d e p a rt m ent and a t l e a st 20 semester

1 1 0 Jnd I I I do n o t co u n t toward t h e maj o r or are p r i m ar ily fo r g r a d u ate stu­

Courses a t the 500 leve l

de n t s ; however, they may be taken by advanced u n dergraduates

who rece i ve the department's consent.

Course Offe rings 101 Introduction to Psychology n introduction to the scientifi study of beh,vior; scientific methods for t udy i n g the bella 'or of living o rga nis m s ; topics su h as D10tivation, lea r n i ng, emotion, i n re l l igence, p e rs o n a l i t y, adjustment, and oeiaJ behavior. 1 n (4) 1 10 Study Skills Effective techniques for coll ege tudy.

ote-making, study me t hod.s, exam ination kills, imt! management, educat ional p l a nn i ng. Clas� work suppkmented by indiv idual COUIlS ling. (May not be ap pl i ed to core, language, o r p sych o l o gy maj o r or m i n o r req u i rem n ts . ) 1 1 1 (4)

I I I CoUege Reading I mp rovemen t of c liege-level read i n g skills. P rev i ewin g , s k i m m i ng, sca n ni ng, rapid reading, critical rea di n g , and s tu d y read i ng. ( M ay not be a p plied to core, la nguage, or psychology major o r m i no r requirements ) . I r r ( 1 ) 22) The Psychology of Adjustment Pro lerns in pe rso n a l adjustment in everyday l i v i ng . P re requ isite: 1 0 1 . I IT

(2)

242 AdvllDced Statistics and Research Design A continuation of S ta tisti cs 23 1 and acco mpanying lab taught by member of the p sych o l ogy depart men t. epics i nclude s i n gle and muJti -(llctor experimental des ig ns a n d analyses of variance. mu lti p l e ag",ression, quasi -experi men ts , s u rve ys, case stu dies, arch i va l re , r h, smal!r search, and non- parametric statisti­ cal te c h niques . Students i l l learn t o use com pnter p ro gr a ms to carry out statist ical ana lyses, and wil! ha c t h e opportu nity to design and onduct their own research st u d y. Lecture and l a b o ra to ry. Pr req u i si te : STAT 23 1 a n d ac ompanying l a b taugh t by mem b rs of the

psy hclog depa rtment or consent of i ns t ru c ­

t o r at leas t two months before the beginning of the semes t e r.

(4)

325 Human Sexuality Study of the p sy c h o logi al, biological, a n d cultural components of h uman sexual and emo t i o nal behavior. To p i c s include sexual ident ity, typical and otyp i c al s x ual be h,wior, repro d u c t io n ,

courtship, and arfec t io n . Prerequisite:

1 0 1 . l4)

340 Buman Neuropsychology The study of brain-behavior

rel,\t ionships. Topic:; in lud e neuro­

a na to m ical and n uro- p hysiological mcchani ' J11S u nderlying

human behavior; psychological e ffe c t s of bra i n damage; physio­

logi .JI co r re la t es of language, s e n so ry and motor functions, and e m o ti o n : electri cal sti m ulation

o f the b ra i n. Prerequisite: 1 0 I , 242 ( ) r equ ivaJent); o r consent o f instructor. ( 4 )


P S Y C H O L O G Y o en

341 Experimental Research Laboratory in Neuropsychology

402, 403 Independent Study

Experiments and dem onstrations related to neuropsychologicaJ p h e.n o m en a . Emphasis on me th od ology in research on the brain

A sLlpen'ised read i ng, fi e ld, or research proje t of special interes t for advanced u ndergraduate or g ra duate students. Prerequi i t :

and beha v i or. Prerequisite: 340 (or conc urrent enrollment i n

departmental consent.

340) . a l y ( 2 )

crili al overview of the research data on human and animal le arn i n g , and of the tbeoretical a t tempts to understand those

The study of l a ng ua g e a5 a means of com m u nication and structured human behavior. Topics i n clude: bio l og i c a l £ unda­ t i on s of language, psycholinguistic$, speec h perc ptioa and

data. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 , 242 (or equivalent); o r consent of

production, entence a n d discourse comprehension, nonverbal

inst ructor. ( 4 )

communication, language acqu isition, b i l i n gual i s m , language disorders. Prerequisite: LO 1 .

343 Experimental Research Laboratory in Learning Experime nts and demonstrations re l at e d to cond i tioning and ·

learning in humans a n d an imals. Empha s i s on m thodology in learn ing research. Prerequisite: 342 ( o r concurrent enrollment

in 342). aly ( 2 )

442 Development i n Infancy Psychologi al d eve lo pme n t from the prenatal period through the begi n n i ng o f la ngua ge acqu isilion. P re requ i s ite: 3 5 2 . ( 2 )

The study of (J ur i n teractions with the physical world and the nat ure of our understanding of it. Incl udes such topics as color

co mmunity. Prerequisite: 3 5 2 . ( 2 )

346 Perception

vision, dark adapta t i o n , hearing m us ic and speech, taste, smell, pain, and sensory physio logy. Prerequ isites: 1 0 1 , 242 (or equivale n t ) ; o r consen t of ins tructor. (4) Experi men ts and demonstrations of perceptual events. Empha s i s on m e tho d olo gy in perception research. Pre re q uisit e: 346 ( o r concurrent enrollment i n 346 ) . aly ( 2 )

Survey of standardized t sts; methods of developm nt, staodard­

of tests. l' rereq u_ i s it e s :

1 0 1 , STAT 2 3 1 ( or equ ivale n t ) ; or onsent of instruct r. (4)

453 Abnormal Psychology Etiology and treatment of ab normal behav i o r. Emph asis o n t reatment i n com m u n i ty-based setting� a n d inst it ut io ns.

348 Cognitive Processes

Prerequ isite: 1 0 1 . ( 4 )

The study of h u ma n mental activ ity. To p i c s include atten tion, p erc eption , consciousness, memory, language, conceptual behavior, developmental aspects o f cognition, i n di v i d ua l differ­ en ces , and a pp l i ca t ions. Prerequisites: 1 0 1 , 242 ( o r equivalent);

(4)

4 5 4 Community Psychology Intervention strategies which focus primar ily on communities

and s o cial systems. Pa rtic ular �tress on alternatives to t r a d i t iona l c l i n i c a l styles of promoting the wel l-being of c o m m u nities.

Prerequ isite: 1 0 1 . ( 4 )

349 Experimental Research Laboratory in Cognition Experiments and demonstrations related to human co gnition.

Emp hasis o n m e th o d olo gy i n research on cogn i t i o n . Prerequ i ­ s i t e : 348 ( o r concurrent enrollmen t i n 3 4 8 ) . all' (2)

350 Per onality Theories

456 Theories and Methods of Co unse ling and Psychotherapy I n t roduction to basic method of coun. c l i n g and psy bothe rapy, and examination of the theories from whi c h th derive. Prerequisites: 3 5 0 , 450, 453, or 454; i ns t ructor.

Strategies fo r the stud y of pe rsonality theories. Tech n iques o f meas urement and im plications for coumeling andl o r p sych o ­

therapy. Prerequ i s i te: 1 0 1 . ( 4 )

(4)

or

method

consent of

4.61 Psychology of Work [nteCT rating career planning i n to the stud, of hum an behavior in

wurk setting, . Application and extensio n of p 'chological

3 5 2 Development! Infancy t o MatOJ'ity

p ri nci p le s to the ind.ividual

Physical, intellectual, social, and emotional growth from i n fancy

context-in ludi ng

through adolescence to m a t u r i ty. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 . ( 4 )

wo r ker

m

o pe r a t ing

within an orga nization

asuring a nd fa ilitating j o b performance,

motivation, human factors, and gro u p processes.

Prerequisite: L 0 1 . ( 4 )

354 Social Psychology Resea rch and theory concern ing the i n teraction between groups

462 Conslimer Psychology

and the i ndividuaL Language, attitudes, aggressi o n , leaders h i p ,

Social psycholo gical princ. iple$ applied to consumer a ttitude­

person percep tio n, and related topics a r c ex a m in ed a n d their

formation and decision-making -e.g., p ercep t i on of adve r t ise­

re lat i o ns h i p to various types of social change and i n flue n ces are

ments, i nflue nce of reference groups and opinion leaders , and

d i s cu s s ed. Prerequ isite: 1 0 1 . (4)

learning effects u p o n repeat purcha s i ng. · m pha. is o n audience, message . and

395 Research Laboratory Experience in evaluating and conducting research in

a

de s ig ­

m ed i a

fa ctors. Prerequ isite: L 0 1 . ( 4 )

464 Environmental Psychology

nated area of psychology; may be o ffe red from time to t i m e as an

I- Juman be.havior related to the physical en v i ro n m e n t . Behavio ra.!

electi

basis for designing environ ments-in cludi ng territo rial

to accompany various 300-level courses. Prerequisite:

consent of instru ctor. (2)

399 Internship A practicum experience in the co mmunity in the clinical, social,

andlor experimental areas. Classroom focus on case conceptual i­ l.ati n and presentation. Pre req u i s ite : sophomore standing p lus one course in psychology and consent o f the department. ( 1 - 6 )

401 Workshop Selected topics i n psychology as announced.

behavior; environm ntal attit udes and perceptions; and stressors. A p p lica t i o ns to b u i lt and natural settings rangi ng from rooms

to the wilde rness. P re req u i si te : I O ! .

(4)

47 1 P�'Ychology and the Law An introduction to the issues, resea rch, profession al and judicial practices generated by the growing m u tua.! i nfl u ence hen een the law and psychology. P 'ych o logic a l investigations of j uror selection, eyew i t n es s t

t i mony, and the ju ry proce . E xpert

tes t i mony by p ychologists rc<>arding the insanity defens , competence to stand t r i a l , sentencing. Effects of court rul i n gs o n

the mental heaJth syste m . Development of p ychologi al op tions. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 . ( 4 )

n o c ;;0 VI

o -n -n

en

Z G1 VI

450 Psychological Testing i la t i o n ; l i m i tat ions and i n terpretations

347 E;tperimental Research Laboratory in Perception

e

en

en

(4)

444 Adolescent Psychology Physical development, m en ta l traits, socia.! charac ter ist ics , and i n terests of adolescents ; a dj u s t m en t s in home, school and

o r consent o f i nstructo r.

en

440 Psychology of Language

342 Leamiog: Research and Theory

L

( J -4)

c a r er


P U B L I S H I N G

&

P R I N T I N G

A R T S

472 Psychology and Medicine An introd uct i on w u..

o w V\

to

the field of health care psychology. Psych

social fa c to rs i nfluen illg health ( e.g., Lressors, p erson ali ty, b eh 3 v i o r patterns ) . Psycb osocial i mp ac t of i l ln ess md i ts t reaLment. The role of psycho l ogists in the health care system. Pre requ isite: 1 0 1 . ( 4 )

474 Psychology of Woroeo Exploratio n

of psychological

-

iSSllel> p e rtinen t to wo m en . I nclu des

suc h topics as sex d i fferences; psycho logicaJ ra m i fi c a t i o ns of

menarche, child bearing, men o pa use , sexual harassment, and

rape; wo m e n 's experiences with work and a c h ievement, love and

u

sexua lity, md psychological d isorders. Prerequisi te: 1 0 1 . ( 4 )

48 1 Psychology Research Seminar

w UJ

UJ o

The Publ ishi ng and P r i n t i n g Arts prog ram i s a n espec i a l ly al ua b le co m ple m e n t to majors c ncern ed w i th language a n d the written word , majo rs suc h as 11gJish , la nguages, e du c a t ion , public rel ations, jo u rnal i sm , market i ng , and g ra p h i c design. But students majorin g i n a wide spectrum of d i ci pl i nes - from biology to m usic to rel igio n - have d iscove red the val ue of a publ ish i ng and printing art m inor, too. It both helps to connect them to p ubl ishing career opportu n i lie i n those fields and provides a richer u nderstandi ng of the complex roles that written om m unica t ions of all so rts play in our li ves and i n o u r modern wor l d .

An advanced cO W'$ providing students the 0pP( .l rt u n ity to design a nd con d UC l o ngoing research and review currenl re ­ search in psycho lo g y. D i rec t ed towa rd helping s tude nt s perform research s t ullies that may he u i table fo r subm i ssio n to j ou rnals o r presen tati o ns at confe ren ces. Stro ngl y reco mmended in the junior year for st u de n ts w i t h a n i n terest in g rad l l a te stu di es. To maximize the effect iven ess of the comse, students are cncou r­ agt!J to give advance co n side r,lt ion to areas and de ign s for possible research. Prerequi.sites: ] 0 1 , 242 ( o t· equivalen t ) , and consen t

of i nstructor. (2-4)

483 Seminar Selected lopics i n psychology consent

of mstructor. ( 2-4 )

;\$

a n n o u nced . Prerequ i si te:

493 H istory aod Systems of P ychology I I isto rical development, contem p o rary form , n n d basic a nd traditi o ns.

assu mptions o f the maj or psychologica l t heories Prcrcqu i£itcs: 1 0 1 ; 242 one

(or

q l l ivalen t ) ;

onc

f 340,

342, 346, 348;

0[ 350, 3 52, 354 . ( -I)

Engl.ish/Communicatio n 32 1 - The Book i n Society E ngl i sh/Co m m u n icatio n 322

495 Research Laboratory Experience i n eva l u a ti ng a n d con ductLLlg research in ;l d�slg­ na led area of pSyd l OJOgy; may be offered from l i me to time as eleeliv<: to accompany v<lrious 400-1evel co u r�es. Prerequisite: consent of i nstructo r. (2)

PUBliSHING AND PRlNTJNG ARTS M I NOR: Three ore courses are requ i red:

E ngl i s h / an

5 10 lndUljtrilli/OrganizatiooaJ Psychology Hu ma n beh av i or in work setti ngs, pp i i (';1tions o r exten s io n, o f psychologi I factor and p rind pks to the problem of indiv i d u ­ als operating w it h i n an organ izat i o n a l co n text-i ncludi ng h uman ["ela t ions skills, h u man rJCtors, i. n d i v i d u � l a n d group differences, and role-related behav Lors. (4)

591 Directed Study ( I - 'l l 598 Research Project (4)

Book

rt

33 1 - The A r t

Soci�tJ' is

- Publish i n g ProceJ u res

of the Boo k I

good place to start ; it su r veys h o \ the e. such aspects of book (ult ure as ce n so rsh i p, bestsel l crs, a n d ch i ldren's books. Art of the Book 1 i� a st ud i o cour'e in the .lcsthet ic and creat ive d i m ension of book de i"n and typography. Pr l b lis!lmg P roced u res is a In

a

p Llhl ish i ng i n d ustry works and d i �cu�.

v,rorks h, p

in

t ht: fund;tmen t a l ttchniques t ha t profession al

p ub lishers use in selecting, e d i t i.ng, d sign i ng, a nd m <uket i ng

books. These core cou rses a re e r o s ' - listed so that stu den ts

can

c boose what kind o r c red it the cou rse will e<lrn (or them. In addi tion to t h is 1 2-hour core, . t uden ts take t h ree elec t i ve courses ( 1 2 hou rs) selected fro m at least two of the follmving categories: w r i r- i ng/\:'diti ng, m a rket i ng/ma n agemen t , <lnd design/prod uction .

5 99 l'hrsb ( 4 )

I h ngj i sh writi ng co urses beyond l U I , Wricillg/E titing: induding 403; approv�d (OUI es in o m m u n ication ( 283,

384, 480 ) .

Publ ish i ng and Printing Arts For nearly twenty years

Pacific Lut heran University's way to help s tudent!.

Depart men t or Engl i h ha o ffered a

translate a "I ve of bouks" i n to an e.xcit i ng professi l.lll<:U career in publ ish i ng, One of only a few �uch progra ms in the coun try, t h is d isti n ct ive inlerdi ci pl.i na ry cu rr i cul u m in Publishi ng and Printing Arts ( PPA ) is h ighly respected by employers around tbe co u ntry because it comb i nes prep ro fessio n a l skil ls and experience with the sol i d foundation of a l iberal a r t educat i on . Thi SLX-cou r -e m i nor is desi g ne d to give students with talent and in terest in wri ting, graphic de ign, com m u n ications, or business a head start i n to the world of publishing and a broad variety of re lated p rofess ions.

Marketillg/Mallagement: Approved co u rses in Business ( 28 L

282 , 350, 370,47 1 , 472, 475 ) 390, 438 1 .

or

o m m u n icat io n ( 38 1 , 3 8 5 ,

DesignIPr()riucriolf: Approved co u rses i n English (3:1 2 ), Com m u n ic a t i o n (380) , or A r t ( 226, 326, 370, 39!i, 398 ,

426, 496) . Up to two .;ou rses (8 ho u rs ) can be co un ted towa rd both J Publish i ng and Pr i n t i n g Arts m i .n o r a nd o t he r requ i rements, such as ge ner' I U ll iversily req u i rements , ano t h e r m inor, or � I

ma.ior.

To earn

a

m i nor in Publ i s h i ng a n d P r i n t i n g Arts, s t uden ts

must demonstrate word p rocessing co m p u te r �k i i ls and acquire some torrn of practic al experience in publ ish i ng-re la ted work

gained

out

idt' tht: classroom .


R E L I G I O N o

1 2 1 The Christian Tradition The st u dy of sel (ted l heo l o gi al ques6 ns and formulation exam ined in their social and h i s t o ri- I co n text,. 4 )

Rel igion Re l igio n is an attempt t o u nderstand the mea n in g o f

exi -tence. F o r Ch ristians meaning i s revea l ed i n t he l o ve of od in Jes us Christ. The Department of Religion stands within and affirms thL Chr i st ian context. to a un ivers i ty ett in g this means the seriou, academ ic study f the Bible, of he h istory of the Christian lr.l.d ition, huma n

of Christian theology, and of world religiou traditions. Crit ical study caUs for open and authen tic dialogue w i t h other religious trad i t ions and

seeks t o understand a

haring as

0

i n s ig h ts

each sheds Ught

To these ends the Deparlment of Religion offers a wide of co u rs es and opport u n it ies. Fu rt h ermo re it calls students, maj o r s and non -majors alike, to con ider questions of m ean i n g p urp se, and value in a society which all too often neg lects these que tions.

212 Religion and Literature of the New Testament Literary, historica.l , and t heological ciimen. ions of the New

,

Testamenl, including p rspectives on co n tempo ra r y issues.

FACULTY: O C on n el l Killen, Chair; G ov ig I-ia e m i g Howdl,

Origins, th ught, an d expansio n of t he Ch ristia n C h u rc h ; rise

lngram, L u ndeen, Oakman. Peter en . P i l gr i m . Stiven..

of the. Papacy, e.xpans io n in Europe and the growth of Ch ristia n

invo lvemen t III c u l tu re , to t h e nd of the Papacy of G rego ry [

(604) . (4) r

j unior o r sen i o rs a re

req u i red Lo take 4 s e m ester hours of rel igion u n less pre.senting 8 transfer hours of rel ig i o n from o t her

as

accredited college or un iversities. The Core [ req u i r e men t i n Reljgiom Stu J. i es (8 ho urs) pee' i ­ Res that 4 h o u rs must be taken fro m ea ch of two l ines, as ol lows: I . Biblical S tu d ies - 1 1 1, 1 1 2, 2t 1 , 2 1 2, 330, 33 1 , 332, 333. 2. hristian haught, Hi t ory, and £xperien t: - 1 2 1 , 22 1 , 222,

22 3, 224 . 225 , 226, 227, 360, 36 1 , 62, 364 , 365, 366, 3n7. 368, 369. 3. Integralive a nd o m p : ua tiv Religious S tu di es - 1 3 1 , 1 32, 1 33, 23 1 , 232, 2 3 , 234, 237, 390, 39 1 , 392, 393. Jun ior and eni r tran fer students n eed to complele only one course nt PLU

(4

hour)

from

l i nes I or 2 .

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 30 ('me,Her hou rs wi th at leas t 4 hours I n each of the t h ree l ines pl u either 404 or 405. Tra llsfe r m jors will no rmally take 1 8 h o u rs in residence. Major should plan the i r progr m early i n co nsu ltat i o n with depa r t mental

faculty. J osel y rela ted co urses taught i n other de pa r t m e nts may be c ! si dered to apply toward the rel igio n majM in co nsultation with the chai r

0

(4)

22 1 Ancient Church History

.

UNIVERSITY CORE REQUIREMENTS: se m e tel' b ur� for students en teri ng as freshmen or sophomore . Pour lowe r d ivi sion hoar s h all be taken before tbe end o ' the s p h om o re yea r. The seco n d 4 hours may be seleCl d fTom most of t he oth offerings in lh religion c u r riculu m . Tra nsfe r students en teri ng

th d e partmen t .

MINOR: 1 se mester h o urs with no m o re than 8 h ours in one of the l i nes lisled above . Tr a n fer m i nors mu t take at I a t 8 hour i n residence.

222 Modern Church History l3egi n n i ng WIth the Peace of We.� tp hal ia ( 1 648), i n t e rac t ion o f the Christian f;l i th with mode rn

politi

,

cience, and p h i losophy;

expansion in the world, mod e m movements.

(4)

223 American Church History Maj or rd igi(l US t heme . in A m e r i can h istory th ro ugh tl1

s t udy

of sel ected topi

an per i ods. Explores religious forces th at hal'\:' shaped American cu l t ur e a n d the mutual i nterac t i o n () f ::i cial cha n ge a n d religious experience. ( 4 )

224 The Lutheran Heritage utheran isrn JS a movement w i th i n th� ch u rch catholic; it.:; histo ry, doctrine, and worship in the ontext of today's plura l is­ tic a n d secular world. (4)

2 2 5 Faith and Spirituality Reflection on v:uiolls Christian L i f, lyles and lh ir exp ression and u n derstanding of c o mmit men t and discipleship. This cOllrse ce n ters a ro u n d the theological q ucsti 11 : What docs it mean to be a fo llower of)

us?

(4)

226 Christian Ethics l nrrod uction t t he p e rs ona l and social t h i e a l cl i mt: J1si llS o f h ristia n l i fe an d th o ught w i t h a t ten t ion LO pri m a r y theo logi ca l p sitions a n d spec ific pro b le m areas. (4)

227 Christian Theology f sel ected topics or movements in Cil [isth 11 t h e ol o g y LO i n t ro d u e the themes a n d methodologies of the d i ciplul . ( 4) Sur ey

de igned

Course Offe rings 1 1 1 Biblical literature; Old and New Testaments The Bible as ;1 wh o le ; survey of the story of s a lva ti o n ; selected passages in t er p r ted in contempo rary con texts. (40) 1 12 The Blble and Culture

Opens a willdow o n to the "st range new world" in the Bible. Buil d on social scientific stud i es of the Bible as cl J.ocumenl of Mediterranean antiqu i ty ; shows the distin tiveness of b iblical c ul ture and how a reader's own culture s ha p es an understanding

of the Bibl e. (4)

l/) m

.."

2 1 1 ReJigion and Literature o f the Old Te la..IIle nl Literary, histo r ical, and theological dime.nsions of the O l d Te tamen t , in cluding perspectives on co ntem pora ry issues. ( 4 )

range

,

o c

o

primary s urces i n t ran l atio n . ( 4 )

the human condi t ion .

'

(4)

n

Judaism, Christian i t y, and Islam - t h ei r o rig i n - and deve.lop ­ ment, expa nsion, and contempor.lry is ucs. Empha is on

a

with other d' ciplines in the un iver i ty

0 11

1 32 The Religions of East Asia ,onfucian ism. TaOIsm. Chinese and Japanese B udd h ism, S h i n to, " and the "new rdigions of J apa n - t he i r ori gi ns, development , and contemporar issues. Emphas is on pri m a ry source i n

1 33 The Religions o f the West

ive i n ter­

ch ange with c n temporary society. Finalf,', i\ calls fo r

- their origins Jnd deve l op m e nt, expansion, and contemporary issues. m p ha s is on primary sou rces in translation. (4)

tran slati on.

co m m on h u m a n ity as each tradition adds its u nique contri bution . I t calls fo r a critical yet cons ru

1 3 1 The Religions of South Asia H i nd u i sm , BuddJlism, Ja i n i s m , and Sikhism

231 Myth, Ritual, and Symbol The natu e of mY l h nd i ts ex- p r es ion thro ugh -ymbol m ; d ritual. Attention given to pre- l i terate mythology, Asian mytl1 o l­ ogy, and Oc i d en t al mythology and the role these m y th o logic<t l trad i t ion s h ave phlyed in t.hl' development 01 modern ethical, social, and rel ig.i o u s values.

(4 )

232 The Buddhlst Tradition I n t roduction LO th e histo ry and practice of Buddhist t radition in its South s ian East Asian, and Western cultural co n texts. ' m p h 'is on primary soll rces in tran.sl ati o n . (4) ,

z CI


R E L I G I O N V1

z

w

233 The ReUgions of China

367 Major Religious Thinkers, Texts, and Genres

l n t r o d u c t ion to the maj or re l ig i o us movements of China:

I n - d e p th study of major fi gu res, texts, or ge n re s in C h r ist ia n and non-Christian re lig io u s trad i t io ns , focu si ng es p e ci a l ly on the th e o l ogy and r el i gio u s t h o u g h t of th ese traditions. hIlfills e i t her line 2 o r 3 as appropriate. Prerequisite: co nse nt of i n st ru c t o r. (4)

ancestor religi o n ; six Classical Schools; Confucian and Ta o ist t rad i t ions; C h i nes Buddhis m ; Nco -Confucianism; i m p a c t o f re l i g i on on Chi na's .ncounrer with the West . Emphasis on

o w V1

::::J o u

w w

o ri gi n al so u rces in tra nsl a tion .

(4)

368 Feminist Theology

234 The Religions of Japan

S t u dy of major themes and issues in t h e o l ogy examined t h rough

In t ro d u cti o n to the rel igi o u s traditions of Japan : a nc i en t , medie va l , a nd modern Shinto; Ja pa nese Buddhism; the " new reli g io n., "; role f rel igi on in Jap, u1'. ' n cQ u nte r with the West. Emph as is on primar sources i J J t ra nsla t i on . (4)

q uest i on s of gender. Also i ncludes ex pl ora tion of race, cl a s s , and

237 Judaism

369 Christian Studies

S t u d y of an hi s to ri c a l theme, t h eol og ic a l p ro bl e m , or ethical

3 3 3 to s a t isfy

Historical develop me n t of J ud a is m's fa ith and (ommitment from

Can not be combined with

ea rly B ib l ic al ti mes to th e p r ese n t- I n lud es i n terpr etati o n of the

core requi rem en t i n re l igi on . (2)

Hebrew Bible, rab 6 i n i

th o ugh t , re li gious observances, medieval

and mode rn move m nts,

and Jewish-

h r is t ia n

Major areas of i n q u i ry: the prophets, psalms,

dia l o gu e . (4)

w isd o m l iterature,

my t h ology, th eo log y, or biblical a rc heolo gy. (4) ar

as

390 Studies in History of Religions H i st o r i ca l st u d y of pe [fie n o n - C hrist ia n religions such as the

traditions of India and C h i na , Judaism, and I sl a m . (4) 39 J Sociology of Religion Mul t i -c ul t u ra l i n ve st iga t ion of rel i gious experience, belief, a n d

of inquiry: intertesta mental , synoptic, Joh a n n ine, or

to new f, I'm

of rel igi o n in A me ri c a . (C ross- referenced with

Pauli JJe l i te ra ture, or New Testament t h e ol o gy. ( 4 )

SO

332 The Life of Jups

392 God, Magic, and Morals

H isto ri aJ su rvey of "Lifi of Jesu " research ; form and redaction riticism of the go spel tradition; the r e l i g i o us di mensions or

Jesus' l i fe an t h o u gh . Prerequisite: o ne lower division course or co n ent of instructor. (4) a

sele t Bibl ical th 1ne, book, o r gro up of books, such as

theodicy (J b),

1 39 1 .) (4)

Anthropolog)' of re l igi o n ; humani ty's concepts of and rela tion­ ships to t h e su p e rna t u ra l ; exam ination of p e rs o n al and group fLmctions that religi o n s fulfill; e x plo ra t i o n o f rituals, beliefs, and sys te ms o f m o r al i t y i n rel ig i ons b o th "p ri m i t iv e" and historical;

origins of religion; science "versus" r e l igio n ; the nature o f r ea l it y.

333 BibUca1 Studies Study of

the general u n iversity

r i tua l in rel a tio n to their social settings wit h p a rt icu l a r attention

331 New Testament Studies

Major

(4)

issue, su ch as s a lva t i o n by g ra ce , gender questions, world hu nger.

330 Old Testament Studies a

c u l ture i n relation to gend er ques t i ons.

a po calyp t i c (Daniel, Revela tion), or me t hod s o f

-re fer need w i t h ANTH 392). (4)

Sel e ct e d p eriods within the l i fe cycle considered from a re l i g i o us and soci.1\ scientific viewpoint, e.g., h e a l i n g and wel l - being ,

in terpretation . ( 2 )

360 Studies in Church Ministry The chur h in h u ma n service: the congregation, the c hu rc h ­ re lated college. contemporary co n texts of world mi ssi o n , and i n ter-ch u rc h cooper, t ion.

(Cros

393 Religion and the Stages of Life

death and dying.

(4)

403 Advanced Seminar in Religion Selected topics to be a n n o u nced. for majors, minors, and

(4)

students who have taken at l ea s t three (ourses in re l i gi o n .

36 1 Church History Studies ,elected area of inquiry, such as America n - Scandinavian c h urc h

P r i o ri t y to maj ors

and minors. (4)

h istory, religi us exper i en ce among American m in or i ty co mmu­

404 Reading Seminar in

nities, and t he ecumeni ca J m o vement.

Survey o f sign i fi can t books in the area of contemporary rel ig i o u s s t u die s , em phasi z i ng rece.nt books in B ibl ical theology, s ys t em ­ a tic and h i s torical th e ol o g y, Christian ethics, and d i a l ogu e be twee n h ri s tia n i t y a n d the world religions. For majors a n d minors, others witb permission of the i n st ru ctor. (2)

(4)

362 Luther The man and his t i m es, wit.h maj o r e m phasis on his wr i ti n g and creative t heology, su c h as the rad ical ce n trality of the Go 'pel and faith, the Word and Scriptur , the s ac ra m e n t s , church and state.

405 Research Seminar in Religion

(4)

Faculty-directed re se a rch and wr i t i ng pr ject on a top i c chosen

364 Theological Studiu Selected topi

eligion

or moveme n t wi t h i n

understand i ngs of

h ri s t i � n th e o l o gy such as

d, the problem of evil, l i be ra t i o n t h e o lo g y,

fem i n i st th eo l ogy, narrative theo logy, Chri to l ogy, or inter­ religinus dial o gue. (4)

365 Christian Moral Issues t n -depth exploration from t he perspective of Christian e th ics of selected m o ra l is ues s uch a s p ace and violence, the env i ro n­

ment, sexu ali ty, political and economic syste ms , hu n ger, and

poverty. (4)

366 The Arts aDd ChrIstian Life Relationship of Chr istian s p i ritu al i ty to artistic c re at i vi ty, in­ c l udi n g lit rature, architect ure, and fi lm s ill p o p ular c u ltu re . (4)

by s t ud en t s i n one of the methodological disciplines of rel igious studies su ch as th eo lo gy, his torical studies, Bibl ical studies,

et hi c s, h i s tory of religi o ns , social scient if